N.S. Vol. II Winter, 1953 No. 1

Edited and published for
THE GRAY MEMORIAL BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION,

BOTANICAL GARDENS ASSOCIATION
OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN

and the
THE MICHIGAN BOTANICAL CLUB

by
Harley H. Bartlett and Rogers McVaugh

c ON T EN T S

A Botanist's Fulbright Year at Kew,
Rovere OeeBel Chere: iis. gs aicw coo ee eke, 5 ee eee eae 3
Botanical Survey in Huron County, Michigan,
WaT Ge eVIOSS oh. cis he ya a cine Ss Meee ce team ice eee oes 17
24

|

New Subscribers to the Asa Gray Bulletin

A Review of ''The New Britton and Brown"
idwandsG 2 ViOSS 2: dices a, cos el co ede oes ee deer Seen hrs 25
(Continued Over)

ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN

CONTENTS

(Continued)
Michigan Foray of the American Fern Society.............. 28
Along the Trails of Charles Wright in Eastern Cuba,

ROV NiDervis i144 5% +e na 6 oe ee eo ogee OR ee 29
Fictitious Botanists of Latin America,

BON WCLVIS on 6 de we we Bhd Os Oe eee ee 41
A Botanist's Glimpse of the Gran Piedra Region of Cuba,

OU NY POLVIs. ce 6-4 Goa 5.o EE ae OLR © res Be 43
Biehth International Botanical Coneress: « 4 < 5 © AU 2 4cmew aera ks 50
Botanical Reviews of Books on the Antarctic, the Himalayas,

and Tibet,

Pipa DOT IOUl goa boa es 4-44 6 ee ee ee ee ae a
The World's Herbaria

ee ATO 6.02 bs ost ba eat ae oe 2 oe weee ns ae 69
Publication Dates of the Asa Gray Bulletin i... 0.0.66 s44 54. 73
Current Status of the G. M. B. A.

Wide Bary tielt acs sola deo 6-64 4 ay Sore ee hie 74
Medicinal and Culinary Herbs of Iraq to be Studied .......... 76

A Comparison of Dirca palustris and Dirca occidentalis,
Pupert Vorelmiain jan eee ee 6 oe 4 a ee we 717
A Winter Journey to Point Barrow, with Summer Pictures of
Tundra Vegetation
Dorothy and Ira Loren Wiggins... 1... .. 1+ eee ee eee 83
Bryology of the Sefton-Stanford Expedition to the Gulf of
California
Wiliate OC. Steere 26 44.4 lat} ce bo ee ba a a 93
Norinan’ Tay OP JOS Pina Ss ave kd we wk OR ae ae we 95

Ethnobotanical Notes from Liberia,
Thomas. d. NGI chs iio & Kas BSS aed Been ae Be 96

A BOTANIST'S FULBRIGHT YEAR AT KEW

Robert O. Belcher

MY YEAR in England as a Fulbright scholar may be said to have begun
appropriately enough at a tea in the rooms of the English-Speaking
Union in New York the evening before the contingent for the British
Isles sailed September 15th on the S. S. America. Over one hundred
and fifty Fulbrighters in the tourist class gave the ship a distinctly
collegiate atmosphere in which new friendships grew quite readily.
Indeed, at least two such had matured into marriages before the return
voyage. There was also ample time and opportunity to arrive at the
conclusion that brains come in very strange and assorted packages, —
students from Michigan always excepted, of course.

We docked at Southampton late Saturday, September 22, and were
whisked by special boat train into London, where a three-day orienta-
tion program introduced us to some of the customs, including such
unscheduled features as the shilling gas-meter and boiled herring for
breakfast. It also did a little toward teaching us the language, although
real proficiency in that began to develop only near the end of the year.
In between events there was time for some of us to cast about for
lodgings and to make contact with our institutional sponsors.

I had been entrusted to Dr. Leslie J. Audus, Hildreth Carlisle
Professor of Botany in Bedford College for Women, an assignment
made because my place of study, The Herbarium, Royal Botanical
Gardens, Kew, had no official educational standing and academic spon-
sorship was required. Actually, my registration at the college for all
three terms was completed in one pleasantly informal half-hour with
Miss Nora MacNalty, the Registrar.

Professor Audus proved to be not only very kind but also extremely
helpful. Both he and his wife hold doctorates in plant physiology from
Cambridge. A Sunday evening tea at their home early in October gave
Dick Scott and me our best explanation of the highly complex English
school and university system, as well as some very interesting side-
lights on the content of botanical courses and methods of teaching bot-
any. Both Scott and I regretted to see so little of Bedford College in
operation, for he was at the British Museum in South Kensington and I
at the Kew Herbarium.

The day after landing I encountered my first cricket match while I
was wandering through Regent's Park in search of the college, which
is located there. Idle members of the team at bat explained the game
to me, but the finer points have somehow escaped me. During the
spring I occasionally stopped at Kew Green to watch the Saturday

3

4 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

afternoon match being played on the "'pitch"' there. I never could quite
fathom exactly what Dr. N. L. Bor (Assistant Director of the Gardens)
meant when he called cricket, "baseball for grownups". Among other
things, I couldn't quite get used to scores such as 185 to 0, with one
team still awaiting its turn at bat.

On Monday afternoon Scott and I went down to the British Museum
(Natural History), not the British Museum proper, in Bloomsbury.
There I sought out Dr. George Taylor, Keeper of Botany, who gave me
a warm welcome, tea, and a four of the Botany department, including
the east wing attic where a fire bomb and subsequent smoke and water
had done extensive damage. He also arranged for me to stop ata
hotel just a block off of Kew Green. I got out to Kew considerably after
lilac time. It isn't far from London, about eight miles west and slightly
south of Charing Cross, just on the Surrey side of the Thames. There
I called on Dr. W. T. Turrill, Keeper of the Herbarium and Library,
who took me to morning tea in the staff room where I met staff mem-
bers, among them Mr. A. A. Bullock, whom I had previously met in
Burma. When he was serving as Botanist for the British Typhus Com-
mission in Imphal he paid us a visit at the United States Typhus Com-
mission above Myitkyina. He had some trouble in recognizing me,
since I now lacked the eight-inch handlebar moustache with which I
had previously been disguised. After tea Dr. Turrill showed me
around the three wings of the Herbarium and the Library.

I was accorded an interview with Sir Edward Salisbury, Director
of the Royal Botanic Gardens, and learned more of their history and
operations. The Herbarium, with over six million specimens laid in,
aims at having the broadest representation of species from the most
extensive range possible, rather than an intensive coverage of any
particular area. The living collection in the grounds and glass houses
numbers over forty thousand species and varieties, and is maintained
primarily for research. Public display is a rather minor aspect al-
though most of the three hundred acres is open to the public, and some
three to four million visitors pass through the turnstiles annually.
Over a million come in May and early June, when the rhododendrons
are at their best.

Since the packages containing my Typhus Commission collection
had just been received and had yet to be fumigated before being passed
into the Herbarium, I visited the South Bank Exhibition of the Festival
of Britain, then in its last week. This proved to be very poor timing,
for Wednesday is "early-closing"' day, when almost all the shops give
their employees the afternoon off. They had all come to the South
Bank, so that I could see little of a very fine exhibition.

The first few days at Kew were relatively uneventful as I became
familiar with the arrangement of the families in the herbarium and of
the books in the extensive and rather diffuse library. I had the best

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 4)

cooperation from Mr. Marshall, the Librarian, and from his assist-
ants. Indeed, every member of the Herbarium staff, from the Keeper
to the mounters and the porters, was unfailingly helpful throughout my
ten-month stay.

About the second week Mr. Noel Y. Sandwith, Senior Assistant for
the Americas, returned from leave and resumed his quarters at the
Priory Hotel, where I was. We had meals together, and thus entered
upon a most helpful friendship. From it came such diversions as col-
lecting trips along the Thames towpath in search of adventive weeds,
a quest of intense interest to many of the British field botanists. Es-
pecially lovely was the rose and purple Indian Balsam, Impatiens
glandulifera Royle, now quite common along streams.

As Mr. Sandwith's guest I attended meetings of the Linnean Society,
and first saw the sanctum sanctorum of systematic botany, the Lin-
naean Herbarium, which I later had several occasions to use. (I also
saw Linnaeus' collections of fishes and of insects, and his library.)
The first autumn program of the Society was a slide lecture by Mr.
Frank Kingdon-Ward, renowned for more than thirty years of plant
hunting in the eastern Himalayas, whom I had heard much about while
in Burma but had failed to meet. He spoke on a collecting trip into
northeastern Assam and of his experiences in the catastrophic 1950
earthquake. He and Mrs. Ward were encamped at the time in an open
field about a quarter of a mile from the calculated epicenter, and were
cut off for six weeks by floods from the dammed-up streams. Then I
had dinner at Veereswamy's, an excellent Indian restaurant just off
Regent Street, with Mr. Sandwith, Mr. Alston (pteridophytist at the
British Museum), and Dr. E. D. Merrill. Dr. Merrill, whom I met
then for the first time, was working in Europe until December on a
Guggenheim fellowship, mostly at the British Museum but frequently
at Kew. He was also making trips to Brussels, where he had found a
large and little known collection of Roxburgh types. I had several op-
portunities to visit with him, and found each time intensely interesting.

In mid-October the Botanical Society of the British Isles held its
annual exhibition meeting in the British Museum. I attended as guest
of Mr. Peter Taylor of the Africa section (Kew) and Mr. Airy-Shaw,
then Senior Assistant for Asia. The membership of this society is
largely amateur and is drawn from the whole of the country. I know
of no comparable band of such enthusiasm and seriousness int 2se
United States, but could wish for one most heartily. Many of the exhib-
its of specimens and photographs were truly outstanding. They ranged
from a demonstration of the new hybrid London ragwort and its parents,
which met and bred on bombed sites, to a collection of the most vivid
orange, red, and green gentians from the Bolivian Andes. Two flora
additions discovered the previous summer in the Scottish Highlands
were also on exhibit and the center of much attention, the discovery
of unrecorded species in such a thoroughly botanized country being

6 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

an event of considerable rarity. Among others whom I met that after -
noon were Canon Raven, an enthusiastic amateur and an officer of the
Society; W. C. R. Watson, for thirty years a critical student of Rubus,
which is to England what Crataegus has been to us and Rubus is becom-
ing; and Dr. Warburg, head of the Botany Department at Oxford.

At Dr. Warburg's invitation I visited Oxford the following weekend
on a tour sponsored by the British Council, an organization which pro-
motes fellowship among foreign students. The newly completed Bot-
any Building and the adjoining Imperial Forestry Institute are both
handsome, excellently equipped, and thoroughly modern structures.

In seeking the specimen upon which Linnaeus based Hibiscus Manihot
I became the first visitor to consult the Dillenian Herbarium in its
new quarters, and am "Abou ben Adhem" in the Visitors’ Register.
The specimen, however, is still missing, as it was at the time of the
inventory by Druce and Vines.

October 30th I took an economic botany trip under British Council
auspices, to London's East End to visit Charrington's Brewery. This
netted several photographs of procedures which differ from ours.
Their principal source of carbohydrate, for instance, is a crude sugar
syrup, with only a little malted grain used, and that simply for flavor,
since its enzymes are not needed. Before leaving we were allowed to
sample freely from the kegs in the quality control lab, and in addition
were given a high tea in the cafeteria.

During the fall term I attended early evening lectures at the London
School of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene on the scientific basis of
medicine. Outstanding was a masterly review of plant viruses b
Bawden. Also I made the acquaintance of Bruce A. Stone, an "Aussie"
who stayed at the Priory while studying mycological systematics in
the Imperial Mycological Institute, just behind the Herbarium. He had
been sent from Melbourne by the Australian government for two years
of graduate work in preparation for a career of research on fungus-
caused deterioration, particularly of fabrics. He was really a zymol-
ogist, but was put in the I.M.I. for eight months to learn how to identify
attacking fungi. In December we celebrated his twenty-second birth-
day by attending a lecture on the uses of amylolytic and pectinolytic
enzymes in British industry, before going on to dinner at a French
restaurant in Soho. After the meeting I met Dr. W. W. Reid, outstand-
ing zymologist and head of the research department of Carter of Cole-
ford, makers of "Schloer liquid apples" and other fruit products. I was
invited to visit them at Gloucestershire, but finally declined because
the fall apples had already been processed.

By far the most important event in November was the decision to
send for my family. After some searching I stumbled onto a five-
room furnished flat on Kew Gardens Road, less than two blocks from
the Cumberland Gate of the Gardens. It was less than a ten minute

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 7

walk from the Herbarium, close to a good school for both the children,
and handy to shops and transportation. The rental was high, but noth-
ing else presented itself — one apartment house nearby had a six-year
waiting list! — so I signed a lease and moved in to hold it until pass-
port, transport, and above all financing could be arranged for Ruby,
Harold, and Anna Belcher. They caught the only flight out of Willow
Run in the teeth of the December 20th blizzard. They reached London
airport the next afternoon, in good time for a far merrier Christmas
than any we had expected when we parted in September for, we then
thought, a long ten months.

In the fall I had attended the Fruit, Vegetable, and Flower Show of
the Royal Horticultural Society. The exhibits were so interesting and
attractive that I asked permission to photograph them. No such re-
quest had ever been made before, apparently, and I waited for quite
some time while an agitated clerk scurried up through the echelons of
authority to obtain an unprecedented approval, on condition that none
of the pictures be used commercially. I took a number of black-and-

Detail from the Gold Medal Exhibit of potato and onion varieties by "Carter's",
famous British seedsmen, at the Fall Fruit, Flower, and Vegetable Show of the Royal
Horticultural Society, October, 1951.

8 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Commercial exhibit of fruit varieties carried to full maturity in small tubs of
peat moss kept watered with a "nutrient" solution. At extreme left, a dwarfed pear
tree the trunk not shown. Left center, two miniature trees: rear, Cox's Orange
Pippin, front, Norfolk Royal. Right center: Black Alicante Grape, a favorite dessert
variety. Shown at the Fall Fruit, Flower, and Vegetable Show of the Royal Horti-
cultural Society, October, 1951.

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 9

white shots of prize-winning displays of fruits and of vegetables, but
lamented not having brought any color film for the flower display. It
included many kinds of flowers, such as orchids exhibited by commer-
cial growers, but the predominant flower was the dahlia, in every con-
ceivable hue and modification.

The ardor of the British for gardening was well shown there, but
even more so at the Chelsea Flower Show in May, which Mrs. Belcher
and I attended through the kindness of Dr. George Taylor, one of the
secretaries of the Royal Horticultural Society. It was held under acres
of canvas on the grounds of the Royal Hospital at Chelsea, for the large
halls of the Society were much too small. The passion for gardens and
beauty was even better indicated by neat and lovely flower beds in al-
most every available space from the estates of the well-to-do to the
window sills of the very poor, including almost every scrap of yard
along the electric and steam railway lines that criss-cross outer Lon-
don, and the space around the "hoardings" or billboards.

Early December brought the Fulbright students invitations from the
Senate of the University of London to the conferring of honorary de-
grees upon Princess Elizabeth and the Duke of Edinburgh. The very
deep feeling of the British for their royal family had strongly im-
pressed me, and I had the liveliest interest in seeing the Princess.
From what little information had been released about the king's con-
dition it was already tacitly accepted that she might at any moment be
called to the throne, as indeed she was less than two months later.

As academic regalia were in order, I found Norton's, which special-
izes in such things, and went in to rent an outfit. The cap and gown
offered no difficulty, but the hood was another matter. Michigan's
colors were nowhere available, and I wound up in what we concluded
were those of Columbia, hoping that no one would be any the wiser.

The man who outfitted me had made the robes for the royal couple,

and had also robed the king on several occasions. He was very warm
in his praise of father and daughter: ''They are very warm and easy

to be with, but shocking conscientious about their job,'' was the way he
put it. He had made up the beautiful scarlet and blue robes from meas-
urements and had then taken them for fitting. I was quite astonished

at the shortness of the one for the Princess, who had always seemed
much taller in her pictures.

I have kept my copy of the order of the proceedings, amazing for
the complexities of its split-second timetable, which was rigidly fol-
lowed. A feature of the ceremony that struck me as most commend-
able was that the address of honor devolved upon an officer of the
University designated as The Public Orator, who indeed was fitted for
the office and did nobly by it. The Princess, who received the degree
of Doctor of Laws, having previously received a Bachelor of Music
degree there, made a very simple but sincere reply. She acknowledged

10 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

the presence of the Fulbright and Commonwealth scholars and various
dignitaries, but addressed herself mainly to "her fellow students", of
whom only a few scattered representatives could be squeezed in. I

had hoped to see her at closer quarters at the reception which followed,
but she met in a separate room with only a small group. Two Ful-
brighters were presented to do the honors for the rest of us, and were
photographed with the royal pair.

I did not see Her Highness again, for I did not brave the crowds at
the time of the King's funeral, and at the Trooping of the Colours on
the official birthday of the Sovereign in June I was too busy at Kew to
try to get away on a week day. Of the obsequies for the late King I saw
only a small part. Ruby and I were passing Hyde Park on the after-
noon of the firing of a sixty-gun salute in his honor. We saw the ma-
neuvering of the Royal Horse Artillery as the batteries were wheeled
into position to fire those same silver-mounted field pieces which I
had photographed in the Lord Mayor's Show in November. On the
afternoon of the funeral I was at the Herbarium and joined with the
staff as we observed the two minutes of silence, standing quietly to-
gether on the ground floor of wing A. The late king was a man to com-
mand the respect of everyone.

In November I got tired of the complexity of Hibiscus, having failed
to establish the limits of Hibiscus tetraphyllus Roxb. For relaxation
I turned to the Compositae, which bulked large in the Typhus Commis-
sion collection and encountered problems which made me look back
regretfully to relatively simple Hibiscus. As it turned out, about the
only specimens in my Compositae which had no cloud upon their taxo-
nomic titles were two specimens of Bidens, thanks to Sherff's mono-
graphic treatment into which they fitted nicely, although not under the
same names which were originally assigned them.

All this examination of old collections gave me a chance to become
acquainted with one of the historic treasures of botany, the Hortus
siccus Cliffortianus, or collection of dried plants corresponding to one
of the chief 'pre-Linnaean" works of Linnaeus himself, namely the
Hortus Cliffortianus. This was the only really sumptuously published
work of the immortal Swede. It appeared in 1737, and every descrip-
tion in it has to be taken into consideration in interpreting the basically
important "Species Plantarum" of 1753. It is preserved as part of the
British Museum (Natural History), whereas the Linnaean Herbarium
proper is at the rooms of the Linnean Society. Much of the best work
of Linnaeus is 'pre-Linnaean" in the technical sense of not using bi-
nomials.

By early December I had disposed of several of the less puzzling
species, and came to a number of sheets which had been determined
as Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Raf. ex DC. They agreed exactly with
the majority of Asiatic sheets laid in at Kew under that name. But
the type of this species is American in origin, and microscopic

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 11

examination soon convinced me that the American material was dis-
tinct from my Burman and from most other Asiatic material. My
specimens from Burma eventually proved to be Crassocephalum
crepidioides (Benth.) S. Moore, originally described from West Tropi-
cal Africa. A check of all the Asiatic sheets determined at Kew as
Erechtites hieracifolia showed that all but two or three were actually
the Crassocephalum, and that the others were scarcely conspecific
with American material of E. hieracifolia. Nor could I find any spec-
imens of Erechtites from Africa. This cast doubt on the pan-tropical
distribution of E. hieracifolia, maintained by Hoffman as well as by
Merrill. I eventually went through the entire collection of Senecioni-
deae (a dozen and a half or so of Kew's big cases) and all of Sonchus
in quest of E. hieracifolia under other names, finally locating about

a dozen sheets from the Orient, under almost as many names. In-
cluded were the types of two new species described as Gynura, which
like the others proved to be identical with a pubescent Caribbean form
of E. hieracifolia.

By now I was fairly hooked. I began to consider the other eighteen
species of Erechtites in DeCandolle's Prodromus in an effort to pin
down this more hairy tropical state of E. hieracifolia, for which sev-
eral names had appeared on the labels. Thirteen of the Candollean
species were Australasian, six were American. Several had been re-
duced to synonomy in the Index Kewensis. Additional species had sub-
sequently been described, to a total of sixty or more, but no detailed
consideration of the group had been undertaken since 1837. Before I
knew it, I had invested two months of my precious time and had little
but a state of confusion to show for it. To salvage that time and effort,
I sank most of the rest of my stay in England in undertaking first of
all an analysis of the Candollean species and eventually an accounting
of all the published names. I am still struggling with some of them,
but enough has been accomplished to suggest that the revision will
have been worthwhile.

Since no fundamental solution could be reached until the Candollean
types at Geneva had been examined and correlated with those of Hooker
and Bentham at Kew and especially with those of A. Richard at Paris,

I selected carefully a portfolio of some seventy-five sheets, repre-
sentative of all the apparent taxa which I could recognize in Erechtites
at Kew and including some paratype material. Dr. Turrill kindly ap-
proved lending these to me and I set forth for the Continent with them,
all done up in a neat package.

Although it was time for the equinoctial gales, the Channel was
glassy smooth, both going and returning, and I would have felt quite
contemptuous of the Channel's bad reputation had I not crossed again
under very different circumstances.

Between Dieppe and Gare St. Lazare the customs inspectors came
through and I had to try my most inadequate and ill-remembered

12 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

French. They were curious about the contents of my package, so I de-
clared: 'Specimen botanique - sec!" That startled them so that they
gave the rest of the compartment a hasty glance around and hurried
out. That led me into conversation with a Cambridge man off for spring
vacation to a tiny village south of Paris where he could live with a
Russian couple to polish up his Russian conversation. He was already
fluent in French, and I already had a reservation in a cheap hotel on

the Left Bank, spang in the middle of the Student Quarter, so we teamed
up.

The next morning he continued on his way south and I walked up the
Left Bank to the Laboratoire de Phanérogamie in the Jardin des Plantes
with my specimens and other gear. M. Leandri, the Assistant Direc-
tor, welcomed me in the absence of M. Humbert, the Director. His
English far excelled my meagre French, and he soon had me ensconced
at a work table and furnished with all the material of Erechtites and of
discoid Senecio from the general herbarium. I also had access to the
Humboldt Herbarium and the Jussieu Herbarium for certain critical
sheets. I had been told by several botanists, both American and Eng-
lish, that working facilities at Paris were very poor, that the specimens
were not in order in the Herbarium, and that one was not allowed ac-
cess to the collections but could only receive what was brought forth,
so that thorough search for material was impossible. Every one of
these assertions proved to be wrong. I had every opportunity to make
the fullest search that my limited time permitted and was given every
assistance and facility. M. Leandri hunted down equipment for me in
the darkrooms of the Laboratoire de Cryptogamie, which occupies the
north end of the huge building, so that I could photograph some thirty
sheets that seemed especially important. These included all of Rich-
ard's types of erechtitoid Senecio.

I spent full days at the Herbarium and did my limited sightseeing by
night. Sunday I went on to Geneva for four days at the Conservatoire
Botanique. My letter inquiring if I could come had not been answered,
so I was in some doubt as to my welcome, but needlessly so. I was
promptly taken in. The Director, Dr. Charles Baehni, made me wel-
come, took me up to the top floor laboratory, and introduced me to
Dr. Vautier and to Dr. Becherer. They made room for me, and
showed me the arrangement of the general herbarium, and the location
of the Senecionideae in the Prodromus Herbarium.

The Prodromus Herbarium, one of the most important botanical
collections in the world, contains virtually all of the specimens cited
by A. P. DeCandolle in his own parts of the Prodromus, collated by
him in the final order, page by page and species by species, in which
he treated them. It has been carefully maintained as originally ar-
ranged. It clarifies what DeCandolle understood of any group which he
treated in his monumental work. After three months of trying to ana-
lyze his nineteen species of Erechtites from a distance and getting

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 13

more and more confused, it was most helpful to see his actual mate-
rial. With the added advantage of just having had a week with Rich-
ard's and other types at Paris, and with the help of my loan from Kew,
I was able to clarify almost all of his species in the four days which

I had in Geneva. I also found time to go over the general herbarium
for other sheets of Erechtites and its allies. A Chodat and Hassler
type seen here was of crucial importance in resolving finally a very
interesting South American tangle of names which had developed in
the last years of the 19th century.

A highlight of this visit was an afternoon spent with Dr. B. P. G.
Hochreutiner, getting his opinion on my two most troublesome sheets
of Hibiscus. His publications on and active interest in the Malvales
span more than half a century, and he was kind enough to bring his
accumulated experience to bear on my determinations and to confirm

m. He was much interested in news of various American botanists
whom he knew, and inquired particularly about Dr. Winona Welch, with
whom he very much regretted having lost touch.

On Thursday afternoon I cleared away my Specimens in Shae
for the overnight trip back to Paris, and made my adieux. My fam
had been disappointed that I had not delayed my trip until the NIRA
Easter vacation so that they could go with me. Thinking of that, I
asked Dr. Baehni if he could suggest an inexpensive pension instead of
the rather high-priced hotel where I had put up, just in case I could
get back with the family at Easter. He wanted to know the dates of
their vacation, and when he found that they coincided with his children's
vacation, he urged me to use his apartment while he and his family
went to their summer cottage! His offer was so spontaneous and sin-
cere that I accepted on the spot, if we could possibly finance it. When
I got back to Kew we considered the budget and our dwindling re-
sources, found we could not possibly afford to go, but nevertheless
wrote that we would arrive on the Wednesday before Easter for a
week's stay!

To gain an extra day in Paris on my return trip, I had decided to
go back by the night express and booked a couchette as being cheaper
than the first-class wagons-lit. I didn't know quite what to expect,
but found the couchette to be one of six padded shelves taking up a
standard eight-place compartment, three shelves on either side, facing
and opposing the engine. The shelves were not curtained, and my
curiosity as to protocol was definitely aroused when the other occu-
pants of the compartment began to arrive. We finally mustered in at
two men, three women, and a child, indiscriminately scattered in the
order in which the tickets were sold. I tried to find out the order of
procedure from the car porter but again the language barrier inter-
vened and I was reduced to going out into the corridor for a long ciga-
rette while waiting to see what the others proposed to do about dis-
robing. Eventually I discovered that one simply got out of shoes and
coat, wrapped up in the blanket, and stretched out!

14 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

This gave me two more days to review the Paris material in the
light of the Candollean treatment, and to take my photographs. Part
of this time was spent in exploring the riches of the collection of
Schultz Bipontinus, said to number 50,000 specimens in Compositae
alone, which has come to Paris with the Cosson Herbarium and which
includes at least some specimens from Sprengel's Herbarium, named
by Sprengel and annotated with page and species numbers correspond-
ing to the Systema Vegetabilium, the last significant edition of the
Linnaean classic. I returned to London to find Southern England dig-
ging out of the only real snowfall of the season.

When the whole family went to Geneva, we stayed only one day in
Paris while I made one more quick check in the Herbarium and the
others went sight-seeing.

In Geneva, we spent a leisurely and untouristy vacation in the most
charming city we have ever seen, just enjoying its beauty and variety.
The Baehni apartment, very nice by any standard, was simply heavenly
after our drafty antique flat in Kew. With two parks less than a block
away the children made full use of the flawlessly warm sunny weather
while Ruby and I visited delightful little markets to which Dr. Baehni
had guided me on the first afternoon before his complete disappearance
into the country. As the spirit moved we wandered extensively over
the old town, along the lake shore, and through the modern city along
the banks of the Rhone. The Baehni apartment was only a block or so
from the old market place where crossed major north-south and east-
west trails in the time of Caesar, as described in his Commentaries.
Many of the principal buildings around us dated back to the fourteenth
century, and the bastions of the old city wall were just beside us.

On Easter Monday we took an all-day excursion in a bus with a
roll-back top. We went up the full length of Lac Leman and into the
Vaudoise Alps, getting up into the snow and some breath-takingly beau-
tiful scenery, and seeing something of Swiss rural life. On Wednesday
I took a hurried trip alone to Vevay to look up some distant cousins,
and to Aigle to visit and photograph Le Cloitre, the home from which
great-grandfather Seilaz set forth for the New World in 1848. I found
it a sadly run down apartment house, but had a nice visit there with an
elderly watch-maker and his wife, friends of my cousins in Vevay. On
Thursday, after failing to convey even a tenth part of our gratitude to
the Baehnis we caught the night train back to Paris, in solitary posses-
sion of a full compartment of couchettes. With our funds all but gone
we came straight on from Paris to London and so back to Kew for the
final weeks of our stay.

The critical specimens which I had taken to the Continent were still
awaiting re-fumigation when I got back from vacation, and the Erech-
tites problem had to stand still until they could be readmitted. So I
took up other Typhus Commission Compositae again and got into fresh

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 15

involvement. This time it was over the status of Erigeron linifolius
Willd., which led to a consideration of the status of the genus Sony za
which proved to be even more chaotic than Erechtites. A mon

work on this furnished a vast sheaf of notes, particularly on ae eae
zoid species of Africa, in which Kew and the British Museum were
especially rich in types and isotypes. These are in process of being
distilled into a paper which I hope will help to clarify matters or at
least expose the main difficulties. All this served to confirm me in
the suspicion that the so-called pan-tropical weeds, which have been
considered by some to be so widespread and well understood that it

is a botanical sin even to collect them, let alone study them, are much
more likely to be among our most misunderstood and confused species.

During this time I received a sizable and very helpful loan from
Vienna, plus the type of Sonchus agrestis Swartz from Stockholm, and
began to try a final clarification of the Australasian and the American
species of Erechthites (as the correct spelling should be). The prob-
lem got complicated by the discovery of what seems excellent evidence
of extensive introgression among several of the species (?), especially
in the Australasian material. I might add that I had by now become
convinced that the Old World species were generically distinct from
the New World ones, and were actually best to be regarded as a sec-
tion of Senecio. As there are between three and four thousand pub-
lished epithets in this genus, by no means all of which are to be found
in the standard indices, the problem of finding meaningful unpreoc-
cupied names is a staggering one.

Meanwhile, the gardens at Kew were in full bloom and ever tempting.
I had brought an Argus 35 mm. camera from Michigan, intending to
get as full a record as possible of Kew in color through the
seasons. During the winter this project had been neglected because
of bad weather. Photography within the houses was permitted only on
Friday afternoons. Between New Year's Day and Easter there was
exactly one sunny Friday afternoon, with only very brief bits of what
the BBC newscaster likes to call "bright periods" on a few other Fri-
days. After Easter there were good days for photography almost every
week. I did get some of the best of the spring and early summer flow-
erings, especially of the rhododendrons and of the Azalea Garden. Dur-
ing the year I got some four hundred color pictures, in England and on
the Continent, a surprising number of which turned out to be fairly sat-
isfactory.

In May and June, too, came opportunities to see some of the South
of England as guests of Dr. C. W. Sparks on whose National Health
Service panel we were. He and his wife usually spent his Thursdays
and Sundays off in driving to the many spots of beauty and interest with-
in fifty miles or so of Kew. Mrs. Belcher was taken on several of the
week-day trips, including one to St. Albans, the Verulamium of the
Romans, to see the remains of the Roman theatre. I was included on

16 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Sunday drives, one of which took us to Stokes-Poges, Windsor Castle,
and St. Martin's Church and Runnymeade; another included Rochester
Cathedral and Castle, St. Martin's Cnurch and Canterbury Cathedral.
The camera went along, of course, as it did when we went with Dick
and Doris Scott on a British Railways tour to Stratford-on-Avon dur-
ing April.

In mid-December the Fulbrighters had been notified that if they
expected to get home they had better make immediate reservations.
I believe I was the first to reach the U.S. Lines office on Pall Mall.
I asked for the new S. S. United States if possible, although at that time
the day of her entry into service could not be set. It was a matter of
luck that we found ourselves booked for the westbound maiden voyage,
sailing 10 July from Southampton. As the date approached, we had to
wind up our affairs in cyclonic fashion, — just sweep up everything
together and dump it in. Some things are still not unscrambled.
Among them, I fear, are the Compositae in Kew Herbarium, for the
two or three hundred sheets which I kept out for study until the last
possible moment, — seven p. m. on July 9th, did not get sorted out
and put away. Mr. Sandwith most kindly offered to see to that and to
the return of my loans from Stockholm and Vienna, for which I was
most grateful, but also embarrassed to have to ask such a favor.

The passage home gave Ruby and the children their first view of
the Atlantic, which had been entirely obscured by clouds on their trip
over it in December. The ship rode beautifully even during the day
we averaged better than thirty-six knots, the fastest run ever made
by a ship in passenger service. But the speed of the ship combined
with a head wind that reached thirty knots at times made life on deck
almost unbearable, the more so because the weather was cloudy and
chilly, although New York was having a record heat wave when we
docked. In general, I think it would be more pleasant to cross ina
vessel that was not winning the Atlantic Blue Ribbon on its maiden run.

We made Ambrose Light about five o'clock in the afternoon, al-
though not due to berth before noon the next day. So we rode at anchor
off Ellis Island overnight, then steamed on up to the pier early Tues-
day morning to the accompaniment of fireboats, tooting tugs, and cir-
cling helicopters. The almost continuously repeated three blasts from
our whistle in response to the greetings of almost every vessel in the
harbor added to the deafening din. After three sweltering hours of
waiting for our luggage to come ashore, and a very efficient passage
through customs, we found that we could advance our departure time
from New York by four hours. Shortly after five we reached Willow
Run and in a few minutes more were safely back in our own home
again. The concensus of opinion: We never had a more wonderful
year; we couldn't have been sadder at leaving England; we couldn't
have been gladder at being home again.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE MICHIGAN FLORA, IV:
A BOTANICAL SURVEY IN HURON COUNTY

Edward G. Voss

ONE of the interesting regions in the state of Michigan, from the bo-
tanical point of view, is the country near the shores of Lake Huron and
Saginaw Bay, in Huron County. In this area, at the tip of the "thumb"
of the Lower Peninsula of Michigan, the Federated Women's Clubs of
Huron County have established a 120-acre nature sanctuary which they
have called ''A Wilderness Arboretum.”

The tract is located about four miles north of Pinnebog, just south
of what locally is called "Qak Beach" (about 15 miles northwest of Bad
Axe) on highway M-25 between Caseville and Port Austin. Specifically,
it is in the southern part of section 7, Hume Township (S 1/2 of the SE
1/4 and SE 1/4 of the SW 1/4, sec. 7, TI8N, R12E) and may be reached
by a trail road which passes northeast through the tract, beginning
less than half a mile south of Oak Beach and running through to high-
way M-25. The tract itself begins one-quarter of a mile east of the
county road which runs due south of Oak Beach. The trail enters the
tract just west of the middle of its southern edge. Another old trail,
no longer usable by car, runs more or less parallel to the northwest.
A heavy wire surrounds the tract. Just before entering the Wilderness
Arboretum; the trail passes through the Hume Township dump ( a fac-
tor which may cause the addition of non-indigenous elements to the
flora).

The project was dedicated on October 6, 1941, and an attractive
rustic sign has been erected on the county road south of Oak Beach,
at the beginning of the trail road which leads to the tract. In order
that the area remain in its natural state, camping and picking of flow-
ers are discouraged.

Co-operating with Mrs. Fred M. Cross, of Bad Axe, in arranging
for me to catalog the Pteridophytes and Spermatophytes of the tract
were Everett J. Soop, Director of the Extension Service of the Univer-
sity of Michigan, and Stanley A. Cain, chairman of the Department of
Conservation in the School of Natural Resources of the University.
Mrs. Cross hopes to have the complete list of the flora printed in pop-
ular form for distribution by the Women's Clubs in their nature educa-
tion work with schools and clubs in the "thumb" area.

The region in which the Wilderness Arboretum is located is char-
acterized by a series of low ridges more or less parallel with the lake
shore, between which are shallow swales or marshes. The ridges, of
sand and beach gravel, were formed by the action of wind and waves
as the Great Lakes took on their present boundaries following

17

18 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

glaciation. In general, the vegetation of the ridges is a dry heath type,
dominated by Pinus banksiana, the hybrid Quercus palaeolithicola, and
Populus grandidentata, beneath which Vaccinium angustifolium, Gay-
lussacia baccata, and Pteridium aquilinum are abundant. On the moister
slopes between the ridges and the marsh-like swales are many of the
plants characteristic of the cool moist woods of the northern part of

the state, for example Clintonia borealis, Coptis groenlandica, Polygala

—_—_— SOS

rugosa, Pyrus floribunda, Ilex verticillata, Cornus stolonifera, and
Cephalanthus occidentalis. Thickets of shrubs and vines also occur in
low damp spots where there is not sufficient water to support a perma-

nent marsh.

The amount of water in the swales showed great seasonal variation
during the three expeditions made to the tract in 1952. On May 10-11,
it was so deep that it was often impossible to cross the swales without
high boots; by June 28, many of the shallower swales were dry enough
to walk on; and by September 27, there was no place in the tract where
one could not walk dry-shod. In the largest swales, however, the ground
is permanently very moist, and it is in such places that most of the
Typha, Carex, Calamagrostis, and other marsh plants grow. On each
of the three visits, all accessible parts of the Wilderness Arboretum
were covered, but it cannot be claimed that every single species has
been found. The total list is about 180 species.

Apparently there have been only two previously published lists of
Huron County plants. One of over 300 species was contributed by C.
A. Davis to the Huron County report in Volume 7 (1900) of the Geolog-
ical Survey of Michigan. C. K. Dodge prepared a list of almost 900
species, which appeared in 1911 in A. G. Ruthven's Biological Survey
of the Sand Dune Region on the South Shore of Saginaw Bay.

In the following list, attention is called to those species which seem
worthy of special mention. Some of these are clearly new county rec-
ords, and are presented without comment. Others are records of spe-
cies reported by Davis or Dodge but which have not subsequently been
credited to Huron County in the series of distribution papers published
by the Michigan Academy or in the distribution maps in Billington's
Shrubs of Michigan and Ferns of Michigan or in Hermann's '’'The Genus
Carex in Michigan". The Herbarium of the University of Michigan in-
cludes the collections of both Davis and Dodge, but these collectors
did not always preserve specimens of everything they reported. Ex--
cept as otherwise noted, the University Herbarium contains no previous
Huron County specimen (by any collector) of the species listed below.

With the following exceptions, a specimen of every species found in
the tract has been deposited in the Herbarium of the University of
Michigan: Selaginella rupestris (see note below); Taraxacum officinale,

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 19

seen in May but not collected then nor seen later. For each species
commented upon below, my collection number is given in parentheses;
numbers before 1150 are from the May trip, those above 1400 are
September, and the others June. Following the collection number are
indicated the herbaria, if any besides Michigan, in which sheets have
been deposited: EGV— private herbarium of E. G. Voss (presently at
Mackinaw City, Michigan); SMU—Herbarium of Southern Methodist
University, Dallas, Texas.

The nomenclature used herein follows Fernald's 8th edition of
Gray's Manual, with the names used by Gleason in the New Illustrated
Flora indicated in parentheses if different. For assistance with deter-
minations I am indebted to W. H. Wagner, Jr. (Pteridophytes), F. J.
Hermann (Carex), and C. R. Ball (Salix). In the notes which follow,
initials of these specialists are given whenever they have supplied or
confirmed determinations.

Equisetum fluviatile L. Listed by Dodge, but for lack of any herbarium
specimen in the state not credited to the county in Billington (1952).
Scarce in swales. (No. 1437) (W.H.W.)

Lycopodium lucidulum Michx. Listed by Dodge, but not in Billington
(1952). Scarce in moist woods. (No. 1105)

Lycopodium obscurum L. var. obscurum. Neither variety of this plant
is listed by Dodge, and only var. dendroideum is attributed to the
county in Billington (1952). Locally common in more or less moist
woods. (No. 1097) (W.H.W.)

Selaginella rupestris (L.)Spring. Seen in dryish woods by John
McClymont on September 27, but not collected.

Osmunda cinnamomea L. var. cinnamomea. Listed by Dodge but not
in Billington (1952). Uncommon, forming large clumps in moist woods.
(No. 1217) (W.H.W.) .

Osmunda regalis L. var. spectabilis (Willd.) A. Gray. Listed by Dodge
but not in Billington (1952). Locally forming extensive clumps in
swales which were wet in May but drying by late June. (No. 1193;
1214)

Dryopteris thelypteris (L.) A. Gray var. pubescens (Lawson) Nakai.
(Thelypteris palustris Schott) Listed by Dodge but not in Billington
(1952). Frequent at edges of swales. (No. 1211) (W.H.W.)

Picea glauca (Moench) Voss. Two trees, about a foot tall and doing
very poorly, in dry sandy woods near the trail road at the south of the
tract. The unnatural habitat, absence of any larger trees, and lack of
previous records from the region all suggest that these may have been
planted. (No. 1475)

20 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Festuca saximontana Rydb. [F. ovina L. var. saximontana (Rydb.) Gl.]
Neither this nor typical F. ovina has been previously reported from

the county. Davis reported F. ovina var. pseudovina Hack. with a ques-
tion mark; his specimen taken July 5, 1896, on the sand dunes at Port
Austin and labelled F. ovina is referred to F. saximontana (anthers

1.3 mm. long). Uncommon along the road. (No. 1486)

Muhlenbergia mexicana (L.) Trin. The M. mexicana listed by Dodge is
now known as M. frondosa (Poir.) Fern., the present species having
previously been called M. foliosa (R. & S.) Trin., under which name it
has not been reported for Huron County. There is, however, a speci-
men in the University Herbarium collected near Grindstone City by
Dodge Sept. 1, 1912 (after his list was published). Wet woods in the
south part of the tract. (No. 1504. EGV

Oryzopsis asperifolia Michx. Listed by Dodge only by quoting Davis,
so it would seem well to place it on record once again, especially since
there is no specimen from the county in the University Herbarium.
Scarce on a ridge. (No. 1110)

Carex aquatilis Wahlenb. var. altior (Rydb.) Fern. Listed by Dodge,
but not credited to the county by Hermann. Common, forming tussocks
at the edges of swales. (No. 1239)

Carex lupulina Muhl. Again, a sedge listed by Dodge but, presumably
for lack of an authenticating specimen, not by Hermann. Local in wet
woods. (No. 1492. EGV) (F.J.H.)

Carex lurida Wahl. Status same as the preceding. (No. 1493) (F.J.H.)

Eriophorum angustifolium Honckeny var. majus Schultz. Scarce, ina
large swale in the southeastern part of the tract. (No. 1243)

Smilax tamnoides L. var. hispida (Muht.) Fern. (S. hispida Muhl.)
Listed by Dodge, but not credited to the county by Billington, who for
some reason did not cite Dodge's paper as a source of distribution
records. Uncommon in moist thickets. (No. 1233)

Iris virginica L. var. shrevei (Small) E. Anders. (I. shrevei Small).

pubescence on the bright yellow-orange sepal patch is microscopic.
(No. 1205)

Cypripedium acaule Ait. Listed by Dodge, but not included for the
county in Darlington's distribution paper. Very common locally on
the dry ridges. (No. 1068)

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 21

Habenaria hyperborea (L.) R. Br. var. huronensis (Nutt.) Farw. Like
the preceding, reported by Dodge but not included in Darlington's later
paper. Scarce and local in moist woods. (No. 1235)

Salix discolor Muhl. var. latifolia Anderss. This variety not previously
reported from the county. In a swale at the south edge of the tract.
(No. 1091; EGV) (C.R.B.)

Salix lucida Muhl. var. intonsa Fern. As with the preceding, this vari-
ety previously unreported. Common in swales. (No. 1241; EGV)
(C.R.B.)

Salix pedicellaris Pursh var. hypoglauca Fern. Frequent in swales.
(No. 1216)

Salix subsericea (Anderss.) Schneid. Probably this is the species re-
ported by Dodge as S. sericea Marsh., but neither is credited to the
county by Billington (1949). Common in swales. (No. 1237) (C.R.B.)

Betula pumila L. var. glandulifera Regel.|B. glandulosa Michx. var.
glandulifera (Regel) Gl.] Local in swales. (No. 1090; 1242. SMU)

Quercus X palaeolithicola Trel. (Q. ellipsoidalis Hill X Q. velutina
Lam.) A study of my collections from several of the black oaks which
are so common on the dry sandy ridges indicates that the description

of this hybrid fits them best. The buds are only slightly shorter than

in velutina (just under 6 mm.), are quadrangular and persistently hairy
as in that species, and are much larger than in ellipsoidalis or coccinea.
The leaves are of a coccinea or ellipsoidalis type; the nuts are elongate,
striped, and exserted about two-thirds, as in ellipsoidalis. Sometimes
there is a suggestion of a fringe on the cup, as in velutina. Most trees
are relatively smooth-barked, as in ellipsoidalis; some with very rough
bark approach true velutina. (No. 1445; 1446; 1447. EGV)

One collection, however, (No. 1495) with shorter but poorly devel-
oped nuts may be velutina X coccinea. A specimen in the University
Herbarium, collected on Sand Point by Dodge, July 15, 1908, originally
labelled Q. coccinea, has been annotated by W. H. Camp "X velutina";
this has a fringed cup with short hemispherical nut, and buds small
and densely hairy, at best obscurely angled. A specimen collected by
Davis in Huron County in 1897, and originally labelled Q. coccinea,
has been annotated "'cf. Q. ellipsoidalis" by Camp. So although Q.
coccinea was reported as common by Davis and Dodge, there is some
question as to the identity of their material.

The black oaks of the state are definitely in need of attention. A
preliminary and brief survey of material in the Herbarium suggests
that hybrids of velutina with coccinea and ellipsoidalis may be quite
widespread, while true velutina is scarce in Michigan.

Nuphar variegatum Engelm. This is probably what was reported as
N. advena by Davis and Dodge, but there are no specimens to

22 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

substantiate this. Local in the larger swales in the northwest part of
the tract. In water in May and late June, but the ground only spongy
under foot in September. (No. 1202)

Lindera benzoin (L.) Blume var. benzoin. Listed by Dodge, but not by
Billington (1949). Scarce in thickets along the southern edge of the
tract. (No. 1498)

Amelanchier arborea (Michx. f.) Fern. Very common in the dry woods,
intergrading with A. laevis Wieg. in regard to pubescence of the young
leaves. Attains a height of 7-8 m. and a diameter of 15-20 cm. (No.
1059; 1082. EGV, SMU) A. laevis is also common in the area. Dodge
reported A. canadensis, and a specimen in the University Herbarium
which bears his label of 1908 as A. canadensis, collected on Sand Point,
is actually A. laevis.

Nemopanthus mucronata (L.) Trel. Listed by Dodge but not by Billing-
ton (1949). Locally abundant in swales in the northwestern part of the
tract. (No. 1115. SMU)

Rhamnus alnifolia L'Hér. Scarce in swales and moist hollows. (No.
1118; 1472)

Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch. Listed by Davis and Billington
(1949), but not Dodge. A vine locally in thickets. (No. 1232)

Vitis riparia Michx. var. riparia. Listed by Davis and Dodge, but not
Billington (1949). Like the preceding, a vine locally in thickets. (No.
1227)

Viola conspersa Reichenb. Listed by Dodge, but not included for Huron
County in Thompson's later paper on distribution of Violaceae in the
state. Abundant on moist slopes. (No. 1074)

Viola pubescens Ait. Like V. conspersa, listed by Dodge but not by
Thompson. Locally common in one place on a ridge in the south-
central portion of the tract. (No. 1111)

Viola renifolia Gray var. brainerdii (Greene) Fern. Very common,
especially on mossy hummocks. (No. 1073)

Epilobium angustifolium L. var. angustifolium. Not mentioned by
Dodge, although listed as "common" by Davis and given as a habitat
for two species of Thysanoptera in Shull's entomological report in
Ruthven's survey. Scarce, in dry woods near the trail road. (No. 1488)

Pyrola virens Schweigg. Local in moist woods. (No. 1102)

Vaccinium corymbosum L. (possibly X V. angustifolium Ait. var.
laevifolium House = V. lamarckii Camp). V. corymbosum is listed
for the county by Dodge and Billington, but this apparent hybrid may
be worth describing. This was a shrub almost 1.5 m. tall, in moist
woods. Leaves ellipsoid or occasionally obovate, acute at both ends,

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 23

to 5.5 cm. long and 2.5 cm. wide; margins ciliate-serrulate with broad-
based, short, gland-tipped hairs or narrow teeth; under surface prom-
inently pubescent with stiffish hairs to 1 mm. in length, especially on
midrib and main veins; upper surface sparsely puberulent. Young
twigs and branchlets somewhat short-pubescent. Young fruit (June 28)
glaucous. This may be only a specimen of the variable V. corymbosum,
but the leaves average smaller than in corymbosum, and the height of
the plant suggests a "half-high"' hybrid. No other specimens resembl-
ing V. corymbosum were seen. (No. 1215)

Vaccinium vacillans Torr. (possibly X V. atrococcum (A. Gray) Heller).
V. vacillans is included for Huron County in both Davis (quoted by
Dodge) and Billington, but again an apparent hybrid is noted. This was
a shrub about 1 m. tall in a moist swale. Leaves just emerging (May
11) and flowers in late bud, 4-5 mm. long, red-tinged. Leaves sparsely
puberulent, margins apparently entire or weakly serrulate. Although
no specimens of V. atrococcum were seen (or are known from the
county), the height and habitat of this plant suggest hybridization with
that species; the other features agree with vacillans. (No. 1119)

Utricularia intermedia Hayne. Listed by Dodge only as a quotation of
Davis' record. There is, in the University Herbarium, however, a
specimen collected by Dodge July 11, 1908, on Sand Point. Local in
1-2 dm. water (June 28) in a large swale in the northwestern portion of
the tract (no standing water at this site in September). Not seen flow-
ering. (No. 1212)

Galium tinctorium L. var. tinctorium. Not the G. tinctorium of Dodge's
list, which is G. obtusum Bigel. The present species was formerly
known as G. claytonii, and has not been previously reported from Huron
County. Scarce, on a mossy log in wet woods. (No. 1253)

Viburnum cassinoides L. Occasional in swales. (No. 1116; 1473)

LITERATURE CITED
Billington, Cecil. 1949. Shrubs of Michigan. Cranbrook Inst. Sci. Bull. No. 20, 2nd
ed. 339 pp.
Seo Cecil. 1952. Ferns of Michigan. Cranbrook Inst. Sci. Bull. No. 32.
240

Dan, fe T. 1920 [1921]. Distribution of a Orchidaceae in Michigan. Ann.
. Acad. Sci. 21 (for 1919): 239-2

Davis, C. A. 1900. Botanical Notes. ae IX, in Geological Report on Hurva
County, Michigan, by Alfred C. Lane]. Geol. Surv. Mich. 7 (part 2): 234-245.

Dodge, C. K. 1911. Catalog of Plants [In A Biological Survey of the Sand Dune
Region on the South Shore of Saginaw Bay, Michigan, prepared under the direc-
tion of Alexander G. Ruthven]. Mich. Geol. & Biol. Surv. Publ. 4, Biol. Ser. 2:
65-120.

Hermann, Frederick J. 1941. The Genus Carex in Michigan. Amer. Midl. Nat.
25: 1-72,

24 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Hermann, Frederick a Pia Additions to the Genus Carex in Michigan. Amer.
Mid]. Nat. 46: 482-

Ruthven, A. G. (see Dodge, above)

Thompson, Bertha E. 1923. Distribution of the Violaceae of Michigan. Papers
Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts, Letters 1 (for 1921): 167-184.

Trelease, William. 1917. Naming American Hybrid Oaks. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc.
56: 44-52,

NEW SUBSCRIBERS TO THE ASA GRAY BULLETIN

Bechtel, A. R. 708 W. Wabash Ave., Crawfordsville, Ind. (GM BA).
peas Mrs. Marjorie T. Dept. of Biology, Centenary Junior College, Hacketts-
ode

eee ist; oy . Dept. of eee University, Durham, N. C. (GMBA).
ae Miss Almeda. 372 Amity, Muskegon, Mich. (MBC).

e, Virginius H. 107 Park oie Peoria Heights 4, Ill.
eben William A. c/o Forest Service, U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Washington 25,

MBA).
DeGraff, Phil. Trout Lake, Michigan (MBC).
Diamond, B. L. 22337 Roxford, Detroit 19, Ey oe i aaa
San o 4,

Faust, Miss Mildred E. 501 University sete Sakae se 0: Ae

Frehse, Mrs. Robert M. 506 W. Maplehurst Blvd., Satipiae ao Mich. (MBC).
Graustein, Dr. Jeannette E. 501 W. 113th St., New York 25, x,

Havard, Capt. Valery, USN. 5526 North 10th St., Arlington, aa

Mason, Mrs. E. J. 56 Taylor St., Crafton, Pittsburgh 5, Pa.

Matskanin, Michael. 1235 N. Shiawassee, Owosso, Mich. (MBC).

Melcher, Mrs. Austin G. 1529 Boston Blvd., Detroit 6, Mich. (MBC).
: : B

eae Herman. 653 Borgess Ave., Monroe, Mich. (MBC).
, Mrs. Joseph O. Box 2627, Juneau, Alaska (GMBA
ee Robert L., Jr. 30 North 8th St., Allentown, Pa. (GMBA).
Senghas, Mrs. L. G. 39611 Duluth Rd., rt. 6, Mt. Clemens, Mich. (MBC).
Shierson, Mrs. C. A. 322 State St., Adrian, Mich. (MBC).
Sieger, Mrs. Mildred L. 2582 Woodstock Drive, De troit 3, Mich. (MBC).
s _ (GMBA ).

Vanek, Mrs. Charles W. 7441 Reuter Ave., Dearborn 1, Mich. (MBC
Votey, Mrs. F. A. 1040 E. Maple, Birmingham, Mich.
Waldron, C. H. 2113 Toledo Trust Bldg., Toledo 4, Ohio.

INSTITUTIONAL SUBSCRIBERS

Detroit Public Library. 5201 Woodward Ave., Detroit 2, Mich.
Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques, Route de Lausanne 192, Geneva, Switzerland.
University Libraries, State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa.
Ohio State University Library, Columbus 10, Ohio.
a University, Athens, Ohio.
Public Health Service, P. O. Box 960, Anchorage, Alas
BAinite Field & Streams Association. 4827 23rd St., oe en Mich. (MBC).

A REVIEW OF
"THE NEW BRITTON AND BROWN"*

Edward G. Voss

THE long-awaited ''New Britton and Brown" came to the botanical pub-
lic as a most welcome climax to the year 1952. A completely new
work, connecting the names of Britton and Brown with it seems almost
unnecessary. Not even identified as a third edition of its predecessor,
the Flora has new illustrations, new keys, new descriptions, and much
new philosophy.

With the 8th edition of Gray's Manual also off the press in recent
years, the botanist in the northeastern states is now admirably equipped
with floras. Should he have both available, except when a single-volume
manual is inherently handier he will almost always find the New Britton
and Brown the more useful, if only because of the illustrations, which
are vastly superior to those of the previous edition or of any similar
work. Both as works of art and as means of calling attention to impor-
tant diagnostic characteristics, the figures are a joy to behold. With-
out implying that one is better than another, it can be noted that there
is some variability in style, presumably of different artists , between
such heavily stippled and shaded drawings as those of Verbena, Sola-
num, and Lobelia, and, in comparison, such relatively simple sketches
as those of the Lemnaceae, the Chenopodiaceae, and Desmodium. The
only serious complaint that one can make about the illustrations is
that more care was not taken to associate drawings of small details
with the main drawing or name of the species. Anyone not already
familiar with the plants involved would have an extremely difficult time,
to give only a few examples, on pages 89, 463, and 494 of volume 2 try-
ing to connect the right leaf, fruit, or seed with the proper species.

The keys are plentiful, often a natural synopsis and an artificial key
being provided, or keys both to plants with flowers and leaves and to
those with fruits and leaves. The keys are of the indented type and,
except for those to family, apparently strictly dichotomous. The family
key is much expanded over the previous edition (21 instead of 8 pages),
and presumably much more useful. Only time will tell how well the
keys work; they look good.

A few comparisons in "facilities provided"’ can be made with Gray's
Manual. Gleason does not restrict his list of botanical authors to those
whose surnames happened to be abbreviated in citations. Instead, he
includes the full names of all authors, with dates, when known, of birth
and death. As in the Manual, an adequate glossary is provided. (Some

*The New Britton and Brown Illustrated Flora of the Northeastern United States
and Adjacent Canada, by Henry A. Gleason, with the assistance of specialists in
certain groups. 3 vols. 4t0, 1952. [Published by The New York Botanical Garden.]

Available from The New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York 58, for
$27.50 postpaid (after July 1, $30.50).

25

26 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

might differ with the assertion that "irregular" is "synonymous with
zygomorphic".) The indices in volumes 1 and 2 are an improvement
over those in the previous edition in that all common names, as well
as scientific names of genera and higher categories and species in the
case of large genera, are included. The index at the end of volume 3
places in a single listing all common and scientific names, including
synonyms. This is much less frustrating to the user than the practice
of Fernald (and the previous Britton and Brown) of placing the common
names in a separate index — a duplication which only causes confusion
(to this reviewer, at least, who almost invariably seems to open to the
wrong index). The new Flora, like the 2nd edition, does not designate
by distinctive typography (e. g., the small capitals of the Manual) the
names of those species which are not considered to be indigenous in
our area. Gleason does seem, however, to mention and illustrate
more escapes from cultivation than does Fernald. No summary tabu-
lation by families is provided. It is a pleasure to observe that the
system of feet, inches, and lines, used for measurements in the 2nd
edition, has been abandoned in favor of the metric system.

Taxonomically, the new Flora, as expected, gives a relatively con-
servative treatment. Although only 6 fewer species are included than
in the previous edition, there are 92 fewer genera. (Altogether 4660
species are fully treated in the new Flora — 863 fewer than in the
Manual.) Lest the failure to increase the number of species in this
edition be attributed to over-zealous "lumping," it should be noted
that in an effort to restrict the new Flora to a more homogeneous flo-
ristic area the range does not extend so far west as in the second edi-
tion or as in the Manual, nor does it include as much of British North
America. Although no count is given, it is a safe assertion that there
are far fewer infraspecific taxa recognized than in Fernald's Manual.

he Lobeliaceae are recognized as a distinct family from the
Gute cnuistede! and the Leguminosae are divided into the Mimosaceae,
Caesalpiniaceae, and Fabaceae. The Pyrolaceae are not, however,
maintained as distinct from the Ericaceae. Although the tendency is
definitely not toward treating as of specific rank any taxa which
Fernald places in lower categories or sinks in synonymy, there are
exceptions: for example, Iris Shrevei, Betula cordifolia, Acer nigrum,
and Aster lucidulus. Striking contrasts with the Manual treatment are
seen in such genera as Amelanchier (where following Jones rather
than Wiegand results in 8 instead of 19 species), Antennaria (6 instead
of 32 species), and Taraxacum (3 instead of 11 species, some of the
reduction due, to be sure, to omission of Newfoundland from the range).
In Vaccinium, Sect. Cyanococcus, the work of Camp is followed, hy-
brids and all, with generally satisfactory results. On the other hand,
although reported hybrid oaks are listed, no attempt is made to de-
scribe or adapt Trelease's keys to them. A usable treatment of Rubus

is given, with 24 names provided, including 12 "collective species" in

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 27

Eubatus, under each of which many of the names of Bailey and others
are distributed. This is a considerably condensed treatment in com-
parison with the 205 species listed by Fernald, to whose work, as well
as that of Bailey, Gleason refers students interested in "the micro-
species of their own region."' The collective species of Eubatus are
honestly presented as "intended for convenience only. There is sel-
dom evidence that all the plants included under one are more closely
related to each other than to some plants oi a different collective spe-
cies, but, in general, each of them has some degree of homogeneity."
Suffice it to say that the collective species do not exactly correspond
with the species groups of Fernald or Bailey.

Although Gleason's introduction is dated January, 1950, he discusses
in it Fernald's 8th edition of Gray's Manual, which appeared six months
later; but it is unfortunate that it was impossible to cite the names used
in the Manual, when not accepted, in the synonymy of individual species.
Correlation of the two works is thus difficult at times. References to
the Manual were, however, included by Gleason in his list of changes
of name in Phytologia, March, 1952. Apparently synonyms are pretty
much restricted to names in Small, Rydberg, the 2nd edition of Britton
and Brown, and the 7th edition of Gray's Manual. Even for these, au-
thors are not indicated, the names only being identified as used in one
of the other manuals. Thus, for example, ''Carex scirpoides, Gray"
in the synonymy of C. interior means only that "this species is listed
under someone's name C. scirpoides in the 7th ed. of Gray's Manual."
We might wish for more synonyms, or at least the authors of those
which are included, but perhaps that matter was considered too much
of a concession to the professional botanist when the Flora "has been
prepared primarily for the interested laity." Such names as Pycnan-
themum tenuifolium, Impatiens capensis, and Rudbeckia serotina, at-
tributed to our plants in Rhodora in 1948, are neither accepted nor
cited as synonyms. So although published two and a half years after
the new Manual, the new Illustrated Flora gives the impression of
having had the nomenclature settled earlier.

Quite up to date, however, is the indication of the nomenclaturally
typical variety of a species by repetition, without author, of the specific
epithet, as required by an article (now numbered 35) of the International
Code adopted in the summer of 1950. It can be surmised that since this
proposal was originally made by Gleason himself 10 years before the
Stockholm Congress, text for the new Flora was written in anticipation
of its adoption. Two recommendations accepted at Stockholm have not
been followed: Specific epithets are not uniformly decapitalized. (In
his introduction, Gleason ambiguously states that "The capitalization
or decapitalization of specific epithets is rightly a recommendation. .
."'". Evidently allowance was made for whichever way the controversial
recommendation might read by the time the Flora came out!). Neither
have those genitives with only a single i after personal names ending

28 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 1

in a consonant (other than er) been emended as orthographic errors.
So we have in the Flora, for example, Arabis Drummondi and Carex
Tuckermani rather than A. drummondii and C. tuckermanii. But these
are matters of preference regardless of how the recommendations
read. (A. Drummondii did sneak into the introduction on p. xxi.

As long as botanists defend the double citation of authorities as a
bibliographic aid, it would seem to make no difference as such an aid
whether or not the person who reinterprets a taxon is the same as the
one who originally described it. At any rate, the Code makes no al-
lowance for an exception in such a case, and Gleason quite correctly
cites, for example, Ribes hirtellum Michx. var. calcicola (Fern.) Fern.,
whereas in the Manual an author is cited but once in such a situation.

Following almost universal North American (but not European) prac-
tice (Marie-Victorin in his original edition was an exception), Gleason
gives Hill, rather than Miller, as the authority for Linaria vulgaris,
even though the Code (Art. 79; Art. 68 in ed. 3) specifically cites Hill's
work as an example of one which must be rejected because the author
did not consistently use binary nomenclature.

The continued use which it is certain to receive will determine
whether the new Flora has as many of the seemingly inevitable typo-
graphical errors as has Gray's Manual (my list for the latter has
climbed past 80). It is rather startling to note in the Araceae a large
figure labelled S. foetidus above which, in bold capitals, is the name
SYMPHORICARPUS.

The typography is attractive, and the paper and binding sturdy. It
is unusual that the publishers did not have more confidence in this
great work than to print an initial 2500 copies (6000 of the first edition
of Britton and Brown had been printed). A run of at least twice that
number would not have exceeded, it seems to me, the market which
the set has every right to expect, and might have substantially reduced
the unit cost to a point where the work would be more readily obtain-
able by the student for whom it is an obvious necessity.

MICHIGAN FORAY OF THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY--Those inter-
ested in ferns and fern-allies should keep in mind that the annual meet-
ings of the American Institute of Biological Sciences are to be held in
Madison, Wisconsin, on the campus of the University of Wisconsin, be-
ginning Labor Day. The meeting will be preceded by a foray spon-
sored by the American Fern Society. Those participating in the foray
will meet in Alpena, Michigan, on August 30, and go by automobile to
various interesting fern-localities in both Lower and Upper Peninsulas
before adjourning on September 5. We hope to have a more detailed
note on the foray in the Spring number of AGB. — Eds.

ALONG THE TRAILS OF CHARLES WRIGHT
IN EASTERN CUBA

Roy N. Jervis

BOTANICAL exploration in Cuba during the middle of the 19th century
was dominated by Charles Wright, the same adventurous man who con-
tributed so much to the botanical knowledge of the southwestern United
States. Wright spent the better part of ten years between November
1856 and July 1867 exploring the forested mountain regions, seeking
out the unfamiliar and unknown plants. The ten years of bloody revolu-
tion that began in 1868 account largely for his discontinuance of work
in Cuba. .

Despite a record of his itinerary reconstructed by L. M. Underwood
(1), many stations where Wright collected have remained uncertain and
doubtful. Herbarium sheets of Wright material give little aid. Although
his specimens were distributed widely (there were 15 sets, varying
from 560 to 2250 numbers), usually no more than one sheet for each
number is annotated beyond the specific name, general area (i.e., "Cuba
Orientali", "Cuba", etc.), and date, the latter often being merely the
year. According to Asa Gray (2), the set at the Estacion Agronomica
at Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, was the best annotated from Wright's
field notes, although Gray considered the set at Harvard to be the most
complete one. Madrid received one of the large sets also. The old
method of numbering Wright's material prevents establishing a chro-
nology from the labels. As was common a hundred years ago, the field
collector did not number his specimens in the order in which they were
collected. Rather, the entire collection was sorted to apparent species,
and then numbers were assigned which did not follow the chronological
order of collecting.

This appears clearly, for example in Grisebach's "Catalogus Plan-
tarum Cubensium" (3) in the family Bixineae (now Flacourtiaceae) in
which Wright's numbers 12 to 18 are all of the one genus Casearia as
now understood. Number 12 included at least three species, from three
widely separated and distinctive areas in the Province of Oriente. Yet
this diversified assemblage was united as a single number, with the
location given simply as "Cuba orientali’! An even worse mix-up
occurs with Wright's collection of pines with the result that Pinus
cubensis and Pinus caribaea were so confused that for years they were
considered one and the same species. A chronology established from
Wright's collection is virtually impossible.

Three areas in Oriente province, Cuba, received most of Wright's
attention: the mountainous region surrounding the cafetales of Monte
Verde and nearby La Perla, northeast of Guantanamo; the Gran Piedra

29

30 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

range just east of Santiago de Cuba; and the eastern Sierra Maestra
ranges in the vicinity of Hongolosongo. In ten years his total collection
of vascular plants was only about 3900 numbers, but it should be noted
that many of his specimen numbers were comprehensive, often includ-
ing many field stations. Had his specimens been numbered by present-
day practice, undoubtedly his collection would have reached 10,000
numbers or more. Also much of his work in Pinar del Rio was nulli-
fied because one large shipment was almost totally destroyed when a
cargo of wet sugar was piled on it aboard ship (2). His collection suf-
fered again when the first set of his 1856-1857 collection, sent to
Grisebach, was lost at sea (2). Gray made a duplicate set for Grise-
bach, but some material was irreplaceable.

Wright's collections in other provinces of Cuba rivals his work in
Oriente. Pinar del Rio was the focal point for his work in the west,
but he collected extensively in Santa Clara and Matanzas. As in
Oriente, Wright's facility for friendship with the owners of the large
plantations and their reciprocating kindness and cooperation enabled
him to do an amazing amount of work on very meager funds. Dr.
Francisco Sauvalle, the botanist, and his brother-in-law, José Blain,
helped Wright's work, particularly in Pinar del Rio. John Gundlach,
zoologist and father of Cuban ornithology, arrived in Cuba shortly be-
fore Wright, and the two joined forces on many expeditions. After this
association, Wright devoted some of his time to the search for land
snails and materials other than plants.

Wright's contribution to Cuban botany can be partially evaluated if
one considers that Achille Richard's flora of Cuba (4) included only
a little more than 1,000 species a decade before Wright made his col-
lections and Grisebach's Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium of 1866
listed 2,948 flowering plants.

Wright, always handicapped in his work by lack of funds, could
never have accomplished his task without the hospitality of the owners
of several Cuban fincas. The names of these fincas, such as Monte
Verde, La Perla, Filantropia, Madelina, Nouvelle Sopie, and Josephina,
crop up often in botanical works connected with Wright, and because of
the many changes of names in the past century, present-day botanists
find it difficult to associate these finca names with localities on mod-
ern maps.

From Underwood's summary of Wright's itinerary it appears that
the data for Wright's three trips to Cuba are: (1) Arrived at Santiago,
25 November, 1856; returned to New York, 9 September, 1857; (2) Ar-
rived at Santiago, 30 November, 1858; left Havana, 28 July, 1861;

(3) Arrived at Havana, May, 1865; returned to New York, July 1867.

He worked in the Monte Verde area as follows: 23 April to Septem-
ber, 1857; 3 December, 1858, to 17 September, 1859; 11-20 January,
1860; 25 February to 1 August, 1860; 15-19 September, 1860; 4-19
January, 1861; 4 February to 4 May, 1861; 24 June to 24 October, 1861;

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 31

5 May to sometime in July, 1867. The route to Monte Verde led
through what is now Guantanamo city, which in Underwood's summary
was confused with the port town of Caimanera. In the middle of the
19th century, Guantanamo was officially Santa Catalina del Saltadero
del Guaso, Saltadero referring not to the salt works north of Caimanera
along the bay but to the rapids in the Guaso River which passes through
Guantanamo and enters Guantanamo Bay northeast of the salt works.
On the old maps Guantanamo was usually Santa Catalina, or Santa Cata-
lina del Guaso, but on some was merely Saltadero.

Caimanera was in 1857 a tiny unhealthful port built on a limestone
outcrop in the mangroves at the edge of the muddy salt flats. It was
connected to Guantanamo by a narrow-gauge railroad when Wright was
there, but even those whose business required visits to the port lived
in the more healthful inland town of Guantanamo, or Santa Catalina.
Wright did collect in the vicinity of Caimanera and what is now Leeward
Point of the U. S. Naval Station, but the Santa Catalina and Saltadero of
his letters referred to Guantanamo city and not Caimanera.

His other field stations with known dates of collecting are summa-
rized on the accompanying map.

Wright found transportation always bad, a condition that has not
changed much in the mountain areas of Cuba. Few roads existed. In-
stead, the routes were mostly narrow mule trails, muddy and slippery
in the rainy season, and dusty and rough during the rest of the year.
From Guantanamo northeast to Jamaica and then over a sharp "'cuchillo
a knife-like mountain ridge, to Felicidad de Yateras, and thence up the
steep range to the north to Monte Verde, was a narrow cobblestone
pavement a few feet wide. Even today remnants of this road are still
traversed by trucks, jeeps, and mules. But most of Wright's travel
beyond Monte Verde and to many other places was afoot or astride one
of the tough little Cuban mules which today are the chief means of
travel in these regions. Where the trails are not worn into solid rock,
the soil becomes mud in the slightest rain and the mules sink deep,
leaving holes that are preserved in the dry season as honey-comb
pathways that are avoided by both man and mule. Trucks and jeeps are
slowed to a crawl in dry weather and are stopped altogether in the
midst of the rainy seasons.

During my two stays in Cuba, from August 1950, to May 1951, and
July through August, 1951, I was able to travel throughout the island,
but particularly in Oriente where I drove a jeep more than 8,000 miles
on more than 30 separate field trips. Many of the collecting stations
of Charles Wright became more than nebular place names and from
this experience plus some research on Wright and 19th century maps,
I can throw a little more light on some of Wright's obscure field loca-
tions.

Before telling about these experiences, I would like to comment on
the Spanish term, "monte". It should not be confused with the English

Fig. 1. Map showing the botanical localities of Charles Wright in the mountainous "Oriente'' Province, Cuba.

CEDRO; BARAJAGUA;
for Santiago 25 A

Left
uge

1860 Pm

CAYO DEL REY;
between 15 July and

geveral days

BAYAMO
26 Nov

- 1860 '
16, 17. Dec. 1861] ru

-
.
ren ¥ Le.” Pen, oD a
£3 ers, pany tone! oo
: “ a) Sarat te,
Pn. laytteed a * x Ste
™E yl ? ei eH
1 if xe
ond

ies foids Ke
yet a

1 Aug. 1860 pe”

SIERRA
MAESTRA J
20) ow ae as
rin RES eS ace
fs aes NIMA NIMA
HONGOLOSONGO area;
FILANTROPI
10 Dec. 1856 to LOMA
Mar. 1857 ore
2 Feb. 1860 GAT
1 to 15 Dec. 1860]! EL COBRE
LA MADELINA 4 to 6 Dec. 1856
=“ 9 to 26 Dec. 1859 f] 14 tee 1857

aT

a

e
8 Sept.
24 Apr.

ven
rer

25 Mar. 1861

Ao?

ath

wed Ay
-
oe

aut 2

4,

pa 38
pent isto he

GRAN PIED

o Al Fs
s ~ Dy _
z. y
4
ae page
a MTC why . Take:
NNN x
PS % io Be Se
eas cs :
ak ROR dat ¢

RA

NOUVELLE SOPHIE

17 to 26 Nov. 1859
18 Jan. 1860

24 Feb. 1860

9 Sept. 1860

16 Dec. 1860

27 Jan. 1861

Ti
MAYARL; 1 to 17 Aug. 1860 |75 vee VERDE;
HOLGUIN a STERRA DE NPE) mil Mel i PERLA; a
Arr. 18 Aug. 1860| / PI 3h ANDRES;
PICO CRISTAL PALENQUE
MENS MONTE TORO PINARES DE CEIBA;
me (Potosi) MONTE GALAN; VERNARDO;
A. ee > 18 Mar. 1861 CARIDAD DE LOS INDIOS;
HATO DEL MEDIO; ALTO - . LA CATALINA

BARACOA trip;
Left Monte Verde
5 Ma

Left Baracoa 17 June
M. Verde 24 June

MATA;
2 weeks of
May, 1861

CAIMANERA

JOSEPHINA

AMO
2 to 15 Apr. 1857
6 Nov. 1859 58

24 Nov. 1861

NILATING AVYUD VSV

T ‘ON ‘II “TOA “S°N

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 33

mountain. To be sure, originally ''monte" meant "wooded height" and
Monie Verde, together with nearby Monte Toro and Monte Libano,
were heights up to 3,000 feet covered by virgin forest in Wright's time.
Today, however, the word 'monte" is the equivalent of our word, coun-
tryside, and thus not every Cuban "monte" is wooded or even a hill.

With César Pifia, a Cuban student now at the University of Michigan,
I visited the area northeast of Monte Verde on the week-end of Feb-
ruary 17, 1951. We drove from Guantanamo Bay north through the
level cane fields of Guantanamo valley to the sugar central, San Anto-
io. From San Antonio the road climbed over rugged limestone hills
into the Yateras valley at Vega Grande. Along t*2 way many mahog-
any trees (Swietenia mahagoni Jacq.) dotted the landscape, but umbrella-
shaped intruders, Samanea saman (Jacq.) Merr., were more common
shade trees in the cleared pasture lands of the small valleys. In more
rocky areas, where forests had been removed, Comocladia dentata
Jacq., the "guao"’ of the Cubans, formed poisonous thickets. In the vi-
cinity of Vega Grande we saw some sterile Jatropha tupifolia Grisebach,
a shrubby member of the Euphorbiaceae, but it was not until we passed
Caridad de los Indios that we collected specimens in flower with their
deep red blossoms accentuated against the glossy green foliage.

=a

As we left the Yateras River the jeep twisted and jolted upward over
a fantastic road, not so much carved as eroded out of the steep cliffs,
and we reached the somewhat rolling plateau stretching northward to
Caridad de los Indios. Across the almost canyon-like Yateras valley
the heights of Monte Verde rose in the blue distance to the northwest.

The plateau that we were on had been denuded of forests many years
before. Little topsoil remained over much of it and the eroded dog-
tooth limestone was exposed. Scrubby growth of Coccoloba, Croton,
Lantana, Dipholis, Chrysophyllum, laurel-leaved shrubs and small trees
formed scanty cover with a few patches of more fertile soil producing
dense thickets and woods from which all usable trees had been removed.
Some grassy areas of red soil with.low scattered bushes had plants
that were common to the pine forests. Inquiry disclosed, however,
that, at least in the memory of the inhabitants, no pine forests had ever
covered the area. Among the thickets we found shrubby Phyllanthus
epiphyllanthus L., the first I had seen in Cuba. The leathery phyllodes
edged with clusters of tiny scarlet flowers made the plants stand out
from the other vegetation. We also became acquainted with the re-
curved thorns of Pisonia aculeata L., a woody clambering vine of the
Nyctaginaceae, and with Platygyne e nerancies (Jacq.) Mull. Arg., a slen-
der "euphorb" vine armed with hairs that stung like fire.

We camped after dark near the road. The first tree (Bursera sima-
ruba (L.) Sarg.) that I tried to use for a support for my jungle hammock
collapsed with a crash. Termites had destroyed it from within, leav-
ing a hollow shell. Before I found a solid support for the hammock,

34 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol. II, No. 1

more Platygne seared my neck and arms. After cooking supper we
tried to sleep, but several times the roar of trucks grinding their way
over the rocks woke us. As the friendly Cubans saw our jeep, they
stopped solicitously to see what was wrong. It was difficult to explain
that we were merely crazy American botanists trying to sleep. Iam
sure that the ones who woke us at two a.m. probably thought us not
only crazy, but even a bit impolite.

The next day we drove to Caridad de los Indios at a top speed of
eight miles an hour. From the village, consisting of a coffee mill, a
small school, and a few "bohios", we turned eastward and a few miles
further on at a "tienda" (store), called Garrido, gave up trying to fol-
low that road and returned to Caridad. From there driving northwest-
ward ever higher to Pinares de Ceiba we found pine trees, as of course
the name indicated we would. Although timbered out a few years ear-
lier, there were still tall specimens of Pinus cubensis Grisebach
stretching skyward around the tienda, dance-floor, and few houses
that made up the village. The owner of the land told us that tremendous
pines had been cut, the largest having a diameter of 64 inches, but we
ourselves saw no stumps of more than 30 inches. Among the more out-
standing plants was a very beautiful terrestrial orchid, Phaius tanker-
villiae (Banks) Blume, of which the very plant illustrated herewith is
at the University of Michigan Botanical Gardens. Very common was a
yellow flowered Lisianthus of the Gentianaceae. This area, only a few
hours ride by mule from Monte Verde, may well be Wright's type loca-
tion of Pinus cubensis.

Here we met Sr. Antonio Robas, a bulldozer operator, who was be-
ginning to cut a lumber road over to the Toa valley. He was surveyor,
engineer and "'cat-skinner" rolled into one, and built roads by trial
and error. From Pinares de Ceiba the land dropped away in breath-
taking cliffs and ridges down to the Toa river. Robas's job was to pick
a route down those precipices and cut a road for lumber and coffee
trucks. Only a small section had been begun and we, foolhardy as we
were, drove our jeep down the first series of hairpin turns, thinking
that "if we have trouble, the bulldozer can always tow us back up!" At
the first level stretch at the foot of the cliff stood the bulldozer ----
immobilized with engine trouble! We drove up the next hill so that we
could boast that we were the first persons ever to drive into the Toa
valley in the barrio of Vernardo. Returning to Pinares was a problem.
After many tries, much digging away of loose rock, and with the as-
sistance of several willing Cubans, the jeep finally climbed back to the
top of the precipice. We drove back to the Navy Base, assured by
Sefior Robas that when we returned to Pinares de Ceiba a new road
would stretch to Vernardo on the Toa river.

At Easter, a four day vacation gave us another chance to visit the
valley. On the way, at a point just north of Caridad de los Indios, a
flat tire stopped us. It was already dark, so we rolled up in our blankets

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 35

on the ground beside the jeep. On
the far off hills in every direction
areas of flickering lights twinkled
and flashed like the lights of dis-
tant cities. The dry season pro-
gram of burning off the forests for
garden plots was in full progress.
Rich forests were being sacrificed
for a few seasons of crops after
which the land would revert to
brushy forest, or become almost
barren rock brushland.

The next morning we drove to
Pinares de Ceiba where a building
boom was on. A new tienda of solid
mahogany, roofed with aromatic
cedar (Cedrela mexicana M.Roem.)
was under construction. The new

found that the series of hairpin
turns which had almost trapped the
jeep in February, had been aban-
doned and a new route led circui-
tously down the precipice. To us
was the honor of having been the
only ones ever to drive over that
earlier winding stretch of road!
Thenceforth, it became a trail for
mules only.

Along the road to Vernardo we
gathered geological specimens of
serpentine and talc, of tuffs and
other volcanic rocks from the newly
cut bedrock. When we reached the
village on the north side of the tum-
bling, crystal-clear Toa, we stopped J
to hire a guide to lead us to the sum- |
mit of Mt. Galan whose twin peaks
towered over Vernardo. We had
been told that a lake exists at the

top of the peak and we hoped to col- Fig. 2. Phaius tankervilliae
lect in that unusual habitat. Guides (Banks) Blume, a terrestrial orchid
there were, and in plenty. But, growing in the cleared pinelands of

alas! it would require all day just Pinan ie Ceibajcastot Monte
q v3 Verde. This plant and one from the

to reach the top and ee Was Sierra de Nipe are now growing in
Good Friday so that the guides could the University of Michigan Botanical
not leave until Saturday. We,however, Gardens (No. 20226).

36 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

had to return to the Base on Sunday, so we could not work out a plan
and had to give up the attempt to reach the peak of Mt. Galan.

Vernardo lies along the Toa on the route that Charles Wright must
have taken on his trip by mule to Baracoa in 1861. Between Vernardo
and Baracoa stretch range after range of cuchillos. We did not wonder
that the trip by Wright required seven days and that both he and his
mule were exhausted at the end of it.

Pine forests (Pinus cubensis) clothed the serpentine mountain-sides
and broad-leafed forests covered the richer soils. The best land had
been planted to coffee, mostly by Galicians who came to the valley
about 1930. At the coffee mill of Sr. Raphael Sanchez we found that he
had just purchased a jeep, the only one in the valley, and there we
were able to repair the tire which had stopped us the night before.
Senora Sanchez served us refreshing black coffee and we learned that
Sr. Antonio Robas was at that moment working on a new road that led
to the coffee finca of Magdalena. So we headed into the hills along the
new road to the north of the Toa.

Along the way we picked up a passenger, Sefior Juan Garcia, alcalde
(mayor) of the barrio (a municipal district) of Vernardo, who wished
to inspect the new road. The further along the road we drove, the
worse it became and finally we concluded that Sr. Antonio was late for
lunch and was merely driving the bulldozer there, rather than making
a new road. As we reached the ridge overlooking Magdalena, we found
the bulldozer, but not Antonio Robas. We left the jeep and walked
down the narrow trail to Magdalena where, as we had guessed, Antonio
was having lunch. His honor, the mayor, delivered a telegram to the
owner of the mill and they discussed business while we sat on the ve-
randa and watched Antonio resume his bulldozing the road down the
hillside to the mill. There should have been bands playing and flags
waving, but instead a mere handful of men and boys ran alongside the
big machine. (Afterwards we learned from friends in Guantanamo that
the dance was held a month later at Magdalena and five jeep-loads of
Guantanamans went to help celebrate the opening of the new road.)

We drove back to Vernardo, stopping now and then for plants. Once
we admired some large prickly soursops or guanabanas (Anona muri-
cata L.) in a grove and, by authority of being mayor, Sr. Juan Garcia
helped us pick two of the fruits. They were rather tart. The pulp is
used to make a delicious drink and also is used in Cuban ice cream.
Twice along the way we were stopped to have steaming black coffee,
and at Sr. José Rodriguez's cafetal we were given a huge sack of green
coffee beans.

That night we slept on a sand bar near the Toa and the next day we
botanized along the river. In the evening we were guests of Sefior and
Sefiora José Garcia for a dinner of fried chicken with all the trimmings
including a dessert of home-made preserved oranges that were superb.

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 37

Fig. 3. Cafetal Magdalena in the Cuchillas de Toar, showing the hillsides denuded
by the ancient practice of cutting and burning forests to make temporary garden
lands, which has ruined much of Cuba and still continues.

38 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

José was very proud of the fact that the entire meal came from his
own land except the salt and some beans. The Garcia home and tienda,
"La Alegria", had electric lights with current supplied by a small
gasoline-powered generator.

That night, rain clouds covered the sky and a light shower gave us
horrible visions of what a downpour would do to the new road and we
left early Saturday morning, making only a few stops along the way,
once to collect some very beautiful Exostema longiflora (Lam.) R. & S.
along a tiny stream, and once to collect a striking maroon- leafed Epi-
dendrum which was sterile. The plant has since bloomed here at the
Botanical Gardens, but is still undetermined as to species.

At Pinares de Ceiba we were given directions about how to reach
Monte Verde. We started out along a lumber road through a towering
forest in which we collected very little, a few orchids, some Philoden-
dron, and a tree fern. The road became worse and residents along the
way assured us that we could not reach Monte Verde by that route. We
turned around and shortly afterward met a pedestrian who very em-
phatically assured us that the road did lead to Monte Verde. So again
we turned around and drove down out of the wooded heights into the
valley of the Vega Grande, a tributary of the Yateras river. Without
our guide we would never have found our way. Finally we arrived at
San Andrés, nestling at the foot of Monte Verde. We entered the finca
along a road bordered by "mil flores" (Clerodendron fragrans var.
pleniflorum (Schau.) Standl.) This beautiful member of the Verbena-
ceae is naturalized in many parts of Cuba. At San Andrés, our guide
left us after instructing us how to reach our goal, but not mentioning
that it had been many seasons since wheeled vehicles had traveled the
route.

Had we known what was in store, we would have returned to Caridad
de los Indios along a road which followed the stream bed of the Vega
Grande. Instead we bravely started scaling the rocks. After each par-
ticularly difficult ascent, we would say, "well, we might as well go on;
— the road ahead can't be any worse!"' But we were wrong! It could
be, and was, worse! At one point we spent a half hour removing broken
bottles from the rocks so that the jeep could climb ever higher. Then
we hired a Cuban to dig us a path around a particularly difficult rock
ledge.

Along the way, we passed haciendas apparently built by the French
who fled here from Haiti early in the 19th century. Exotic palms and
pandanus ornamented the yards. The houses were unpainted and in dis-
repair, but still imposing in their time-worn elegance. We arrived in
Monte Verde six hours after leaving Pinares de Ceiba. We had covered
exactly eight miles according to the jeep speedometer.

The road down from Monte Verde was easy and we reached the flat
Guantanamo valley in short order.

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 39

The botanist today has little advantage over Wright in trying to col-
lect in the mountains around Monte Verde. Except for the few jeep
trails which we covered, all travel has to be on foot or mule-back.
Monte Libano and Monte Toro can be reached only by those means.
The route overland to Baracoa is the same. Although every year the
area of virgin forest and native vegetation shrinks alarmingly, the
amount of botanical exploration being done is still very greatly re-
stricted by the inaccessibility of the mountain regions and dearth of
botanists with the interest (and funds) to follow in the trail of Charles

right.

Among the other areas in Oriente visited by Wright, the Sierra de
Nipe has since his time proved to be a bonanza of new and interest-
ing plants. In his day two routes led from Santiago north to Mayari
skirting the Nipe region. One led east of the mountains and followed
the Mayari river. The other, the "Royal highway", wound along the
western flanks of the Sierra past Bayate, near Central Miranda, the
Rio Canapu, Barajagua, Alto Cedro, crossed the Rio Bitiri over a
natural bridge carved from bedrock by the river, and then proceeded
past Pico Mensura into Mayari. Nearby in the pinelands are Woodfred
(also known as Los Pinares) and Piedra Gorda. In Wright's day, Alto
Cedro was in a veritable jungle which became swampy in the rainy
season. Today the area is a vast expanse of sugar-cane fields, one of
the most productive areas in all Cuba. The roads have changed but
little during the past century.

Deep in the mountains of the Sierra Maestra west of Santiago, lies
the village of Hongolosongo. Wright spent much time on the fincas of
friends in that area, collecting on the peaks of El Cobre, La Guinea,
and on Loma del Gato. The late Brother Clemente, who taught in the
Colegio de la Salle at Santiago, built up a marvelous fern collection,
principally from the latter peak where his Order maintains a rest house
near the summit. It is said that 300 species of ferns have been col-
lected from one square mile on Loma del Gato. Such were the collect-
ing grounds that invited Wright during his stays at the fincas ''Filan-
tropia" and 'La Madelina."

East of Santiago in the northern hills of Gran Piedra, Wright stayed
various times at Nouvelle Sophie, and made at least two collecting
trips to the summits of the nearby mountains. Further east and north
a few miles is the village of Ramon de las Yaguas on the Bacanao River.
To Wright it was known as 'Josephina", and he used it as a headquar-
ters and collecting station in the Bacanao valley.

Much remains to be done before all the field stations of Wright can
be located exactly. Some of his collecting locations will never be
more definitely known than the general district where they were. But
scattered throughout North America and Europe are the thousands of
sheets that were in the original 15 sets of plants that were distributed

40 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 1

. 4. A brush-covered area of the Bacanao Moet with the peaks of the Sierra

de eee rising in the distance. The Sigua manganese mine is located in the

Bacanao Valley near here. Light-barked trees in ie foreground are Bee era
aruba

and from them much information still remains to be reassembled.
Perhaps in the years to come, this information will become available
to help all botanists who are interested in the Cuban flora.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

(1) ee ew Lb. A Summary of Charles Wright's explorations in Cuba. Bull.
y Bot. one 32: 291-300. 1905.

(2) Gray, Asa. Introduction to Plantae Wrightianae e Cuba Orientali, by A.
Grisebach: Mem. Acad. Amer. Scient. et Artium. N.S. Vol. 8. eGo

(3) Grisebach, A. H. Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium, Leipzig, 1866.

(4) eee Achille, Flora de Cuba, in Historia Ffsica, Politica y Natural de la
Isla de Cuba, Vol. 9. 1845

FICTITIOUS BOTANISTS OF LATIN AMERICA

Roy N. Jervis

EXAMINING the literature on the flora of Cuba, I ran across several
references to botanical explorations and voluminous publications of
several Europeans who reputedly had visited Latin America, but whose
publications I could not find. A total of 13 volumes on the Cuban flora
supposedly were published by the following six 18th and 19th century
botanists: Lorenz Wenceslas Kerckhove, Olaus Kjoiping, Friedrich
Wilhelm Nascher, Stanislas Henri de la Ramée, Gaston Louis Thibaudin,
and Charles Louis Auguste Wallerton.

All these are included in Appleton's Cyclopaedia of American Biog-
raphy (1) and also in Trelles' Biblioteca Cientifica Cubana (2). Pritzel,
however, and other bibliographers failed to list them.

After fruitless search I was shocked to find that not only were the
books non-existent, but also that the botanists had never existed either.
In 1919 John H. Barnhart (3), bibliographer of the New York Botanical
Gardens, published an article entitled "Some Fictitious Botanists". He
listed 14 names of fictitious botanists of Latin-America, who appar-
ently first saw the light of day in Appleton's Cyclopaedia and among
them were the six to whom I have referred.

Such a reference as "Historia Plantarum circa Havana sponte cre-
scentium, Kerckhove, Lorenz Wenceslas (1785-1839), 3 vols., Amster-
dam, 1839,'' would certainly look authentic (aside from a slip in gram-
mar) especially if it appeared in an otherwise scholarly work of a rec-
ognized botanist. However, this is just one of many created from thin
air to round out the pages of Appleton's Cyclopaedia, for the work of
Barnhart and later of Margaret Schindler (4) and others disclosed at
least 84 of these fictitious biographies in the Appleton publication, but
no amount of research has disclosed their creator.

The perpetrator of this fraud may have been an unknown French-
man who wrote under the pen-name, William Christian Tenner. He
contributed eight valid biographies to the Cyclopaedia and it is be-
lieved that he was responsible for the false ones. However, the real
identity of W. C. Tenner has never been made public.

An editorial comment in the short-lived publication, Letters, (5)
in 1936 summarized what is known of this biographical hoax. After
Barnhart unearthed the first group, the staff preparing Sabin's Dic-
tionary of Books Relating to America found 16 more imaginary sci-
entists. Schindler listed 18 and Joseph Cantillon, working at Wood-
stock College, Maryland, found an additional 32. Then Barnhart added
15 more botanists to the list. Eleven names were duplicated in the

41

42 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

several lists leaving a total of 84 fictional scientists. Barnhart esti-
mated that the final figure might pass 200 when the research is com-
plete.

This hoax has been perpetuated by unsuspecting writers who have
admitted these ghosts to their second-hand summaries of Latin Ameri-
can botany. I do not know that anyone has actually written that he has
"seen" any of the mythical books, but there are instances of the imagi-
nary authors and their botanical explorations having been accepted as
real, with such valid botanists as Jacquin, Sloane, Hamilton, Swartz,
etc

Various libraries today have stamped into their copies of Appleton's
"Cyclopaedia" the word, "fictitious", beside the biography of each of
these mythical characters, but there is still a great chance that the
unsuspecting copiest may not see those particular warnings.

So, the botanist who is working with Latin American literature must
beware of a ghost whenever he sees a reference to any one of the fol-
lowing: Guiseppe Igolino, Gustav Herman Kehr, Lorenz Wenceslas
Kerckhove, Olaus Kjoeping, Alexander Daniel Koehler, Frederick
August Lotter, Edouard Louis Martier, Friedrick Wilhelm Nascher,
Isidore Charles Sigismund Née, Stanislas Henri de la Ramée, Edouard
Sylvie, Gaston Louis Thibaudin, Jacques du Vivier, and Charles Louis
Auguste Wallerton; or simply the surnames: Goicoechea, Ingenhous,
Herbette, Hjorn, Huan de Penaster, Jugler, Jansen, Jungmann, Keisar,
Loot, Martin de Mayville, Mondédir, Montaigne de Nogaret, Monteil,
or Montrevill. What a roster of imaginary botanists! Others have
been detected.

REFERENCES

(1) ge shee Ss atlas aeicg of American peta edited by J. G. Wilson and John
Y. Appleton, 1887-1900, 7 vols.

(2) C. M. Trelles, Biblioteca Cientifica Cubana. Matanzas, Cuba, Vol. I. 1918.
(3) John H. Barnhart, Some fictitious botanists, Journ. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 20: 1919.

(4) eeletns Castle Schindler, Fictitious Biographies. American History Review,
: 680-690. 1937.

(5) Anon., Letters 3 (No. 19) 1-2. Sept. 14, 1936. [Published by Time Magazine.|

A BOTANIST'S GLIMPSE OF THE
GRAN PIEDRA REGION OF CUBA

Roy N. Jervis

IN PREVIOUS issues of the Asa Gray Bulletin articles concerning bo-
tanical trips in Oriente Province, Cuba, have included a preliminary
account of botanizing done under the auspices of the Botanical Gardens,
an account of Grady Webster's trip into the Sierra Maestra, and also

a summary of the trip to Moa. These articles represented the begin-
ning and end of a year's work. In between were several trips of gen-
eral interest.

Hurricane season with its torrential rains ended late in 1950 and it
was December before the roads of Oriente became passable, but spo-
radic downpours continued to hinder botanizing until the middle of Feb-
ruary. One trip to the Rio Jojo was described in the first article (Vol.
I, p. 87). A second and somewhat more successful trip was made dur-
ing the week between Christmas and New Year's, but this was cut short
by rains. On January 27 and 28 another trip was made north of Guan-
tanamo to Monte Verde and thence to Palenque, but again rain drove
us out of the mountains before much botanizing could be done.

Despite the continuing threat of rain, I decided to try to reach the
Gran Piedra range of mountains that lay tantalizingly to the west of
Guantanamo Bay. All fall and winter I had watched the jagged peaks
of the Sierra de Cafiada as I went to and from the high school where I
taught, all the time knowing that no botanists other than a few Cubans,
one American, Charles Wright, and the great Swedish collector, Dr.
Erik Ekman, had ever collected in the region. But day after day,
black swirling storm clouds bathed the peaks until late in January when
dry weather seemed back for a while and Gran Piedra stood out in
relief against the clear blue Caribbean sky.

So on February 4, 1951, I set out alone to drive by jeep to Filipinas,
a spot on the map to which a tortuous black line led, indicating that
some kind of road led up to the foot of the mountains. From there I
hoped to find a way into the mountains which rise to over 4,000 feet
midway between Guantanamo and Santiago. The trip to Guantanamo
City from the Naval Base was uneventful, except for a short stop at
Novaliche where I made a series of pictures of the primitive brick
works owned by Sefior Domingo Sanchez and operated by a crew of
three husky men. Nearby is the site of the broad-leafed tree cactus,
Pereskia cubensis Britton & Rose, made immortal by Brother Marie-
Victorin's description of the area and its flora which appeared in the
first volume of his Itinéraires Botaniques dans l'Ile de Cuba. A week

43

44 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

earlier, César Pifia and I had visited Novaliche after we were driven
out of the mountains near Monte Verde by a torrential downpour in the
e

ta o Ba c
a teat shape adds a character to masonry that is lacking in uniform machine-made
Ss.

knew a thing about the road and so, after fortifying myself with an
extra large dish of "helado" (Cuban sherbet), I headed southwest hoping
for the best. (For a map of the route, see Asa Gray Bulletin, Vol. I,
No. 1, page 88. 1952.) For a short distance I followed the "highway"
to Caimanera which is usable throughout most of the year and is trav-
ersed mostly by taxis with loads of sailors and other employees who
catch a launch at Caimanera for the half hour boat trip across the bay
to the U. S. Naval Station.

The road to Filipinas cut quickly from the Caimanera road down-

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 45

ward through a mass of half dried mud-holes to the ford across the
Rio Jaibo. There I disconnected the fan, drove across the rocky
stream bed with the river washing through the jeep and then, on the
opposite shore, reconnected the fan and resumed my journey.

The southwest section of Guantanamo Valley is dry, in fact, so dry
throughout most of the year that sugar cane which grows so luxuriant-
ly in most of the northern part of the valley gives way to cattle ranches.
The herds of cattle, the windmills, and the long stretches of grass-
lands resemble areas in cattle country of the United States except that
the feathery heads of the Royal Palm, Roystonea regia (H.B.K.) Cook,
occasionally dot the landscape and the Flambouyant, Delonix regia,
brightens almost every dooryard with its masses of brilliant red
flowers. Two other trees are characteristic of the cattle land. The
umbrella-like legume, Samanea saman (Jacq.) Merrill, with thick
short trunk and low spreading branches and the much more common
elm-like Guazuma tomentosa H.B.K. provide shade for the cattle. The
rough fruit of the 'guasima"', a member of the Sterculiaceae, is eaten
readily by livestock and though not as good shade for the cattle as the
Samanea, the ''guasima" is usually left standing in the pastures.

Midway across the valley I reached the Rio Guantanamo and again
found the water deep. Despite the precaution of disconnecting the fan,
the engine shipped a little water and died a few feet from the west
shore of the stream. When I opened the distributor to dry out the
moisture, I found nothing wrong, stepped on the starter and, to my
surprise, away we went.

Here and there along the roadway the living fence posts of Glirici-
dium sepium (Jacq.) Steud. were covered with their white and pink
flowers like clusters of sweet peas. Over on the east side of the val-
ley, Bursera simaruba is more commonly used for fence posts than
the Gliricidium. In many other areas Erythrina berteroana Urban
predominates. All are alike in that the posts take root, put out new
branches and soon become small trees. However, termites attack
these before long and new posts have to be planted. Actually, the new
posts consist of slender wand-like branches cut from the tops of the
old posts and stuck into the ground in between the old ones. In a few
weeks they are growing luxuriantly. It is a convenient and never-
ending cycle in the struggle against the invasion of fungi and termites.

As I left the cattle country I began to follow the Rio Liguana which
curves southward in a semicircle and then into the hills of the Sierra
de Canada. At one point, the river had cut across tilted layers of
shale and sandstone which underlie the thin soil. All the young rocks
tilt about the same 20 degrees upward toward the crest of the Sierra.
I stopped long enough to make a photograph of the formation. After
cutting back and forth across the Rio I finally arrived at Filipinas, a
settlement of a few unpainted buildings, not enough to merit the ap-
pellation, village. At the lone "tienda" (store) along the road, I

46 ASA GRAY BULLETIN Nese Vole lle No,

inquired about trails into the mountains. The storekeeper looked at
me in amazement.

"But, of course," he said with a grand sweep of his hand, "derecho
(straight ahead).'"' And then he added, ''The road continues across to
the sea and then to Cuba."" Here for the first time I heard the term,

A "charcoal" pile near the Rio Bacanao see how even small brushwood is used
in the manufacture of this essential fuel. The demand for oo ae has caused vast
areas of Cuba to be stripped of its original seer Her fore

"Cuba", applied to Santiago de Cuba. In past generations, Santiago to
residents in Oriente was simply "'Cuba", and as I found out a few miles
further into the mountains, it still is "Cuba" and the name, Santiago,
is seldom used.

To a casual observer, there was no road. Instead, a small stream,
still the Rio Liguana although here called the Casimba rushed across
bed rock, around gravel bars and through mud, and allowed mere man
to use the same path as a highway. The road led steadily upward
through coffee fincas and this combination highway and river was the

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 47

route for delivery of bags of coffee by truck and muleback down to
Filipinas. Along the way were trees, both native and foreign. Mangoes
from India and Erythrina from Brazil grew as tall and seemed as
much at home as the Cuban Ocatea and Ficus. A common fern along
the rocks was Anemia hirsuta (L.) Sw. The native forest was cleared
away a century ago to make room for the coffee, and now the Podo-
carpus, Swietenia, Cedrela, Juniperus, Lysiloma, and other valuable
trees which once forested these mountains are but scattered individ-
uals.

As I reached the crest of the Sierra de Cafiada before descending
into the Bacanao Valley, I drove over bed rock of bright blue slate
which tilted down to the northeast about 25 degrees. Its jagged upper
edge seemed faulted in a northwest to southeast direction at this point
and the break is apparently part of the great Bacanao fault which has
given rise to the Sierra de Cajiada and the huge conglomerate rock
pile that is the Gran Piedra.

The road began a precipitous descent through more coffee lands
and finally began to level out in the broader valley below. At one
point where it was necessary to open a barbed wire "gate" which hung
across the road, I collected a mango in full flower. These mangoes
yield small yellow fruits of variable edibility most of which are eaten
by the mules and half wild pigs. A nearby smaller tree yielded fruit-
ing specimens of Chrysophyllum oliviforme L., one of the most strik-
ing members of the Sapotaceae of Cuba. The leaves are brilliant
glossy green above and underneath are clothed with burnished golden
satin. The fruit, about the size of a small olive, purplish-black in
color, is very juicy, having a sticky, milky white sap. Cubans call
them Caimitillo and eat them freely. I ate a few and found them agree-
able though not delicious.

The Bacanao River was high when I reached its bank. The ford
was much too deep for the jeep and at first I was tempted to go back.
But behind me black clouds threatened a downpour, and according to
my Cuban information bureau back at Filipinas I was closer to the
Caribbean seacoast and safe roads than I was to Filipinas. I did not
relish retracing my way down that narrow Rio Liguana road with a
flash flood sweeping along behind me. Neither did I relish having to
cross the Bacanao which was deeper than the jeep could navigate.
Search disclosed a shallow ford downstream, across which I found my-
self on a road bed of solid red conglomerate rock made of stones of
all sizes from gravel to enormous boulders all bound together by a
finer matrix. The road led along the river and then through a series
of rocky, deep fords as the trail wound upstream. The cliff walls
were of the same coarse conglomerate rock and were adorned with
scores of Agave rosettes. According to members of the Humboldt
Group who have climbed Gran Piedra, that mountain is topped by a 75-
foot boulder of the same kind of conglomerate rock.

48 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Thunder began to roll out of the mountains and I could begin to see
the clouds swirl and toss in the distant peaks to the north. So after
stopping once to collect some river sediments to study later for dia-
toms, I began a hurried effort to get beyond these narrow canyons be-
fore the rains struck. Finally I saw the road ahead stretch away from
the river up over cut-over scrub-covered hills. As the jeep splashed
through this last ford, the engine gasped and then as the front wheels
climbed onto dry land the jeep stopped. Just a month before, we had
been caught in a flash flood on the Rio Jojo and I anticipated another
such debacle. On the Jojo it had taken three days to dry out the jeep
so that it would run. With that in mind, I busied myself trying to rouse
the sleeping engine, but again I could find nothing wrong with it. A
woodcutter came along and offered to get help to pull the jeep up to
high ground, but we waited a few minutes longer, I stepped on the
starter, the engine roared to life, and as the muffler gurgled and sput-
tered in the rushing stream, we drove up onto dry land again. (Later,
back at the Base, I found that a wire leading to the distributor was al-
most broken in two and the resulting poor connection had caused all
the trouble.)

I would like to have stopped to collect from the very interesting
vegetation along the river bank, but the storm to the north prodded me
along. The woodcutter rode along with me as far as his "bohio" with
its surrounding tiny banana and sweet potato patch and then I continued
the climb from the valley. About a thousand feet higher the road be-
came much better and wound through the mountains of desolate cut-
over wasteland.

Many years ago all the area was covered with a rich mixed forest.
But about 1900, under the impetus of the United States occupation of
Cuba, most of the finest hardwoods were removed. Then later the re-
maining hardwoods were cut out. The demand for charcoal for cooking
and heating caused the remaining large trees to go. Just before World
War I, Dr. Ekman collected Pinus cubensis and Podocarpus in the
nearby hills, but today the charcoal burners have removed even the
larger scrub. Fires periodically rage through the region and burn off
what man has not been able to destroy. There are reputedly some
stands of pine still remaining in the Gran Piedra area, but Brother
Marie-Victorin could not find them in 1940 nor could I in 1951. (Later,
Sefior Pedro Cafias, President of the Humboldt Group in Santiago, told
me that as recently as 1949 there were good stands of pine on Gran
Piedra, but lumbering and fire had removed anything that was at all
accessible.)

The trip through the mountains from the Bacanao Valley over into
the Sigua Valley was uneventful, except that at one point I had to back
the jeep for a nerve-tingling half mile up the steep mountain trail be-
cause I met a loaded truck and the road was much too narrow for both
of us.

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 49

As I came down into Sigua Valley, I stopped once to collect a strik-
ing asclepiad, Calotropis procera (Ait.) R. Br., a small tree about
eight feet high growing with several others in the upper edge of a
steep pasture. This giant milkweed with its fleshy purplish-red and
white flowers is a distinct shock to one whose sole acquaintance with
the family is the small plants of temperate North America. Later I
saw the same plant as a low shrubby weed on the approaches of Morro
Castle at the entrance of Santiago Bay. There it is called "Old Wom-
an's Flower''. Near Imias on the southcoast near the Rio Jojo, I saw
a tree of the same species about fifteen feet high which served as a
shade tree in the yard of a bohio. Actually the plant is an immigrant
from the Old World tropics, but it is making itself at home in Cuba.

After crossing a section of road interlaced with ruts and mudholes,
memories of the last rain, I entered the fantastic dry limestone re-
gion on the coast. Near Sigua there are limestone blocks fifty feet
high that have been tumbled at right angles to the parent rocks. Every-
where in the area are evidences that recent seismic action has upset
the terrace formations carved by Pleistocene seas.

The storm clouds by now had reached low on the mountains and I
could see in the distance rains pouring down on the roads which I had
just left. There in the rain-soaked Bacanao Valley were two abandoned
mines which I had hoped to reach. One was once operated for manga-
nese. The other is a relic from the old Sigua Mining Company which
raised $1,500,000 in capital and in 1892 proceeded to build docks and
a railroad before thoroughly exploring for iron ore. A few thousand
tons of float ore were removed before the company discovered that
there was no more ore and quietly closed its doors. Today some evi-
dences of the docks and railroad remain, but only two or three build-
ings down on the coast are the port of Sigua now.

The area along the coast between Sigua and Santiago is a dry lime-
stone terrace in many ways similar to the coast from Guantanamo to
Maisi. However, there is much more dog-tooth limestone with its
sharp jagged edges and the vegatation is decidedly different. Unlike
the area to the east, the Sigua coast has few large cacti. Instead,
there is a more luxuriant and taller thorn scrub. There are several
species of Jacquina which I have not found east of Guantanamo. But
the most beautiful plant which I found there was the linear-leaved
Frangi-pani, Plumeria filifolia of Grisebach. It is endemic to Oriente
and is common only along this narrow coastal limestone near Sigua.

I was able to collect some seeds so that the plant is now also growing
in our Botanical Garden collection of Cuban plants.

Rain stopped my botanizing and I resumed my trip to Santiago. At
the Playa de Verraco, the road turns inland up the valley of the Rio
Verraco. There I stopped long enough to collect the white flowers of
a 30 foot tree, Cordia alliodora, known as ''capa prieta" in parts of

00 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Cuba, and in the same area, Cleome spinoSa Jacq., a three-foot shrub
with white flowers. In the growing darkness I did not notice a giant

near the road. In the following summer Grady Webster and I collected
from Santiago to Sigua and found this enormous tree cactus together
with a smaller tree nearby. These were the only specimens that I

saw outside the alluvial flats around the north side of Guantanamo Bay.

Darkness found me in Verraco Valley; lightning flashed in the near-
by mountains, thunder rolled out across the valley and occasionally a
short shower whipped the jeep, but fortunately the heavy rains stayed
behind me. Soon I passed the road to Daiquiri where I picked up three
Cuban hitch-hikers. Then we reached Siboney and within a few miles
came onto the paved road leading into Santiago. Our route led past
historic San Juan Hill and the famed Ceiba tree (Ceiba pentandra)
where the treaty ending Cuba's war for independence was signed. Fi-
nally we drove into a modern gasoline station, gleaming in white and
blue, and I was able to wash off layer upon layer of dust and grime.

The return trip was made by the regular road to La Maya and
Guantanamo City and I spent the next day collecting in Guantanamo
Valley before returning to my headquarters at the Naval Base.

A full schedule of other trips prevented a return trip to the Bacanao.
When Grady and I returned to Sigua the following summer, the rains
which were forerunners of the heavy downpours of hurricane season
had already made it impossible to reach the Bacanao. So I am hoping
to return to Cuba again in the near future and spend considerable time
collecting in the Bacanao Valley and along the peaks to its north where
apparently few botanists have worked. Gran Piedra undoubtedly has
not yielded all of its botanical secrets either. Although most of the
original vegetation is gone, enough remains in the rugged ravines, on
the steep cliffs and other regions where man and fire have not reached
in their quest for fuel, to lure me back.

EIGHTH INTERNATIONAL BOTANICAL CONGRESS—This congress
will be held in Paris in 1954. A great many field-excursions have been
arranged in connection with the Congress, including some to tropical
French Africa and the Ivory Coast. The General Secretary will be
Professor P. Chouard, whose visit to Ann Arbor last spring will be
remembered by some of our readers. Applications or communications
in regard to the Congress should be sent to: The General Secretary,
VIlIth International Botanical Congress, Conservatoire National des
Arts et Métiers, 292, Rue St. Martin, Paris (3°), France.

BOTANICAL REVIEWS OF BOOKS ON THE
ANTARCTIC, THE HIMALAYAS, AND TIBET

H. H. Bartlett

BOOKS of travel, with or without intentional botanical content, are
likely to be attractive reading for botanists. Very young botanists, of
course, haven't yet been to distant places, at least with an understand-
ing eye, but they would like to go, and are interested in descriptions
of what the general surroundings as well as the natural history would
be like. When I was a boy in Indianapolis I borrowed William T.
Hornaday's ''Two Years in the Jungle" from that naturalist's sister,
Mrs. Miller, the lady who lived next door to my uncle.- She passed

the precious book over the backyard fence with the admonition to take
good care of it, and I did, although it was already quite tatterdemalian.
Before I reluctantly returned it several readings had so endeared it

to me that it was a red-letter day when many years later I found my
own copy in a second-hand book store. It was less the part on India
than that on Borneo which appealed to my imagination but the wheel

of fortune eventually took me to Sumatra instead of Borneo, and never
to India.

The moral of this little tale prefaced to these reviews is that one
who becomes addicted to reading travel books never seems to get over
it. Iam sure that after visiting a place that a book is about, a trav-
elling naturalist's interest in what someone else has written is only
intensified. If he hasn't been to the places that he reads about, he
compares his own experiences somewhere else with the author's. If
a book gives only little glimpses of the natural history, his imagination
will build them into full pictures of what might be. The books reviewed
in this article are on the extreme fringe of botanical literature. Maybe
they should not be reviewed even in this very atypical journal, but then
again, maybe they should, for the simple reason that they all have a
little for the botanist and they aren't likely to be noticed in the more
formal scientific journals.

I intended to start with that amazing book "Kon-Tiki", | not related
to the others, but my "review" of that grew so long that is has had to
be omitted. Anyway, Kon-Tiki has been so popular that probably nearly
all naturalists have now read it or know about it. The other books that
I write about are just as interesting in their own respective ways and
are highly recommended to those who share the reviewer's taste for
travels that touch, lightly at least, upon natural history, whether it be

‘Heyerdahl, Thor, Kon-Tiki: across ae Pacific by Raft. Translated by F. H.
Lyon. Chicago (Rand McNally & Co.), 19

02 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 1

botany, or, as is rather more usual, zoology or anthropology. All but
one or two of them are remotely related, after a fashion, in that their
authors have followed in the footsteps of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker,
one of the most eminent of botanical travellers.

As a young man Hooker accompanied the Antarctic Voyage of H. M.
discovery ships "Erebus", and "Terror" in the years 1839 to 1843.
His early reputation was based upon his voluminous reports on the
botany of the Antarctic and other parts of the Southern Hemisphere
visited by that exploring expedition. The elaborate publications were
issued, however, in such inadequately small editions that most of the
few copies have long since been procured by institutional libraries, so
that individual botanists can never hope to have them. Anyway, they
hardly belong to the literature of travel but rather to technical sys-
tematic botany.

From the Antarctic Hooker turned his attention to Himalayan India
and the borderlands of Tibet. His explorations (1848-1850) largely
centered in Sikkim, because Dr. Falconer, Superintendent of the Botanic
Garden at Calcutta, had directed his attention to the almost complete
ignorance, a hundred years ago, of the geography of that region. Fur-
thermore, "all to the north [i. e., Tibet] was involved in a mystery
equally attractive to the traveller and the naturalist.”

In one of his Sikkim journeys Hooker and his companion Dr. Camp-
bell, Superintendent of the Health Station maintained by the British
Indian Government at Darjiling, were held as prisoners in order to
extort political concessions, and Dr. Campbell was maltreated because
of the ill-will of certain Sikkimese who had been punished by him in
India for various crimes. Hooker wrote: ''The circumstances of this
outrage were misunderstood at the time; its instigators were supposed
to be Chinese; its perpetrators Tibetans; and we, the offenders, were
assumed to have thrust ourselves into the country, without authority
from our own government, and contrary to the will of the Sikkim Rajah;
who was imagined to be a tributary of China, and protected by that na-
tion, and to be under no obligation to the East Indian government."

All this was just over a century ago. Hooker's explorations laid
the basis for his great "Flora of British India” (1872-1897) but that
was preceded by many contributions to Indian botany, including a never
completed "Flora Indica" by himself and Dr. J. Thomson, in 1855. Dr.
Thomson had joined Hooker late in 1849 after working in the northwest-
ern Himalayas and Tibet. They then spent the year 1850 collecting to-
gether in the Khasia mountains, and returned to England in 1851. '
These travels were all described in Hooker's "Himalayan Journals,"

* Hooker, J. D., Himalayan Journals: Notes of a Naturalist in Bengal, the Sikkim
and Nepal Himalayas, the Khasia Mountains, &c. A new |i. e., 2d] edition. London,
1855. (1st ed., 1854; 3d, 1891; 4th, 1905.)

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 53

which, having had four editions, the last in 1905, is easily available as
the very basis (at least for a botanist) of a bookshelf devoted to travel
in India. Also it belongs appropriately to a collection on Tibet as well.

The Australian Antarctic Expedition of 1947-48
to Heard Island°

The Australian National Antarctic Research Expedition of 1947,
under Group-Captain S. A. Campbell, Leader, consisted of a voyage
along the coast of the Antarctic Continent in Lincoln Ellsworth's ex-
ploration ship the "Wyatt Earp", and the relatively intensive work of
scientific parties ashore on Heard Island and Macquarie Island. The
task of the Heard Island party during 15 months was to build a weather
station and to make not only the more usual meteorological observa-
tions, but also to record cosmic radiation, auroral and magnetic phe-
nomena and to make a geological and topographic survey. There was
no provision for biological study except in spare time by the medical
officer, Dr. A. R. Gilchrist, whose interests appear to have been mainly
zoological. Consequently the popular account by W. A. Scholes, the
radio operator, has only the slightest allusion to the botany. The flora
is almost as meagre as possible, and the old published records by
Hooker* and Hemsley® are not easily accessible to most readers.

Heard Island, an isolated speck of land rising to an elevation of
about 9000 ft., lying in the Antarctic 2500 miles southwest of Australia,
is especially interesting to Americans because it was discovered by
Captain Heard of the American ship "Oriental" about 1853. The first
landing was by the American sealer Captain Darwin Rogers of the ship
"Corinthian", in 1856. In 1857 an American sealers' camp was estab-
lished by Captain Henry Rogers of the ship "Zoe", with twenty-five
men, and some of them spent the winter there.

Hooker wrote: ''The three small archipelagos of Kerguelen Island
(including the Heard Islands), Marion and Prince Edward's Islands,
and the Crozets, are individually and collectively the most barren
tracts on the globe, whether in their own latitude or in any higher one,
except such as lie within the Antarctic Circle itself; for no land, even
within the North Polar area, presents so impoverished a vegetation.''®

*Scholes, Arthur, Fourteen Men: the Story of the Antarctic Expedition to Heard
Island. New York (E. P. Dutton and Co., Inc.) 1952.
*Hooker, J. D., Enumeration of the Plants hitherto Soares in Kerguelen Island
a the "Antarctic", "Challenger" and "British Transit of Venus'' Expeditions. Phil-
- Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. 168 (Extra Volume): 17-23. 1879. (Includes Feard
ea records .)
emsley, W. B., Report on the Botany of the Bermudas and various other Is-
lands of the Atlantic and Southern Oceans. Part 2. The Voyage of H.M.S. Chal-
fee Botany. Vol. 1, Sect. III. 1885.

, J. D., Observations on the Botany of Kerguelen Island. Philos. Trans.
Roy. teas an 168 (Extra Volume): 9-16, 1879.

54 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

His letters? on Kerguelen Id. are as interesting now as when written.
Yet the latitude of Heard Island is only about 53° 10' South, corre-
sponding about to Lincoln in the middle of England or Edmonton,
Alberta.

The Challenger Expedition made a stop in 1874 when Heard Island
was still inhabited by a fluctuating group of American sealers who
were then reported to number about forty. Hemsley made a report on
the botanical collection made by Moseley in a short three hours ashore,
and was able to list only five species of flowering plants, 3 mosses, if
liverwort, and 8 marine Algae. There was not a single lichen to be
found. This was especially remarked by botanist Moseley ®, who said:
"Tl searched in vain for lichens of any kind.'' His general account of
the vegetation was excellent indeed. From Hooker, Hemsley and
Moseley we can interpret some observations made by Scholes. Itisa
pity that the scientists of the recent Australian Expedition could not
have had with them photostats of the few pages written by Hooker and
Hemsley referring to Heard Island, but they did have Moseley's book
and seemed intensely interested in it.

Additional botanical information would be exceedingly welcome in
view of the slight extent of land toward the Antarctic limits of vegeta-
tion, and it is hoped (although hardly expected) that the scientific re-
ports of the Australian Expedition,which will doubtless appear in due
time will give more information. In the meantime there are a few
gleanings for the botanist in the pages of Mr. Scholes's interesting
book, which, however, has a great deal more about the birds and mam-
mals than the plants. It condenses into two or three hours the experi-
ence of twelve men living 15 months with sometimes companionable
and always interesting penguins and a few other birds and beasts that
were also interesting even when utterly uncompanionable.

When the reviewer saw in the newspapers in 1947 that a scientific
expedition was about to go to Heard Island he felt impelled to write
post-haste, with some suggestions of things that might be done in be-
half of botany, even if the objectives were to be almost entirely non-
botanical. The letter was never acknowledged, but the reason why can
now be well understood. The plans of the expedition had been so well
publicized that the leader had received over four thousand letters just
from philatelists who wanted mail postmarked by the Expedition at
Heard Island. "All told, nine thousand letters were to be returned with
the ship." No wonder a letter from a botanist (even though also a
stamp collector) got lost in the shuffle! For days we are told, "ward-
room tables were littered with mail."

The Heard Island party was more or less constantly in touch with

"Huxley, Leonard, Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker. 2 vols. Lon-
don, 1918.
8Mos aes tes Notes by a Naturalist on the "Challenger". . . London
eee & Co.) 1

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 00

Australia by wireless and messages were received about bringing back
young penguins of several species, whose assembly and care took
much of the medical officer's time, after which trouble they had to be
liberated because no food was provided for them from Australia for
the trip home, and fish were too scarce and hard to get at Heard Is-
land. There is no mention anywhere in Scholes's book, however, of a
belated letter from a botanist being transmitted by wireless, or of
getting seaweeds, or individual-plant seed collections of the grasses,
which might have thrown interesting light on the genetic constitution of
Poa Cookii, after thousands of years of rigorous natural selection.
Scholes's book gives no hint that anybody did any botanizing, but one
can't help hoping that the Algae were periodically collected and rough-
dried in quantity and that big bulk collections were made of the
"mosses" under all conditions and in various spots!

Scholes said of his first impression: ''As you looked from the white
penguins lining the shore to the bright yellow plane straddling the deck,
you bridged the gulf of centuries from the Ice Age to the twentieth cen-
tury.'' And the grass tussocks that he saw may, as individual clones,
have bridged many centuries of that interval! Has anyone ever tried
to find out how old a big slow-growing tussock may be? Is it a rival
in age to a great Sequoia? Nobody knows. Has the survaval and growth
of individual tussocks separated out only infinitesmally few of the pos-
sible individual clones with different genetic constitutions capable of
withstanding the Antarctic gales and cold? Have they bred out by seed
to true, stable types? Or would they show evidence of hybridity if
many seedlings were grown? Again, nobody knows. Maybe seeds are
produced without fertilization, if the plants have become polyploid.
Hooker defined three different but unnamed forms of Poa Cookii from
Kerguelen Island, and considered one of them to be the same that grew
on Heard Island. Gray, reporting on the Kerguelen plants collected by
the naturalist of the American Transit of Venus Expedition, had said
that one specimen was apparently only staminate. It would really be
interesting to know about the genetic composition of that or any other
Antarctic species. If Hooker was right in his report of Agrostis ma-
gellanica from Heard Island, that species would probably have formed
the grass tussocks referred to in Scholes's book, for Hooker specif-
ically states that Poa Cookii never forms tussocks, and Hemsley,
writing later than Hooker, reports only one grass, Poa Cookii, from
the island. There must be at least two grasses.

This speculation assumes that the tussocks and hummocks have
been built by vegetation, but maybe they have not been. The botanist
Moseley was on Heard Island only three hours, but he saw plenty of
Antarctic tussocks elsewhere. He observed that at Marion Island the
mounds formed by Azorella Selago evidently retain a considerable
amount of sun heat, which probably explained, he thought, the peculiar
mode and form of growth and that of many otherwise widely different

56 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Antarctic plants. He found that a thermometer plunged into the heart
of an Azorella hummock rose to 50° when the temperature of the air
was 45°. On Heard Island, Moseley said the hummocks were made of
sand or mud. But are they? An important job for a botanist would be
to take some of them to pieces and find out from the preserved pollen
and other debris how they were made. Moseley® said: "A stretch of
land on the northwest side of the plain was covered pretty thickly with
green, which was on closer view seen to be composed of patches of
Azorella, growing on the summits of mud or sand hummocks, which
were separated from one another by ditches or cavities of usually bare
brown mud. Some of these patches of Azorella were of considerable
extent, and the plant was evidently flourishing and in full fruit. On
some hummocks grew tufts of Poa Cookii in full flower, and with the
anthers fully developed; and on the sheltered banks of the hummocks
Pringlea antiscorbutica grew in considerable quantity, but dwarfed in
comparison with Kerguelen specimens, both in foliage and in length of
the fruiting stems. Most of it was in fruit, but some still in flower,
as at Kerguelen Island. Around pools of water in the hollows grew a
variety of Callitriche verna in quantity, and it occurred also in abun-
dance in company with a Conferva. In the same sheltered spots grew
Colobanthus kerguelensis [Caryophyllaceae], in greater abundance
even than at Kerguelen Island. These five flowering plants, all oc_ur-
ring also in Kerguelen Island, were the only ones found in the island,
and it is improbable that any others growthere. Heard Island has
thus a miserably poor flora, even for the higher latitudes of the south-
ern hemisphere."

Now we may quote sentences to indicate by direct quotation how the
vegetation impressed radio-operator Arthur Scholes. There are two
references to seaweeds, the first as follows: "Taking a day off from
science, Jo Jelbert went fishing .... Returning by S. W. Bay, he
slipped on the rocks and fell into the water .... Grabbing some sea-
weed, he held on until another wave bore him to safety.'' This isn't
very satisfying to a botanist, but it indicates a rather substantial dense
growth of at least one rather large firmly attached type in shallow
water, and will give a phycologist, if one should ever have a chance to
go there, assurance that something collectable would be there to re-
ward his efforts aside from what was cast up by the sea. It was dis-
covered, however, that the high winds, arising suddenly, made it very
dangerous to attempt working along the shore in a row boat, and that
a collector would have to keep uppermost on his mind.

Another allusion is more rewarding: "Winter went with the passing
of October .... Life teemed along the foreshores, in small rock ponds
and creeks, and in the ocean. Long leathery fronds of kelp, fifty feet
long or more, were washed up on the beach. A fringe of the brown
thick coils festooned the coast .... The sea was the provider of all

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN D7

life for the island .... Some days russet-colored kelp, thick and soft
like moss, was washed ashore. For several feet the sand would be
covered with the vegetation. On these occasions the whole bird popu-
lation gathered to pick the kelp. They ate small white particles in the
stringy vegetation."' This observation of giant kelps 50 feet long may
nullify one remark of Moseley's. He said: "At Corinthian Bay, large
masses of sea-weeds were banked up on the sandy shore, where I
collected eight species .... The main mass appeared considerably
different from the masses of algae found on the Kerguelen shore.
Durvillea utilis grew attached to the rocks under the cliffs, but the
kelp (Macrocystis pyrifera) does not grow at all abou: this group of
islands, according to the sealers, which is a remarkable fact, consid-
ering its great abundance at Kerguelen Island."

We now turn to what he has to say of land vegetation in general. At
first view, on 11 December, his impression was as follows: "A break
in the glacial cliffs proved to be Fairchild Beach, the only landing
beach up the coast visible through glasses. The shore was very stony
.... Higher up were green mounds, which might be mud swamps. The
background was low hills, covered with green vegetation... . In the
infrequent sunshine green hills looked rich and bright, in marked con-
trast to the snow slopes and bleak grey cliffs."

Observations during the months ashore indicated that there was an
abundance of Azorella "moss", forming "hummocks", that there were
coarse tussocks (? Agrostis magellanica) and grass that one could lie
upon, presumably the only grass, Poa Cookii, that Hemsley reported
as growing at Heard Island. The references follow: "Another Sunday
I remember well, before winter came, was one when the temperature
nodded on freezing, but absence of wind made it feel warmer. The
bright sun made an enchanting day and I sat down on a hummock of
soft azorella, enjoying the unfamiliar warmth. I lay on the grass....
The lower mountain slopes showed patches of bright green where the
snow had thawed."

How big were the hummocks? The description of the first and only
athletic meeting on the island gives an answer of a sort. "Doc Gilchrist
was an early failure. Stumbling over a hummock, he measured his
length in a pool of doubtful looking liquid." (Their neighbors the
elephant-seals were very unsanitary creatures)... . "Last was Norm
Jones. 'My legs are too short’ he panted, 'I had to go all the way round
the hummocks'"'. So the hummocks could be hurdled by a long-legged
but not by a short-legged man. Are we justified in thinking they were
two feet high or so?

"Tussocks" as distinguished from "hummocks" were definitely
stated to be grass. Near Admiralty hut, where they first landed at
Atlas Cove on the northeast extremity of the island and where the
Mawson Expedition had stayed in 1929: "Some of the party wandered

58 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

into the tussock grass to look at the seals and penguins". Here they
made their base camp, and "Not a single tree or shrub was visible in
the dreary landscape ahead .... The only relief came from the green
tussocks ringing the camp area." The tussocks must have been large
and firm. "The gentoo rookery . . . was in full swing again... . The
early nest-builders had wandered into the grass clumps in August....
It was like a puppet show when you sat in the tussock and watched their
antics .... Tirelessly they waddled back and forth, bringing grass
for the nests." At Spit Bay, ''A belt of swampy tussock stretched for
three-quarters of a mile between the men and the main lagoon in the
middle of the Spit.

There is no indication of what the bog vegetation was, but we read
that from the west side of Cape Laurens (the northernmost point of
the island)" ... bog and swampy tussock led to N W Cape.'' We know
from Moseley, however, that Callitriche and Colobanthus grew in the
ditches between tussocks.

One passage, giving an impression that the grass was not alla
coarse tussock-forming species, occurs in the account of a trip to
West Bay, when, on their second Christmas Eve on Heard Island, they
"camped on a flat grassy patch above the beach."' On the same trip
they found that "atop the razorback [between Mt. de la Rue and Mt.
Olsen] they approached a broad platform two acres in extent, partly
moss-covered", and at the foot of the main snowdrifts, which ended
at 500 feet above sea level, along Cape Laurens, "the moss was dotted
with holes of the burrowing petrels .... The rookery [of black-browed
albatrosses]| stood on top of cliffs which fell sheer for eight hundred
feet .... The rookery itself, covered with azorella moss [sic] and
poacookii [i. e., Poa Cookii], provided a firm footing.” (Of course
Azorella is not a moss, but an umbellifer. We are left wondering
whether the "azorella” was truly such or perhaps really a moss.) The
description of vegetation at 800 feet is very definite and reliable, for
a topographic survey had been made. Moseley had said that on Heard
Island vegetation appeared to cease at 300 or 400 feet altitude.

There is possibly a bit of evidence that the moss habitats were di-
verse enough so that several species should have been found. For in-
stance: '' 'Doc,' Lambeth, and Campbell-Drury took time off to visit
Cape Gazert [at the center of the west shore]... . Pulpit Rock was a
small volcanic island, its green moss-covered top lit by the sunshine

... 'Doc' had a busy afternoon searching for shellfish. Sea slugs,
ieernes and worms lived in the pools. On the beaches 'Doc' found a
variety of life, sea-cucumbers and sea squirts. Unfortunately he could
not collect many specimens as he had no suitable preservative." Again,
on a trip from Saddle Point, to Fairchild Beach (northeast shore of the
island): 'Each night when possible, they camped on mossy flats, soft
and warm." This would seem to be a different moss habitat from the
"hummocks.'' Could some of the "hummocks" have been just dead,

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 59

moss-covered grass "'tussocks''? Moseley had described tussocks
with three species of moss growing On their bases. Or were any of

Scholes noted that the snow was thawing and exposing "the green-
topped azorella hummocks.' The vagueness of it all is perplexing,
but Mr. Scholes was not, after all, a botanist.

There is a reference to one other of the five flowering plants col-
lected by Moseley, namely, the ''Kerguelen cabbage", Pringlea anti-
scorbutica of the Cruciferae, as follows: "Fried elephant-seal kidney
and native Kerguelen cabbage, almost a cross between Brussels
sprouts and spinach, made a tasty meal."" We are not told how or
where it grew.

o the very end of this admirable tale of scientific adventure on
Heard Island the botanist is left in doubt about whether any botanical
collections were made or not. It doesn't seem too likely, for in the
final scramble to pack and sail away: "Expedition members began
collecting their specimens and writing up their book work. Lambeth's
rocks were crated in wooden boxes; 'Doc's' bird skulls, fishes, animal
intestines and shell collections were boxed; others assembled their
personal collections of eggs, stones, sealer's harpoons and knives,
and other paraphernalia ready for return." This failure to mention
plants doesn't sound encouraging for botany! The other study party
of the Expedition, at Macquarie Island, had a marine biologist, Ron
Kennie, aS a member. An account of what he may have done or stimu-
lated others to do will be awaited with interest. Even a "marine"
biologist may have taken more than a casual look at "hummocks" and
"tussocks", and must surely have collected the seaweeds!

"Fourteen Men" will be enjoyed by all who enjoy vicarious adven-
ture.

Justice Douglas's Trip to Ladakh”

The names Kulu, Lahul and Ladakh are very familiar to those of us
at Ann Arbor who have followed the extensive travels of the Michigan
Botanical Gardens' Associates in Asiatic Research, Doctor Walter
Koelz and Thakur Rup Chand. At the beginning of their Asiatic work,
which has ranged through many years from Iran and Afghanistan to
Nepal and Assam, they worked in the same region of which part was
traversed by Associate Justice William O. Douglas in 1951, on foot and
by pack train, from Kulu and Manali to Leh, in the Indian Himalayas.
Rup Chand is a native of Ladakh, the son of Thakur Jai Chand, the first
British Trade Commissioner to Western Tibet, and grandnephew of a

Douglas, William O. Beyond the High Himalayas. Garden City, N. Y. (Double-
pe & Co.) 1952. (Price, $5.00.)

60 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Thakur of Lahul. Years ago he visited Michigan with Dr. Koelz and
the two have been associated with the University for many years, part
of the time, however, connected with the office of Plant Introduction of
the U. S. Department of Agriculture and the American Museum of Nat-
ural History. Their extensive botanical collections are largely at the
University of Michigan, the New York Botanical Gardens, and the
Beltsville Herbarium of the U. S. Department of Agriculture.

So a modern and well illustrated book about the country and people
from which so much of our Indian botanical collection has come is of
no little interest to us, especially since its author is himself an en-
thusiastic amateur botanist, especially interested in alpine plants.

Mr. Douglas made a collection of several hundred botanical specimens
which will go to the U. S. National Herbarium after identification. He
also collected seeds of some eighty species of Himalayan wild flowers.

Justice Douglas's journey was of necessity a rapid one, occupying
the time from 25 July to 19 August, 1951, and the return trip from
Leh, Ladakh, to Srinagar, Kashmir, was accomplished on the 20th, in-
dicating travel by air. In this brief period had to be gained the factual
information about the country as well as the feeling for it which he
shows. An earlier author on some of the overlapping and adjoining
country to the eastward, Sherring!° , wrote in 1906 about his Western
Tibetan exploration in extenuation of what he seemed to fear might be
an insufficient amount of new information in his book: "It is therefore
to a more highly enlightened and more exacting reader that an author
has nowadays to address himself, and year by year the task will be-
come more difficult. What has been the charm of the past is not to
the same extent the charm of the present: what was once novel in the
paucity of literature has now become familiar owing to the numerous
books lately published which have become the classics of Tibetan re-
search."" Yet he hoped that his book would ''find favor with the geog-
rapher and the lover of tales of travel. For there is a portion of
Western Tibet and the British Borderland ... where quaint customs
and manners appeal to the poetry that runs in all men's veins." It
overlaps the country that Douglas writes about, but the point of view
of the two travellers, separated in time by forty-six years is very
similar. Sherring maintained that he was entirely ignorant of moun-
taineering, himself, but his interest showed in many places, as well
as in his incorporation of a chapter (and dozens of photographs) by
Doctor T. G. Longstaff describing the attempt to climb Gurla Mandhata.
This was the first occasion on which a Tibetan mountain had been at-
tacked according to the approved ''modern" methods of that time.

Douglas's former books have indicated his enthusiasm for mountains.
Sherring, Charles A., Western Tibet and the British Borderland... witha

chapter by T. G. Longstaff ... describing an Attempt to climb Gurla Mandhata.
London, 1906.

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 61

In this one he commends the Himalayas to American mountaineers

as the superlative among all mountains, "with untold peaks to climb,
fauna and flora to discover, geological formations to explore, and high
trails to traverse. The immediate rewards are exciting and untold;
and there are rewards beyond the mountains themselves. One who
goes to the Himalayas must first traverse the plains of Pakistan and
India. He cannot do that without coming into contact with problems
and people that will reach his heart and his mind."" This last sentence
is the keynote of the present book. He tells of things that can stand
retelling time and again, for to a new generation of readers they are
never old. Neither needed Sherring to have worried about his book's
appeal, then and in the future, for it too was full of human interest.

He wrote the bulk of it about people, not geography, and said: "...I
have been often thrown in close contact with the interesting people who
live in these grand mountains, and have been able to study some of
their ways, and to get an intimate knowledge of the life and problems
of the frontier."

I have intentionally compared the books of Sherring and Douglas
because the former's expedition immediately followed the temporary
set-back of Russia's relentless move to absorb Asia. The outcome
of the Russo-Japanese war only temporarily halted the progress of
Russian political conquest, just as the Korean war may prove only to
hinder rather than halt a policy and movement centuries old, which
Soviet Russia inherited from the Czars. Sherring felt that too much
about politics from a non-political officer of the Indian Civil Service
(he was Deputy Commissioner of Almora, in the Himalayas) would
not be in good taste. Although he said: "The object of this book is
entirely non-political, and most carefully have all matters controver-
Sial been omitted, as is befitting a Government servant whose appoint-
ment and duties preclude him from entering upon such subjects", nev-
ertheless, he could not forbear to point out that “geographically, this
portion [of Western Tibet and the British Borderland which adjoins it]
is the nearest to Russian territory, and although separated from
Russian Turkistan by chains of the most forbidding mountain ranges,
still the fact of its position gives it great political importance."

Douglas had arranged in 1950 to visit Tibet in 1951. He expected
then to enter through Almora, Sherring's old stamping ground, and to
make a long trek to Kailas, a famous place of pilgrimage across the
Himalayas. By the Spring of 1951, however, ''Tibet was no longer
hospitable to Americans" although less than a year had passed since
the Lowell Thomas's, as invited and honored guests, had visited
Lhasa. He had to change his plans, and witnessed from not too far
away one of the most dramatic and important political events of the
century, the Red conquest of Tibet, which the Chinese Communists
euphemistically call "the peaceful liberation of Tibet."

Even so, his mountain expedition had been originally decided upon

62 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

after a reading of Frank Smythe's book "The Valley of Flowers" and
was to result in the sort of a book that had been planned in the begin-
ning, "about glaciers, high passes, blue poppies, rhododendrons, snow
leopards, geology, Himalayan sunsets, and the folk songs of the trails."

Some of these topics seem to have been a bit neglected, but not the
alpine flowers. Still, botanical incentives are so strong in guiding
Justice Douglas's non-juristic activities that there would seem to be
no need for gleanings from his book at the present time. He has spec-
imens to vouch for his observations, and we shall look forward to a
following publication after his collaborators shall have identified the
species. He has entrusted the critical study of his collection to William
A. Dayton and Miss Doris W. Hayes of Washington, D. C., and the grow-
ing of the seeds to the Finch Arboretum, Spokane, Washington, and the
Wind River Forest Experiment Station.

Only about two-thirds of the present book is on the journey to Leh.
This came later in time than a visit to Pakistan, Afghanistan, and the
Kingdom of Swat, which occupied only twelve days, and is dealt with in
a third of the volume in which allusions to vegetation are few. It is
interesting to know, however, that Swat, politically independent but
acknowledging "loyalty"' to Pakistan, is a pleasant well watered little
border country which seemed to Douglas to be as fertile and pleasant
as our Connecticut River Valley. With a population of less than 600,000,
it is one of the few areas of the general Indian region which regularly
produces a crop surplus for export. The time there was probably too
short for much botanizing. Like the book of Lowell Thomas 11, this
volume is liberally and interestingly illustrated by its author's colored
and black photographs.

Visit of the Lowell Thomas's to Tibet

The Lowell Thomas's, father and son, were guests of the Tibetan
government at Lhasa in the summer of 1949, and the remarkable book,
"Out of this World"!! , recounting their journey and visit appeared in
1950. They seem to have been the only Americans who ever went to
Lhasa by invitation, and perhaps the only Westerners whose Tibetan
passport and guarantee of safe conduct bore the seal of the Dalai Lama.
Since the "peaceful conquest" of Tibet by the Chinese Reds and the in-
corporation of Tibet into the Red realm, it may be taken for certain
that there have been many Russians there, but on suffrance, not wel-
comed. Already in 1949, we read, ''. . . ominous reports have reached
the West of direct Russian activity in Tibet. The rumor is that teams

11-7homas, Lowell, Jr., Out of This World: Across the Himalayas to Forbidden
Tibet. New York, The Greystone Press, n. d. [Copyright 1950]. (Price $3.75.)

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 63

of Soviet scientists, disguised as Mongol pilgrims, have penetrated the
"Roof of the World" for the purpose of geological survey and map
making. Their activity is reported in southwestern Tibet, in the Lake
Manasarowar region near the borders of Nepal and India. The word is
that the Russians have discovered large deposits of radioactive ores,
and, at the same time, determined sites for air bases that will be
aimed at overpowering India, Pakistan, and adjacent countries once
Tibet has been absorbed into the Red orbit . ... Will this be the site
for a great Soviet Tibetan base ?"'

The invitation to the Thomas's was given in the forlorn hope that
immediate, favorable and sympathetic publicity for Tibet about the
Red menace to that defenseless country's independence would lead to
help of some sort from the Free Nations. It was already too late. The
Red subjugation of China left no access to Tibet except through pussy-
footing India, itself wavering towards the Reds in sympathy, or ina
state of intimidation. As a record of one of the last Western contacts
with Tibet until the inevitable world revolution against Red slavery
shall end that reign of despotism, ''Out of this World" is of prime in-
terest to all, including botanists, who are concerned with world affairs.
As would be expected, it contains a minimum of botany, but a vast
amount of information that will interest botanical as well as other
travellers in a generation to come. The publishers have made lavish
use of photographs, reproduced in color as well as in black and white.
The author must still have scores that would be more than welcomed
by naturalists; if so, maybe the travellers and their publishers might
be induced to produce an album of pictures with good descriptive leg-
ends as a volume following the one under review. As for the latter,
any arm-chair traveller who neglects to read it will miss one of the
important popular travel books of our time.

The botanist learns that an altitude of 9000 feet is comparable in
Tibetan thinking almost to sea level with us, for at that level there are
trees. The pictures, indeed, show trees at Lhasa, and the author
quotes Abbe Huc's comment of over a century ago (1846) that Lhasa
was surrounded by a multitude of aged trees like a verdant wall. One
of the best features of the Lowell Thomas book is a resume of previous
first-hand accounts of travel in Tibet by earlier travellers. Their
observations are freshly and interestingly incorporated with the new
material!

Of course the botanical notes were made on the way in, for a seri-
ous accident to Lowell Thomas, Sr., on the way out rather eclipsed
consideration of other matters.

The little botanical gleanings follow, partly as direct quotations:

Starting from Gangtok, the capital of Sikkim, "On the morning of
August 5 we hit the trail on the three-hundred-mile jaunt, first through

64 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

the rain-soaked forests of Sikkim, then over the LO Were MG Ay AS:
and finally across the wind-swept Tibetan table-land.' "As we
entered the bamboo forest . . . monsoon rains poured Aaa incessantly
as we ambled up the stony Grail: Clouds of steam rose from the bam-
boo jungle and at times made it impossible to see from one end of our
procession to the other. These Himalayan foothills have an annual
rainfall of 250 inches, second only to the rains of the hills of nearby
Assam in volume .... What a contrast between the south and the
north side of that Himalayan wall! Jungle on one side: barren moun-
tains and bleak plateau on the other -- all because those water-laden
clouds, rolling across India from the Bay of Bengal, strike the five-
mile-high Himalayas and drop most of their moisture on Sikkim. Since
few rain clouds drift beyond the great divide, Tibet has to manage with
an average annual rainfall of about twelve inches. A labyrinth of bam-
boo and creepers rose straight up over our heads on one side of the
narrow trail. On the other side was a sheer drop of thousands of feet."

The next day they reached the dak bungalow (government rest house)
at 12,000 feet, located above Lake Changu, "'a calm dark sheet of water
hemmed in by steep slopes covered with rhododendron."" They had
gradually left the bamboo forest with its steam and leeches, and had
come into a region that reminded them of the American Rockies, with
scattered pines. Here they picked purple, not red, wild strawberries
from the rocky cliffs, which were much larger than ours but far less
sweet. There were multitudes of flowers, a beardless purple iris, flat
yellow poppies, two inches in diameter, primulas, orchids, and endless
varieties of rhododendrons, the latter mostly trees up to thirty or forty
feet tall, with trunks four feet thick, but one of them a red-flowered
dwarf.

"Here and there we came upon a rather sinister flower, the blue
Himalayan monkshood. Into the essence brewed from this poisonous
plant, the Sikkimese and Bhutanese, who used to war with each other,
would dip their arrows and spears, so that a mere scratch from a
weapon caused death... . Toward the end of this second day's march,
we passed acres of yellow daisies that give off a strange pungent odor.
Encountering a Sikkimese on the trail we were told that any headaches
we might have -- and we had them -- came not from the altitude but
from these daisies."

The exuberent flora led to Lowell Thomas Senior's reminiscences
of Kingdon-Ward, and to speculation about where Mr. and Mrs. Kingdon-
Ward were then and later. This page or two may lead botanical readers
to read or reread "The Land of the Blue Poppy" and other books of an
indomitable explorer of the Himalayas and the borderlands of China.

A digression, written months later, told of violent earthquakes
which had diverted the great Brahmaputra from its recent course into
an anciently abandoned bed, displacing a considerable population, and

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 65

causing great loss of human life by floods, as well as drowning thou-
sands of wild animals and transforming the face of nature along the
wild mountains where the Brahmaputra turns south for its prodigious
descent through 12,000 vertical feet of rapids to the Bay of Bengal.
Kingdon-Ward and his wife were reported to have been in this con-
vulsed region at the time of the disaster, and not to have been heard
from afterward. (They were actually almost at the center of the dis-
turbance, but eventually got back to England.)

Nathu-La, at 14,800 feet, was the point where the Thomas's passed
over into Tibet, and their botanical observations became few, for they
were not, like Kingdon-Ward, "more interested in living plants than in
living gods." Up over the moss-carpeted rocks, through the rhododen-
drons, they headed into the Forbidden Land, "The Roof of the World."

The trail now led through a forest of pine and fir and past great gay
patches of alpine flowers.

Down through the Chumbi Valley bound for Yatung they descended
through forest where every tree was gracefully draped with a delicate
"golden moss".

Climbing upward from Yatung, keeping close to the rushing Amo
River, they rode through a similar sort of a pine forest to that in the
mountains west of Banff in the Canadian Rockies. On the sixth day of
travel they climbed up and up for seven miles along a mountain wail,
and then another seven miles across a plain at an altitude of 14,000
feet, higher than the highest peaks of the American Rockies. Here
there was "sparse grass and coarse thorny herbage."

At Gyantse they were half way to Lhasa. ''The first two marches
out of Gyantse took us winding upward through a deep gorge. All
around us were barren mountains. No trees or flowers grew at this
high altitude."

Thus ends the botany of the expedition! Nevertheless, "Out of this
World" is highly recommended to all botanists who have the sort of a
bookshelf that might be labelled "On the Fringes of Botany."

Ekvall's "Tibetan Sky Lines"

It has a minimum of botany, but botanists will nevertheless be en-
tranced by Ekvall's "Tibetan Sky Lines".!? The author, a missionary
by choice, who is described by Professor Fred Eggan of the University
of Chicago as an anthropologist by natural interest and training, was
born on the Kansu-Tibetan border, of missionary parents, and grew

?Ekvall, Robert B., Tibetan Sky Lines. Travel Book Club, New York. 1952.
(Price, $3.50.)

66 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

up to speak Chinese at first and then Tibetan. In 1939 the University
of Chicago Press published his work "Cultural Relations on the Kansu-
Tibetan Border". He had been in Tibet in 1935 when Chu Teh and Mao
Tse-Tung were fended away from that country in the flight of their
armies toward what became their stronghold in Yenan, and he was a
again there in 1951 when the overwhelming strength of the Communists
made it impossible for the Tibetans to withstand them longer. Much of
such little light as the general reader is likely to get on the "peaceful"
liberation" of Tibet by the Reds will be found in Ekvall's book.

Such a vivid picture of Tibetan folk ways as Ekvall presents, might,
in the days before the Red deluge overwhelmed China, have enticed
botanical wayfarers in that direction, and would perhaps have taught
them how to make friendly contact with one of the most interesting
cultures in the world. That would have been its practical utility to a
roving botanist. But now that Tibet has been "liberated", as the Com-
munists say when they mean vanquished, for they never mean what
they say, or say what they mean, it may be many years before another
American sees Ekvall's lamaland. Even so, his book will appeal to
the sort of people that botanists naturally are, and they will miss a
treat if they do not read it. It conveys a feeling all its own.

In the summer of 1929 Ekvall arranged to live (with his wife and
small son) at Taksang Lhamo, an important gathering place for all
the tribes in the region up near the 12,000 foot level of grass country
in Amdo, the northeastern district of Tibet, about one hundred miles
from the Chinese border. There is just a hint of botany here and
there in his volume of sketches.

On the two-mile-high grassland he tells us of riding over the flower-
strewn open steppe in early summer. On the side of the valley toward
Gurdu from Samtsa, Gurdu being one of the twin lamaseries that com-
prise the trade and religions center of the cult of Taktsang Lhamo,
Goddess of Tiger's Den, they were shadowed by peaks rising behind a
sacred spruce forest. Botanists have superstition and religion to
thank for the preservation of many interesting plants and bits of native
vegetation! The other lamasery near which he lived was Sechu, and
the site of each was marked by a limestone peak rising above the
rounded contours of the grass steppe.

At the edge of the Sechu lamasery was a shrine of the mother god-
dess, Tengri, especially visited by the women, on a slope with its
face to the winter sun, and surrounded by sheltering junipers.

Pilgrims on the way to Lhasa from down near the Chinese border-
land passed up through wooded country and then through the last of
the brush-filled and sparsely-wooded upper valleys into the grass
steppe, where there was no fuel except dried dung and where, between
the encampments of the nomad black-tent tribes, there were stretches
of no-man's land, where no traveller was safe from robbers.

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 67

Of one narrow valley in Jangtsa, leading down from the open steppe
to the farming land, he says that dark spruces came down one wall all
the way to the stream, but the other wall was bare of timber but had
one or two levels of narrow terraced fields. Elsewhere he speaks of
looking "far down the main valley where the first spruce forests mark
the beginning of the wooded country".

Transitional from grass steppe to mountain were marshy foothills.
Ekvall speaks of following a yak caravan, when the alpines bloome
triumphant, through a maze of treacherous bogs, where the cattle ex-
tricated their feet from the mire with sturdy assurance, but the horses
snorted and lunged in panic when the spongy carpet quivered and broke
through.

It was 50 miles from Sechu, in a northerly direction, to Hwargan.
On the way the mountain Amni Hwargan arose steeply as broken cliffs
of gray limestone out of the steep meadows. Down and up, down again
and still higher up, the trail climbed until finally, far above the cliffs
and ridges, crowning the highest peak, appeared "'the fantastic quiver
shrine of the robbers' god, stacked with giant arrows". The upper end
of the valley was a great half-circle of rock slides ringing alpine
meadows where the deep green rhododendron thickets appeared like
dark shadows.

This is all the botany there is in Ekvall's book, if we add the little
ethnobotanical item that he ate out of a "private bowl, made of grape-
vine root figured like birdseye maple".

By way of Hammarby, the Home of Linnaeus
to the Garden of Shalimar.

One expects at least a little natural history in a book by Carveth
Wells, and the reader of his latest book will not be disappointed. He
will find interesting observations in "The Road to Shalimar''!3 ona
migration of the arctic lemming which Wells saw back in 1924 when
he and Dr. Clyde Fisher travelled with a family of Lapps who were
following their reindeer across Lapland. Lowell Thomas says in the
introduction that to Wells there is nothing incongruous about taking
his readers to Lapland on their way to the Vale of Kashmir. At any
rate, that is the way Wells went himself in 1950, via Gothenburg,
Stockholm, arctic Lapland, and Hammerfest, the most northerly town
in Europe. He wanted to relive and share with his wife some of his
cherished experiences of long ago in Scandinavia. As for visiting
Shalimar, in the Happy Vale of Kashmir, that he had looked forward
to ever Since, as a boy, he had heard his father read Thomas Moore's

13Wells, Carveth. The Road to Shalimar .. . with a Foreword by Lowell Thomas.
Doubleday & Co., Inc., Garden City, N. Y., 1952.

68 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

"Talla Rookh" aloud to his mother. On the trip of 1950 he wasn't able
to show his wife the arctic lemmings, but he told her about them any-
way. In the book they also serve to introduce an amusing anecdote
about our naturalist-president, Theodore Roosevelt, his boys, and the
French ambassador. There is only a little natural history, however,
in this wholly satisfactory travel book, and that is mostly zoological.
Wells mentions Linnaeus, as everyone should in writing of Lapland,
and we learn that the Laplanders have gone modern, and nowadays use
a field glass to find lost reindeer instead of the magic drum of
Linnaeus's time.

He made a pious pilgrimage to ''Hammarby, the home of Linnaeus,
the father of botany" and found it just the same as in 1932, "as far as
the garden was concerned, but the interior of the house itself had an
air of neglect." He gathered seeds in the garden and sent them to the
agricultural station in Bermuda, so that-a Linnaean garden could be
started there for the benefit of garden lovers. "Even the large gray
snails whose ancestors Linnaeus used to eat were still crawling about
the garden, where they are treated with becoming reverence."'

Mr. and Mrs. Wells and their Burmudan friend, Mr. Sam Tatem,
flew as though on a magic carpet to live for a few days in a house-boat
on Lake Dal in the Vale of Kashmir, and to visit one of the most fa-
mous and romantic gardens of the world, Shalimar. This was the gar-
den of "Nur Jahan, Light of the World, beloved wife of Emperor
Jehangir, whose son, Shah Jehan, built the Taj Mahal for the remains
of his own beloved Queen, Mumtaz Mahal, Glory of the Palace."' What
Mr. Wells finally tells of Shalimar is brief (and almost strictly non-
botanical) but even to a botanist is quite entrancing. His description
is of a lovely shady park with velvety lawns under enormous trees,
of long straight flower beds filled with brightly colored blossoms and
bordered by some low-lying plant of vivid yellow." The trees were
"chinars", which resemble, our author says, gigantic maples, with
leaves much like those of maple not only in shape but also in changing
to brilliant colors in autumn.

Mr. Tatem was obviously much taken with the walnuts that grew
about Lake Dal, and now has seedlings of them growing in Bermuda,
living souvenirs of Shalimar. What success they may have had in
Bermuda with the projected 'Linnaean Garden" does not appear. Per-
haps there will be a report later, but a botanist would not be too hope-
ful of the outcome, for conditions in Sweden are far from being
matched in almost subtropical Bermuda.

THE WORLD'S HERBARIA: A review of
"Index Herbariorum"'*

Harley H. Bartlett

THERE has finally appeared the first part of a long awaited "Index
Herbariorum" giving basic data about the world's public herbaria, a
work which Professor J. Lanjouw has had in preparation since 1936
and which he has finally completed with the aid of Dr. F. A. Stafleu.

An installment of the second part is to be published this coming winter.
It will begin a list of the main plant collectors, deceased and living,

of all countries, and indicate where their collections are to be found.

When the task of indexing world herbaria was started in 1936 it did
not seem to Professor Lanjouw to present great difficulties, but of
course the data had to be assembled by a vast amount of correspond-
ence. Some persons in official position are always averse to answer-
ing questionnaires, others will not go to the bother of doing so fully
and some are slow. Also, there are many institutions that have fallen
into what Herbert Spencer would have characterized as a state of in-
nocuous desuetude, and from which no answers could be obtained, at
all, or only too late to be used.

With the World War and an interval of fifteen years intervening be-
tween the dates of the first and last questionnaires, it can readily be
understood why all of the desired information could not be uniformly
obtained or presented as of the publication date. Many institutions of
the Soviet sphere no longer wish to associate themselves in world
enterprises. Lanjouw politely says: "It is a pity that owing to the
present political circumstances the data with regard to the Eastern
European and to some of the Asiatic herbaria remain very incomplete."
At any rate we have at last a very useful compendium of general in-
formation about the world's herbaria, which, now that it has actually
appeared, the authors hope to keep up to date by promptly revised
editions. That it will be of great utility goes without saying

It is coming more and more to be true that a specialist in any group
of plants does not confine himself to utilizing the resources of a single
herbarium no matter how large, but makes use of several or many. A
system of loans has grown up among botanical institutions which cor-
responds to the more generally known interlibrary loans. The student
of a particular genus may now readily assemble in one place the spec-
imens from all institutions whose curators wish to have their collec-
tions studied and expertly identified, and this procedure is sure to

*Lanjouw, J., and Stafleu, F. A., Index Herbariorum. Part 1. The Herbaria of
The World. Regn Vegetabile, Vol. 2. Utrecht, Adi 1952. (Agent: The
Chronica Botanica Co., Waltham, Mass. Price $3.50.)

69

70 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

give much more adequate information about geographic distribution
and range of variation of plants than could possibly be obtained if less
material were studied. This is truly an age of unprecedented coopera-
tion in systematic research, in those parts of the world that are not
closed off by the Iron Curtain.

The student of regional floras has a harder time to advance his
work by borrowing than the monographer of a group, but the Index
Herbariorum will indicate where important regional collections are
located and if they could be seen if visited. An interesting feature of
the "Index" is a list by countries of the herbaria in which regional
floras are best represented. One learns from this some interesting
things, as, for instance, that the flora of British Colombia is a spe-
cialty of the Botanical Museum of Helsinki, and that of Alaska a spe-
cialty of Stockholm. It is not so organized as to tell us, however, that
Dr. E. Hultén of Sweden is the leading authority on the flora of Alaska!
This part of the Index, however, can only be considered an intimation
of what it may come to be, for the part on Geographical Specialization
may be greatly expanded in future editions, to account more fully for
the expeditionary activities of various institutions.

Almost every country, or colony, it appears, has from one to many
public herbaria. Often they are associated with Botanical Gardens,
with Natural History Museums, or with Universities. They have most
often been important in the preparation of regional floras, and pre-
serve the evidence for the identifications, or part of it. Many also
contain material that has been critically studied and cited in geograph-
ically wider monographic work. Many or perhaps most contain types
or duplicate types. The utility of knowing the location not only of types
but of duplicate types, and of their continuing to be distributed in the
future as in the past among various herbaria has been demonstrated
by sad events of World War II, which brought about the destruction of
most of the Berlin Herbarium and all of the Herbarium of the Bureau
of Science, in Manila.

Just the lamented destruction of one of the greatest herbaria, that
of Berlin, destroyed a multitude of type specimens, but of the more
recent ones it is probable that a majority are represented in duplicate
in one or several other herbaria. A clue to finding them will be pre-
sented in Part 2 of the Index Herbariorum when that account of the
collectors appears. In the destruction at Manila of the great herba-
rium of the Philippine Bureau of Science a vast number of types were
destroyed. This herbarium was established by E. D. Merrill and con-
tained the great majority of the type specimens upon which his own
Far Eastern species had been based, as well as those of many col-
laborators. Fortunately, however, many of the original collections
had been abundantly duplicated, and the duplicates are to be found in
the United States at the U. S. National Herbarium, the Arnold Arbore-
tum and Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, the University of

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 71

California, and elsewhere, and at several institutions in Europe and
Asia. Long resident in Manila was that extraordinarily active botanist
A. D. E. Elmer, who through most of his career operated independently.
His types, however, were on deposit at the Herbarium of the Bureau of
Science, and were also destroyed. His collections were among the most
widely distributed, however, and good sets are to be found in many her-
baria. Some undistributed residues of his sets, moreover, survived

the war and have come into the possession of the Botanical Gardens of
the University of Michigan, through the kindness of Mrs. Elmer. A
selection of these, when returned to Manila, as they will be, will re-
store a very small proportion of what was lost of the Elmer Collection.
A new National Herbarium for the Philippines is being created through
the indomitable efforts of Dr. Eduardo Quisumbing. One wonders if
some genera of the old herbarium may not have been out on loan, and
still retrievable!

The Index Herbariorum records the bare facts of other lamentable
losses by war and fire. The Herbarium of the University of the Phil-
ippines was almost entirely destroyed. It has been said, in fact, to
have been totally destroyed, but thereby hangs a tale. A very little of
it, according to rumor, escaped. Certain marine Algae had been loaned
to the well known specialist F. S. Collins. He died before the speci-
mens had been studied and returned and his widow, as the story goes,
unwittingly included them with other material that was sold to the New
York Botanical Garden. From there they are said to have been loaned
to the late Dr. W. A. Setchell of Berkeley for study. He in turn died,
and the long wandering specimens, their status as a loan forgotten,
are supposed to have remained at the University of California. When
I was Visiting Professor of Botany at the University of the Philippines
in 1935 I found empty genus covers for marine Algae with annotations
regarding the loan which had been made through Professor Shaw to Mr.
Collins. This tale indicates how, without any culpable intentions on the
part of anyone, specimens may change their habitats!

The University of the Philippines has moved from Manila to Quezon
City, and a new Herbarium has been started by Drs. José V. Santos and
Gregorio Velasquez.

It must be expected that future editions of the 'Index Herbariorum"
will be much more detailed and complete than the present one, which
represents, nevertheless, a highly commendable job. Lanjouw says
that since Alphonse De Candolle made the first list of herbaria in 1880
(the last chapter of his "Phytography"') there has not been another, until
this one, that was intended to be as completé as circumstances per-
mitted. During the last century private herbaria in the main went out
of style. Some of the larger ones served as the foundations of public
herbaria, and the smaller ones were absorbed by the larger. Some
small or even fairly large public herbaria sometimes ceased to be
used and naturally enough then ceased to grow. The tendency has been

72 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

for little ones to be static and non-functional, except by preserving
valuable material. The big ones have become centers of botanical
study and increasingly useful. Only time will tell how many may ul-
timately persist as useful entities, but it is a safe surmise that as

the small ones become increasingly specialized they will come into
greater utility. General herbaria, except by pooling of resources,
have little research value unless they are very large. Small but highly
specialized herbaria (for restricted groups or regions) may well be the
very best and most useful in their fields even if small.

Lanjouw's "Index" verifies approximately but not exactly what all
botanists think they know about the chief herbaria. Most of us would
have ventured a guess that Kew or the British Museum had the largest.
The former indicates that it has 6,000,000 specimens. The latter gives
no information. The other giants are Paris (total about 5,500,000),
Leningrad (5,000,000), Calcutta (about 5,000,000), Geneva (4,000,000),
Stockholm (total of two institutions somewhat under 4,000,000), Flor-
ence (3,500,000), Harvard (total over 3,000,000), New York (about
3,000,000), Stockholm (somewhat less than 3,000,000), Washington
(total of U. S. National and other government herbaria about 3,000,000),
Chicago (about 2,400,000), Prague (two institutions, 2,300,000), Jena
(2,000,000), Budapest (2,000,000), Vienna (2,000,000), Leiden (1,500,000),
Brussels (1,500,000), St. Louis (1,500,000), Melbourne (1,500,000),
Munich (1,500,000), Copenhagen (1,200,000), Edinburgh (1,175,000),
Manchester (1,000,000), Philadelphia Academy (about 1,000,000), Hel-
sinki (1,000,000), Berkeley (under 1,000,000), Buitenzorg (750,000).

Of course Berlin would have been very high in the list if much of the
herbarium had not been destroyed during the war.

It is interesting to observe that many of the more active American
herbaria have less than a million specimens each, and most of them
many less. The group with less than a million is led by Berkeley
(930,000), followed by Cornell (total over 600,000), Michigan (600,000),
Stanford (535,000), Beltsville (510,000), Albany (430,000), Minnesota
(417,000), Urbana, Illinois (2 collections, total 411,000), Notre Dame
(400,000), San Francisco (370,000), Pomona (310,000), Wisconsin
(300,000), Pittsburgh (275,000), Seattle (260,000), Ames (250,000),
Lincoln (250,000), University of Pennsylvania (250,000), Laramie
(247,000), Brooklyn (215,000), Pullman (210,000), Bishop Museum,
Honolulu (150,000), Los Angeles (150,000). Some of the more useful
are smaller, as for example, Butler University (Indianapolis), Catholic
University of America (Washington), University of Arizona (Tucson),
and University of Oklahoma (Norman).

The chief herbaria of Canada are, as would be expected, in Ottawa,
where the aggregate of three national collections is about 600 ,000
specimens. Montreal is not far behind, with 500,000.

The herbaria of Latin America are numerous and becoming in-
creasingly active and scientifically productive. The largest, one

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 73

might expect, would be that of Rio de Janeiro, for which data are not
given. There are several that are large and important in Argentina,
those at Tucuman (400,000), La Plata (total of two institutions, 400,000),
San Isidro (the "Darwinion", 250,000), Cordoba (110,000), and Buenos
Aires (100,000).

The recent growth of important herbaria in China was phenomenal,
and it is a pity that we are cut off from exchange relations with them.
The "Index" does not indicate their size.

A valuable feature of the Index Herbariorum is that a large number
of institutions indicate their preferences for future accessions, both
by regions and by groups. These trends are likely, at least for the
herbaria of teaching institutions, to depend upon the transitory inter-
ests of present staff and students, and may be expected to change. On
the contrary, some of the herbaria of the future, if connected with re-
search institutes of restricted scope, are likely to become increasingly
specialized, and to develop in coordination with neighboring institutions.
This may be expected especially of institutions that have few foreign
students and visiting scientists. The present splitting of the world into
highly antagonistic groupings is evidence of the great utility of main-
taining a reasonable number of world-wide herbaria, for what we of
the free nations cannot learn from our past herbarium accessions about
the floras of the Soviet slave nations we may not know for decades or
generations.

Lanjouw and Stafleu have presented botanists who try to have a non-
provincial outlook with classified material for much thought. On the
whole, there would seem to be a strong trend toward growing interest
in the broad field of systematic botany. In order to encourage wider
cooperation among botanists, they should have their attention called to
the International Association for Plant Taxonomy. It sponsors the
Index Herbariorum and related publications of general usefulness. Its
bimonthly bulletin, "Taxon", contains all sorts of news, short articles
on important cooperative botanical projects, reports of committees,
etc. For Regular membership the dues are $3.00 a year: for associ-
ate membership $1.00, which includes the subscription to "Taxon"
but not the right to vote or a discount. Application and fee may be
sent to Professor Reed C. Rollins, Gray Herbarium of Harvard Uni-
versity, 79 Garden St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

PUBLICATION DATES OF THE ASA GRAY BULLETIN—The October
number (New Series, Volume I, number 4) was published on March 23,
1953. This January number was almost ready. That for April should
be published on time, and thereafter undated Winter, Spring, Summer
and Fall numbers will appear as nearly as possible in January, April,
July and October. The irregularity of publication has thus far made
no difference, because we have included no article for which the exact
date of publication was of any moment. We always indicate in each
issue the publication date of the preceding one.—Eds.

CURRENT STATUS OF THE
GRAY MEMORIAL BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION

DURING the academic year 1951-52 Professor R. Lee Walp, the Per-
manent Secretary of the G. M. B. A., was on leave of absence from
Marietta College and in residence at Stanford University. He did not
have access to his correspondence files during the year, but issued
the call for an election of officers, as required by the Constitution,
which resulted in the election of H. H. Bartlett as President of the
Association, and of Edward G. Voss as Secretary of Division C. Pro-
fessor Walp of course carries on as Permanent Secretary.

Both he and the new President conducted considerable correspon-
dence aimed at reactivating the interest of the mostly elderly member-
ship. This took the form of an initial questionnaire on policy followed
by a number of letters to those who replied. There were few answers,
and recommendations based upon them could hardly be considered as
a real expression of the wishes of the Association without confirma-
tion by a formal vote of those persons who wished to retain member-
ship, as well as those who had just joined. It was therefore decided
to let matters rest for a year, during which it was hoped that some
additional former members who had not answered our communications
could be contacted and heard from. By then there would also be some
indication of whether or not the Asa Gray Bulletin could gain enough
support to justify its continuation. The publication experiment has
not been brilliantly successful, but the results nevertheless encourage
going ahead with a second volume.

Most of the older members of the Gray Memorial Association never
replied to our letters. In some instances mail was returned with the
indication that the post office had no forwarding address, or that the
addressee had died. Other letters did not come back, and so must have
been received, but since they were never answered, it became obvious
that not a few former members, presumably because of old age, no
longer cared to retain membership. The reason became clear from
several replies by relatives or friends, who indicated that the addres-
sees had become too infirm because of age to continue.

The obvious faults of the organization of the G. M. B. A. in the past,
from the standpoint of keeping up its membership, have been these:
(1) its too insistent requirement of impracticably frequent communi-
cations designed for round-robin circulation or publication, and (2) its
failure to recruit younger members steadily enough to keep the greater
part of the membership from suffering the effects of simultaneous old
age.

There will apparently be few if any further comments from older
members or former members on matters of policy, for those who ad-
here will do so regardless of how matters are adjusted, and the

74

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 75

correspondence may be summarized in a series of policy recommen-
dations which are herewith presented to the active members for con-
sideration before formal action is called for by the Permanent Secre-
tary. Some of them, if adopted, will require amending our constitution,
which may well be redrafted by the officers (since the Association
holds no meetings) and acceptability to the membership determined by
a mail ballot. This cannot be done through the Asa Gray Bulletin for
there is no requirement that members shall subscribe to it. Needless
to say, the support of all who can subscribe is urgently requested.

Recommendations are as follows:

(1) Members of the Association at large shall not be required to make
periodic reports for publication or round-robin circulation.

(2) Members need not join any particular division but may be members
at large.

(3) Divisions shall be retained and shall make their own requirements
about periodic communications to their Secretaries and members.

(4) Division Secretaries are urged to make annual reports of any divi-
sional activity for publication in the Asa Gray Bulletin.

(5) All members whether or not affiliated with a Division are urged to
subscribe to the Asa Gray Bulletin which will enable them to utilize
the facilities for publication which it offers.

(6) Divisions need not be, but may be, organized on a geographic basis.
ny congenial group of members of any size with a project or in-
terests in common may organize a Division with its own Secretary.
This will especially encourage group effort in local flora study, and

in the utilization of special techniques (such as pollen analysis,
chromosome counting, etc.). Divisions have been suggested aa con-
certed study of difficult plant genera, such as Rubus, Cratae
Oenothera, etc. It has likewise been suggested that local BeeRICa
societies, such as those at many educational institutions, might

well organize as Divisions, some of them to be made up of young
people in the same state of beginning activity and enthusiasm as

the original members of the Association back in 1887.

(7) The Asa Gray Bulletin shall be the official publication of the Asso-
ciation, but subscription by individual members shall be voluntary.
Each Division or its Divisional Secretary, however, must be a sub-
scriber, and separates of his published reports in the A. G. B. shall
be distributed by each Secretary to members of his Division.

(8) Members of the Association who subscribe to the Asa Gray Bulletin
shall pay no additional dues.

(9) Non-subscribers to the A. G. B. who wish membership in the Asso-
ciation shall pay such nominal dues as may be assessed by the
Association.

76 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

(10) It is suggested that Divisions be named in some distinctive manner,
and that if they have an independent name as a local botanical
society, that name or an abbreviated modification of it shall be
retained as the name of the Division.

(11) Any treasury surpluses accumulated by the Association may be
assigned by the Permanent Secretary to the support of the Asa
Gray Bulletin, as payment for separates of the reports of Divisional
Secretaries, or for other purposes, at his discretion.

(12) The bequest of Miss Pauline Kaufman might well be used to aid in
the publication of some more lengthy and especially worthy article
or group of related articles that could not otherwise be accepted in
or as a supplement to the Asa Gray Bulletin, and its use for that
purpose should be appropriately indicated in such a way that the
publication would serve as a memorial of her interest in and gen-
erosity to the Association.

All of these suggestions would seem eminently well adapted to per-
petuating and maintaining the welfare of the Association. The failure
of any Division to keep up its activity would not invalidate the member-
ship at large of its members. Younger members, such as college stu-
dents, as well as elderly members who are no longer active, could
have membership at negligible expense and with no obligation to write
reports of any kind.

The list of subscribers to the Asa Gray Bulletin indicates most but
not all of those who are considered to have retained membership in the
Association. We shall shortly try to reach all with a ballot asking for
their reaction to the foregoing recommendations. -- H. H. Bartlett

MEDICINAL AND CULINARY HERBS OF IRAQ TO BE STUDIED—Mr.
Sadiq Al-Khafaji is starting an inventory of the cultivated and wild
plants of Iraq. This will be a long-continuing project and so he is
starting by growing from commercial packets of seeds, obtained in
Bagdad and labelled in Arabic, those medicinal, culinary and ornamental
herbs that have traditionally been grown in home gardens in the Arab
lands. From the garden plants herbarium specimens will be prepared
in duplicate, sets of which will constitute a sort of Herbarium Normale
for institutions in Iraq that may be interested. The seeds are being
received under Arabic names and an effort will be made to identify
them not only botanically but horticulturally. The plants will be grown
at the Botanical Gardens of the University of Michigan. It is believed
that work such as Mr. Al-Khafaji contemplates may have immediate
value in giving greater precision to the scientific definitions in Arabic
dictionaries and that this will enable renderings to be made in the
translation of Arabic into English and other European languages, or
vice versa.

A COMPARISON OF DIRCA PALUSTRIS
AND DIRCA OCCIDENTALIS (THYMELAEACEAE)

Hubert Vogelmann

THE two North American leatherwoods, Dirca palustris L. and Dirca
occidentalis A. Gray, form an interesting pair of very closely related
species which are strikingly similar in all morphological features but
whose ranges are separated by the width of the continent. The eastern
species, D. palustris, is a characteristic shrub of the deciduous for-
est in eastern North America. It has a broad geographical distribution,
ranging from New Brunswick to Ontario and Minnesota, south to north-
ern Florida and Louisiana. Its western relative, D. occidentalis, is
restricted to the wooded hills of the region of San Francisco Bay,
California

The two plants are so similar that upon superficial comparison they
appear to be conspecific. This view has been expressed by McVaugh!
who questions whether they are "distinct except in their own limited
geographical ranges". Sharp“ also notes their similarity.

In spite of the very strong resemblance between Dirca palustris and
D. occidentalis, however, the two are apparently best regarded as dis-
tinct species because of several individually trivial, but perfectly con-
stant, and collectively significant characters which separate them. At
least 3 of these characters were noted by Gray’, and others are noted

Key for separating Dirca palustris and Dirca occidentalis:

Bud scales with dark-brown pubescence; flowers and fruits pedunculate; calyx
with wavy, obscurely toothed margin, not cleft; stamens usually inserted in distal
half of calyx-tube; mature leaves and young twigs glabrous........ D. palustris

Bud scales with biol aL taeda flowers and fruits sessile; calyx distinctly
4-lobed, sinus 1-2 m eep; s ens inserted in proximal half of calyx-tube;

year's twig growth often with whitish pubescence

Vaugh, Rogers. 1952. Suggested phylogeny of Prunus serotina and other
ce eee phylads in North America. Brittonia 7: 317-346.

2Sharp, Aaron J. 1951. Relationships between the floras of California and South-
eastern United States. Contrib, Dudley Herb. 4: 59-61.

3Gray, Asa. 1873. Dirca occidentalis. Proc. Amer. Acad. 8: 631.

78 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

_1. Flowers and fruits of Dirca occidentalis (at left) and D. palustris (at
right). The flowers are shown about 7 times natural size, and the fruits about two-
thirds natural size.

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 79

Gray noted the dark-brown pubescence on the bud scales of D.
palustris opposed to the whitish colored pubescence on the bud scales
of D. occidentalis. He also observed that while the flowers and fruits
of D. palustris were pedicelled and the calyx margin was wavy, the
flowers and fruits of D. occidentalis were sessile and the calyx mar-
gin was distinctly 4-lobed.

The pedicel of D. palustris is so short at anthesis that it can easily
escape detection at a casual glance. However, after the fruit has set,
the pedicel and peduncle elongate considerably (up to 20 mm.), becom-
ing very obvious. The matured fruits of D. occidentalis are almost
completely sessile.

The 4-lobed character of the calyx-tube of D. occidentalis is hard
to see on herbarium specimens for the dried flowers are shrivelled
and the calyx-tube is flattened and pressed together. It is only after
soaking and softening the flowers and then slitting them open that the
individual lobes become apparent.

Gray also noted that the leaves of D. palustris are narrow at the
base while those of D. occidentalis are oval with a rounded base;
actually the leaf shape of both species varies considerably and there-
fore does not appear to be useful in distinguishing one from the other.

A total of 68 herbarium sheets of Dirca were examined in the pre-
sent study. Of these 23 were of D. occidentalis’ and 45 were of D.
palustris. Branches in different stages of development were included
on a number of herbarium specimens. In D. occidentalis 17 specimens
were in flower, 8 fruiting, and 11 with mature leaves. In D. palustris
22 were in flower, 10 in fruit and 29 with mature leaves.

The flower of Dirca consists of a yellow, tubular-infundibuliform
corolla-like calyx with the 8 stamens alternately long and short, in-
serted inside the tube. The style is filiform and elongates consider-
ably as the flower matures. At the base of the flower are 3 or 4 hairy
bud scales which form an involucre.

Measurements of flower parts were made of the calyx (length and
width when pressed), filaments (length), and calyx-tube (distance from
the mouth of the tube, or tips of the lobes in D. occidentalis, to the
point of attachment of the filament). The ratio of this last distance to
the total length of the calyx-tube was also computed. Leaf measure-
ments were made by determining the length and width of 2 mature
leaves selected from each specimen. These were always the endmost
leaves of a twig. A summary of the results of all the measurements
is presented in Tables 1 and 2. These tables seem to show consistent
trends in both species, but for statistically significant results more
measurements would be desirable.

‘Through the courtesy of Dr. H. L. Mason, 17 specimens of Dirca occidentalis
were loaned for study by the University of California, at Berkeley.

80 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

The number of leaves measured was in each case twice the number
of specimens (2 from each specimen). The table indicates that the
leaves of D. palustris tend to be larger than those of the western spe-
cies (Average, 72.7 mm. long by 43.5 mm. wide, to 50.5 mm. long by
31.8 mm. wide).

Table 1. Flower and leaf measurements of Dirca palustris and D. occidentalis

DIRCA PALUSTRIS DIRCA OCCIDENTALIS
mber of Average Extremes Number of Average Extremes
ee (mm.) (mm.) Specimens (mm. (mm.)
1. Calyx-tube:
a. length 22 6.63 5-10 17 8.23 6-10
b. width 22 2.22 1.5- 3 17 3.88 1.5-
c. insertion of
filament from 22 3.09 a- 4 17 5.08 4- 6
distal end

2. Filaments:

a. long 22 5.15 3- 7.5 17 8.08 6.5-11

b. short 22 4.56 2.5- 6.5 17 7.34 4.5-11
3. Leaf

a. length 29 72.7 45-100 11 50.5 40-69

b. width 29 43.5 25- 65 11 31.8 25-42

Table 2. Depth of attachment of filaments relative to whole length of calyx (1¢/ la)
Number of Average Extremes Number of Average Extremes
Specimens Specimens
22 0.46 0.37-0.60 17 0.62 0.55-0.85

On the other hand it can be seen that the flower of D. occidentalis
tends to be larger than that of D. palustris. (Average 6.63 mm. long by
2.22 mm. wide to 8.23 mm. long by 3.88 mm. wide).

On all specimens of D. occidentalis examined the filaments were
found to be inserted in the lower half of the calyx-tube (Table 2) while
the filaments of D. palustris were generally found to be inserted in the
upper half of the - calyx- tube.° In most instances this character alone
is sufficient to distinguish the two species.

The filaments are longer in D. occidentalis than in D. palustris, the
aap ones averaging 8.08 mm. as against 7.34 mm. and the shorter

. H. Bailey's Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture (1928), Vol. 1, p. 1020,
A. cere Wyman notes the lower insertion of the stamens in D. occi identalis.

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 81

ones averaging 5.15 mm. as against 4.56 mm. This is to be expected
since the flower of the former species is larger and the stamens are
more deeply inserted.

The leaves of both Dircas are pubescent on unfolding, but those of
D. palustris soon become glabrous. Though the upper surface of the
leaves of D. occidentalis is finally glabrous, the lower surface, even
of maturity, is generally slightly covered with whitish hairs. This pu-
bescence is most conspicuous along the petiole and midrib. Also the
current year's twig growth in D. occidentalis tends to be pubescent in
varying degrees while the young twigs of the eastern species are en-
tirely glabrous.

There is an apparent trend in the western Dirca toward greater var-
iation of certain characters which appear to be perfectly constant in
the eastern species. Usually, in both species, there are 3 flowers in
a fascicle. However, of 17 flowering specimens of D. occidentalis ex-
amined, 4 showed a variation of from 2 to 3 flowers in a cluster while
another specimen was noted to have 3 and 4 flowers in a cluster. On
this latter specimen each flower had 10 stamens instead of the usual
8. Of the 22 flowering specimens of D. palustris all had 3 flowers in
a fascicle and the stamen number was consistently 8.

Fruit of Dirca palustris

The fruit of D. palustris has been the subject of some controversy.
McVaugh° describes it as "a drupe, soft and Slightly fleshy but not
juicy. It is bilaterally symmetrical and somewhat spindle- -shaped, pale
green and not at all lustrous at maturity, with a slight yellowish (not
reddish) tinge . . . length was found to vary from 12.5-15 mm....
about 7 mm. in diameter'’. Deam's’ description is similar to that of
McVaugh. He states it is "about 12 mm. long, spindle-shaped, light
green, on pedicels 3-5 mm. long, the peduncle in fruit reaching a
length of about 10 mm... . the fruit is rarely seen because it drops
off early".

Fernald® describes the fruit as "reddish or purplish" and cites an
array of authors who have reported this. Its shape is said by him to
vary "from slenderly rhomboid, with tapering tips, to thick-ellipsoid,
with rounded ends, or obovoid, with broadly rounded summit or even
subglobose, with summit and base strongly rounded". He also notes
that though the shape of the fruit seems to have no special geographical
localization the color possibly may have geographical significance.

®McVaugh, Rogers. 1941. The fruit of the Eastern Leatherwood. Castanea 6:
-86.

"D am, Charles C, ee ea of Indiana. Department of Conservation, State
of Se Pub. No. 44. 351

°Fernald, M.L. 1943. Fruit of Dirca palustris: Rhodora 45: 117-119.

82 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

On the fruiting herbarium specimens of D. palustris that I have ex-
amined, about half have green fruits and the other half purplish or red-
dish fruits. McVaugh® has suggested that the reddish color of the
fruit on herbarium specimens is brought about as a result of the drying
process and that this might well have been the basis for early reports
of red or reddish fruits for this species. He has informed me (since
his published note on the fruit of Dirca) that he has never seen a red
fruit of Dirca in the field. He has noted, however, a colony of green-
fruited Dircas at Douglas Lake, Cheboygan County, Michigan (a speci-
men of this has been collected and placed in the herbarium of the Uni-
versity of Michigan).

This past summer I kept close watch on a colony of D. palustris in
western New York. Although the shrubs bore a large number of fruits,
they all remained green until dropping. On Oct. 2, 1952 I noted a shrub
of D. palustris in full fruit at the Nichols Arboretum, Ann Arbor, Mich-
igan. All the fruits on this shrub were green or yellowish. (This was
an unusually late date to find Dirca fruiting for most plants in this
locality have finished fruiting by the middle of J une.)

Various reports of green- (or yellowish -) and red-fruited D. palus-
tris seem to indicate that there are two forms of this species. Since
only the green fruit (on living plants) has been reported from western
New York, northern Michigan, southern Michigan and Indiana (by Deam)
there is some indication that this is the widespread form. Fernald,
who noted the fruit color of D. palustris to be "reddish or purplish"

(in Maine), appears to be one of the few persons who has based his
findings of red fruit on actual field observation. It would be interest-
ing to receive more observations on the fruit color of D. palustris.

Concerning the color of the fruit of D. occidentalis, J epson,’
McMinn}° and Abrams?! all note it to be red. McMinn also states,
"The fruit is rarely found in this species." I should like to know if
these reports of red fruits have been based on actual field observation
or whether they have been based on a few early reports which have
never been rechecked. It would be interesting to note the color of the
mature fruits of this species as they are found on living plants. Of the
8 fruiting herbarium specimens I have examined, all bore green fruits
and most of these fruits appeared to be mature.

Department of Botany
University of Michigan

9Jepson, Willis Linn. 1923-25. A Manual of the Flowering Plants of California,
Sather Gate Bookshop, Berkeley, Calif. 1238 pp.

10MeMinn, Howard E. 1939 An Illustrated Manual of California Shrubs, J. W.
Stacey, Inc., San Francisco, Calif. 689 pp.

ams, Leroy. 1951. lllustrated Flora of the Pacific States, Vol. Ill, Stanford
University Press, Stanford, Calif. 866

Pp.

A WINTER JOURNEY TO POINT BARROW,
WITH SUMMER PICTURES
OF THE TUNDRA VEGETATION *

Dorothy and Ira Loren Wiggins

Point Barrow, Alaska
March 4, 1951

Dear Folks:--

Just before Christmas we decided that we could bring more pleas-
ure to our friends and relatives by writing a letter about our first
month in the Arctic and sending a copy to those whom we slighted in
December than we could by sending cards .... We began knowing
something about the Arctic Research Laboratory at Point Barrow,
Alaska, when Loren spent 10 days there in September, 1949. In mid-
June, 1950, he and two Stanford students, John Thomas and Harry
Thompson, returned to the ARL to do botanical research until early
Sept. They found this locality offered many opportunities for further
work. The students went back to the University, but Loren had al-
ready arranged for a year's leave from Stanford and remained as Sci-
entific Director of the ARL. When he returned to Palo Alto in Novem-
ber it was with the definite plan that I accompany him to Pt. Barrow
on his return. He spent some weeks visiting mid-western and eastern
Universities to recruit investigators for the 1951 summer research
projects. He could tell them that the lab is run by Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity under a contract with the Office of Naval Research of the U. S..
Navy. The research work is not concerned with military problems
but with numerous phases of the biological sciences, geophysics, geol-
ogy, and a few others, on problems that can be approached best or
solely in the arctic. The labis 719 20'N..... In the meantime
Grandmother and I prepared the house for rental. That seemed a big
task, but by January things were in order. Grandmother moved to
Shirley's in Oakland before Christmas and Donnalie went to Lagunita
at Stanford to finish her last quarter in the University.

Loren flew east again on Jan. 25 and returned in time for us to

* This glimpse of the way the scientific colony winters at Point Barrow seemed
altogether cv interestin ng to remain unpublished. So we asked the authors for aed
graphs of ical ae to illustrate it, and a fine lot were sent from Stanford
just before pate Wiggins started for another visit to Point Barrow on 27 De
1952. (The article te Professor Gustafson in our first number gave a picture Ae
how things go in the summer.)

84 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

A . bee dune area along Meade River 50 miles south of Point Barrow. Salix
alaxensi Elymus arenarius subsp. mollis constitute the main cover over the _
semi- SAW dunes.

Fig. 2. Tundra near Barrow camp ina “high polygon" area. Main cover on tops
of hummocks is Porenus emarginata, Arctagrostis latifolia, Luzula confusa and
Petasites azigidus, ‘ape rum SCHeUCHZeTI and Dupontia fischeri grow in the low

Fig. 3. High center polygonal ground fai margin of flat marsh near Poi
Barrow. Main cover on flats is made up of Carex aquatilis and Dupontia eee

with Saxifraga punctata subsp. Scene prominent on the hummocks.

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 85

Fig. 4. Nest of Baird Sandpiper (center of picture) surrounded by Carex aquatilis
and Petasites frigidus.

5. Nest of Arctic Tern at edge of one of two small paki of Elymus

Fig.
arenarius subsp. mollis on Deadman's Island near Point Bar

86 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

leave Mills Field, San Francisco, Feb. 4. Several relatives and friends
assembled to say "bon voyage" that rainy Sunday night. Then we really
became excited about the trip. Scheduled to leave at 7 :30, the flight
was delayed until 9 p.m. - a long time to say "Good bye."' When we
got aboard it seemed we were unlucky in getting a non-reclining seat.
Later, it proved a blessing for Loren took a good seat & I had the

whole double seat to lie down on. It was doubtful that we would get to
Seattle that night because of a fogged-in area, but we went straight
through and the Portland passengers had to back-track from Seattle

by bus & train.

Tuesday we left Boeing Airfield on Panamerican Flight 905 at 7:28
a.m. It was a bright day with good visibility all the way to Annette
Island, where we landed so passengers for Ketchikan could change

lanes. The flight over the Inland Passage & snow-covered peaks was
beautiful. There was some trouble with a generator at this stop and a
short delay before we flew on to Juneau. There we had our longest
delay, with 2 "dry runs", getting on and off the plane, before a new
generator was installed and we got into the air on the 3rd trial for
Whitehorse, Canada. But the Juneau terminal was a pleasant one and
the Panam company treated everyone on the flight to sandwiches and
coffee.

CAA regulations require planes to be airborne before 6 p.m. at that
time of the year, and we got off at 5:50. However, in the twilight we
saw less of the area north of Juneau than we had hoped. At Whitehorse
we stayed on the plane while immigration inspectors checked our
names. It was -30°F. outside so we were happy to remain inside. The
stewardess had donned mukluks at Juneau and they looked very com-
fortable. Right here we might say that we thoroughly enjoyed all the
service she and the steward gave us. The meals were delicious.
(Every seat was occupied, and several men carried parkas.)

It was 10:10 P.S.T. the 6th when we landed at Fairbanks (8:10 p.m.
A.S.T.) We got in a bus that deposited 3 airmen at their barracks on
Ladd Field and took the rest of us into town, dropping us at our doors.
Ours was the Fairbanks Hotel. I was very ready for bed, but was no
little surprised to see ice 2 inches thick at the bottom of each pane on
our window and thinning to about 3 inches of clear glass at the top.
The windows were frozen shut and I wondered if we would smother!

The next day we had breakfast at the Model Restaurant where the
food was good and not very expensive. We got my parka at the Con-
tractors' headquarters. Loren had brought his out with him. So we
were wearing heavy leather boots, with felt inner soles and 2 pairs of
sox, woolen trousers, parka, and heavy gloves. I bought a fur cap like
Loren's, with ear tabs, to wear under the parka hood. Then we were
ready to tramp over town where the temperature was 32 below zero.
Loren took my picture in front of a building recently gutted by fire,

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 87

but now heavily encased in snow and ice. We also got a snap of a little
house festooned with snow and icicles. It all looked like cake frosting
to me —a California Bay Area resident for so many years. This was
my first view of the far north where there seem to be fifty men to
every woman, where everyone in parka and heavy boots looks some-
what like everyone else, and one's gait is a bit of shuffle and waddle.
More than once I had to look deep into a parka hood as we came out of
a store to be sure I accompanied the right man! (Dorothy still blushes
when she mentions it. — L.)

There is no sales tax in Alaska. Some prices are the same as at
home; others, especially clothing, canned goods, and dairy products,
are much higher. There were few nice Eskimo parkas in the stores,
but we saw some gorgeous ones being worn.

That evening, Wednesday, we met Mrs. Anne Severin, formerly of
Palo Alto, with whom we have mutual friends. She graciously took us
to dinner at ''The Pines" and we went to church services with her.
The little, attractive church, set close between business buildings,
houses the reading room and library upstairs. It was a treat to be
there.

The next morning, the 8th, a contractor employee took us to Ladd
Field where we boarded a DC-3 plane flown under contract with the
Navy by Transocean Airlines. This flight service is known as the
"line haul" and goes only between Fairbanks and Pt. Barrow. One
gets aboard by climbing a narrow metal ladder let down from the
plane. Seats were along one side only, and cargo was lashed down
forward. There were 3 crew men, 11 men passengers and myself
aboard. Once again we had wonderful visibility. There had been early
morning ice fog but it disappeared about 9 a.m. and we took off in soft
sunshine. The country is sparsely wooded around Fairbanks, then,
farther on, the rolling hills become barren. The streams run on a
very low gradient, meander widely, and oxbows are frequently cut off
to form lakes as the stream's course changes. Bogs and countless
lakes are difficult to differentiate when frozen and snow-covered
About an hour out of Fairbanks we flew over the Yukon River, much
less spectacular from the air than it must be afloat on it in summer.
Just north of the Yukon the Brooks Range rises to an elevation of
nearly 9,000 feet and its steeply sloping, rocky, snow-covered peaks
reminded us that emergency landing fields weren't very near. Beyond
the Brooks Range we felt that we truly had slipped back to the Ice Age.
The flat, ice covered surface is marked by wind-blown ridges and
riffles. Thousands of lake shores appear as shadowed outlines on the
ice. Miles upon miles of frozen land——and we felt more detached
from the old earth than at any other time on the trip. We seemed to
be suspended without progressing. Then we spotted Umiat (a Con-
tractors' camp) off to the right and were a little disappointed we didn't
land there but skirted it to go direct to Pt. Barrow. As we approached

88 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Fig. 6. Timbers of old Eskimo house long bur ied in gravel being undermined
and exposed by wave action at old (abandoned) village of Nuwuk at northernmost
tip of Alaska.

Fig. 7. Slumping of tundra along south margin of Elson Lagoon as waves e rode
bank at rate of about 15 feet per year. Vegetation mainly Carex aquatilis, ope
curus alpinus and Petasites frigidus.

Fig. 8. Valeriana capitata in bud. Common in wet soil a few miles south of
Point Barrow

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN

Fig. 11. Flower in late anthesis Fig. 12. Young capsules.
eavy glandular indument is characteristic of Saxifraga caespitosa
subsp. sileniflora.

90 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

the Arctic Ocean, marked mostly by solid, rough ice near the shore
line, we spotted the Eskimo village of Barrow, four miles south of the
Pt. Barrow camp. We were quite low and after flying over Barrow we
swung south, awaiting landing clearance. We went within sight of the
Will Rogers-Wiley Post monument, which Loren pointed out. He
camped near there last summer. We returned to Barrow and landed
at 12:10 p.m. We weren't cold, but I was a bit stiff from sitting.
Loren had moved about to get pictures from each side of the plane. I
didn't have time to think how to turn around to back down that narrow
ladder. Just as I backed down one step my purse slipped from a heav-
ily gloved hand and fell to the ground. When I got down my first view
was a furry-framed, beaming Eskimo face and a hand extending my
purse. I didn't arrive gracefully, but we received a gracious welcome.
The camp Commander, the CDR in charge of Air Operations and his
wife, and lab personnel were there to greet us. The Commander took
us to the officer's mess for lunch. After that we rode in a jeep about
three blocks to our 3-room apartment in a quonset hut duplex. Loren
had had the Eskimos paint the floors a dark brick red, the living room
cream & light green, the bedroom peach, & the bathroom blue & ivory.
The apartment is simply but comfortably furnished and has a fuel-oil
heater that burns continuously. The entrance involves an outside door
opening into a 3 by 4 ft. vestibule and another door into a larger hall
where parkas are hung and where there is a closet for a water heater
and another closet for storage. From this hall a door leads left into
our apartment, and another right, into the other apartment, vacant at
present. Heat and lights are on all the time, with that of each apart-
ment individually controlled. It is a cheery, attractive place to re-
turn to each night after dinner, & some stormy mornings we think it
would be nice to play hookey and stay there all day. But we climb out
at 6:45 to walk to the married couples' mess hall by 7:30. Meals are
at regular hours and one gets there on time or goes without! There
are about 10 married couples here now. Wives of lab personnel are
permitted on the base only if they are employed, while the wives of
Contractors' foremen are not allowed to work. They rather envy Mrs.
Wickham and me, who are the "working gals". The Plant Manager of
the lab, Harry Balvin, is to bring in his bride in a week or so and Ruth
will be the lab secretary, taking the place of a man who recently re-
turned to college. Now & then the ladies have a Sunday tea in one of
the apartments. They wear dresses, nylons, and dress shoes, donning
fur gloves, overshoes and parka before dashing to the party quonset
as well as one can over snow & ice & against the wind. The rest of
the time the women wear heavy "kersey" pants (woolen trousers with
heavy drill covering the inner woolen part to break the wind). We who
work at the lab wear "longies", mukluks over 2 or 3 pairs of sox,
kersey pants, wool OD shirts.

It has been down to 54 below, but it was calm at the time and did not
seem as cold as it does at -22 when the wind blows. The wind some-

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 91

times knocks one down unless one braces himself well on going around
a quonset corner! We could use a jeep or weasel more often, but
Loren would have to return it to the heated garage. If it is to be out-
side the motor has to be left running. Some jeeps are equipped with
an electric motor-heating device to keep the oil warm and they can
be left outside all night. Ours doesn't have it! We rather enjoy the
short walks which at times involve "battling with the elements''— a
phrase used by a friend from Honolulu who once drove along our pen-
insula Skyline Highway during a very mild flurry of snow. He thought
people were crazy who lived where they had to "battle with the ele-
ments."' Could he but see us now!

Navy mess is excellent. We have a variety of fresh vegetable sal-
ads, delicious soup, meat at least twice a day (roast, steak, ham,
chicken, turkey). Vitamin A tablets are in jars on the tables along
with the assortment of condiments. Reconstituted milk is quite good
[(says Dorothy) and I prefer it to too much coffee. — L.] My work is as
varied as the meals. First there was a job cataloguing medical re-
prints. Then followed a sorting-cleanup job of a large lab, running
soil tests on samples Loren took last summer, darkroom work on
photography, and microtechnique which will run along with various odd
jobs. The labs are illuminated with fluorescent lights throughout:....
Loren has a small convenient office just off of the 36 by 45 foot library
of the lab. As Scientific Director, he has general supervision of all
investigations carried out at ARL.

One day we walked out on the ice on the Arctic Ocean, following
Jack Wickham, an oceanographer, and his Eskimo assistant. They
were pulling a small sled loaded with instruments. For this jaunt
Loren wore a pair of knee high caribou fur mukluks with felt inner
soles over 4 pairs of sox. The soles of those mukluks are 13 inches
long! I wore his regular mukluks, of the same type but 3 1/2 inches
shorter, over 3 pairs of sox. We were comfortably warm as we
trudged over the ice, but when I sank above my ankles in drifts or
Slipped and sat down, my feet seemed heavy. There are spaces a few
yards wide that are comparatively flat, like valley floors, with now &
then long narrow cracks or occasionally a strip 4 or 5 feet wide of
darker ice where leads had opened up and then refrozen. Over a mile
out one finds 20-foot-high masses of upended blocks of ice, the blocks
being 2 inches to a foot thick or more. The sunlight and shadows on
these ice ridges form beautiful patterns. Three camp dogs had been
with us until the going got rough. Suddenly Max stopped, stood with
raised paw, and slowly retraced his steps as if to say, ''There's no
sense in going any farther; it's just like this for miles."" The other
dogs followed him. We continued for a quarter of mile to a larger
ridge. Returning, as we circled our former tracks, we came upon
8-inch-long tracks of a polar bear leading across a flat area. How-
ever, they were not fresh tracks, for Miles (Jack's assistant) had
seen them a week earlier.

92 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Last week an Eskimo went hunting out on the ice with his dog team,
sled, and carrying his kayak on the sled. When he started back toward
the village he found himself on the wrong side of a wide lead. He re-
leased his dogs from the sled but left them on the floe, while he pad-
dled across the lead in his kayak. He hoped that the dogs would get
ashore in a day or two if the wind carried the floe landward when it
changed direction. Two of his dogs were back in the village the next
day and the others likely landed also, but knowing they would have to
work if caught, they probably were hiding out! It is reported that the
Eskimos are very cruel to their dogs, which is hard to understand, for
the natives depend on their dogs as their chief means of transportation,
and yet they don't seem to appreciate the animals' worth. A few dogs,
raised in camp, are quite friendly. One has 5 puppies 10 days old.
The father, Muk, is the boss of the canine world here in Barrow and
is a fine big fellow. One dark evening he jumped at my back, put his
paws on my shoulders, and began "'yow-yow-yowing" in my ear! Then
he dropped down on all fours again, wriggled around in front of me
and continued to "talk" and jump about! The camp favorite, however,
is Abercrombie, a dog that looks like no other dog in the world. His
ancestry is hopelessly mixed, but probably involves dachshund, husky,
beagle, and numerous others. He is squat and definitely elongated.
His legs are bowed, his tail about half as long as a husky's and only
faintly curled. He is white with a black spot around one eye and ear.
But he has the run of the headquarters building, with his own "chow
table” (no other dog in camp is allowed inside that building). He was
slightly hurt by being hit by a weasel a few weeks ago and was even
sent to Fairbanks on the line-haul to see the Vet. He is the doggiest
dog in camp!

We are enjoying every minute of our venture in the Arctic! It has
been a pleasure to give you a slight glimpse of the many fascinating
facets of life in a far northern construction camp. We hope you will
write to us when you have time.

Most sincerely

Dorothy and Ira Wiggins

P.S. All incoming and outgoing mail must be sent by air mail. Although
we live at Point Barrow (171 20'N., 156 40' W.) in the Arctic Con-
tractors' camp, our mail address is: ---

Arctic Research Laboratory

Box 1310

Fairbanks, Alaska

PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE BRYOLOGY
OF THE SEFTON-STANFORD EXPEDITION
TO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA, 1952

William C. Steere

ALTHOUGH I was a member of the Sefton-Stanford Expedition for only
a relatively short time, joining the "Orca" in San Diego on March 23,
and leaving La Paz, Baja California, on April 10, I nevertheless had
the opportunity to carry on field work at those points touched by the
Expedition that were richest in bryophytes. After several years spent
in the wetter parts of the American tropics, in the West Indies, and in
Central and South America, I was especially anxious to see the dryer,
so-called desert areas of Hosa Mexico, since in these xeric regions
plants tend to develop special adaptations to their environment. In the
dry coastal areas of Peru and Ecuador, for example, the mosses and
hepatics have become highly modified, and although by no means abun-
dant, are represented by interesting endemic species and genera.
Quite naturally, it was my hope to discover similar or even related
endemic types in Baja California, since this area had never been
studied by a professional bryologist. In spite of the short time avail-
able to me in the areas that promised to be most interesting, the re-
sults are well worth the time and energy expended, in large part
through the generous help and cooperation of my botanical friends who
collected bryophytes in areas on Cedros Island that I did not reach.
Although a final report on the collections has not yet been completed,
it is safe to say that at least 10% of the species collected are new to
science, a very clear indication of a reasonably high degree of ende-
mism, as well as of the success of this and of future bryological work
in Baja California.

The first collecting station of the Expedition was Cedros Island,
reached early on March 27, Of course, since the major emphasis of
the expedition was to be placed on the several islands of the Gulf of
California, not much time could be spared for the study of areas en
route. Consequently, I was grateful for the opportunity to be able to
spend even a Single day on Cedros Island, although the collections
made in this brief time show clearly that a week or more could prof-
itably be spent there in bryological pursuits. Thanks to the kindness
of George Lindsay, who gathered mosses from the margins of water
holes along the upper reaches of a deep arroyo, and to the superhuman
efforts of Reid Moran, who was the only one of us to reach the zone of
bishop pines, more than 30 species of bryophytes were collected on
Cedros Island, including several species new to Baja California, as
well as several others new to science. My own collections on Cedros

93

94 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

Island were made primarily along the edges of arroyos where fine silt
had settled out in pools following rains and the resultant run-off. In
this special and ephemeral habitat many mosses and liverworts had
flourished and were still in excellent condition at the time of our visit,
although the silt was completely dry and hardened into a crust, so that
I spent much of my time on my hands and knees searching for them.
Then I followed a precipitous ridge upward to the backbone of the is-
land, to an altitude of perhaps 1500 feet. Surprisingly enough, some
bryophytes were found on soil sheltered by shrubs on this dry and in-
solated slope, perhaps helped in their struggle for existence by the
occasional fogs.

A brief visit to the shore at Punta San Juanico late in the afternoon
of March 29 and two landings at Bahia Santa Maria, Isla Santa Magda-
lena (March 30 and 31) were completely unsuccessful from a bryologi-
cal viewpoint. A combination of climatic and edaphic factors seems to
prevent the development of mosses, at least in the areas I examined
carefully. An exploratory visit to a large arroyo on the west side of
Bahia de los Muertos, at our very first stop in the Gulf of California,
resulted in the discovery of a small hepatic, a Riccia, although other
arroyos in the area, and slopes near the end of the highway seemed to
lack bryophytes altogether.

On April 2, we reached Cerralvo I., the first of the islands we had

come to visit, and I spent a day and a half at the very south end of the
island in exhaustive but completely unsuccessful search for bryophytes.
On April 4, the "Orca" moved to a new anchorage near the mouth of a
very large arroyo. I followed this arroyo, which seems to head near
the center of the island, for at least 5 miles, partly in the company of
my fellow botanists, Lindsay and Moran. This trip was crowned with
some success, as three species of mosses and two species of hepatics
were found in quantity, both on fine silt at the edges of the broad arroyo
and on banks and cliffs where seepage occurs after rains. The discov-
ery of these bryophytes was welcome indeed, for varied reasons,
partly because most of them looked different from anything I knew,
giving some immediate evidence for endemism; partly because my
failure to find any bryophytes for several days previously made me
worry that my old luck in collecting had run out; and partly because
Professor G. F. Ferris of Stanford University had wagered me a bot-
tle of champagne that there would be no mosses on the gulf islands:
I spent the afternoon of April 5 in an unsuccessful attempt to find bryo-
phytes on the west slope of Espiritu Santo I., but the next day (April 6),
in a deep canyon on Partida I., on the other side of our anchorage, I
found small quantities of two species of mosses, quite apparently the
same ones discovered on Cerralvo I.

The "Orca" arrived in La Paz on April 7, and as our route planned

for the next two weeks would lead to progressively dryer and hotter
areas, and since a substantial reduction in bryophytes was obvious

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 95

just from Cerralvo I. to Partida I., it seemed wise for me to calla
halt to further bryological exploration, at least during the dry season.
This decision finally turned out to be reasonably sound, because

though Lindsay and Moran kept up the search for bryophytes, no Fate
collections were made. I left La Paz the morning of April 10, and was
back at Stanford the same night, quite disoriented from so profound and
sudden a change of scene.

In closing this report, I want to express my deep gratitude to Mr.
Sefton for making possible the first visit of a bryologist to Baja Cal-
ifornia, and to George Lindsay for his many courtesies and experienced
helpfulness. In view of the importance of the bryological collections,
made in so short a time in terms of actual hours in the field, and yet
which are well worth a published report, the necessity for further ex-
ploration for mosses and liverworts in this fascinating region is abun-
dantly demonstrated.

Stanford University

NORMAN TAYLOR JOINS PUTNAM'S AS ADVISOR IN NATURE
FIELD--G.P. Putnam's Sons of New York and London have announced
the appointment of Norman Taylor, formerly on the staff of the New
York Botanical Garden, and editor of Taylor's Encyclopedia of Garden-
ing, as chief advisor in the nature field, as of 11 September 1952. He
will undertake the revision of certain titles in Putnam's Nature Field
Book Series, and will also work out arrangements, in conjunction with
the Putnam Editorial Department, for additions to this series and to the
Putnam's ''Beginner's Guides to Nature" Series. These books cover
natural history and related subjects, and have had a large circulation
with the general public and in the academic field since the series was
started over fifty years ago. Taylor has recently been the Director of
the Cinchona Products Institute. He is well known to botanists as the
author of the ''Flora of the Vicinity of New York" (1915), "A Guide to
the Wild Flowers east of the Mississippi and north of Virginia" (1928;
ed. 2, 1936), and "Flight from Reality": (1949). The last is an account
of the history of the discovery, use, and anthropological relations of
narcotic plants, not only the common ones, about which whole book-
shelves if not libraries have been written, but also those that are little
known. He also has an impressive record as an editor, having edited
"Torreya" and "Ecology" and having been editor for botany and certain
related subjects of Webster's "New International Dictionary."' He has
travelled widely for botanical study and collecting in Mexico, Guate-
mala, Peru, Bolivia and Brazil. We wish him further successes in his
new field of work!

ETHNOBOTANICAL NOTES
FROM LIBERIA

Thomas J. Muzik

DURING five years as a botanist on the Firestone Plantations in Li-
beria, West Africa, I had contacts with natives of several groups,
namely the Kpessi or Kpelle, Mendi, Gola, Buzi, Gio, Mano, Vai, Kru
and Mandingo tribes.

From my diary I have extracted several notes, mainly ethnobotan-
ical, which are sufficiently precise to be placed on record. There was
no time for systematic ethnological inquiries, but these isolated brev-
ities may happen to fall in place with the observations of others.

Liberia offers many fine opportunities to the anthropologist, espe-
cially at the present time, because it is now possible to travel over
much of the country by car, since many new roads have recently been
built. Previously, it has been necessary to walk by bush trail and to
"head-load" all supplies, a procedure which has handicapped scientific
investigation. The Liberian tribes present an interesting diversity of
customs, languages, and adaptations to habitat, and should be studied
before they are diluted and lose their identity.

Sarcocephalus for Stomach-Ache

One of the most interesting uses which certain natives, especially
the Mohammedan groups, make of plants is the use of leaves of Sarco-
cephalus sp. (probably S. esculentus) (Bassa, doe-yah; Mendi, "'golli-
nyum", "buy-ambei") in the treatment of stomach-ache.

The leaves of the tree are boiled in water to make an ink. Certain
verses of the Koran are written with this ink on a slab of wood, which
is washed off, and the liquid drunk by the patient. He almost invari-
ably gets well. It is said that the verses are varied according to the
exact nature and location of the ailmert.

Dental Fillings with Coagulated Latex of Voacanga

In the course of some experiments with the latex of Voacanga obtusa,
(Mendi, "'zhe-ray-kren") I was interested to learn that the natives
(Mendi, Bassa, Buzi and Kpessi tribes) use the gum from this tree to
fill dental cavities much as our dentists use gutta percha. The gum is
white, hard and very resilient. The latex is obtained by making long
incisions in the bark of the trunk, although the latex is present in all
parts of the tree, including the fruit. It is usually allowed to coagulate
partially on the tree in long strips and moulded in the hands when it
has reached the right consistency. Although not a permanent filling,
it does suffice for months without renewal.

96

Winter 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 97

Fish-poisoning with Raphia Fruits

One day, while walking along a little-frequented path near a large
Swamp, I happened upon a native (Buzi or possibly Gio), with a basket
of Raphia fruits, which he was going to use as a fish poison. The proc-
ess, he told me, is very simple. The fruits are well mashed in a mor-
tar and then thrown into the water. So far as I know, this use for
fruits of the Raphia palm has never been reported. There is consid-
erable secrecy about it because fish poisoning is frowned upon by the
Liberian government.

Palm Wine from Elaeis

Palm wine is made from the oil palm Elaeis guineensis, which is
indigenous throughout Liberia. The top of a young palm is cut off and
a cavity hollowed out in the stem. The sap collects in the cavity and
is allowed to ferment for a short period. The flavor is not particularly
good, but the wine is used otherwise than as a beverage, when yeast is
unavailable, to leaven bread. European women in Liberia found it par-
ticularly useful during the last war, when shipments of yeast from the
United States and Europe were much delayed and often no yeast could
be obtained at all.

This oil-palm wine should not be confused with "toddy" or the wine
obtained from the coconut palm, Cocos nucifera, which is gathered by
tapping the flowering spathe. This practice is quite common in the
Eastern tropics but is apparently never used in Liberia, or other
parts of West Tropical Africa.

Tooth Sticks from Androsiphonia

The young twigs of Androsiphonia adenostegia are used to clean the
teeth. The stick is chewed until the bark is removed and then rubbed
vigorously against the teeth until they are clean. The process some-
times takes half an hour or more.

Lightning Protection from Jatropha

The "lightning tree", Jatropha gossypifolia, a small, rather attrac-
tive shrub, is often planted in native villages. It is said to prevent
lightning damage. This belief is very common among the Gola tribes-
men, but other tribes will also plant it for the same kind of "magic",

Trial by Ordeal with Erythrophloeum

The bark of the ''sasswood" tree, Erythrophloeum guineense, is
widely used as "medicine" to ferret out criminals. It is exceedingly
poisonous. If several people are suspected of a crime, the suspects
are lined up in a row and forced to drink a decoction made from the
bark. The "innocent"’ men promptly vomit up the liquid, thus proving

98 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 1

their innocence. If the liquid stays down, the man dies, and is there-
fore "guilty".

Apparently this test may be partly psychological in nature, for the
innocent man gulps the liquid down without hesitation, whereas the
guilty one tends to sip it slowly and the poison remains in the stomach.

It is said that if the guilty man's relatives are present, they may
rush him to the nearest river and force enough water into him to save
his life. If they are able to save him, the culprit is treated as if he
were dead, or non-existent. His name is never spoken again and he is
no longer accepted into tribal life. In fact, he may even be sold into
slavery:

Ceremonial Use of Connarus

Some of the native medicine is apparently entirely magical. One
interesting instance is that of a small, shrubby Connarus which I no-
ticed planted in very close proximity to a banana plant. I interro-
gated a native (Kpessi) woman living nearby and she informed me that
this was a "sacrifice’. Neither she nor any members of her family
could eat bananas without becoming ill. When the new moon came, she
would sacrifice a chicken to the banana plant and thereafter the rest
of her family would be able to eat bananas, although she, herself,
never could. The sacrifice is made at night. The chicken is killed in
front of the banana plant and offered to it ceremonially. Then the
chicken is cooked and eaten by all those present at the ceremony.

The significance of the Connarus is rather obscure and I could obtain
no idea of its significance other than it was "medicine" and necessary
for the sacrifice to be successful.

The Killing of a Twin Baby

When twins are born, (Bassa, Gola, Kpessi, Buzi tribes) one is
always killed. This is said to be done to insure that one will survive,
since there is not likely to be enough food available for two children,
especially since they are seldom weaned before five years of age or
more, and twins would therefore be difficult to raise. In times of fam-
ine, both might be lost. However, another reason is given by the
natives. They say that twins are "'one spirit in two bodies", this spirit
thus being twice as strong as an ordinary spirit or soul. Such a spirit
would be so powerful that it would be a menace to the community and
to insure the peace of the tribe, one of the twins must be killed. If one
of the twins is female and the other male, the female is always killed.
Although I have been told by some of the natives that this is "old time
palaver" and is not done at the present time, I failed to discover any
twins among the native population, although I was carefully on the
watch for almost five years:

TO BE EXPECTED IN FORTHCOMING ISSUES

Ethnobotany of popcorn, by Volney H. Jones

A short account of the development of the Natural Areas Council in
Michigan

Botanical description of the Haven Hill Tract, by Paul W. Thompson

Botanizing in the Tahquamenon area of Upper Michigan, by Alexander
H. Smith

Geography of Tradescantia ohiensis in the region of the Great Lakes,
by Donald S. Dean

The Allen walnut of Middleville, Michigan, by H. H. Bartlett

Biographical Sketches of Douglas Houghton Campbell, Louis H.
Jordal, W. G. Waterman, Ray C. Friesner

An autobiography for his family and friends, by C. L. Shear

Botanists of early years in the Bureau of Plant Industry, by David
Fairchild

Letters from Assam, by Walter N. Koelz

Ekman, botanical explorer in the West Indies, by Siri Von Reis
Review of the Flora of Cuba, by Grady L. Webster

Letters from Okinawa, by Robin Drews

A round robin from Alaska, by Gertrude Frohne

Himalayan botanizing as experienced by botanists' wives (Review),
by H. H. Bartlett

Observations on Oenothera in the Northwest, by H. H. Bartlett

English names of East Indian plants and plant products,
by H. H. Bartlett

Botanical names derived from Malayan, by H. H. Bartlett
Correspondence on oaks and birches

Botanical news from the Philippines

Glimpses of the natural history of Koror, by Peter J. and Alma Hill

THE ASA GRAY BULLETIN, NEW SERIES. -- A quarterly publi-
cation devoted to more or less informal communication among the
members of the Gray Memorial Botanical Association and the
Michigan Botanical Gardens Association. Appropriate contribu>
tions from members of either group or from subscribers will be
accepted. For the present, progress reports of current field,

history, biography, and bibliography, will be preferred. There
will be special emphasis upon preparatory work for anew "Flora
of Michigan". Free use will be made of letters to the Editors (if
released for publication by their writers) and ofcurrent news notes
regarding botanists. :

Items for publication should be addressed to either of the Edi-
tors at the Department of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Michigan. Contributors of major articles may secure 150
copies of their contributions, at a cost of $1.25 per page or frac-
tion thereof. Covers furnished without additional charge.

Address subscriptions to Dr. Ruth B. McVaugh, Business Man-
ager, 403 Arbana Drive, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Subscription price
for Volume I is $3.25 ($1.00 for Vol. I, No. 1 separately, other
numbers $0.75 each). Vol. II, $3.00.

THE GRAY MEMORIAL BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION, FOUNDED
1887. — This organization sponsored publication of early volumes
of the Asa Gray Bulletin. Later it issued a mimeographed ''Bulle-
tin". Its object is to commemorate the life and botanical work of
Asa Gray and to assist its members in botanical activity by fur-
thering friendly correspondence and cooperation among them. In-
terested persons are invited to communicate with the Permanent
Secretary, Professor R. Lee Walp, Department of Biology, Mari-
etta College, Marietta, Ohio.

MICHIGAN BOTANICAL GARDENS ASSOCIATION. — Founded in
1925 to include persons interested in promoting the development
and current activities of the Botanical Gardens of the University of
Michigan. There are no dues, but subscription to the Asa Gray
Bulletin is invited. For further information, communicate with
Dr. Frieda Cobb Blanchard, Secretary, 2014 Geddes Avenue, Ann
Arbor, Michigan.

MICHIGAN BOTANICAL CLUB. —— The membership is about
350, made up of persons interested in the Michigan flora, nature-
study, wild-flower protection, preservation of natural areas, and
conservation. It has members at large and the following chapters:
Southeastern, Bay County, Marquette, Wild-Life (Houghton). For
information address the President, Mr. Paul W. Thompson, 17503
Kirkshire, Birmingham, Mich.

N.S. Vol. II Spring, 1953 : No. 2

Edited and published for
THE GRAY MEMORIAL BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION,

BOTANICAL GARDENS ASSOCIATION
OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN

THE MICHIGAN BOTANICAL CLUB

by
Harley H. Bartlett and Rogers McVaugh

Cc ON T E N= S

An Autobiographical Fragment and Letters
addressed to Dr. H. B. Humphrey
Douglas Houghton Campbell . ..... . . . 103

Douglas Houghton Campbell: Family, Boyhood,
Youth, and Travels
Mary Campbell Hays. . ........ . +. 107

Twenty-eight Years se pee aa eine on
Ira L. Wiggin ‘ gt ees Spb 2T

ri
(Continued over)

ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN

CONTENTS
(Continued)

A Tribute to Professor oe ae ai
Albert Wilson. . pee a

A Memorial to Douglas Houghton em cg
Bradley Moore Davis. Pere See aa A ok oA

Douglas Houghton Campbell, and especially his Work
on Bryophytes
William Campbell Steere . . . ..... . . 187

The Publications of Douglass a dae See
William Campbell Steere. re eee sl

English Names of Some East-Indian Plants and Plant
Products
Hee Barelett Onc, fit er 240. as Mn oe eek er ae

Northern Michigan Trip of the American Fern Society
Dale J. Hagenah, Warren H. en and

Kathryn E. Boydston. . Nee aera Ls
Michigan's Natural Areas Council
William By Hale oes ce ec ce ee a ee Sire ke
Vegetation of the Haven Hill Tract, Oakland County,
Michigan
Paul W. Thompson: 70 29 2.2 22) 2. Ge at ae Ge BS

The Michigan Botanical Club
Paul W. Thompson 2s a eae eat oe ee

The eee Appalachian Botanical Club in 1953
Ea . Core, Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew and

iB: ye We lls LPR. NOP wea eA OO
Syrup from the Sap of Various Trees.

Clarence R. Hanes ... ee eee eee ee 30
The Deathof CharlesC. Deam ., ........ . all

Volume II of the "Flora de Cuba" (Review)
Grady L. Webster. es Seah, sis eae oe ig giaray ened

News about Botanists and their Plans for the Summer
of 1953 . 214

Vol. II, No. 1, of the Asa Gray Bulletin was issued 27 April, 1953.

AN AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL FRAGMENT AND
LETTERS ADDRESSED TO
DR. H. B. HUMPHREY

Douglas Houghton Campbell

ONE of Douglas Houghton Campbell's early students was Dr. Harry
Baker Humphry, who, since before his retirement from the Bureau

of Plant Industry at Washington (1946) and pane has been in-
terested in botanical biography. Learning from Dr. W. C. Steere
that Dr. Humphrey had requested and received an Rie ere
fragment which Campbell wrote in his 90th year, we asked permission
to publish it, together with any related material, with the group of
articles which is herewith presented as a memorial to Campbell. Dr.
Humphrey has very graciously sent not only the autobiographical
sketch, but also the letter with which it was transmitted, and a second
letter which followed acknowledgment of receipt. We had hoped to
publish the autobiographical sketch in facsimile, but the script proved
to be not readily legible. Only the first page, therefore, is repro-
duced as an illustration.

Dr. Humphrey was a graduate student and instructor at Stanford
from 1905 to 1909, and received his doctoral degree under Campbell
in 1907, having specialized in the life-history, morphology and phys-
iology of the Hepaticae, the group in which Campbell was then most
enthusiastically interested. — H. H

Stanford, May 3, '49

Dear Dr. Humphrey

I am enclosing a brief sketch of my career, which I hope may be of
use to you — if you can read it! I am afraid my writing has not im-
proved with age!

I am pretty well — but I don't get much done.

We have had a very severe winter with much hard freezing weather
which has done much mischief.

It is pleasant enough just now, but the season is very backward and
we need more rain.

I hope you may be able to get out to California. With the tremen-
dous migration here, the problem of finding living quarters has be-
come very acute.

103

ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

Be avait
“a bale eee Seer,
bnsciny hw Ovo, hen, tare.
ho Lr. arte i na ee ihe

‘S tebe | Ay SE atte nas, e
Min barn City ~Ome bt oa,
Borate renee Ay os ae ee Ute et ethan —
rq evel mint bi ating Wtaleg
A> em pkinye Me Bee eee iy im re
levee ee 1 Was te Le
Corer Hg owe. Vatintit-
In ope Cn tyr Wt) 7 tualacc
Vpn as OG ae ee
ne te ae area
yn byt Gee Gat,
co ee ee eS
Von itd Duet GC owe den het
S Aten And Lhe Aah Sctert Prwrne

Ona Baal erie ae ad Weetnye emf
geese Ne aie

First page of the autobiographical sketch written by Douglas Houghton Campbell
in his 90th year.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 105

Hoping that my biography may be of use to you

Very sincerely ys
Douglas Houghton Campbell

Biography

My interest in natural history was always very marked. Asa
small boy I collected insects and flowers and read such scientific
books as were available in the home library. One book I remember
had a real effect upon my development — Wallace's Malay Archipel-
ago — which aroused a great interest in the tropics and the career
of a Naturalist. My parents encouraged my scientific efforts and I
cannot remember when I thought of any other career.

My first teaching was at home, but when about ten years old I
went to the Detroit public schools and in the high school prepared for
the University of Michigan which I entered in 1878.

I kept up my botanical studies during my school years and at the
University entered the excellent beginning course in botany. For the
first time I used a microscope & studied various types of the lower
plants. I then decided to make botany my major work, which contin-
ued throughout my four college years. My special interest in the
archegoniates was due to an English translation of Hofmeister's work,
which decided me to carry on this line of investigation. Finally I
planned to work for a Ph.D. — not a very common thing in those
days.

My work was done under Professor Volney Spalding.

After my graduation in 1882 I taught Zoology and Botany in the
Detroit High School where I spent four years trying to develop more
modern teaching in biology.

At this time Johns Hopkins had a great influence in the teaching of
biology in the schools. It was also the time that the work of the great
German botanists became available to American botanists.

During the four years in Detroit I carried on my work for the Ph. D.
and in 1886 I received my degree, and went to Germany,

My first semester was with Strasburger at Bonn, where I studied
the technique of nuclear staining and completed a study of spermato-
genesis.

The second semester was with Pfeffer in Tubingen. Here I worked
with the staining of living nuclei and completed a paper on the subject.

The second year was spent in Berlin. I worked in the laboratory of
Professor L. Kny, and made a study of the development of Pilularia.

106 ~ ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

This involved the new technique of paraffin embedding and the use of
a microtome which Professor Kny ordered for me from England
(Cambridge Rocking Microtome) — I think the first used in any
German botanical laboratory. I finished a paper which was published
in the 2nd volume of the Annals of Botany.

On my return to America Dr. Jordan invited me to develop the
Dept. of Botany in the University of Indiana, and when three years
later he was called to the new University at Stanford he invited me
to go with him.

This move to California was a very important event in my life,
and undoubtedly greatly influenced my future career. The extraordi-
nary development of the Hepaticae at Stanford started my work in the
Mosses & Ferns. In order to have access to the necessary literature
Dr. Jordan gave me a semester's leave & I went to London where the
book was completed and published (Macmillan).

The move to California also gave opportunity for travel — and I
have done much more travelling than I should otherwise have done.

Books

Mosses & Ferns, University Textbook, Eusporangiatae, Plant
Geography, Evolution of Land Plants, Continental Drift & Plant Dis-
tribution

Stanford University
July 23,'49
Dear Dr. Humphrey Pee
Your letter and the paper from the Montreal Botanical Garden
came promptly. I was very glad to get the paper, which I had not
seen. I have for a long time corresponded with the University of
Montreal but have not received papers from the botanical garden. I
have read the paper with great interest as the flora of Quebec is es-
pecially interesting. I am sorry you are not going to be here this
summer but I am sure you will find your trip to Canada satisfactory.

I had a very pleasant visit not long ago from your nephew Borthwick
whom I had not seen in a long time — and made me feel how time flies.
I am pretty well — considering my 90 years — but feel pretty super -
fluous. I knowI shall never see a really peaceful world, and the pros-
pect for the future is not promising.

Our new president Dr. Sterling is making a most favorable impres-
sion.

Hoping this finds you well
Sincerely y
Douglas H. anna

DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL: FAMILY,
BOYHOOD, YOUTH, AND TRAVELS

Mary Campbell Hays

DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL was next to the youngest of Judge
James Valentine Campbell's six children. My father, Edward De
Mill Campbell, was the youngest. Born and bred in a Detroit very
different from the turbulent city of today, the boys could roam freely
the fields and farms beyond the town's edge.

Judge Campbell had imbued his children with many interests, just
as he had been influenced by those of his father, Henry Munroe Camp-
bell, who had come to Detroit in 1826 when some fifteen hundred or
two thousand persons, many of them of French descent, made up the
town. Its boundaries were then the river bank, Randolph, Fort, and
Wayne Streets. Michigan was generally an unbroken wilderness with
Indians coming periodically to dispose of furs and receive their annu-
ities. Detroit was soon to grow rapidly, however, thanks to the Erie
Canal and the trade and immigration it brought westward to the fron-
tier.

Douglas Houghton Campbell's father, was admitted to the bar in
1844 and after thirteen years (1857) was elected one of the four judges
of the new Supreme Court of Michigan, an office which he held until
his death in 1890. Two years later he was appointed to the faculty of
the newly opened Law School of the University of Michigan, and for
several years served as its Dean.

Since the Law School course was then for only six months, he could
give his lectures during one or two days each week, which was possible
and perhaps also necessary, in view of his other obligations.

The family prospered and moved in the intellectual and cultivated
society of the day, one constantly augmented by newcomers from the
older Eastern states. This prosperity was not to last. Henry Munroe
Campbell suffered grievously in the financial troubles of 1837. "After
a severe struggle, he managed to pay his debts and keep out of bank-
ruptcy, but, dying in January, 1842, he left little to his family save a
name unimpeachable for integrity and public spirit. . . . Judge Camp-
bell's early elevation to the Supreme Court and his continuance there
almost without effort during the remainder of his life was a great honor
but it took away all chance of his accumulating a fortune, or even of
acquiring a modest competence, and led to a life of constant economy.
The war of the Rebellion and the issue of paper money caused a great
increase of prices and virtually cut in two a salary altogether inade-
quate in ordinary times. ''*

*Kent, C. A. James Valentine Campbell. Mich. Law Review 5:1-10 (repaged
reprint). 1907,

107

108 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No. 2

He had seen to it, however, that his children were given every op-
portunity possible for good education and development of broad inter-
ests

The six Campbell children: taken about 1870, as a birthday present for their

other, Cornelia Hotchkiss Campbell. From left to right they are: Edward De
ara Campbell Paes who was to become Head of the Department of Chemistry at
the University of Michigan; James Valentine Campbell (standing); Henry Monroe
Campbell; Charles Hotchkiss Campbell; Cornelia Lois Campbell; Douglass
Houghton Campbell.

Henry Munroe Campbell's sons had gone to an Eastern Episcopal
School at Flushing, New York, which had a collegiate course. His

daughters were also well educated, and one, leria, was for ly
twenty years head of a successful school for girls in Detroit. Valeria,
unmarried, lived in the home of her brother, Judge bell, for

amp
many years and it was she who taught all six children, schooling
Douglas Houghton Campbell until he was 10.

Though the household lived simply, there was always enough for
education and the accumulation of a fine family library. A fair num-
ber of books had travelled from New York State to Detroit in 1826 with
Douglas's grandfather, Henry Munroe Campbell, and this foundation

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 109

of the library, which grew through Judge Campbell's life, was of ex-
cellent quality, and must have deeply influenced his children.

The Judge himself "was a many sided man, interested in many sub-
jects beside the law. He loved knowledge for its own sake
was a constant reader to the end. . . interested in geology and to
some extent in chemistry."

ouglas's Aunt Valeria, the Judge's unmarried sister (left) and her sister
Elizabeth (right). Valeria Campbell tutored the six children, and was Douglas's
only teacher until he started school at the age of ten. This picture was taken in
her later life, after she had conducted a private school for girls in Detroit for
twenty years.

If travel in the flesh was not possible, certainly the family ranged
far and wide in their imaginations for the library list compiled at the
time of Judge Campbell's death has a remarkable number of books on
travel and exploration. There were few novels, save for some clas-
sics, a good deal of poetry, much history, biography, architecture,
and art. Many fields of science were liberally included

German, French, Italian, Latin and Greek, all were represented,
but that French predominated among the modern languages was no
surprising, since Judge Campbell had many friends among the French
population and both spoke and read French fluently.

110 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No. 2

There was time to read, and room in the house built for an old-
fashioned big family for the collections and experiments of young and
curious children. The five boys had their own retreat ''The Sanctum",
with its herbariums, geological specimens and insects. Other boys
brought their finds to be identified and Douglas was well pleased when
he could tell one of them that his "petrified bedbug" was a trilobite.

Douglas Houghton Campbell was named after the eminent geologist
who was not only a close friend but also kin to Samuel Townsend
Douglass who married Elizabeth Campbell, sister of Judge Campbell.
This accounts for the fact that in early years he spelled his name
Douglass, with final double ''s'', in accordance with the usual family
spelling, although later he dropped what he must have considered a
superfluous letter. As a boy, he spent more than might have been
thought its proper share of time in pouring over books and collections.

Always very nearsighted, ball games and other active sports
seemed difficult for him, so he resisted his mother's endeavors to
have him join the neighborhood play. Nearsighted he certainly was,
but Some deeper trait may have kept him from the usual rough and
tumble of youth. Most of his life he seemed content to be on his own,
reading, looking, experimenting.

Uncle Douglas said many times that he was most deeply influenced
by a book that was his father's Christmas gift to his mother when he
was ten. It was Wallace's "Malay Archipelago". That copy eventually
became his and was in his Stanford library.

Among the many families with whom the Campbells were intimate
was that of Bela Hubbard, * the geologist, who lived in Springwells,
now Dearborn, some eight or ten miles away. The Hubbard place
was spacious and Mr. Hubbard had planted many trees and shrubs
new to the region. The house, too, was both large and handsomely
furnished, with etchings and paintings, and, then of more immediate
interest, a fine entomological collection, the property of the elder
son who had attended Harvard.

Douglas had collected insects assiduously himself — but this! One
book upon the subject at the Hubbards’ fascinated him and he was de-
lighted when upon his 12th birthday, his father gave him his own copy

*Bela Hubbard (1814-1896) was appointed Assistant Geologist of Michigan in

1837. He served in that capacity under Douglass Houghton for three years and
later in 1845 and 1846. He was admitted to the bar in 1842.

State Agricultural Society, and was an early advocate (1877) of forestry in Michi-
a . A. B.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 111

of T. W. Harris' "Treatise on some of the insects injurious to Veg-
etation."' "Nothing ever gave me more pleasure" — Douglas said.

Mr. Hubbard, a man of many interests, in science and in art, was
kindness itself to the young and eager Campbell boy. Though Douglas
had tried his own hand at watercolors some years before (among the
many watercolors in Stanford at the time of his death were some done
when he was only eight) the etchings and paintings at the Hubbards'
opened up a really new world to him. They quickened his apprecia-
tion and sharpened his observation of art.

Having emerged from under Aunt Valeria's tutelage and completed
work in the Barstow School, Douglas went on to the Detroit High School.
There he took college preparatory work, but no botany, for he "knew
by then more than the teacher."

Every summer the Campbell children had the happy opportunity of
spending holidays on Grosse Ile, where their aunt, Judge Campbell's
sister, Mrs. Samuel T. Douglass, and her husband had a charming
Victorian stone house. The island was wooded, with a canal cut
through, plant and small animal life abounded, and the Detroit river
parted at the island's head, where the big boats took the Canadian
side and one looked across to the Canadian shore, distant "foreign
land" to the young. The little train went up to Detroit in the morning,
came down at evening; the days were long, delicious, and full of all
manner of joy for Douglas, his brothers, his cousins. It was an idyl-
lic spot for children and each could follow his heart's desire, swim,
sail, row, explore.

Douglas had his insect and plant world. Edward De Mill Campbell,
his younger brother and my father, who was later to turn to chemis-
try and be professor and head of the chemical laboratory at the Uni-
versity of Michigan for many years, had then divided interests, --
chemistry and zoology. Birds, mammals, and especially their bones,
just then absorbed him. Though chemistry claimed him largely in
college, he had time and interest to mount a 5-foot skeleton, still in
the Natural Science collection, and hung in his college room a plaque
of dog bones spelling out 'De Mortuis nil nisi Bonum". It now hangs
in the study of the distinguished paleontologist E. C. Case in the
Museum of the University of Michigan.

Edward's dead horse was anchored off the dock -- to have its bones
bared. Douglas scoured the woods.

Among the books in the Detroit home was much food for inquiring
young minds. When ten, Douglas received as a gift Menault's, 'The
Intelligence of Animals with Illustrative Anecdotes", when eleven,

H. T. Stainton's, "British Butterflies and Moths."" Undated early
additions to his library were Benjamin Waterhouse's, ''The Botanist"
(1811), which had belonged to his grandfather, 10 volumes of Sir

112 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

William Jardine's, ''The Naturalists Library," P. H. Gosse's '"'Eve-
nings at the Microscope", (1872), Thoreau's "Walden" and "The
Maine Woods," E. Reclus's ''The Earth," Agassiz's "Introduction to
the Study of Natural History,"" L. M. Underwood's ''Our Native Ferns
and how to Study Them,"

Books in Edward's field of that day, but they must have interested
Douglas as well, were: Elliott Coues, Key to North American Birds
(1872), Vernor, Our Birds of Prey (1876), Baird, Brewer and Ridgway,
History of North American Birds, 3 vols. (1874), and F. M. Daudin,
2vol., Traite Elementaire et Complet d'Ornithologie (1800). These
were inthe home library. Also at home, and among the books in the
field of fine arts which might well have influenced Douglas were, G. E.
Woodberry's History of Wood Engraving (1882), P. G. Hamerton's
Etching and Etchers (1883), Maxime Lalanne's Treatise on Etching,
(1880), Ruskin's works, J. J. Winckelmann's History of Ancient Art
(1880), and William Roscoe's Life of Lorenzo de' Medici. These
books and many others were all at hand to be browsed over and some
of them certainly read during Douglas's high school and college years.
P. G. Hamerton's Life of J. M. W. Turner was given him when he
was nineteen which indicates his early liking for substantial reading
in art as well as science.

The great number of books of travel and exploration might well
have made his own foreign tours, which began in 1886 and continued
every few years including two trips around the world, a most natural
way of life, though he came of a family who had only been fireside
travellers.

Douglas followed his older brothers to the University of Michigan,
and graduated from the Latin-Scientific course in 1882. Douglas's
older brothers had joined the fraternity popular among their Detroit
friends and I have been told that he felt it deeply when not asked to
join. He was still something of a lone soul. Edward, coming later
to the University, chose not to join after his brother's rebuff.

During all his years, Douglas seemed very reserved, — had no
very close friends and never married. Marriage, with its responsi-
bilities, could never have allowed him the almost total freedom to go
and come over the earth in his research as he preferred to do. To
Edward's six children, of whom I was one, his visits to Ann Arbor
were in the nature of tantalizing glimpses of far-away places, for we
too were a stay-at-home family. Uncle Douglas could tell us of dis-
tant shores, and did, but always in a rather brusque fashion, for the
floral rather than the human aspects, which would have interested us
most, had engrossed him. He did not, I think, feel greatly at ease
with us children, nor could he have, I think, until we became more
mature, and at least a little scientific or artistic in our questioning.
Later, as one of us became a geologist, and another was interested
in art, common ground was found and things went more easily.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 113

Whether ree, roomed alone during student days in Ann Arbor, I
never heard him

He elected botany as his specialty, encountered the lower plants,
most of them unknown to him until then, and found the teaching of the
evolutionary processes So appealing that he then and there decided
that botany was to be his field throughout life. He met his great eye
opener — the microscope.

e he had no classes with Professor Joseph B. Steere, who had
travelled widely in South America, the Philippines, China and For-
mosa, he knew Steere well and eagerly absorbed what he had to impart
about the American and Old World tropics.

Professor Volney Spalding was most helpful to him, and directed
his studies. Douglas took every possible course and read constantly.
As his French and German improved more and more under the tute-
lage of Professor Walter and Professor Calvin Thomas, he began to
know foreign scientists through their writings

Professor Thomas, just back from Leipzig, and full of enthusiasm
said "get your degree here, but keep on going."

His knowledge of the great contemporary German work in botany,

Douglas Houghton Campbell, from a photograph taken at Detroit and presumed
to date from the period 1882 to 1886, when he was a candidate for the doctorate at
the University of Michigan and teacher of botany and zoology in the Detroit High
School.

114 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No. 2

drew him, and Dr. Thomas's enthusiasm pushed him, towards Ger-
many.

Having taken his Master's degree in 1882, how to finance his Ph.D.
was the next problem. The Detroit High School agreed that he should
give a new combined course in biology, — zoology the first semester,
botany in the second with classes in the morning only, thus leaving the
rest of the day for his own studies.

By living at home and saving his salary he laid away enough for
further study. A high school publication has added to it, in his sister's
hand, that he also taught singing. He had a good voice and enjoyed
using it singing German Lieder and selections from Gilbert and Sulli-
van. In 1886, having received his Ph.D., he left for Ireland, then
England, where he began a bicycle tour which took him to Coventry,
Peterborough, the Trossachs, Lake Country (where he climbed Ben
Nevis) the West Coast, then on to the Isle of Wight and back to London.
He had started with a young man recently met but ''that did not last
long", he said, "about a week", and he went on alone.

It was at this time that he began using his ability to record impres-
sions in watercolor as a form of diary. From then on he always had
the materials at hand and made rapid sketches as memoranda of his
travels.

Early autumn took him to Germany, to Professor Strasburger at
Bonn who was charming and welcoming and put him to work at once.
This period, when he was one of four foreign students in Professor
Strasburger's laboratory, was, he felt, the greatest event in his life,
for he then learned Strasburger's methods, which meant everything
to him.

The second semester took him to Professor Pfeffer at Tubingen
for plant physiology. In contrast with Professor Strasburger, whose
personality was charming, Professor Pfeffer impressed him as some-
what rigid and stiff-necked, though "an excellent man for work". That
summer was spent in Switzerland and South Germany, but autumn took
him to Berlin for a year in the laboratory of Professor Kny at the
University of Berlin.

Here he learned how to stain the nucleus without killing it, and
here he did his first microtome slicing with equipment which Profes-
sor Kny ordered for him from England.

To a young man fresh from the midwest it was exciting to witness
the life of a great European nation. During his short residence,
three emperors reigned. The great funeral ceremonies deeply im-
pressed him,

Photographs taken in Berlin show him as rigid as Professor
Pfeffer — complete with goatee and well-nigh walrus mustache. In

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 115

due course the goatee departed but the mustache persisted to the end,
though growing more and more abbreviated.

In the late summer of 1888, Douglas returned to teach at the Uni-
versity of Indiana, whose president was David Starr Jordan.

His early aloofness may have been augmented by German residence,
for Bradley M. Davis, his first student there, writes "one would meet
him hurrying back and forth from the campus, eyes on the ground, a
flower in the lapel, too finely dressed for the style of the town. He

Douglas Houghton oe at Berlin, while studying in the laboratory of Pro-
fessor Kny, 1887-1888

116 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

walked alone, apparently absorbed in thoughts of his work and when
he entered his office in Owen Hall no one would think of disturbing
him or the click of the microtome."

During the three years that he taught at Bloomington, he was in-
defatigably busy in every hour of spare time in cutting thin sections
and making drawings from them to illustrate articles and books.
From the very beginning of his career as a botanical author he did
his own illustrating. Early preoccupation with art had been only sec-
ondary to that with botany, and he had the skill in drawing which en-
abled him to make one interest serve in developing the other.

When Stanford University opened in 1891 with David Starr Jordan
as president, Campbell went there to organize the courses and de-
partment of botany.

Douglas Houghton Campbell, from a photograph taken during the years at Stan-
ford University. This is the picture which is considered the best of those made in
the prime of his life, but it is unfortunately not dated.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 117

He travelled so extensively that one wonders how he could have
been at Stanford long enough to strike root. That he did, however,
quickly and deeply, and was forever after a devoted Californian.

A house most skillfully planned to permit sharing with one or two
friends, yet allowing each complete privacy, was built on University
property. Dr. Vernon Kellogg and Professor Allardice of the Mathe-
matics Department, a Scot, were his companions. Each so effectively
preserved his individual habits and privacy that a story circulated
that a complete set of the works of R. L. Stevenson had been sold to
each!

A tiny formal garden was laid out on the steep slope behind the
house. Flowers, vines, and that pride of his heart, a red-wood tree
which he saw grow from well nigh nothing to over 100 feet, gradually
took over until to the less observing many fine growing specimens of
lesser species were lost to view. Uncle Douglas, however, could al-
ways turn up Some rare and charming plant from the undercover.

The house was never without several flower arrangements and the
professor would as soon have gone collarless as without a boutoniere.

His research for 'Mosses and Ferns" and "Lectures on the Evolu-
tion of Plants" and later books took him over much of the globe and
he became personally acquainted with many of the world's botanists.
Among his few intimate friends was Professor F. O. Bower whose
interest also was in ferns and evolution. Campbell was working in
the British Museum when, through Professor Bower, he met Mr.
George Macmillan who wished to publish his ''Mosses and Ferns" and
Dr. Jordan granted him the time to finish it.

His botanical travels began in 1882, when he visited Mauch Chunk,
Pennsylvania. In 1883 he was at Eagle Harbor, Houghton and Mar-
quette in the Northern Peninsula of Michigan, and localities in Ontario.
In 1884 he went to New England and Quebec. In the summer of 1885
he was again in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan, and went over to
Isle Royal. That summer he carried an old-fashioned botanical col-
lecting can (vasculum) as he did habitually, at least in those early
years. Standing one day on a beach near Eagle River, he was ac-
costed by a stranger who was also identified as a botanist by carrying
a vasculum, then an ear-mark of the vocation, or, as it was more
generally, in those days, avocation. Mr. Frank Elmer Wood said to
Campbell, "I didn't know there were two fools up here.'"' Mr. Camp-
bell said to Mr. Wood, "Over in that swamp there are orchids."" That
was the sum total of the conversation, and they did not introduce
themselves, for Campbell was taciturnity itself with strangers. In
1942 Mr. and Mrs. Wood were in California and were taken to call on
Professor Campbell by mutual friends in Palo Alto. They had still
never met Campbell, but conversation naturally turned to old days in
Michigan and both remembered the meeting near Eagle River. Mr.

118 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

Wood recalled: ‘I said, 'I didn't know that there were two fools up
here''' to which Campbell added, "And I said, ‘Over in that swamp

there are orchids'’. Completing the record, Mr. Wood remarked,

"T went to see, and found Calypso."" There had only been fifty-eight
years between!

Following 1886, Campbell travelled extensively, as shown by a list
of countries visited which he appears to have made in 1908 and which
has been Supplemented from the notations on his water color sketches,
which he made whereever he went, instead of keeping a diary. In
early years he was a faithful but unsatisfactory correspondent of the
relations at home, for although he wrote often and even took pains to
number the letters consecutively, he told little in his letters except
where he was and the state of the weather, which doubtless seemed to
him more important than anything else, as it favored or interfered
with botanical collecting and painting.

Uncle Douglas celebrated his 93rd birthday in December 1952 with
a group of friends, and died February 23rd, 1953. It seems inter-
esting to list his travels chronologically extending his own list of
1908 from the record on the backs of his dated water color sketches.
If he travelled anywhere after 1908 without doing any painting, there
are omissions from the list, which probably accounts for the gap
from 1942 until his death in 1953. The list follows:

TRAVELS: 1882 TO 1942

1882: Mauch Chunk, Pennsylvania (Aug. )

1883: Orien, Bayfield, Ontario; Eagle Harbor, Houghton, and
Marquette, Michigan (June, July, Aug.)

1884: Swampscott, Massachusetts, Gorham, New Hampshire,
Quebec (July, Aug.)

1885: Grosse Ile, Michigan (July, Aug.)
1886: England (Aug. and Sept.); Germany (Oct. )

1887: Italy (March, April); Germany (June, July); Switzerland
(Aug. Sept.); France and Germany (Sept. Oct.)

1888: Germany (July)
1889: Dayton, Tennessee (June); Bloomington, Indiana (Oct.)
1890: New England (July, Aug.); Bloomington (Sept. , Oct.)

1891: Lake Placid, New York (Aug.); Grosse Ile, Michigan (Sept. );
West thru Port Arthur, Banff, and Tacoma to Stanford.
(Sept.); Carmel, California (Nov. )

1892: Big Trees, Yosemite (June); Hawaii (July, Aug.)

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 119

1893:

1894:

1895:
1896:

1897:
1898:

1899:

1900:
1902:

1903:

1904:

1905:

1906:

1907:

1908:

1909:
1910:

1911:

1912:

Santa Barbara (March); Mackinac and Grosse Ile, Michigan
(July, Aug.)

England, France, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, England
(July -Oct. )

Grosse Ile (July); Quebec and New England (Aug. )

Portland, Oregon and Vancouver, British Columbia (May);
Japan (June, July, Aug.)

Port Antonio, Jamaica (June, July)

Castle Crags, California (June); Alaska (Coast) (June-July);
Lake Tahoe (July-Aug. )

England (Aug-Sept.); France (Sept. -Oct.); Germany (Oct. -
Nov.)

Egypt (Jan.); Italy (Feb. -June); Austria (June)

Carmel, California (Jan.); Santa Barbara (March-April);
Big Trees (June); Mexico (June-July)

New Zealand, Australia and Pago Pago (June-Aug.); Palm
Springs, California (Dec. )

Asheville, North Carolina and the Smokies (June); Canadian
Rockies (July-Aug.); Tahoe, Lassen (Aug.

Italy, Germany, Greece, Austria, Hungary (June, July);
Italy, Germany, England (Aug.); Portugal down west coast of
Africa (Sept.); Victoria Falls to Cape Town (Oct.); East
Coast of Africa (Nov.); India, Mandalay (Dec.)

Ceylon, India (Jan.); Ceylon (Feb.); Singapore, Java (March);
Java, Sumatra (April, May); Java, Hong Kong, Japan (June);
Japan (July)

Yosemite (June)

Tucson, Arizona (March); Panama, Jamaica, Barbados,
Trinidad (June, July)

Yosemite (June); Mt. Hood, Portland, Ranier (July)
Belgium, Holland (May); Italy, Spain, Tangiers, Algiers
(June); Italy, Yugoslavia, Germany (July); Paradise, Califor-
nia (Aug.)

Tahoe, Rainier (Aug. )

Barbados, Suriname (June); Port of Spain, Trinidad (July);
England (Aug.); Germany (Sept.); Germany, Italy, France
(Cet.); Italy, Algiers (Nov.); Aden, Port Said, Straits Settle-
ments (Dec. )

120 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

1913: Straits Settlements, Penang (Jan.); Malaya, Sumatra, Singa-
pore (Feb.); Borneo (March); Java, Philippine Islands (April);
Philippines (May); Hong Kong, Inland Sea of Japan (June);
Japan (July); Hawaii, Tahoe (Aug.)

1915: Tahoe, Shasta Springs (June)

1916: Canadian Rockies, Prince Rupert (Aug.)

1917: Hawaii (Aug.)

1918: Thunder Bay (July); Del Monte, Carmel (Sept.); Detroit,
Ithaca, New Jersey, Asheville, North Carolina (Oct.

1919: Carmel (March); Giant Forest, Carmel (June, July); Hawaii
(Aug.-Sept.)

1920: Yosemite (July); Crater Lake, Glacier Park, New York (Aug.)

1921: Yosemite (June); Pago Pago, Australia eae , Sept., Oct.);
New Zealand (Nov.); Tahiti, Papeete etc. c.)

1922: Tahiti, Papeete (Jan.); Glacier Park (Aug. a

1923: San Diego (Sept.); Detroit; Williamstown (Oct.)
1924: Canadian Rockies, Toronto, Montreal, New York (Aug.)

1925: Alaska coast (June); Alaska, Yukon (July); Canadian Rockies
(July-Aug.); Carmel (Sept.); Panama (Oct.)

1926: Victoria (June); Quebec (July); England (Aug.); England,
France (Sept.); France, Switzerland (Oct.

1927: Washington (April); Tahoe, Pyramid Lake (June); Mono Lake,
Yosemite, Mt. Baker, Ranier (Aug.)

1928: Rio de Janiero, Bahia, Petropolis (July-Aug.); Detroit, New
York (Sept.)

1929: Bronx, Detroit, Lakeport, California (May); Tahoe (June);
Lake Crescent, Olympia, Washington, Victoria, B. C. (July)

1930: San Pedro, California (June); Canal Zone (July); England
(Aug., Sept.); Lisbon, Azores, Brazil, Chile (Oct.); Valparaiso,
Lima, Barro Colorado, Panama (Nov.)

1931: Washington (May); Jasper Park, Vancouver, Victoria (July)

1932: Yosemite (May-June); Detroit (July); Hood River (Aug.)
1933: Vancouver, Victoria, Vancouver Island (June); Yosemite (July)

1934: Guatemala, Colombia, Cuba, Caribbean area (March, April);
Washington (April); Detroit (July)
1936: New York (May); San Diego (Aug.)

1938: San Diego (June); Asheville (Oct. - Nov.)
1939: New York (May, Oct.); Ann Arbor (Nov.)

1940: Washington (April); New York, Ann Arbor (May); Seattle,
Victoria (June-July); Pullman (Nov
1941: san Diego, Tucson (Jan.); Ann AEB ES Madison (Oct.)

1942: Palm Springs, Phoenix (Feb.)

TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS
WITH DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL

Ira L. Wiggins

A FEW years ago I met an elderly English gentleman in southern
California whose face beamed with pleasure as he quietly boasted,
"When I was five years old, I sat on Charles Darwin's knee!" I
believe I know fairly well how he felt when he recalled that boyhood
experience, for it is my privilege to be able to say, "I took two
courses from Douglas Houghton Campbell during the last year he
taught at Stanford University."' That opportunity came to me during
the autumn of 1924 and the winter of 1925. Dr. Campbell retired from
active teaching at the end of the spring quarter in June, 1925.

Campbell's course in the Morphology of Bryophytes was one of the
most stimulating (and,one of the most time-consuming) courses I ever
took. It was my first course in botany at the graduate level and it was
with keen satisfaction that I studied slides he had prepared in connec-
tion with important research work and used as the basis for illustra-
tions in learned papers and excellent textbooks. All five members of
that class were in agreement concerning the unique good fortune that
was ours in being able to study with the world-famous botanist.

His lectures on the morphology of the mosses, and during the sec-
ond quarter on the ferns, were like Dr. Campbell's textbook, 'Mosses
and Ferns", usually flowing smoothly from one subject to the next
with logical sequence, but sometimes they were stacatto and telegraphic
in style, and rarely marked by repetitions covering parts of the mat-
erial presented previously. No doubt the repetition was mainly attri-
butal to his practice of speaking without notes, or with very meager
ones, and also to his feeling that a particularly significant section
should be given strong emphasis. Offsetting the occasional looseness
of organization were his remarkable memory of morphological and
anatomical details, of geographical distribution, and his keen insight
into the evolutionary significance of features discovered during the
course of his penetrating studies. His memory of cellular details was
closely coupled with his ability to sketch such details rapidly and ac-
curately on the blackboard while talking nearly as rapidly as his fingers
traced the pictures etched in his mind. Members of his classes soon
learned that they profited by reproducing his sketches, although in
less finished fashion than he executed them, and to depend on their
notebook drawings as much as they did on their written notes.

Many laboratory instructors today believe that students should not
"waste time" in making careful, cell-by-cell drawings of plant struc-
tures. They often avoid this waste on the part of their students by
supplying outline drawings in published laboratory exercise books,

121

122 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

4

yon 4 ee See ; |e

Douglas Houghton Campbell, from a charcoal drawing by the Dutch artist Peter
Van Valkenburgh, Jan. 1928.

complete with all of the necessary guide lines to critical structures
and tissues. Campbell had no patience whatever with such practices!
He insisted that we make a series of drawings to show progressive
stages in the development of a tissue or a structure. Nor was a quickly
pencilled sketch adequate. Each drawing had to be neatly "inked in"
before it was presented for his final approval or criticism. Perhaps,
therefore, we wasted a good many hours. But each member of that
class could prepare a drawing acceptable to editors of professional
journals when we had completed our apprenticeship with Dr. Campbell!
Fortunately, none of us begrudged the time necessary to study the

Slides, preserved material and living plants thoroughly and to execute
the necessary drawings. No doubt more than one of us used his draw-
ings made under Campbell's critical supervision to refresh his own
memory while giving courses in the following years!

In the laboratory we were permitted to study hundreds of slides

which Dr. Campbell had prepared in connection with his own research,
and from which many of the illustrations in his papers had been drawn.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 123

Reprints of many of his papers were kept in the laboratory so we could
compare the material with his published drawings and discussions. He
was neither apologetic or boastful when he placed the reprints on the
desk for our use. He had a good, but honest, opinion of most of his
publications and did not hesitate to use his research papers to advance
the knowledge of his students. We respected both his research ability
and his integrity.

Douglas Houghton Campbell reading greetings on his 93d birthday, Stanford Uni-
versity, Dec. 16, 1952. Photograph by his grandniece, Nancy Campbell Hays.

Preserved material from many enchanting parts of the world was
in cabinets lining the walls of the laboratory, and most of it was avail-
able so we could study the gross morphology of representatives of a
many rare and peculiarly significant species in close correlation with
our examination of the prepared slides from the same plants. Fresh
material collected in the nearby hills was always on hand. The indiv-
iduals in the class were encouraged, yea, often required, to secure
some of the living material from the local habitats. He once told two
of us to secure gametophytes, gametophytes with young sporophytes
attached, and mature plants of Pityrogramma triangularis. He didn't
tell us where to find them. In fact, I think he was testing us, for later

124 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No. 2

he admitted he didn't think we would find all the stages, for the season
had been slightly drier than usual and few gametophytes had produced
young sporophytes that year. But he was highly pleased when we
appeared in the laboratory the following session with a few represent-
atives of each stage. We had found them in entrances to abandoned
rodent burrows along the banks of Los Troncos Creek! He undoubtedly
knew of two or three places where the plants might be found, but it was
his practice to throw his charges on their own initiative as often as
possible.

We studied the living plants, cut free-hand sections of many of them,
and compared our laboratory preparations with the permanent ones in
Dr. Campbell's collections. If we failed to acquire a thorough and
accurate knowledge of the material it was through no one's fault save
our own!

Each of us felt the sting of Dr. Campbell's sharp criticism from
time to time, for he had no patience with careless workmanship, inat-
tention to his directions, or with mental laziness. He welcomed the
expression of ideas and suggestions concerning the interpretations
placed on unusual structures or specimens, and comments on research
papers that appeared in the botanical journals. Discussions stimulated
by such subjects were brisk, concise, and adroitly shaped to further
the objectives of his teaching -- that of impressing his students with
the orderliness of plant relationships and evolution, and in training us
to be constructively critical of every piece of writing and every oral
statement that came to our notice. He did not permit the discussions
to continue beyond profitable lengths, for there were far too many
interesting things claiming his attention for Campbell to indulge in
aimless "gabfests'". Sometimes his criticism was bitingly sarcastic
or his impatience embarrassing. But each incident involving either of
these characteristics tended to keep us mentally alert and to spur us
toward a careful reading of both the older research papers and the
contemporary publications of American and European authors. He
hesitated not an instant in assigning us reading in German and French
publications!

Final examinations in Dr. Campbell's courses were an ordeal. He
sat on a dias-like platform in one corner of room 472, the students
facing him in a semicircle. For three full hours he would Snap ques-
tions at us, allowing only a few seconds for an answer. If one hesitated
too long or gave the wrong response, the question was tossed to another
examinee. He did not indicate to whom the question was to be addres-
sed until after it had been stated. Failure to understand the question
or inability to begin answering immediately resulted in being passed
over until the next circuit of the group was under way. But, although
he was an exacting task master he was impartially fair. He took into
account the quality of the work done in the laboratory and awarded
passing grades to a person who had done well in his weekly work, even

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 125

if nervousness caused him to miss many of the questions addressed to
him during the final examination.

A very human trait Dr. Campbell possessed was his enjoyment in
recounting some of his experiences during field trips to distant parts
of the world. Once, in the Philippines, he accompanied a weather ob-
server part way up a mountain into the forest where ferns, mosses,
and liverworts grew in profusion. The weather man continued to climb
to the top of the mountain to read a rain gauge. Dr. Campbell collected
large quantities of material for his own research and was elated over
the richness of the area. Late in the afternoon the observer arrived,
woefully downcast. When questioned about the cause of his worry he
replied, "I'm afraid I'm in for a severe reprimand, possibly dismissal.
I felt under par physically last week and didn't make the usual trip up
the mountain to read the gauges. I thought the gauge would hold two
weeks precipitation, but it didn't and I lost an undeterminable amount
because the gauge filled to the top and ran over! This will cause a
break in the continuous records of a three year period."’ Dr. Campbell
sympathized with him and asked, ''How much does the gauge measure
before it's full — what's its capacity?" To his utter amazement the
answer was, ''One hundred inches!'"' Campbell was astounded. He told
us that his first thought was of the tremendous damage rainfall in excess
of one hundred inches in two weeks would do in the vicinity of Stanford
University, where the average annual rainfall varies from about fifteen
inches near the bay, to between thirty and forty along the Coast Range
fifteen miles farther west! He related this anecdote to give point to a
lecture during which he discussed the relationship between rainfall and
the distribution of hydrophytic and mesophytic ferns.

He enjoyed, also, recounting various jokes on himself. On his first
trip to Australia he was greatly intrigued by a potted ''fern" in a Sydney
hotel lobby. The fronds were sterile so he was unable to guess the
generic affinities, but he considered the circinate coiling of the young,
unfolding frons to indicate that it was a fern. No one in the hotel knew
where the plant had originated, what it was, nor whether or not it had
borne sporangia on broad, ordinary leaves, or on special sporophylls.
It was some time before he learned that his puzzling "fern" was
Bowenia spectabilis, a cycad. Several jars containing specimens of
that species are being used as teaching material at Stanford, thanks to
Campbell's zeal in collecting large quantities of any plant that intrigued
him.

A second cycad also was the source of minor embarrassment to him
following a field excursion near Manila. He had collected the staminate
cone of Cycas circinalis, and since he had no container large enough to
preserve it in fluid, he decided to dry it. He placed the cone on a shelf
in his hotel room and returned to the field for several days to round out
his accumulation of materials. On his return all the guests and the en-
tire hotel staff were nearly nauseated by a rank, permeating odor, and

126 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No.2

no one had been able to trace it to its source. Some believed an animal
had died in an obscure corner. The mystery was solved when Dr
Campbell entered his room. The stench came from the cycad con

which had begun to shed the pollen and partially deliquesce! eee
the cone reposed on the roof of a shed well removed from the hotel.
Fragments of that cone, also, are still being used as teaching material
at Stanford, and after the span of nearly fifty years, traces of the dis-
agreeable odor still cling to the separated sporophylls!

At the end of my first year of graduate work at Stanford I was away
from the San Francisco Bay Region for two years, then returned for
my final two years of graduate study. At that time Dr. Campbell was
still spending a full day four or five times a week in his laboratory and
office, and I had an opportunity to know him more intimately for some
of my classes were still being held in the small laboratory just outside
his office door. In 1929 I became the junior member of the faculty of
the Botany Department and had still further opportunities to draw upon
Dr. Campbell's rich fund of knowledge of plant anatomy, morphology,
and geographic distribution. It took several years to become closely
enough acquainted with him to feel at ease in his laboratory, or to ap-
proach him with a problem involving some aspect of the fields in which
he specialized. But gradually it was possible to outgrow the attitude of
being an inexperienced student approaching a great master in the sub-
ject and to think of Dr. Campbell as a friend and a wise advisor. He
complained bitterly, to me and to many others, when the Botany Depart-
ment was abolished as a separate department and merged with the
Zoology Department to make up the Department of Biological Sciences.
He believed that botany would suffer under the new arrangement and
used a homely phraseology to express his views: "When you put cows
and plants into the same field, the cows eat up the plants!" He ‘had not
changed his point of view on that subject at his death.

Following his retirement from active teaching, Dr. Campbell devoted
himself to writing, research, patronage of the opera, and to riding the
equestrian trails throughout the foothills back of the Stanford campus.
He regularly walked from his home to the post office, thence to his of-
fice, and frequently stretched the walk to take him to Palo Alto, some-
thing over a mile farther from home. On most days he walked back
home for luncheon, but occasionally he stopped at the campus Union to
join the faculty of the Botany Department, and later that of the Biology
Department, at luncheon. He enjoyed discussing the paper on which he
was working at the time, or one that had appeared in a current journal
under some other botanist's authorship, or engaging in vigorous argu-
ments about the significance of various features of the geographical
distribution of plants, their evolution, or the theory of continental drift,
extent of glaciation, or any of a munber of controversial subjects. He
considered Wonener! S ideas about continental drift quite ingenious and
thought that shifting of the continental masses could easily explain some

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 127

of the aspects of geographical distribution he had observed during his
travels. Dr. Bailey Willis, the noted geologist, opposed Wegener's
hypothesis with considerable vigor. During one luncheon session Camp-
bell was seated directly across the table from Bailey Willis. The late

L. L. Burlingame, with a fiendish gleam in his eye, introduced the sub-
ject of continental drift, knowing very well that the two men held diamet-
rically opposed ideas on the subject. Within the space of a few minutes
each was vehemently defending his viewpoint, each talking rapidly and
loudly, and neither one paying the slightest attention to the other, although
each was addressing his argument at the other! Dr. Burlingame recalled
that argument with glee for years.

Campbell possessed an artistic temperament that showed itself in
his sketches and water color paintings, of which he made a great many;
in the beauty, of an untrammeled type, that he nurtured in the garden
surrounding his house; in the way in which he arranged cut flowers and
potted plants inside his home; in his love of music; his frequent visits
to the country's art galleries; and in his appreciation of the rolling
hills, the red tile roofs of the university and the soft hues of autumn.
He was impatient with the details of administration of the Botany depart-
ment, and for years delegated virtually all of the routine departmental
business to Dr. George J. Peirce in order that he might utilize all his
time in carrying on his research and teaching such courses as he was
called on to give from quarter to quarter. His impatience with routine
matters and with the mechanics of running an office showed itself, also,
in the apparently chaotic arrangement of books, papers, and journals in
his office-laboratory. A few of the most frequently used books were
kept in a revolving set of book shelves standing immediately behind his
desk. A few others that he treasured, but which he used infrequently,
were tucked into,a glass-fronted cabinet that was opened only a few
times a year. The huge number of reprints and the copies of nearly a
dozen journals to which he subscribed were piled nearly two feet deep
on one or two tables along the back wall of the room. When he wanted
a particular paper, he had an uncanny memory regarding its position
in a particular pile on the table. He rarely leafed through the wrong
pile in search of an article, and many times he would dip into the ac-
cumulation at a level within a half dozen papers of the one he wanted!
Periodically he would decide that he had accumulated enough reprints
to have some of them bound, and shuffle together enough to make sev-
eral comfortably sized books, and send them to the bindery. They were
not arranged by author, by title, or in any chronological order. Yet he
knew about where to find each paper if he had occasion to use it ata
later date! He did not, to my knowledge, keep a card file or other index
to the reprints he received from others, nor a list of his own publica-
tions. Each year, when the librarian requested a list of publications
issued under his authorship during the preceding twelve months, he
would scribble down the titles of such papers as came to his mind at
the moment, and if one or two notes were omitted he brushed aside

128 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No. 2

protests with a gruff comment that such inconsequential notes were
of passing interest only and shouldn't clutter the bibliographies of a
respectable library! Campbell was by no means a seeker of publicity
and adulation.

Those who knew D. Campbell well realized that his aloof manner
among strangers and his brusqueness with students stemmed mainly
from a Shyness he never quite overcame and from his difficulty in
distinguishing and recognizing faces at anything beyond a very moder-
ate distance. Within the circle of his friends, and within his own home
when he held open house while his garden was at its annual peak, he
was cordial, an excellent conversationalist and a charming host. To-
ward the end of his life he occasionally expressed regret that he had
restricted his social life so rigorously in order to devote his time so
intensively to research. While he was actively engaged in teaching, it
seemed at times as though he were about to enter a more cordial re-
lationship with his students, but after little more than momentar
ventures into such a relationship he withdrew as though he felt that if
he permitted himself to become informally friendly with them he would
automatically spend more time in genial conversation and less in pro--
ductive research and writing! After retirement it was too late to
change the pattern of a life time, but he derived keen satisfaction from
a Close friendship with one of his former students, Mr. Albert Wilson,
who visited him from once to several times each week as the elderly
gentleman's ability to get to the post office and to his laboratory waned.
Dr. Campbell, during those last years, spoke often of his brother, who
had been head of the Chemistry Department of the University of Mich-
igan, and of his nephew who chose geology as his field of endeavor.

Dr. Campbell was very proud of the young man's success and delighted
in the youthful companionship with him while the younger man lived at
Dr. mies s home and attended classes in the Geology Department
at Stanford

As year followed year and the ranks of the original Stanford Univer-
sity faculty dwindled, Dr. Campbell became the sole survivor of that
group when the physicist, Fernando Sanford, died in 1948. He regretted
the passing of his old friends and contemporaries but did not seem de-
pressed. Rather, he retained a remarkable interest in botanical pro-
gress and in the status of botany at the institution with which he was
associated for over sixty years. He continued to keep his thoughts on
many distant corners of the earth, and read a great deal. I saw him
last on December 22nd, 1952, and as I was about to leave his home, he
expressed a wish that he could lop fifteen years off his age so he, too,
could see the Alaskan arctic! At ninety-three, he still had his eyes
turned toward distant horizons.

A TRIBUTE TO PROFESSOR
DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL*

Albert Wilson

DR. CAMPBELL was head of the botany department at Stanford when
I went there in 1923. In 1925 he retired from the university; but as
it turned out, he continued to be my teacher to the end of his life.

To us youngsters there in the class he presented an austere and
formidable precision of knowledge; and he appeared in the heroic pro-
portions of the great explorer who was bringing authentic wonders
from the Andes, the Amazon, the headwaters of the Nile, and the
Australian desert. We approached him with diffidence, but eagerly;
and on a field trip I remember my astonishment at overhearing a
colleague address him as Uncle Doug. With still more astonishment
I saw him appear before us one day with a decorative black eye. ‘I
stepped on a rake,' he explained, and went on with his lecture.

As the quarters went by we began to realize that this professor had
the quickest sympathy for our questions; he understood us quite as
keenly as he did his subject. He had an intuition of what the stuttering
plodder intended to say and do, and as I remember without exception
took him on the right side. He had a sharp barb for slackness, anda
blunderbuss for pretense, but earnestness could appropriate hours of
time from his precious life.

His retirement left a hole in the place as deep and wide as the
Grand Canyon. He was gone and we all knew he was gone.. And, al-
though I kept hearing of his association with the great ones in his for-
eign travels, in his National Academy membership, and in his pres-
idency of the Botanical Society of America, I had the temerity to hope
for a renewal of the relations which had endowed those first class-
room days with glow and sparkle.

In 1927 Dr. Campbell was back in his house. I rushed out there,
but as we walked around the garden, the sledding was tough. I tried
it half a dozen times with the same result. Then on one glorious and
memorable day I persuaded the professor into my truck, which re-
sembled nothing so much as an old fish wagon, to visit a garden I was
working.

has done what I couldn't and has given me the privilege of using his tribute."
We thank the Palo Alto Times for permission to reprint.

129

130 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

From then on his vivid interest in the use of plants, and his fervent
conviction that Californians must by all means be made to Know the
world-wide plant-supply available to them, dissolved all barriers.

To my delight I began to realize a friendly warmth in Dr. Campbell's
words.

Through the years we continued to meet at least a couple of times
a month and to go on numerous excursions visiting the treasuries of
this region. We visited Golden Gate Park, the Monterey Peninsula,
Muir Woods, the old estates hiding within their walls and the hills
back of Redwood City.

As we rolled along Dr. Campbell bubbled with recollections of the
tree fern in New Zealand, the cryptomeria in Japan, the bougainvillea
in South America, with all the charming peculiarities of their natural
settings as he had first seen them years before.

Douglas Houghton Campbell,
from a picture by his grandniece
Nancy Campbell Hays, taken
at Ann Arbor, 1941.

He was always full of business, as they say, he never was sponta-
neously facetious; but if some one else found the totality of sky and
earth to contain an element of gaiety, the old man would guffaw with
sudden appreciation.

Dr. Campbell was continually detecting the invisible. To most of
us a forest carpet is merely a pleasing and novel substance which we
encounter in our escapes from the paved city. To him it was a lab-
oratory where the most fascinating links could be found in the myste-
rious chain of life.

From the instant he arrived here in California he began to supply
the very links which had previously been missing. Moreover, he
soon betrayed a love of his plants which was more than scientific;
and his books presented to the world not only his facts but his feelings
in drawings of extraordinary charm.

Though Dr. Campbell had become older and frailer his light never
failed, even in his ninety-fourth year.

A MEMORIAL TO
DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL*

Bradley Moore Davis

DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL (December 16, 1859 - February
24, 1953) distinguished botanist of Stanford University, had the back-
ground of birth, boyhood, and early education in Detroit, then a city

of graciousness with gardens and shaded streets. His father was
Judge James Valentine Campbell of the Supreme Court of Michigan
who became head of the Law School at the young University of Michi-
gan. The Campbell family was well established in the community and
much concerned with its affairs. Judge Campbell had a wide acquaint-
ance and among the friends of the family was Douglass Houghton,
Professor of Geology at the University, well known for his pioneer
work as Michigan State Geologist. His name was given to the boy who
has been described by the family as reserved and very much absorbed
in his own interests, striking characteristics of his later life. Ex-
treme near-sightedness kept him from many of the sports of boys and
he was largely thrown on his own resources. His interests were
those of a young naturalist. Even before high school he had his her-
barium and collection of insects which he studied with the help of
Harris's "Insects Injurious to Vegetation", that wonderful aid to so
many young naturalists of the period. He read Wallace's 'Malay Ar-
chipelago'' and remembered its great influence upon him. Douglas
entered the University of Michigan from the High School of Detroit
and received the degree of Ph.M. in 1882.

Campbell was fortunate in his instruction at the University. In
Zoology he was influenced by Joseph Beal Steere, a traveled collector
in tropical South America, Formosa, and the Philippines. Botany was
taught through a number of courses by Volney M. Spalding and by
Mrs. Charles H. Stowell, a microscopist of standing. Mrs. Stowell
probably introduced him to the compound microscope with its revela-
tions, remembered by Campbell as perhaps the greatest event in his
college course. Spalding had keen interests in cryptogamic botany,
and from these two teachers Campbell received good direction in
structural studies based on types from the major groups of plants. Of
the books that influenced him most in college Campbell placed first
Currey's translation of Hofmeister's great work ''On the Germination,
Development, and Fructification of the higher Cryptogamia, and on the
Fructification of the Coniferae'"' (1862). Campbell received his instruc-
tion in Latin and German from the distinguished philologist Calvin

*This memorial was prepared at the request of the American Philosophical So-
mek for publication in the "Yearbook" of the Society. Through the kindness of Dr.
Luther P. Eisenhart, Executive Paes permission has been granted for prior
ee en with this group of article

131

132 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

Thomas, a friend of the family, from whom he accepted the advice that
he take a Doctorate at the University of Michigan before going abroad
so as to be foot free for a period of advanced study. The plan worked
out well. Campbell taught biology in the Detroit High School for four
years (1882 - 1886). During this period he completed a life history
study "The Structure and Development of the Ostrich Fern" which was
accepted as a dissertation for the degree of Ph.D. conferred by Mich-
igan in 1886.

With the Doctorate achieved, Campbell for two years studied in
Germany. The Autumn of 1886 found him at Bonn with Strasburger,
the first of that large group of American Students that followed through
the years and of whom Strasburger was so proud. Strasburger wel-
comed him and in later years Campbell spoke of this period as ''the
greatest event of my life". He studied cell structure and, important
for him, acquired the then simple microtechnique of Strasburger.
From Bonn he went for a semester to Pfeffer at Tubingen working
there with stains that entered living cells, and obtaining results said
to have surprised his master. The smear methods of staining chromo-
somes may have had their beginnings in these demonstrations. The
last months of Campbell's time in Germany were spent in Berlin with
Kny who obtained for him the material of Pilularia upon which one of
Campbell's most important papers was based, ''The Development of
Pilularia globulifera L."' (1888). With equipment ordered by Kny from
England he apparently introduced to the German laboratories methods
of sectioning plant material imbedded in paraffin. Although interested
in microtechnique Campbell found a few simple practices sufficient
for his research.

Campbell's return to the United States was hastened by letters
from David Starr Jordan offering him a professorship at Indiana Uni-
versity. There is a legend that John Merle Coulter suggested Camp-
bell to Jordan as a prospect worthy of consideration. Having accepted
the professorship, Campbell arrived in the Autumn of 1888 at Bloom-
ingon, then a small town of unpaved roads, flagged side walks, a cen-
tral square with court-house surrounded by hitching rails. Modest
houses lodged the University community. The town had something of
a southern flavor. Little could happen that would draw Campbell from
his rooms where he worked at night. East from the square lay the
campus, a rolling area with virgin growth of maple and beech, very
beautiful in Spring and Autumn. Out from the town ina ravine cut
through the limestone ran the North Pike. An East Pike led to Brown
County, wild and attractive.

It was in this setting that the author of this paper, a freshman at
the University of Indiana, first saw Professor Campbell. One would
meet him hurrying back and forth from the campus, eyes on the
ground, a flower in the lapel, too finely dressed for the style of the
town. He walked alone, apparently absorbed in thoughts of his work,

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 133

and when he entered his office in Owen Hall no one would think of dis-
turbing him or the click of the microtome. He gave an introductory
course in the Spring and handled the few advanced students through
conferences, as was the custom in German universities. From the
talk of the advanced students a main subject of interest seemed to be
the apical growth of stems and roots in certain fern groups and the
apical growth of stem axes in liverworts and mosses. Probably much
of Campbell's attention at this time was given to the last touches on
his first book, "Elements of Structural and Systematic Botany" (1890).

The writing and illustrating of this little book must have been a
labor of love going back to his teaching in the Detroit High School.
The 128 figures are almost all from original pen and ink drawings.

In skill as an illustrator Campbell was a master, showing grace in
habit sketches and firmness of stroke in drawing of detailed structure.
Some figures held a dozen or more small drawings well arranged to
fill a space. It required time to work up such a series of figures and
to write the text. Some of this work may have been done in Germany
or perhaps earlier. As in many first books the author tried to com-
press too much into text and figures, with the result that it was not
simple enough for its purposes. Nevertheless, it was among the first
to give to cryptogamic botany something of its proper importance.
This first book by Campbell introduced certain principles that he fol-
lowed later in his book writing: he illustrated his books with original
and fresh figures, and his books brought together matter on which he
had already written and lectured.

When the writer took Campbell's introductory course in the Spring
of 1891 it was the opening of an evolutionary outlook. The course was
based on a study of types from lowly groups upward. The material was
well selected and the lectures, clear and sharply delivered, were based
on the laboratory studies. The time was a few years too early for an
understanding of the significance of antithetic alternation of genera-
tions based on periodic reduction of the chromosomes (1894). Open-
ings for research and speculations on the evolutionary processes were
laid before us. One student in that class was carried away by enthu-
siasm and shifted his field of interest. He asked for an evening with
Professor Campbell to talk over his plans and found a sympathetic
instructor who gave cautious advice. His plans became involved with
the decision of Campbell to join the faculty organized by Dr. Jordan
to assemble at Stanford University in the Autumn of 1891. He followed
his professor and was Ee throughout the first year of Stanford ~
University.

Campbell's interest in the move from Indiana to California was not
surprising. The West Coast had a rich and interesting flora. Beyond
lay the Far East with its wealth of tropical and temperate plants. The
teaching requirements at Stanford would not be heavy. Opportunities
for travel would come and Campbell was prepared to take full advan-

134 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

tage of them. His travels were wide and gave the opportunities for re-
search expressed in numerous papers and several books. A remark-
able feature of his interests and industry is the large collection of
water colors left to Stanford University. All of his life Campbell
sketched, sometimes in free style, more frequently with careful brush
work. He drew easily and accurately with color on the brush. He has
left a large output from what may have been the happiest hours of his
life when sketching in many lands.

A more surprising reaction of Campbell to the western move was
the manner in which he quickly established a home for himself. There
were at least two calls to eastern universities but, however attractive
to his tastes, they failed to draw him back. He built a house on the
campus, a house planned to hold a friend or two and there, witha
Chinese cook as overlord, he kept house with chosen companions

Douglas Houghton Campbell, Ann Arbor,
Michigan's alumni, he was honored b e de egree of LL.D., conferred upon h

y
by his Alma Mater in 1938. ade og furnished by courtesy of 'The ienienn
Alumnus", in which it was first publish

1938. rae of the most Ee of

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 135

Campbell lived with the university through some very difficult periods,
the hard years of the government suit, the period of loss and retrench-
ment after the San Francisco fire. His attachment to Stanford grew
with the years. Although he liked to visit relatives in Ann Arbor and
Detroit it was always clear that he came to them from the outside,

that is from California. He died, 93 years old, in the house that he
planned and built.

Dr. Campbell spent the summer of 1892 in the Hawaiian Islands,
his introduction to the tropics. Important papers appeared on Isoetes
(1891), Osmunda (1892), Marsilia (1892), Azolla (1893), Pilularia
(1893), Marattia (1894). The rapid development of the wonderful liver-
wort flora with each California rainy season amazed him. The time
came when his conclusions called for a comprehensive statement and
his second and perhaps best known and appreciated book was published,
"The Structure and Development of the Mosses and Ferns" (1895).
This well illustrated text, giving an account of structure and discus-
sions of relationships, was most welcome and the book ran through
three editions. It established Campbell as a leader in his field of
Botany.

A summer in Jamaica (1897) then the subject of an examination by
a group of botanists interested in the possibility of establishing in the
Blue Mountains a tropical botanical station, gave to Campbell a new
outlook. It is impossible in a memorial of this character to discuss
the flow of notes and comments from the pen of Campbell. The funda-
mental studies on structure and life histories continued: Geothallus
(1896), Naias and Zannichellia (1897), Dendroceros (1898), Lilaea
(1898), Sparganium (1899), Araceae (1900), Peperomia (1901), Sela-
ginella (1902). In this period Campbell wrote ''A University Text-book
of Botany", 579 pages, 493 figures, 15 plates, (1902), an amazing ef-
fort in that it included all fields of Botany. It seems surprising that
‘Campbell, with interests primarily in research, should have taken on
such a task.

With the ''Text-book" off his mind Campbell seems rather suddenly
to have developed a keen interest in travel. In 1906 he visited Java,
Krakatau, Ceylon, Singapore, Capetown. Very important studies on
the Ophioglossaceae (1907), Kaulfussia and Gleichenia (1908) were pub-
lished through the Annals of the famous botanical garden at Buitenzorg,
Java. Of special interest to him were Javanese forms in the Anthoce-
rotaceae (1907, 1908). Papers appeared rapidly after Campbell's re-
turn from his travels of 1906, among them studies on Danaea (1909),
Pandanus (1909, 1911), Angiopteris and Kaulfussia (1910). In this
period the important contribution ''The Eusporangiatae", 229 pages,
was published by the Carnegie Institution (1911). Campbell wrote at
this time an interesting book designed for general reading entitled
"Plant Life and Evolution" (1911).

The next important period of travel came in 1912 when he visited

136 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.1I1, No. 2

the Barbados, British Guiana, Surinam and Trinidad, to be extenaed
in the following year with travel in the Malayan Peninsula, Sumatra,
Borneo and the Philippine Islands. This was something of a program,
covering two years, and much was added to the collection of water
colors. Structural and life history studies continued, Aglaonema
(1912), Macroglossum (1914), Podomitrium (1915), Treubia (1916),
Botrychium (1922). There was the study of the remarkable independ-
ent growth of the sporophyte of Anthoceros under certain conditions
(1923, 1924). However, papers and notes of a different type became
more frequent. There were discussions on distribution, the origin
or derivation of particular floras, characteristics and contrasts of
floras, popular accounts of excursions. Campbell's interests had
broadened and problems of plant geography became matters of atten-
tion. Travel in Australia and New Zealand (1921), and later in Brazil
(1928) urged on these interests. They culminated in the publication of
"An Outline of Plant Geography", 1926. This book would hardly be
called a text, rather it is a description of the principal floras over the
earth most of which had been seen by Campbell himself, accounts of
excursions and lengthy travel. It is well illustrated and one has the
feeling that in the writing Campbell lived over again memories of
younger days.

Dr. Campbell in 1925 reached the age of retirement, which is 65
years at Stanford University, but the output of papers continued, fewer
structural studies, more on the characteristics of floras. Perhaps
there was something of a lull but presently work started on the last of
his books, one that brought together results of his lifetime research,
"The Evolution of the Land Plants", 731 pages, 351 figures, 1940.
This work gives his conclusions or opinions on lines of plant evolution
and other controversial subjects. Few men at the age of 80 would at-
tempt such an effort or could carry it to completion. The book was ded-
icated to Professor F. O. Bower, contemporary British plant mor-
phologist, a close friend with many like interests and similar views.

Frequently the life work of a scholar is summarized in a statement
of publications. For Campbell it is 6 books, about 88 contributions of
outstanding research, and about 90 papers in the nature of notes, dis-
cussion and criticisms. This is an impressive record since Campbell
did not collaborate (two papers excepted). He worked alone and made
a place for himself in the line of great plant morphologists as had
Hofmeister, DeBary, Strasburger, and Bower. Recognition of his
accomplishments came through election to honor societies, The Amer-
ican Philosophical Society (1910), National Academy of Sciences,
Royal Society of Edinburgh, Linnaean Society of London. In other than
professional aspects Campbell was found by his associates to be quite
of the world, keenly interested in art, music and literature, widely
traveled and ready to talk of his impressions, aware of human surround-
ings and sympathetic to them.

DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL, AND
ESPECIALLY HIS WORK ON BRYOPHYTES

Wm. Campbell Steere*

THE DEATH of Professor Douglas Houghton Campbell on February 24,
1953, at Stanford, California, brought to an end the era of a group of
great plant morphologists, including Strasburger, Goebel, Bower and
Campbell. Through the work of these investigators, with many others,
the primary outlines of plant morphology are now established, so tha
recent workers have of necessity adopted more specialized and more
experimental approaches to the study of the comparative morphology
of plants.

The son of Judge J. V. Campbell, for many years a member of the
Supreme Court of the state of Michigan and of the faculty of the Law
School of the University of Michigan, Campbell was born in Detroit on
December 16, 1859, and was named for a friend of the family, Douglass
Houghton, who had been the state geologist of Michigan and the first
professor of geology at the University of Michigan. Interested in plants

tunate enough to be able to quote Campbell's own explanation of the
direction taken by his botanical interests (1925b), as follows: 'Doubt-
less many can recall certain books which have greatly influenced their
lives, and in my case one stands out especially, a translation** of

*This article is the first draft of a biography which Dr. Steere wrote for the
June "Bryologist", and, except for very minor changes, is about to appear in that
Journal. The article in the '"Bryologist" will have only a partial bibliography, in-
cluding the papers on bryophytes. As we print it here, the references have been
changed to conform with ane almost full biography which follows, also contributed
by Dr. Steere. He writes: "Just a note to transmit a reasonably complete bibliog-
raphy of the works of Professor BErore Houghton Campbell. I have compiled this
at the request of several persons, especially Dr. B. M. Davis. It is eer
full, as I have searched the early volumes of Botanical Gazette, and have
throush such journals as the Botanical Abstracts, Hedwigia (literature eee Hes
Botanisches Centralblatt. Also, I have the set of reprints that D. H. C
Davis through the years, and have had reference to Campbell's bound set of his
own reprints. However, he obviously did not get reprints of notes or short papers,

covering work published fully elsewhere. We can be sure that all his major works
are included in this list. I have also finished up a brief account of Campbell's
bryological work for publication in the June issue of the Bryologist." — H. H. B

**Hofmeister, W. 1862. On the Germination, Development, and Fructification of
the Higher Cryptogamia, and on the Fructification of the Coniferae. Translated by
Frederick Curry. 506 pages. London: The Ray Society.

137

138 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No. 2

Hofmeister's epoch-making treatise on the comparative morphology of
the archegoniate plants. This book, studied while an undergraduate at
the University of Michigan, was undoubtedly the most important factor
in determining the trend of my botanical investigations for many years."

After receiving the degree of Ph. M. in 1882, Campbell accepted
the post of instructor of botany at the Detroit High School, and carried
on work toward the doctorate simultaneously. After the completion of
his thesis, ''The structure and development of the ostrich fern", in
1886, Campbell decided to obtain post-doctoral training in Germany in
conformity with the tradition of the generation. He studied first at
Bonn, in the laboratory of Strasburger, but it was only natural that he
should spend a summer with Pfeffer at the botanical institute at Tub-
ingen, where Hofmeister passed the last years of his life, and where
one of his most distinguished students, Karl von Goebel, received his
training.

A talented and well-trained investigator, Campbell was one of the
first botanists to apply the at-that-time newly invented paraffin imbed-
ding process to the study of plant morphology (1888g; 1889b). It seems
to be too generally forgotten now that he pioneered the use of vital
stains (1888d) and that he apparently originated the "squash" and
acetic-stain method for studying chromosomes (1889d), so essential to
cytological studies today, perhaps because he did not pursue these dis-
coveries further. On his return from Germany, in 1888, Campbell was
called to the chair of botany at Indiana University by its president,
David Starr Jordan. When Jordan accepted the invitation to become the
first president of Stanford University, he took Campbell with him, in
1891, to organize the Department of Botany. Bradley M. Davis and
Walter R. Shaw, two of Campbell's students at Indiana, accompanied
him to Stanford, entering as Seniors and graduating at the first com-
mencement of the newly-opened university.

Fortunately for us, Campbell has left an excellent account (1938a) of
his first impressions of the bryophytes of the Stanford campus, and of
the remarkable hepatic flora that he investigated so thoroughly (1895b;
1940). Of this the following paragraphs are especially illuminating:

"The summer months are practically rainless and the wet season
normally reaches its culmination in mid-winter. The annual precipi-
tation at Stanford University is usually under twenty inches, but in the
redwood forests of the Coast Range, a few miles to the West, it may be
two or three times as much.

"When I arrived in California to join the faculty of the new Univer-
sity which opened in October, 1891, it was near the end of the dry sea-
son and probably no rain had fallen for three or four months. The bare
cracked adobe fields surrounding the new buildings, and the hills in the
background, with their tawny covering of dried grass, offered a decid-
edly unpromising outlook for a student interested in the liverworts.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 139

"A month or two later, however, there was a magical transformation.
With the advent of the autumn rains the whole country quickly turned
green, and a profusion of liverworts such as I had never before seen,
appeared on the open ground where it had not been recently broken up,
and on the shaded roadside banks. I soon realized that right in my own
backyard, so to speak, was a wealth of material such as I had never
imagined would be my good fortune to encounter. Here were gathered
together representatives of all the main groups of liverworts, not only in
in great numbers, but practically all fertile individuals.

"Such an invitation to make a comprehensive study of the structure
and development of the liverworts could not be resisted; and the next
three years were largely devoted to this work which finally resulted in
the publication of 'The Mosses and Ferns" (1895b) in 1895."

During his long term as professor of botany at Stanford University,
from 1891 until his retirement in 1925, Campbell dedicated himself to
teaching and research with an intensity and devotion that is reflected
by the numerous outstanding botanists who were his students and by the
quality and volume of his published work. He further demonstrated his
ability as a teacher through the publication of two general texts, and
his book, ''Mosses and Ferns", although intended primarily as a report
of original investigation, is written so lucidly and organized so well that
it attained wide use as a text. His outstanding ability as an investigator
is obvious from even a cursory study of his numerous publications.
Beginning with his doctoral thesis, awarded the Walker Prize of the
Boston Society of Natural History for 1886, Campbell's papers, mono-
graphs, and books continued to win honors for him of every kind.

In spite of his dedication to his investigations on the comparative
morphology of plants, Campbell was a man of wide interests. He ex-
pressed marked artistic talent in the hundreds of original drawings
made to illustrate his own publications, and in the water-color sketches
he made on his many journeys. The extent of Campbell's travels over
the face of the earth is astonishing, especially when one considers that
his traveling was done by much slower means than are available today.
He published interesting and botanically accurate impressions of his
travels in many parts of the world, including California, Hawaii, Japan,
Jamaica, Java, Borneo, Krakatau, Australia, New Zealand, Guiana,
Trinidad, and Brazil. It is no wonder, then, that he became progres-
sively more interested in problems of plant distribution, a topic upon
which he published many papers and one book. His fundamental re-
searches on the comparative morphology of plants led very naturally
to an interest in problems of evolution, phylogeny, and classification.
Although his concern with systematic botany was a secondary one, he
encouraged students whose primary interest lay in this field, and when
necessity arose, he did not hesitate to face taxonomic problems square-
ly, as evidenced by his authorship of two genera of Hepaticae, Gevu-
thallus and Megoceros. Both of these genera reflect his excellent eye
for the unusual. Geothallus tuberosus Campbell, for example, appeared
accidentally in 1895 as a volunteer on soil under a bell-jar in a culture

140 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No. 2

of Ophioglossum nudicaule, and was not actually collected in the field
until the winter of 1935-36.

On a trip to Java, he recognized under field conditions the signifi-
cance of the multiple chromotophores in what he at that time considered
to be a very aberrant species of Anthoceros, (1906b), upon which he
based the genus Megaceros the next year, after careful researches
(1907b). Within the Bryophyta, Campbell felt the greatest interest in
the thallose Hepaticae, especially the Anthocerotales, which he made
the subject of several important investigations. His brilliant work on
the independent growth of sporophytes of Anthoceros in culture and in
nature (1917, 1924, 1925a), combined with his realization of the mor-
phological similarity between Anthoceros and some of the primitive
Devonian Psilophytes, have figured prominently in recent considera-
tions of phylogeny and the question of the origin of vascular plants.
After his retirement from teaching in 1925, Campbell continued ac-
tively in research, as his publication record demonstrates amply. His
career culminated in the appearance of his largest work, ''The Evolu-
tion of the Land Plants (Embryophyta)"'’, published in 1940. The demand
for this important book covering our knowledge of the comparative
morphology of plants has been so great that it is already out of print.

Campbell's concern for bryophytes was only one of many interests,
and the greatest concentration of his efforts seems to have been with
the Pteridophyta, a group with which he had worked from the time he
was a student. He nevertheless wielded a very considerable influence
in the field of bryology, the effects of which will be apparent for a long
time. His detailed accounts of the structure and reproduction of numer-
ous groups of hepatics, and his correlation of these findings with funda-
mental questions of the evolution, phylogeny, classification, and distribu-
tion of Hepaticae have become an integral part of our modern concepts
in the field of bryology.

As a student at the University of Michigan and later as a staff mem-
ber there for many years, I looked forward with pleasure to Campbell's
not infrequent visits to Ann Arbor, where his brother Edward was pro-
fessor of Chemistry. Any student who elected the course in plant
morphology given by Professor B. M. Davis, became immediately
aware of the importance of Campbell's work, partly through contact
with his book, ''Mosses and Ferns", and partly through the many per-
sonal references given by Davis, who moved with Campbell from Indi-
ana University to Stanford University while still an undergraduate.
Partly on account of my interest in bryophytes and partly because he
had been a friend and informally a student of Joseph Beal Steare, my
paternal grandfather, Dr. Campbell treated me with great friendliness,
which, of course, left a deep impression on me as a student. My pres-
ent position at Stanford University in the place that he occupied for so
Many years, Causes me a very Special feeling of regret at the passing
of this truly great figure among American botanists.

THE PUBLICATIONS OF
DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL

William Campbell Steere

1881, On the development of the stomata of Tradescantia and Indian Corn, Amer.
t. 15: 761-766.

1883. Fern notes. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 10: 118-119.
(Not This is apparently the last time he used the spelling ''Douglass”
for his first name, at least in print. He was named for Douglass
Houghton
1884, An observation of the fertilization of the germ cell of Equisetum arvense.
Amer. N 23.
1885. The development of the prothallia of ferns. Bot. Gaz. 10: 428.
1885, A method of spore germination. Bot. Gaz. 10: 428.
1885. A third coat in the spores of the genus Onoclea. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 12:
8-9
1886. The development of the root in Botrychium ternatum, Bot. Gaz, 11:49-53.
1886. Some abnormal forms of Vaucheria. Amer. Nat. 20: 552-553.
1886. The development of the antheridium in ferns. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 13:
49-52

1886. Plants of the Detroit River. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 13: 93-94.

1887. The structure and development of the ostrich fern. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. 4(2): 2.

1887. Strasburger's laboratory. Bot. Gaz. 12: 35-37.

1887, Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Spermatozoiden, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges.
5: 120-127

1887. Fixing and staining nuclei. Bot. Gaz. 12: 40.

1887. A useful artificial light. Bot. Gaz. 12: 40-41.

1887. Anatomical botany. Bot. Gaz. 12: 68.

1887. Coloring the nuclei of living cells. Bot. Gaz. 12: 192-193.

1887. The absorption of aniline colors by living cells. Bot. Gaz. 12: 193-194.

1887. A query (Marsilia). Bot. Gaz. 12: 198.

1888. Einige Notizen iiber die Keimung von Marsilia aegyptiaca. Ber. Deutsch,

9) es. 6: 340-345

1888. The Botanical Institute at Tubingen. Bot. Gaz. 13: 1-4.

1888. A meeting of the German Botanical Society. Bot. Gaz. 13: 125-126.

1888. The staining of living nuclei. Untersuch. Bot. Inst. Tubingen. 2: 569-581.

1888. The development of Pilularia globulifera L. Ann. Bot. 2: 233-264.

1888. The systematic position of the Rhizocarpeae. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 15: 258.

141

142 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No.

1888. The paraffin imbedding process in botany. Bot. Gaz. 13: 158-160.

1889, Monotropa uniflora as a subject for demonstrating the embryo-sac. Bot. Gaz.
14: 83.

1889. The paraffin imbedding process in botany. Bot. Gaz. 14: 83.
1889. The study of Fucus in inland laboratories. Bot. Gaz. 14: 182.
1889. Schultze's dehydrating apparatus. Bot. Gaz. 14: 183.

1889. Studies in nuclear division. Bot. Gaz. 14: 199.

1890, Observations on the method of je of the prothallia of the Filicineae, with
reference to their relationships. Amer. Nat. 24: 960.

1890. Contributions to the life history of Isoétes. Amer. Nat. 24: 960.

1890. Germination of the spores and the prothallia of Osmunda. Amer. Nat. 24:
963.

1890. Die ersten Keimungsstadien der Makrospore von Isoétes echinospora Durieu.
B Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 8: 97-100.

1890. On the affinities of the Filicineae. Bot. Gaz. 15: 1-7.
1890. Studies in cell division. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 17: 113-121.

1890. Elements of Structural and Systematic Botany, for as Schools and Elemen-
tary College Courses, 253 pages. Boston: Ginn & Co

1891. A study of the apical growth of the prothall am of ferns with reference to
their relationships. Bull, Torrey Bot. Club 18: 73-80.

1891. Notes on the apical growth in the roots of Osmunda and Botrychium. Bot.
6: 37-43,

1891, On the relationships of the Archegoniata. Bot. Gaz. 16: 323-333.
1891. Contributions to the life-history of Isoetes. Ann. Bot. 5: 231-258.
1891. Notes on the archegonium of ferns. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 18: 16.

1891. Review: "La Génération sexuél des Gleichéniacees."" N. W. P. Rauwenhoff.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 18: 124-126

1892. On the prothallium and embryo of Marsilia vestita. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ;
Ser. II. 3: 183-205.
1892. On the prothallium and embryo of Osmunda Claytoniana L. and O. cinnamo-
: 49-94.

1892. A vacation in the Hawaiian Islands. Bot. Gaz. 17: 411-416.
1893. A vacation in the Hawaiian Islands (conclusion). Bot. Gaz. 18: 19-25.
1893, On the development of Azolla filiculoides Lam. Ann. Bot. 7: 155-187.

1893. The Sine of the sporocarp of Pilularia americana A, Br. Bull. Tor-
rey Bot. Club 20: -148.

1893. Some notes on Azolla. Zoe 3: 340-343.
1894. Observations on the development of Marattia Douglasii Baker. Ann. Bot.
8: 1-20.

1894, age on the germination of the spores of the Ophioglossaceae. Rep. Brit.
. Adv, Sci. 1894: 695

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 143

1894, On the origin of the sexuai organs of the pteridophytes. Rep. Brit. Assoc.
Adv. Sci. 1894: 695.

1895. The origin of the sexual organs of the Pteridophyta. Bot. Gaz. 20: 76-78,

1895. The Structure and Development of the Mosses and Ferns (Archegoniatae).
44 pages. London: Macmillan & Co. 2nd Ed., 1905. 3rd Ed., 1918, revised,

1896. Notes on Sphaerocarpus. Erythea 4: 73-78.
1896. A new California liverwort. Bot. Gaz. 24: 9-13.
1896. The development of Geothallus tuberosus Campbell. Ann. Bot. 10: 489-510.

1897. A morphological study of Naias and Zannichellia. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Ser. TI. 1(1): 1-62.

1898. Botanical aspects of Jamaica. Amer. Nat. 32: 34-42.

1898, On the structure and development of Dendroceros Nees. Journ. Linn. Soc.,
33: 467-478

1898. The systematic position of the genus Monoclea. Bot. Gaz. 26: 272-274.
1898. Recent work upon the development of the archegonium. Bot. Gaz. 26: 428-
431

1898. The development of the flower and embryo in Lilaea subulata H. B. K. Ann.
Bot. 12: 1-28

1898. ere re ence of spore-producing members (review, Bower, F. O.,
"Studies in the morphology of spore-producing members. Marattiaceae, ")
anes Ae 32: 597-600

1898, Recent contributions to the morphology of the higher plants (review, Goebel,
"Orga Raat der Pflanzen, erster Teil, Allgemeine Organographie.'')
Amer. Nat. 32: 0.

1899. Vacation notes. I. Notes on the California flora. Amer, Nat, 33: 299-311.

1899. Notes on the structure of the embryo-sac in Sparganium and Lysichiton.
ot. Gaz. 27: 153-166

1899, Studies in Araceae. Rep. Brit. Assn, Adv. Sci. 1899. 14.

1899. Die Entwickelung des Embryosackes von Peperomia pellucida Kunth. Ber. d.
Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 17: 452-456,

1899. Lectures on the Evolution of Plants, 319 pages. New York; Macmillan & Co.

1899. Studies on the flower and embryo of Sparganium. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
Ser. III. 1: 293-328.

1899. A peculiar embryo-sac in Peperomia pellucida. Ann. Bot. 13: 626.

1900. The evolution of the sporophyte in the higher plants. Biological Lectures
from the Marine Biological Laboratory of Woods Hole; 1899. 18 pages. Boston:
Ginn & Co.

1900, Studies on the Araceae. Ann. Bot. 14: 1-25.
1901. The embryo-sac of Peperomia. Ann. Bot. 15: 103-118.

1902. Ueber die Verwandtschaft einiger anomaler Dikotyledonen. 2. Der Embryo-
sack von Peperomia. Naturwissensch. Rundschau 17: 402-404,

1902. On the affinities of certain anomalous dicotyledons. Amer. Nat. 36: 7-12.

144 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2
1902. Recent investigations upon the embryo sac of angiosperms. Amer. Nat. 36:
717-786

1902. Studies on the gametophyte of Selaginella. Ann. Bot. 16: 419-428.

1902. A University Textbook of Botany. 579 pages. New York: Macmillan & Co.
1902. A question of terminology. Science 16: 705.

1902. Vacation Notes. II. The northern Pacific Coast. Amer. Nat. 33: 391-401.

1902. A new work on Gymnosperms (review, Coulter, J. M. & Chamberlin, C. J.
"Morphology of Spermatophytes''). Amer, Nat. 33: 190,

1903. The origin of terrestrial plants (an address by Douglas Houghton Campbell,
Vice-President and Chairman of Section G for 1902 before the section of Botany,
American Association for the Advancement of Science). Proc, A. A. A. b)
463-482. Also: Science 17: 93-104

1903. Antithetic versus homologous alternation. Amer. Nat. 37: 153-169,

1903. Studies on the Araceae. The embryo-sac and embryo of Aglaeonema and
Spathicarpa. Ann. Bot. 17: 665-687.

1904. Resistance to drought by liverworts. Torreya 4: 81-86.

1904, The morphology of angiosperms. Review. Amer. Nat. 28: 76-80.

1904. The affinities of the Ophioglossaceae and Marsiliaceae. Amer. Nat. 38: 761-
761-775

1905. Studies on the Araceae, III]. Ann. Bot. 19: 329-349.

1905. Affinities of the genus Equisetum. Amer. Nat. 39: 273-285.

1906. Germination of the spores of Ophioglossum. Ann. Bot. 20: 321.

1906. Multiple chromatophores in Anthoceros. Ann. Bot. 20: 322.

ae a the distribution of the Hepaticae, and its significance. New Phytol. 6:
203-212

1907. Studies on some Javanese Anthocerotaceae. I. Ann. Bot. 21: 467-486.
1907. Studies on the Ophioglossaceae. Amer. Nat. 41: 139-159.
1907. Studies on the Ophioglossaceae. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg Ser. II. 6: 138-194.
1908. The ee of Kaulfussia and Gleichenia. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg,
er. : 69-102.

1908. Studies on some Javanese Anthocerotaceae. II. Ann. Bot. 22: 91-102.

1908. Supplementary note to ''Studies on some Javanese Anthocerotaceae"'. Ann.
ot. 22: 330.

1908. The embryo-sac of Pandanus. Preliminary note. Ann. Bot. 22: 330.

1908. Notes and literature. Botany. Amer. Nat. 42: 732-742.

1908. A sketch of the history of plant morphology in America. Plant World 14:
105-110.

1908. Collecting liverworts in Java. Torreya 8: 103-110.
1908. Symbiosis in fern prothallia. Amer. Nat. 42: 154-165.

es The origin of a land flora. Pinas Bower, F. O., ''The Origin of a Land
lora".) Amer. Nat. 42: 732-742.

1909. Prothallium and embryo of Danaea. Preliminary note. Ann. Bot. 23: 691.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 145

1909. The prothallium and embryo of Danaea. Rept. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., Winnipeg
Meeting. 1909 (K): 664-665.

1909. The new flora of Krakatau. Amer. Nat. 43: 449-460.
1909. The embryo-sac of Pandanus. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 36: 205-220.

1910. Development of Angiopteris and Kaulfussia. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg,
3ieme Suppl. (Treub vol.) 1: 69-82.

1910. The embryo-sac of Pandanus coronatus. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 37: 293-295.

1911. The Eusporangiatae. The comparative morphology of the Ophioglossaceae
and Marattiaceae. Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ. 140: i-vi; 1-220.

1911. Nature of graft-hybrids. Amer. Nat. 45: 41-53.

1911. Some recent books on fossil plants. Amer. Nat. 45: 439-448.

1911. The embryo-sac of Pandanus. Ann. Bot. 25: 773-789.

1911. Plant Life and Evolution. 360 pages. New York: Holt.

1911. Notes on some California green algae. Torreya. 11: 17.

1912. The embryo-sac of Aglaeonema. Scott. Bot. Rev. 1: 100-115.

1912. The distribution of plants of North America. Amer. Nat. 46: 166-184.
1912. The classification of the liverworts. Amer. Nat. 46: 684-695.

1913. William Russel Dudley (An address delivered at the service held in the Uni-
versity Chapel of Stanford University, September 10, 1911). Dudley Mem. Vol.:
11-15. Stanford Univ. Press.

—
.

1913. The morphulogy and systematic position oe A aaa radiculosa (Steph.).
Dudley Mem. Vol.: 43-61. Stanford Univ. Pre

1913. Some impressions of the flora of Guiana and Trinidad. Popular Sci. Monthly
1913 (1): 19-32.

1914. (with Florence Williams). A eres een eon of some members of the
genus Pallavicinia. 44 pages. Stanford Univ.

1914. On the structure and relationships of Macroglossum. Science 39: 290-291.

1914. i See and affinities of Macroglossum alidae, Copeland. Ann. Bot.
28: 669.

1914. The genus Macroglossum Copeland. Philippine Journ. Sci. 9 (C; Botany):
219-225.

1914. Notes on collecting ferns, with particular reference to certain Borneanferns
of considerable interest. Sarawak Mus. Journ. 2: 73-78.

1915. The morphology and systematic position of Podomitrium. Amer. Journ. Bot.
2: 199-210.

1915. Botanizing excursions in Borneo. Pop. Sci. Month. 1915: 193-203.

1915. Die Verbreitung gewisser Lebermoose der malaiischen Region. Jahrb.
wissensch. Bot. 65: 365-373.

1915. The morphology and relationships of Podomitrium malaccense (Steph.). Proc.
at. Acad. Sci. 1: 36-37.

1916. Some problems of the Pacific floras. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 2: 434-437.
1916. Plant distribution in California. Scientific Month. 2: 209-225.

146 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

1916. The saag oa te and sporophyte of Treubia insignis Goebel. Proc. Nat.
Acad. Sci. 2: 30-3).

1916. The archegonium and sporophyte of Treubia insignis Goebel. Amer. Journ.
Bot. 3: 261-273.

1916. The origin of the Hawaiian flora. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 17: 90-96.
1917. Growth of isolated sporophytes of Anthoceros. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 3: 494-
496.

1918. Studies on some East Indian Hepaticae. Ann. Bot. 32: 319-338.
1919. The derivation of the flora of Hawaii. 34 pages. Stanford Univ. Press.
1920. Some botanical and environmental aspects of Hawaii. Ecology 1: 257-269.

1920. Studies on some East Indian Hepaticae, 2. Calobryum Blumei, N. ab E. Ann.
Bot. 34: 1-12.

VO
@
J

@ oH (
Ce
a

oF
Equisetum telmateia. A, upper part of fertile shoot (x 1). B, part o T
epee we ae shoots; 7, tubers. CO, cross- an of an internode o i) canine Leeds ade reduced
L, cor ao lac dD, spo’ orophyllls (x 4). E, single sporophyll (x | “p, The larger one is the typical O.
sporan. be is

moluce canum ; the sma aller one
probably a secon

Examples of Campbell's botanical ieee Left: Equisetum Tee: from
the "University Text-book of Botany". Right: Ophioglossum moluccanum and a
probable second species, from ''The Eusporangiatae", Carnegie Institution of Wash-
ington,

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 147
1920. The genus Botrychium and its relationships. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 6: 502-
03.

1920. The springtime garden in California. Nat. Study Rev. 16: 181-188.

1921. Professor H. Bruchmann. Science 54: 67-68.

1921. The gametophyte and embryo of Botrychium obliquum, Muhl. Ann. Bot. 35:
141-158.

1921. The eusporangiate ferns and the stelar theory. Amer. Journ. Bot. 8: 303-314.
1922. The vegetation of Australia and New Zealand. Sci. Monthly 15: 481-511.
1922. Wilhelm Pfeffer (1845-1920). Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci. 57: 499-502.
1922. The gametophyte and embryo of Botrychium simplex, Hitchcock. Ann. Bot.
36: 441-455.
1923. Australasian botanical notes. Amer. Journ. Bot. 10: 38-56, 173-186, 515-536.
1923. An interesting liverwort. Science 57: 384-385.
1923. A remarkable development of the sporophyte in Anthoceros. Science 58: 307-
308

1924. A remarkable development of the sporophyte of Anthoceros fusiformis, Aust.
Ann. Bot. 38: 473-483.

1925. The cay of the Anthocerotaceae. Flora 118-119 (von Goebel Fest-
schrift): 62-74.

1925. The centenary of Wilhelm Hofmeister. Science 62: 127-128.

1925. Some suggestions on classification. Science 61: 403-405.

1926. An Outline of Plant Geography. 392 pages. New York: Macmillan.*

1927. Collecting liverworts in Hawaii. Bryologist 30: 97-101.

1928. The Australasian element in the Hawaiian flora. Amer. Journ. Bot. 15: 215-

1928. The Australasian element in the Hawaiian flora. Proc. Third Pan- Pacific
Congress, Tokyo 1: 46.

1928. The embryo of Equisetum debile, Roxb. Ann. Bot. 42: 717-728.

1929. The phylogeny of the Angiosperms. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 55: 479-497.

1930. Some notes on the Brazilian flora. Madrojio 2: 1-16.

1930. The origin of land plants. Science 72: 177-187.

1930. Some reminiscences of fern collecting. Amer. Fern Journ. 20: 60-77.

1930. The phylogeny of monocotyledons. Ann. Bot. 44: 311-331.

1932. Some problems of the Hawaiian flora. Science 76: 544.

1932. Recent contributions to plant evolution. Amer. Nat. 66: 481-510.

1933. The Sachs text-book and its influence on the development of botany in America.
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 60: 331-333.

*There was a Russian translation of "An Outline of Plant Geography" by N. G.
eee ee by V. V. Alekhin, State Publishing House of Foreign Literature,
Moscow, 1948. Reviewed by N A. Troitski (Simpheropol), Botanicheskii Zhurnal
eer of Botany, U. S. S. R.,] 35: 95-97. 1950. See Guide to Russian Scientific
Literature 4: nite eae Ons of Technical Service, U. S. Dept. Commerce,
Washington.) —

148 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

1933. The flora of the Hawaiian Islands. Quart. Rev. Biol. 8: 164-184.

1934. Exotic vegetation of the Pacific regions. Proc. Fifth Pacific Sci. Congress
4: 785-790.

1936. The relationships of the Hepaticae. Bot. Rev. 2: 53-66.

1938. California liverworts. Ann. Bryol. 11: 34-36.

1938. Pollen and hay-fever. Science 87 (2245): 16.

1940. The Evolution of the Land Plants (Embryophyta). 731 pages. Stanford Univ.
Press.

1942. Evolution of land plants. Sci. Monthly 55: 99-113.

1942. Continental drift and plant distribution. Science 95: 69-70.

1943. Continental drift and plant distribution. 43 pages. Privately printed for the
author.

1944. Relations of the temperate floras of North and South America. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci., Ser. IV. 25: 139-146.

1947. (with Ira L. Wiggins). Origins of the flora of California. Stanford Univ. Publ.
Biol. Sci. 10 (1): 1-20.

Fig. 2.—GLUSSOGOBIUS CAMPBELLIANUS.

24. GLOSSOGOBIUS CAMPBELLIANUS (Jordan and Seale, new species).

A Javan fish collected by D. H. Campbell and named for him by David Starr
Jordan and Alvin Seale, in 'List of Fishes collected inthe river at Buytenzorg, Java,
by Dr. Douglas Houghton Campbell. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 33: 535-543. 1907.

ENGLISH NAMES OF SOME EAST-INDIAN
PLANTS AND PLANT PRODUCTS

H. H. Bartlett

THIS article deals with a few English names of East Indian plants

and plant products that are of Malay or Malayan origin or have at
some time been supposed to be Malayan. It has fallen together some-
what accidentally. Since 1918 an envelope of notes labelled 'Malayan
words in English" had been accumulating, from which Dr. F. E.
Robbins, editor of the 'Michigan Alumnus Quarterly" asked the writer
to prepare a popular article. That grew vastly too large for the pur-
pose intended, and has been broken into three of which the one most
probably of general interest, largely zoological, but highly miscel-
laneous, has gone to the "Quarterly" under the original title, with

no bibliographic encumbrances. (Anyone who wishes it may eventu-
ally receive a separate on request.) The publication here of the part
on the English names of various East Indian plants and plant products
enables the references to be retained. There still remains a third
article on the introduction of Malayan words into scientific nomen-
clature, mostly from the time of Rumphius through the early Linnaean
period.

"Malayan" is used in tnis article as applying in a broad sense to
the whole large group of languages of which Malay is the best
known. Linguists of the last generation have customarily called
them "Indonesian", although 'Malayan" is an older and now, in
view of the turn of political events, at least equally serviceable
term. The change from "Malayan" to 'Indonesian", a word in-
vented a century ago by the English traveller and anthropologist
Earl (see the interesting article by Van der Kroef, 47) at one time
seemed to bring about greater definiteness of meaning, but the
meaning of Indonesian has been suddenly perverted by the political
decision to use it specifically for Malay as rapidly expanded and
modified to become the "national language" of the new Republic of
Indonesia. There are scores of Indonesian or Malayan languages
spoken not only in the former Dutch Indies and British Malaya, but
also throughout the Philippines, in eastern Formosa, and even in
Madagascar. Makers of dictionaries have too often considered
words from various Malayan languages and dialects as merely col-
loquial or badly recorded "Malay", and so have gradually con-
formed the variant spellings found in older English literature to
the standardized Malay of modern dictionaries. As a matter of
fact, Malay, in spite of being the best known language of the group,
may not be as close as some others to the hypothetical ancestral

149

150 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.I1, No.2

language which linguists attempt to reconstruct as "Original Indo-
nesian''. It retains many words in "original" form but its grammar
has changed greatly. A few words of Malay interlarded with San-
skrit and Arabic have been found on a grave stone in Acheh, North
Sumatra, which Stutterheim (42) has published. There is scanty
inscriptional evidence of what may be Old Malay from the 7th cen-
tury, which was made known by van Ronkel (50: see also Coedes, 9).

For purely political reasons the Indonesian nationalists do not
wish to call their national language ''Malay'', because the choice of
a minority language, even Malay, obviously the most suitable of the
group, would be more acceptable if it were to be called by a new
name. So Malay, with new political, commercial and technical
words and usages from many sources, is now called basa (or
bahasa) Indonesia ("Indonesian language") instead of basa (or
bahasa or béhasa) Melayu ("Malay language") which it really is.

The numerous innovations hardly as yet make a distinct lan-
guage of modern Malay, but even if they do not, the now general
acceptance of "Indonesian" in a restricted sense for a single lan-
guage will make the term less intelligible and useful than "Malayan",
its predecessor, for designating a language group. I am usin
"Malayan" as the inclusive term for the language group, and ''Malay"
for the single language.

In this article only the better-known names of plants and plant
products that have entered English from Malayan are touched upon.
Many others have entered scientific nomenclature but are not in
general use as English words.

AGAR-AGAR

Agar-agar is produced from more than one genus of edible sea-
weeds. It has little nutritional value but is employed, like gelatine,
in making a jelly-like vehicle for other foods. Its very indigestibil-
ity and great bulk in gel form have given it a place in medicine, but
its greatest use is now in culturing microorganisms, the colonies of
which may develop differently if grown on indigestible agar-agar or
on digestible gelatine as a substratum. Bacteriologists are under-
standably too impatient to use the reduplicated Malay name agar-
agar, which means ''a certain kind of agar'', and have reduced it to
agar. In Malay the latter seems to have dropped out of use with the
general meaning "seaweed", if indeed it ever meant that, and the
reduplicated word has a definite application to somewhat similar
kinds of red seaweeds, which are used in making the commercial
product. Burkill (5) says: "Agar-agar is made in the chief centres
on the coast of the Malay Peninsula, but to what extent this alga
[Gracilaria lichenoides| serves, or others of the genus, or Eucheuma,

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 151

is unrecorded."' Wilkinson (52) informs us that it is also made
from imported species of Gelideum, and also that gelatine is called
in Malay "'agar-agar bélanda" (''Dutch agar-agar"'). The usage of
only the reduplicated form to mean Algae is old enough (going back
to the "Malay Annals", which cover the period from the founding of
Singapore to the conquest of Malacca by the Portuguese) to suggest
that the unreduplicated word does not refer to seaweed at all but to
some property of seaweeds that they have in common with other
things. This is indicated by the name agar lumut (meaning ''moss-
agar"') which applies to a climbing shrub, Sphenodesme barbata.

In the legend of the founding of Singapore, "Sang Nila Utama
. The

proceeded with his princess to.... Tanjong Bemban .
princess sat under a pandan tree... viewing the amusements of
her attendants, one of whom... collected agar-agar for making a

relish". Here agar-agar clearly refers to raw, unprepared sea-
weed (25).

CAMPHOR

Although known to the ancients by the same name that we use in
English, 'ccamphor" is admitted by the best dictionaries to have
received its name from Malayan. When the word first reached
Europe it is not even known that Malay as such had come into ex-
istence, but a few words of "Old Malay" of the 7th century have
been preserved on an inscription at Palembang in South Sumatra
(van Ronkel, 50). So at any rate there was already Malayan speech
before Latin was "dead" in Europe. Burkill (5) wrote: 'Commer-
cial camphor had been unknown in Europe until the Arabs brought
a knowledge of it, as a medicine, towards the Mediterranean, about
the time of Christ, or soon after, and then it was Dryobalanops
camphor which they brought; and it is thought that it was this cam-
phor which was known in India in Sanskritic times," and that the
Chinese "were certainly receiving it from Malaya in the eighth
century, and probably had then been receiving it for some time”.

The famous Rumphius, the ''Pliny of the Orient", said in Dutch
(37): This precious gum is known to us Europeans by the new name
Camphora; the Greeks called it Caphura; in Dutch it is Campher.
All these names are derived from the Malay-Indian word Capur
Baros, that is Baros calc-spar, from its having the appearance and
color of calc-spar.'' Baros was the ancient as well as the modern
name of the place in northwest Sumatra from which the camphor
was exported. Even today the word kapur has the basic and wide-
spread meaning of quick-lime, produced by "burning" any form of
calcium carbonate (calc-spar if obtainable would have done better
than marble, limestone, or coral, which might contain sand) to be

152 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

chewed with the narcotic sirih quid, for releasing the volatile alka-
loids from the areca-nut and pepper-leaf upon which the narcotic
properties of the quid depended. There is an old record that those
who were wealthy enough put camphor (kapur Baros) into the quid
as a medicine and flavoring, just as tobacco came to be added after
that plant reached the Indies and came to be cultivated there. The
use of both lime and camphor in the sirih quid may account for such
dissimilar substances as lime and camphor having the same name,
kapur. Names of generic significance were often based upon use
rather than intrinsic similarity. Almost the first critical student
of comparative Malayan philology, Van der Tuuk (49) pointed out
that kapur was cognate with Tagalog apog, meaning generally "that
which remains after burning", more specifically, "lime". It may
be added that Tagalog, one of the Philippine sister languages of
Malay, has derivatives which refer to areca-nut and pepper-leaf
chewing, such as tagaapog or nangangapog, "one who prepares the
lime for the betel chewers"; pangapolan, "the metal container car-
ried by the betel chewer"; inapogan "the quid prepared with lime"
(31, 41). Apogan, "lime kiln", may be added. These words illus-
trate the mutation of "r" to 'l'"' and "g"' which is so frequent in the
Malayan languages. More important in the present connection is
the presence of such linguistic equivalents as kapur and apog as
evidence of the antiquity of the word, in some form probably Orig-
inal Indonesian, or, as perhaps one should now better say, "Original
Malayan".

According to the Oxford Dictionary, European forms of Kapur
are immediately from Arabic. In English the typical form down to
about 1800 was "camphire": the modern "camphor" is conformed
to the Latin. Leading in geographic order from Europe toward the
Sumatran source, the forms were Spanish and Portuguese canfora
or alcanfor (Arabic of course), Mediaeval Latin camphora, Mediae-
val Greek kaphoura, Arabic kafur, Old Persian kapur, Cinghalese
kapuru, Prakrit kappuran, Sanskrit karpura, Malay kapur. There
is such an excellent record and such great similarity of the words
that no reasonable doubt would seem to exist that Malayan is the
source. Of course camphor came anciently from China also, but
that from Sumatra was more highly esteemed by the Chinese than
their own, and they called it ku-pu-po-lu, which might be about as
near as Chinese would be likely to come to kapur barus. Accord-
ing to Laufer (24) Tibet and Mongolia must have received camphor
and a name for it via India rather than China, for in those countries
it was called by the less debased name gabur. There was also a
Tibeto-Mongol representative of Sanskrit karpura , namely gadpura,
as well as a Chinese equivalent transcribed as kie-pu-lo.

CINNAMON

Another ancient product of the Orient, cinnamon, is supposed to

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 153

have its name from Malayan, but this conclusion appears to be
based upon very little if any evidence. The editors of Webster's
New International Dictionary (30) accept Malayan origin, citing,
however, no history for the word except that it came into English
from Latin cinnamomum, which, in turn, is from Greek kinnamomon,
kinnamon; Hebrew-quinnamon. I find no convincing Malayan (Indo-
nesian) source for this name, which would certainly have persisted
in some of the numerous languages and dialects. In fact, the only
similar Indonesian names that I have found for any aromatic plant
are those to which English cardamon (Latin cardamomum) is re-
lated. These are recorded by De Clercq (15) as garidimong (Bugi
and Makasar) and kardamunggu (Batavian Malay) and both are so
irregular in aspect as to suggest that they may represent a com-
mercial drift of the word "'cardamon" to the East Indies from the
Mediterranean or southwestern Asia. This is by no means im-
probable, for the name was known to Pliny. It seems very doubtful
if either "cinnamon" or ''cardamon" can be proved to be of Malayan
origin. If anyone could have hunted out a Malayan source for "'cin-
namon" it would have been Burkill (5) but he says that the Latin
word came from Phoenician through Greek. Cinnamon is the highly
aromatic bark of trees of the genus Cinnamomun; "specifically
that of the Ceylonese C. zeylanicum (Ceylon cinnamon) or the Indo-
Chinese C. Loureirii (Saigon cinnamon), as distinguished especially
from that of Cinnamomum Cassia (Chinese cinnamon, or Cassia
bark), which has a less agreeable flavor and fragrance". The
names in Malay are of two words, the first meaning skin or bark
(kulit) and the second adjectival, such as manis (sweet) or lawang
(hollow: from the thin inner bark rolling into hollow quills in
drying). The two words run together and treated as a compound
substantive occur as a specific name in post-Linnaean botany, as

in Laurus Culilaban and Cinnamomum Culilawan. Linnaeus started
a more conventional spelling following the most usual Malay form,
as Laurus Culitlawan, but also used Cinnannomum Culilaban. The
former has been disregarded, for the reason that the Dutch botanist
Blume, who first published the name with the generic name Cinna-
momum, and in the accepted sense, did not refer to Linnaeus, but
went back to Rumphius who had given culit lawan, culilaban, and
culilawan as variant Malayan vernacular names. So botanists have
the scientific name Cinnamomum Culilawan instead of C. Culit-
lawan, aS perhaps it might better have been.

The traditional point of export of the best cinnamon was Ceylon,
which was probably vaguely referred to by the geographer Strabo
as a cinnamon-producing country at the end of the habitable lands
to the southward, on the shores of the Indian Ocean. It would seem
that Ceylon, not the farther East Indies, should be searched for the
origin of the word "cinnamon".

154 ASA GRAY. BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No.2
GUTTA-PERCHA

A relatively modern commercial product with a Malayan name
is gutta-percha. Because it is an exudate from the bark of a tree
one might jump to the wrong conclusion that it is related to Latin
gutta , tear or drop, because most of the things called getah are
exuded from punctured or cut plants in drops. Actually the word
has nothing to do with Latin. In Malay, getah, gotah, or guta, ina
broad sense, means rubber, gum, resin, or latex, such as is ob-
tained by cutting the bark of many trees. ''Getah" without any qual-
ification now usually means ordinary plantation rubber. G
percha (getah pertja, in dictionary Dutch orthography) is the spe-
cial and very different product of the tree known as percha or
pertja, and the latter word is therefore not always an adjective.
There is no clear distinction, to be sure, between substantives and
adjectives in Malay any more than in English, but qualifying words
generally have found their way from Malay into English only as
components of names.

Now that all sorts of synthetic plastics are being invented, one
wonders how long "gutta-percha" will persist in the language. Its
place is assured so long as submarine cables are still insulated
with gutta-percha. Old-fashioned submarine cables are now less
easily tapped than the wireless waves, and so cables will not im-
mediately go out of fashion.

MANGROVE

There is an assemblage of curious trees in the tropics, not all
of them botanically related, although most of them are, which thrive
in brackish and maritime habitats , extending their dense growth
into the sea. All are called in English "mangrove", although they
belong to various genera. Rumphius (37) called them all in his New
Latin, Mangium, corresponding to Malay manggi or manggi-manggi.
The Rumphian name has remained in scientific language in the bi-
nomial Acacia Mangium, which we might freely translate as ''that
particular Acacia which is a manggi." This particular manggi or
Mangium is one that grows inland and has nothing to do with the
sea-coast mangrove formation, but merely looks as if it might.
There is neither botanical nor (presumably) linguistic. relation be-
tween Mangium or manggi ("mangrove") and New Latin Manga or
Malay manggis (mango).

Mangrove is a firmly established English word of very dubiously
Malayan origin. The Oxford Dictionary (29) says that "Malay
manggi-manggi (not now current in the Malay Peninsula, but re-
corded in early dictionaries) is usually regarded as the ultimate

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 155

source, but it is difficult to account on this view for the early ap-

d.
modern form is doubtless due to assimulation to Grove." There
seems to be no evidence that manggi was used in Peninsular Malay
for mangrove, for Common and Original Indonesian as well as Malay
is bako, or a variant of that, which by a nation of coasting navigators,
would pretty surely be used everywhere the Malays went. In the
literature searched, the earliest record of manggi in the East Indies
is that of Rumphius, who leaves no doubt of its occurrence in Mo-
luccan dialect by giving the native specific names for several trees
generically classed as manggi.

The origin of Spanish mangle was said in 1881 by the lexicog-
rapher Roque Barcia (3) to have been the same as that of an old
local plant name, mangla, of the Sierra Morena in the Provinces of
Cordoba and Jaen in Spain. He indicated that they were merely
masculine and feminine forms of the same word. The supposedly
masculine form was the name that came quickly to be applied, after
voyages to the East and West Indies began, to various species of
trees that inhabited brackish and truly salt-water habitats nowhere
except along tropical coasts. There are no mangroves anywhere
near the Mediterranean region. From some of the mangroves,
eastern or western, could be obtained a gummy tannin extract that
had numerous uses in tanning leather and in dying and waterproofing
cloth and cordage. The supposedly feminine form mangla was lo-
cally applied to a Spanish shrub, ordinarily called ladano, of the
rock-rose family, that yielded a sticky, resinous or gummy prod-
uct, the laudanum of the old pharmacists. Barcia greatly weakened,
and, in fact, appeared to invalidate his opinion by making an alto-

name, manggi-manggi.'' Botanically similar associations of man-
grove are actually found in both the western tropics and the eastern.
Anyway, "the illustrious Academy" had not accepted Roque Barcia's
idea at least as late as 1939, when the 16th edition of the Academy's
Dictionary appeared, but affirmed with neither argument nor evi-
dence that mangle was a Carib word, therefore West Indian.

Difficulty is quickly encountered, however, when one looks into
the early use of mangle in Spanish or Portuguese. In 1535 Oviedo
(34) did indeed use the Spanish name, but Portuguese mangue, said
to date also from the 16th century, was in that century more com-
mon, and has the aspect of being merely a variant of Moluccan
Malay manggi, although very early applied to trees of Brazil, not
of the East Indies. This is perfectly possible, and an example of
such geographical transference will shortly be given, for voyages
to the East and West "Indies" were taking place simultaneously in

156 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No.2

the 16th century and the repeated observation of so conspicuous

and uniform a feature of tropical coasts as the mangrove Swamps,
east and west, would have required some name to be adopted quickly
by navigators and sailors. Maybe the Portuguese did actually take
manggi from a local speech of the Spice Islands, and maybe the
Spanish actually did take over a Carib word mangle, and maybe the
accidental similarily and confusion of the two was the reason for
the assimilation of both into the curious word "mangrove."

The modern English spelling of mangrove (according to Murray
(30) preceded by 'mangrowe" and 'mangrave") appears in seven-
teenth-century accounts of the West Indies by J. Poyntz (1683),
writing on Tobago, and of W. Hughes (1672) author of the 'American
Physitian"’, whose book applied especially to Jamaica. Next cited
by the Oxford Dictionary is that engagingly observant pirate and
born botanist Dampier (12, 13). His volume of 1699 entitled "'Voy-
age to New Holland" ( i. e., Australia) actually describes the man-
groves of Brazil on the voyage thither and compares them with
those that he saw and described earlier in the West Indies and
Panama. ''Mangrove" was firmly established in English literature
by Dampier, and it is interesting to observe that his contemporary
French translator (14) used mangle, taken over from Spanish, as
the equivalent.

Without more delving that there has been time for into rare
books of the 16th and 17th centuries, the evidence is equally good
that the obscurely formed word "mangrove" came from Malayan
manggi or Carib (? Spanish) mangle, or from both, by way of words
that suggested and were assimilated to appear as if compounded
with English "grove."

There is no tropical plant society that attracts more attention
from naturalists and general travellers than the mangrove swamps,
with trees whose roots grow up into the air out of salt water or
brackish mud; with other trees hung with pod-like embryonic seed-
lings that plant themselves by falling like darts into shallow sea
water or tidal mud; with mature trees extending out into deeper
water by producing arched adventitious aerial roots from the
trunks, among which the mud teems at low tide with curious out-
of-water tree-climbing fish and crabs. The mangrove swamps
protect coasts from erosion, and trap alluvium for the extension
of land into the sea. The basic English word for describing all of
this entrancing natural history is "mangrove," a word that the
botanist could not get along without but whose source he may never
be sure about,

BAMBOO

One of the most interesting of all the plant names that has been
ascribed to Malay is "bamboo". It is now understood or used al-

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 157

most everywhere in the Malayan region, especially as spread by
Europeans. In the writer's experience, Malays among themselves
use bulu, not bambu, but Europeans in speaking Malay to Malays
always say bambu. It is quite clear that Europeans think they are
using a Malay word, but that Malays (where I have been) do not
seem to feel that it quite belongs to them, and their own word bulu
has not been superseded, although "bamboo" has, of course, found
its place (as bambu) in the Malay dictionaries. The lexicographers
have hedged somewhat, however, in indicating its origin. Thus,
Scott (40) pronounced "bamboo" to be an Indian word introduced
through Malay, and Wilkinson (52) only goes so far as to say that it
is "generally understood in Malaya".

A clear cognate of Malay bulu, however, is found in an Old Malay
inscription of the 7th century, dated by van Ronkel (49) as of 606
Saka (684-685 A. D.). With reference to planting a garden, the in-
scription (in Palembang, South Sumatra) names among various
other plants haur and wuluh, which, occurring together, cannot
possibly refer to anything except bamboo types known today as aur
and buluh or bulu.

The oldest use of the word "bamboo" that seems to have been so
far discovered is that of Garcia da Orto. This author's "Colloquios"
was published in 1562 at Goa in India, in Portuguese, and seems to
have been always a rare book. Until recently it is quite safe to as-
sume that nearly all of the references to it have been to the transla-
tion into Latin by Clusius (8) or translations from Clusius into other
languages, such as Italian (33). The work in its original literary
form did not become generally available until 1895 when the edition
of the Conde de Ficalho (32) appeared. This was because Clusius
(8), to save space, condensed it by doing away with the superfluities
of dialogue ("'colloquies") and kept only the substance.

For some time Clusius's editions of Garcia's work (Aromatum
Historiae) were the chief source of information on the botanical
and other commercial raw products of the East Indies. Then
Garcia was supplemented by the somewhat similar work of Cristo-
foro Acosta (1). From these two authors Clusius (8) and his con-
temporaries derived most of what they knew about the botanical
source of Oriental drugs, spices, and such commodities. Clusius
was the translator of Acosta as well as of Garcia.

What Garcia actually told about bamboo was in the colloquy on
tabashir where he said that the latter was called in the country
that it came from sacarmambum, or sugar of mambum. As the
name of the "'tree'' he also gave mambu. The tabashir has come
to be well known as a silicious deposit that sometimes forms in the
hollow joints of bamboo. As for the places in India that it came
from, Garcia da Orta mentions Bisnager, Bisnaga, Batecala, and
Malavar (Malabar).

158 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol. II, No.2

It was Rumphius (37) who reported bambu and mambu as Moluc-
can. Judging from Garcia's account, the combination sacar mambu
would suggest seeking the source of the word mambu in a language
in which "sugar" is sacar. The latter word may well have trav-
elled from Persia to India, where bamboos grew, and from there
to the Malayan region, into which there was early introduction of
many Persian words. Introduction locally into the Malayan Archi-
pelago of the word mambu or banbu by early traders from India,
and its local persistance as bamboo, may have come about. Ex-
pected phonetic changes in any Malayan language would account for
banbu or mambu passing to us as bamboo. In this argument there
is an excess of speculation over evidence, but a plausible conclusion
would seem to be that an intermediate Malayan source for an orig-
inally south-Indian word may be claimed, in accordance with the
Oxford Dictionary, which has: "Original source doubtful: now in
Malay (Central Sumatra), Sundanese, and Javanese (West and Cen-
tral Java) bambu; but some consider it an introduced word there,
and take the original to be Canarese banbu or banwu. The native
word in the Concan, in 16th century, was represented by the Portu-
guese as mambu, still found after 1600."

SAGO

Sago, the well known starchy food derived from the pith of
palms of the genus Metroxylon, is said by some of the dictionaries
to be the Malay sagu. A similar product is derived from Cycas,
which is the type genus of the Cycadaceae, the cycad family, more
nearly related to the pines and their allies than to the palms or
any other flowering plants. Often called sago palm, these cycad
plants have a trunk with a soft-tissued starch-bearing interior
which may be used for making a kind of sago. Tapioca is a prod-
uct not too different from sago, but it is made from the starch of
the root of the South American Manihot utilissima, or manioc,
which reached the East Indies with the early Portuguese and Span-
ish, being now one of the basic food plants. The old time sago of
the Malayans, however, was the product of palms, primarily spe-
cies of Metroxylon growing in sub-brackish coastal swamps, but
also, and more seldom, of the sugar-palm, Arenga. The process
of getting starch from either of these large trees has been so many
times described that it can only be alluded to briefly. When the
palm is chopped down it is found that the cylinder of dense wood is
relatively thin, and that the rest of the trunk is a soft pith with only
widely spaced strands of fiber in it. If the pith is mashed with
water a great quantity of starch is released from the broken pith
cells. The starch, suspended in water when the depleted pith is
strained away, settles as a fine white flour if the suspension is
allowed to stand in a big receptacle such as a dug-out canoe, and

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 159

may be dried after the water is poured off, or made into the famil-
iar little pearl-like beads by a subsequent process.

In some places sago is very important in native economy espe-
cially as a reserve food available in times of scarcity.

The word sago is found in a number of variants in the mae
region. Some of them are as follows: sageé (Atchinese), sag
(Mentawei Islands off the West Coast of Sumatra), sagu (most of sat the
languages, including Malay), saghoe (Madurese), sago (Malay also),
saku (Nias), sa and su (Sula). A most important fact is that the
name for Metroxylon, according to Merrill (27) is sagu in Manobo
and Bisayan of the southern Philippine Islands, but that in two other
Philippine languages, Bikol and Ilocano, both northward beyond the
range of Metroxylon, sagu is a name given to the introduced Ma-
ranta, the arrowroot. If the Spanish and Portuguese accomplished
the introduction of Maranta to the Orient, so the Filipinos trans-
ferred the name of a large tree whose trunk yielded starch to the
herb Maranta, whose root was also a source of starch. The quick
interchange of plants and plant names from the West to the East
Indies and vice versa was quite amazing. Since the English word
may have come from any one of a number of dialects, the varia-
tion should convince anyone of the futility of conforming English
spelling to standard dictionary Malay. If, as in the instance of the
binomial Metrexylon Sagu, a vernacular word has been frozen in
scientific nomenclature, that spelling would be the one to keep if
there were any choice.

ARROW-ROOT

Having accepted sago as a Malayan plant name, we at once come
up against the perplexing fact that in Latin America the starch-
yielding arrowroot is widely known as sagu. In Colombia (specif-
ically in Antioquia) for example, Uribe (46) gives no other Spanish
or indigenous name for Maranta except sagu, "'arrowroot of the
English". For Mexico, Martinez (26) gives no alternative native
name to sagu. In Guatemala, however, the names have no resem-
blance to sagu. The same is likewise true in Venezuela, where
there are entirely different names, guapo or guate, and, Pittier
(35) says, "From its rhizomes is extracted the arrow-root called
in Venezuela sulu"'". One may reasonably guess that the Spanish
moved the plant Maranta from the West Indies to the East, but
brought back a name for it from the East Indies to the West, of
which Venezuelan sulu may conceivably be a variant, used for a
product of the plant, nc not for the plant itself.

An example of a plant name which has every superficial aspect
of presenting no philological problem is "arrowroot"'. It is custom-

160 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol. II, No.2

ary to explain the name by quoting Sloane's History of Jamaica,
where it is said that Mexican Indians use juice from the root of
Maranta as a remedy for wounds from poisoned arrows. Burkill (5)
for instance, the author of the standard reference work on the eco-
nomic products of the Malay Peninsula, says: ''A herb of the West
Indies found in use there, in the early days of European voyages
across the Atlantic, for the treatment of wounds by poisoned ar-
rows. From this use has arisen the name 'arrowroot', which has
travelled about the world with improved races used for food....
One island in the Dutch Indies, Halmahera, has actually exported

dt Ae

If, however, we turn to plant names in languages of East Indian
regions that also produce arrowroot starch, we find a clue at once
to what may seem to be a more credible etymology. The Malayan
peoples have a long record for adeptness in the utilization of mate-
rials from which starch can be made. So, although they received
Maranta from the American tropics, they already had similar and
botanically somewhat related plants with names so close to ''arrow-
root" that the native name appeared to make sense in English, but
actually, of course, did not. Here is a selection of names in Indo-
nesian languages from the northern Philippines to the Moluccas,
and then westward to the Malay region proper:

araru (Ibanag) Maranta arundinacea
kulyau (Ilokano) Curcuma longa
kulalo (Pampanga) Curcuma longa
aroru, aruru (Tagalog) Maranta arundinacea
arut, laru,

larut, salarut (Madurese) Maranta arundinacea
garut, irut,

rarut, waherut (Javanese) Maranta arundinacea
rarut, arerut (Minangkabau) Maranta arundinacea
arairut, ararut,

arerut (Malay) Maranta arundinacea

Here it appears that we have the Malayan basis for the English
"arrowroot," varying to a form which may even have been accepted
by English speakers of Malay as meaning something in their own
language. As a popular etymology, the transformation of such a
word as araru to arrowroot is quite as acceptable as the change of
the name of American sunflowers from Italian gira sole to "Jeru-
salem,'’ when the edible tuberous root of a perennial species of
Helianthus came to be known in England as "Jerusalem artichoke."

The use of arrowroot for the manufacture of starch appears to
have been a minor industry in Indonesia. According to the Dutch
botanical lexicographer De Clercq (15) it was only locally signifi-
cant, and the article of European commerce all came from Saint

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 161

Vincent in the West Indies. Although it is conceivable that the
popular etymology is correct, and that the English name "arrow-
root" gave rise to a long list of cognate derivatives in the East
Indies, where the English had some influence, it presses credulity
almost too far to believe that the native names in the Philippines
should have come from English! The Spanish generally used the
word "'sagu,'' even though some Spanish-speaking botanists do ex-
plain 'sagu"' as arrow-root de los ingleses. '"Sagu" itself seems
to be an Indonesian, not American, word, and possibly related to
the "aru" series of words. If this supposition is correct, and there
is evidence in its support, it strengthens the acceptance of the
English word "sago" as clearly of Indonesian or Malayan origin.

In English there is no commonly known or generally used syno-
nym for arrowroot, although the Australian botanist Von Mueller
(51) introduced the interesting variant aru-root, indicating that he,
for one (but apparently the only English-writing author), did not
believe the etymology usually accepted. He referred to ''the true
Arro-root-plant or more correctly Aru-root, inaSmuch as Aru-aru
is the Brazilian word for flour, according to Martius." One bit of
possible evidence for derivation from a place name is afforded by
the name in Amboina for a sago palm (Metroxylon longispinum) of
inferior worth as a source of starch. It is called sagu makanaru,
which would be better written sagu makan aru. It might then mean
"the sagu which is the food of Aru" if not "sagu or flour food."" The
Aru Islands are not far from Amboina. In reading the quotations
from Dutch authors one must remember that their "oe" is the equiv-
alent of English "u".

In French or works written in French, we find, among unrelated
names, exact translations of arrowroot such as herbe a la fleche
and herbe aux fleches.

German reveals the translations Pfeilwurz and Pfeilwurzel.
Dutch has "arrowroot", taken over directly from English, and the
translation pijlwortel, but also arraroet, in Curacao, where the
starch is known as araroetoe. This may have been an introduction
of an Indonesian word from one Dutch colony to another, by colonial
planters, or just a perversion of English by the Dutch, which makes
us wonder if the same thing could have happened in Indonesia and
have led to the long list of words which I suppose to be good Indo-
nesian. There is one Dutch writer, however, who quiets our mis-
givings a little by giving preference to a non-English synonym.
Jasper (21) writing on means of subsistence of the natives, said
that starchy roots were obtained in Indonesia from the "laroet or
arrow root."

If the writer appears to be indecisive about all this, the reader
must bear in mind that this article is not intended to present the

162 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

last word on the subject. It is interesting to speculate about lin-
guistic origins even if we do not arrive at certain conclusions!

LEMON AND LIME

The words "lemon" and "lime" have been traced by most dic-
tionary makers only to Arabic laymun, but since the Mediterran-
ean Arabs did not have the fruits named until they brought them
from the East, it is quite obvious that a more remote source must
be found for the names. Even the great Oxford Dictionary, after
citing variant spellings in English from about 1400 on, and in the
Romance languages, has only the following: "The words are prob-
ably of Oriental origin: cf. Arabic laimun, Persian limun, Arabic
limah, collective lim; fruits of the citron kind. Sanskrit nimbu,
the lime."

If origin from Sanskrit is suggested by Murray, we are caught
in a dead-end, for it would be hard to admit, after finding as we
shall, the true origin of "lime" and "lemon" in similar words of
the Malayan languages, that the very different Sanskrit word was
in the direct line of descent between the Malayan and European
words.

In the first place we must consider the botanical evidence about
the native country of the fruits to which the names apply. In the
Indonesian region in general there are many varieties of citrus
fruits. Among them are varieties of the lime, Citrus aurantifolia,
and these were considered by Swingle, the best authority on the
subject, to be indigenous in the islands. He ascribed the lemon,
Citrus Limon, to Southeastern Asia, but with doubt, stating: ''The
origin of the lemon is a mystery". He was not sure that its status
as a species was at all certain, and indicated that if it had come
about as an interspecific hybrid, one of the parents was the lime.
It is therefore logical to consider the Malayan Archipelago or the
adjacent mainland to have given rise to it, unless, indeed, it was a
horticultural product that might have arisen anywhere that the lime
and the other putative parent, the citron (Citrus medica) were both
cultivated. Indonesia would fulfill this condition quite as well as
any other region.

As for philological evidence, it is plentiful in favor of Malayan
origin. There are three basic series of names in the Malayan lan-
guages that are of somewhat generic status. The individual names
vary from language to language but the three series of cognates
are wide-spread. They are the limo series, the djeruk series, and
the munte series. Ranged under these somewhat generic terms in
a manner that exactly corresponds to our Latin binomial scientific
names are citrus "species" of low status, or varieties. Some are
mere horticultural forms, unknown wild.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 163

The only such classification by native names that can be given
that is complete for a locality is the one that Rumphius (37) pre-
sented in the "Herbarium Amboinense'’. Lemon, Moluccan Malayan
aS a generic name for various citrus fruits, covered varieties
which our botanists would place in several major categories or spe-
cies, with lesser horticultural varieties ranged under them. As a
matter of fact in his Latin terminology Rumphius did not keep
them all in the broad Malayan genus "lemon", but distributed them
to groups for which he used the New Latin names Limo, Limonellus,
and Aurantium. Not all of the varieties which he assimilated to the
native genus "Lemon" were known to Amboina, so he took those
which occurred elsewhere in the East Indies (or even in Amboina),
whether known as limo, or djeruk, or by other names, and assimi-
lated them to lemon. In all, his extensive and almost perfectly bi-
nomial system included some 35 names under Lemon. Among
them were the following:

Lemon Cassomba Lemon Suangi
" Suss "Maas
"Martyn "Madura
" Curamas " __Utan Basagi
" Perrut " Ttam
" Papeda "Manis Tsjina
"Carbon "Manis Besaar

Such an extensive system of names would hardly have arisen in
the Malayan region except for plants native there or at least an-
ciently introduced and used. Words of recent introduction would
also show less dialectical variation, so it is interesting to find
that recorded names related to or derived from the ancestral word
that gave English "lemon" and "lime" are as follows: limau (Malay,
Minangkabau, Lampong, Dayak, Bisayan); alimau (Bisayan); limo
(Batak, Balinese); limu (Minahassa dialects and others related);
lemo (Buginese, Makasarese, Halmahera and related dialects);
lemon (Moluccan Malay); limon (Philippine languages, but consid-
ered there as Spanish); limeu (Gayo); leno and lelo (Timor). The
last name (lelo) might seem dubious if it were not confirmed by
the modifying name of the native binomial lelo sina, parallel to
Malay limau china, ''Chinese (or foreign) limau".

It is strange that the limau names should reach only into the
southern Philippines (as Bisayan limau and alimau) except for the
reintroduction of Spanish limon. Delgado (16) who finished his
"Historia de Filipinas" in 1754 (although it was not published until
1892) had little to say regarding the names that interest us. In his
chapter on oranges he said that the species called limao was sweet,
and almost like what was called lima in Spain. Under the limones
he said that aside from the two most valued kinds there were var-
ious lesser kinds known under the generic name aslum. Transpo-

164 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

sition of syllables with phonetic modification is not unknown in the
Malayan languages, so even this word may belong to the limau
series, although I have not ventured to put it there. It would seem to
be more likely related to ''asam'' meaning acid or sour and wide-
Spread in many Malayan languages.

It would seem that the evidence from the Indonesian area shows
that our English words "lemon" and "lime", together with the sim-
ilar words of the Romance languages came from the Malayan limau
or limo, and that there is no need to worry about anything so dis-
tant and possibly unrelated as Sanskrit nimbu. Clusius's 5th edi-
tion of Garcia (8) in the Exoticorum Libri X, chapter on ''Nimbo,"
states that the pounded leaves of that plant applied to wounds with
juice of Limo (or Limon: he gives only the genitive plural Limo-
num) which is a sort of "Assyrian apple", cures them miraculously.
According to the Conde de Ficalho (32) "nimbo'' would seem to be a
Portuguese rendering of an Indian word nim or nimb, Melia Aza-
dirachta L. His Portuguese edition of Garcia gives the other con-
stituent of the poultice as limao. The Italian edition of 1589 (33)
has limone, which in modern Italian might be either "lime" or
"lemon''. So we know from Garcia that the Portuguese adventurers
at Goa, in southern India , found there a variant of the same word
for lime or related species of Citrus that they also encountered in
the Malay Archipelago, and traders may have taken it there. Also,
we have grave doubts cast upon the word "nimbo"' as applying to any
kind of Citrus in recent centuries at Goa, whatever nimbu may
have meant in Sanskrit, and assuming that nimbu was linguistically
equivalent to nimb of the Hindus at Goa and nimbo of the Portu-
guese at the same place. Nimbo in India would seem generally to
have applied to members of the laurel family.

MANDARIN

Another citrus fruit has an English name that is surprisingly
not of Chinese origin but Malay, namely the mandarin, whose name
reminds us only of China and things Chinese, — of the officials
who in imperial days wore buttons on their caps to indicate their
status, of the official Mandarin language, and of the mandarin
orange. Wilkinson (52) one of the most eminent lexicographers of
the Malay language, related this word to Malay menteri (in old
books spelled mantri), which designated all minor officials of the
old Malay courts, and makers of English dictionaries have sup-
posed that the latter word came to us in the form "mandarin"
through Portuguese. There is, however, another honorific title in
Malay that would seem even more likely than mantri to have given
us "mandarin" by way of Portuguese; that is, "mangindera"' or
mengindera", meaning "'to rule" or "'to have exalted status,"' con-
sisting of the Malay verbal formative meng plus indera (Sanskrit

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 165

Indra, "divine king'') which Malay borrowed from Sanskrit. Indera
came to be applied to any exalted individual. Thus, his Portuguese
Majesty's representative as ruler of the fortress and town of Ma-
lacca is referred to in Malay writings as "Kapitan Pertukal In-
dera," and a "ruling Sultan" as "Sultan mengindera"'. The latter
word, in the sense of "'royal"' would seem to be a likely source of
our English word "mandarin". 'Mandarin" orange would corre-
spond linguistically (even if not botanically) to "King" orange.

The dictionaries have not had time to catch up with the latest
botanical identification of the mandarin, which, according to the
late Walter Tennyson Swingle (43) our best authority on the classi-
fication of citrus fruits, should not bear the name Citrus nobilis
(the "noble" orange) but, rather, Citrus reticulata. The fine orange
which is now in the American market as the "King" variety (said
to be a shortening of "King of Siam'', — for we are too lazy to
keep so long a name regardless of how pleasantly it would make
our imaginations wander) is the one that should bear the scientific
name X Citrus nobilis, in which the 'X" indicates a plant presumed
to be of hybrid origin, unless the name is abandoned, as Swingle
disposed of it. The King of Siam orange is presumed to have
sprung from a hybrid, with the mandarin as one parent and the
ordinary sweet orange, or perhaps the pummelo, or even a cross
between these two, as the other parent.

Swingle was preeminent as an originator of new citrus fruits
that he and his collaborators produced by hybridizing different
species, and even different genera. For the resulting hybrid fruits
he devised hybrid names, One of them, "'tangelo'', already in the
dictionaries, is defined as the name for hybrids between the tan-
gerine (mandarin) and pummelo. His group name for the definitely
known and presumed hybrids between the mandarin and the sweet
orange is "tangor', and that would probably serve as a general
common name of the King or King of Siam variety as well as the
Temple orange of Florida. 'Tangor" is not yet, however, so widely
known and accepted as "'tangelo''. Nor, perhaps, should either word
be mentioned here, but for the fact that some of the other hybrid
names which he introduced have Malayan parents or grandparents.
Such are "'citrandarin", from "Citrus" and mandarin"; ''eremo-
lemon", (if we admit the ultimate origin of "lemon" as Malayan
limo) from Eremocitrus and "lemon". Others are "citremon",
"lemandarin" and "'citrandarin"'. Swingle tried to give names that
would suggest the parentage of complex hybrids that had as many
as five species in their ancestry. Whether these names (if the curi-
ous hybrids to which they apply should persist in horticulture, as
we hope they may) will be accounted as of Malayan origin is a prob-
lem for the philologists of the future!

166 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No.2
AILANTUS: TREE OF HEAVEN

The best known botanical name of Malayan origin that has been
misspelled in order to give it a false etymology is Ailanthus, the
tree of heaven (and the tree that grows in Brooklyn!). The proper
form is ''Ailantus." This name, as Scott (40) observed, has been
referred to the Chinese, to the Sanskrit, and to one of the Malayan
dialects of the Molucca islands (correctly to the latter); and in all
of these languages it has been said to mean "tree of heaven."' This
is a literal translation of the original Moluccan ai lanto and of its
Malay equivalent kayu langit, ''sky tree."

Ailantus came to be erroneously spelled Ailanthus because so
many botanical names are derivatives of Greek anthos, ''flower."’
So Desfontaines (1786) set up the erroneous form Ailanthus, as
the name of the genus. In French, "langit'’ appears as a Synonym
of ailante, ailantus. This langit can only be, of course, a fragment
of the Malay name kayu langit; only the part that means "'sky."'

CAJUPUT

"Cajuput", another example of two Malay words compounded in
English, is equivalent to Malay kaju puti. This name means ''white
wood'"'; the kaju (Dutch spelling) is pronounced kayu in Malay and
means tree; putih (or puti) means white. This tree Eucalyptus Leu-
cadendron, yields an essential oil of which the name is sometimes
shortened to ''cajuput" oil. The word entered English in a transla-
tion from Dutch, and the j remained in the word and is pronounced
as in English because it was not changed to y in the translation,
as it should have been.

A SOUTH AFRICAN NAME FOR THE CAPE JASMINE

"Katje piering", the Cape jasmine (Gardenia florida) has no
more remote ancestry, according to the New Webster's Interna-
tional Dictionary (30) than "South African Dutch." It is Malay
bunga kacha-piring, "glass-plate flower,'' from Sanskrit kacha,
meaning glass, in Malay sometimes looking-glass, and Malay,
piring, plate. The name has no meaning in Dutch, for katje, a lit-
tle cat, or an Oriental unit of weight (catty) has no possible appli-
cability, nor does piering have any Dutch meaning. Wilkinson (52)
cites the word from a printed edition of the Malay classic Hikajat
Siddha Rama (Balai Poestaka, Batavia, n. d.) and gives the botani-
cal identification. In Badings' Malay Dictionary (2) it is found as
katja piring, a strong-scented white flower. In the ''Auctuarium"
of the "Herbarium Amboinense" (38) will be found the following,

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 167

in Latin and Dutch: "No other name is known except the Malay
Catsjopiri or Catsjopiring and, so far as known, it is used for no
other purpose than as an ornament and perfume, for one or two
flowers can fill a whole room with their fragrance, and that for
two days. This plant was exotic in Amboina, and was first brought
in from Batavia."

COCO AND COCONUT

I have left until last the name of one of the most important eco-
nomic plants of the East Indies, the coconut. The origin of the
name "coco" ("cocoa" is merely a misspelling) has been much dis-
puted. Some, as, for instance, the great Belgian botanist Clusius,
appear to have assumed that the coconut had been known to Euro-
peans since ancient times, and that coco is etymologically the
same as Greek and Latin koix, koikos, and coccus. Theophrastus
said of palms that there were several kinds, most of which he
treats as kinds of date palms, which, of course, he calls phoinix.

In one passage, however, he refers to the phoinix (phoenix) and

koix as having similar reedy leaves, thus setting off the two by
name as more distinct than mere kinds of phoenix. He does not
refer again to koix except as we assume it to be the same as koikos,
which Sir Arthur Hort (44) translated as doum palm, a species of
northeastern Africa. The latter was said to differ from otner palms
in being more often branched, (although Theophrastus described
phoinix as occasionally branched) having sometimes two or aS many
as five stems arising from the original one. Branching is indeed
characteristic of Hyphene thebiaca, the doum palm, and even though
the identity of koix and koikos with the latter is not certainly es-
tablished it is nevertheless very probable that the Greeks may have
misapplied those names to it and to other little known palms as
well. Linnaeus would not have failed to make this identification if
he had known the doum palm by any satisfactory modern account,
but since he did not, he considered Coix (koix) to be one of those
ancient names that could not be applied with certainty, and was
therefore available for reassignment. He therefore applied it to
the Oriental grass commonly called "Job's tears'', which therefore
got the name Coix Lachryma-Jobi.

Aside from several varieties of the date palm, Theophrastus
accounted also for the little underground-branching Mediterranean
fan-palm, so his koix had to be either the doum palm or something
of which knowledge had come from farther away than "Ethiopia" -
even though we grant that that geographic term might have been
vaguely used.

It is probable that ancient voyagers brought to Greece tales of
the coconut palm with a name like "koix", and that the Greeks con-

168 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

fused the latter with what we now know as Hyphene thebiaca, the
doum palm. Nothing is commoner than the transference of a plant
name from one region to another without applying it to the same
plant, but to one with a real or fancied resemblance in appearance
or utility.

Theophrastus said that koix had a branched stem, which could
refer only to the doum, but he also attributed great utility to it,
which it does not have. This led some botanists to think that koix
was the coconut palm and others thought it might have been the
Sago palm. Neither of the latter could have persisted in Africa
after introduction from the Far East except in the moist tropics.
Hyphene, however, is native to northeastern Africa. A variant of
the name doum, even if not the plant, appears to extend across Af-
‘rica applying to a palm of the Gambia. In East Africa, the northern
part of the coast is an arid one and a considerable voyage from
Arabia would have been required to reach places where there are
modern plantations of the coconut palm, which would have been the
nearest appropriate places where it might have been introduced in
ancient times. Although the coconut palm is salt-tolerant and flour-
ishes especially near the sea, it is found where rainfall is abundant
and the soil water is not highly saline. It is not a desert plant. To
the southward along the old Arab trade route, in Zanzibar and the
neighboring island of Pemba, the climate nearly enough resembles
that of the East Indies so that these two islands now produce most
of the world's cloves, and a large crop of coconuts. Trade routes
from Arabia to Zanzibar and the Orient are so ancient that the
coconut (although not the clove) may have been a much earlier in-
troduction to equatorial East Africa than has been supposed. "Ethi-
opia" was a region of vague extent in classical times. It is possible
that confusion of the doum palm with the coconut palm need not
have required travel to the Orient, but only down the east coast of
Africa. That the doum palm was partly indicated by Theophrastus,
however, is clear from his description of koix as a small palm
having a branched stem, for that is characteristic of the doum palm
but not the coconut. The manifold uses, however, indicate confusion
with something else, and account for the old-time guesses that
koix might have been coconut palm or even sago palm. In 1582 the
botanist Clusius (7) used Coccus, doubtless as a Latin equivalent
of koix, to mean the coconut palm, probably influenced by the use
of "'coco" by the Portuguese in the Orient for the coconut, and later
botanists called the genus Cocos, which is current.

Recent familiarity with the word "coco" in any region of the
East is not sufficient proof that it is an indigenous word. That one
form of it is secondarily, although not primarily, Malayan seems
at least reasonable, and evidence is not altogether lacking. The
writer (4) long ago pointed out the similarity between English
"coker ,"' (commercial jargon for coconut) and kokoer (kokur) of

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 169

Sumbanese. This and other Indonesian Languages might have sof-
tened a harsh Arabic trade name to conform to their phonetic sys-
tem, just as the Portuguese did, and quite independently. The more
usual and widely used Malayan words for coconut have no possible
etymological affinity with "coco," and the argument for an ultimate
Malayan origin of the latter is therefore entirely unconvincing. If,
as the sagacious Rumphius (37) thought, the word ''coco" itself
represented a softening of an ''Arabic"' trade designation, the ques-
tion still confronts us: Why did the Arabs have such a word for a
foreign product? They might more naturally have picked up some
Malayan or Indic word in regions where coconuts were grown.

Old Portuguese voyagers reported that coconut at the Portuguese
foothold in India, Goa, was there called "cocos." This might seem
definite evidence of origin, at first sight, if it were. not that the Por-
tuguese believed that they originated the designation coco themselves,
because of the three holes, or eyes, at the end of the nut. These
eyes, they said, reminded them of masks, or such objects which were
known at home in Portugal as coco, and were there employed by the
women to scare the children! This explanation of the origin of the
word has been more or less accepted, and, being repeated with var-
iations, has retarded search for the real origin. The popular ety-
mology has been accepted by some Portuguese and Spanish lexicog-
raphers (28) but not all. It is not admitted by two of the best Portu-
guese dictionaries (17, 20) but no alternative explanation is offered.
Cristoforo Acosta (1), "African" physician who traveled to the Orient
and wrote a famous work on drugs and aromatic plants, said (I have
used the Italian edition of 1585) that the Portuguese called the nut
coco because of the three spots that it had, but he also tells us that
the Turks called it Cox Indi. This, as we shall see, means "Indian
nut."

The old Portuguese writers were emphatic, when they mentioned
the native Indian names tenga (Malayalam) and narle (Canarese), in
saying ''we call these fruits quoquos"; "our people have given it the
name coco"; "that which we call coco and the Malabars temga."

The writer once advocated reconsideration of the suggestion of old
Rumphius that the harsh and gutteral Arabic guazos-indi, translated
nux indica or Indian nut, may have been softened by the Portuguese or
the Malays to the eventual word "'cocos."" Even then, it seemed that
the Arabs must have taken their name from some language foreign to
them, for it was too quickly assumed that their arid country, suppos-
edly too cold in winter, had no coconuts.

In 1932, however, Bartram Thomas (45) told of his exploration of
the Qara Mountains, located in a summer rain belt in Arabia along
the coconut-fringed shores of the Arabian Sea. He found this region
to be "an Arcadia of luxurient forests that clothe steep mountains,

170 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

with perennial streams". Thomas's remarkable book has two photo-
graphs of coco-nut palm groves which fully authenticate his observa-
tions. These are the plates opposite p. 2, "A Coco-nut grove at
Dhufar" and opposite p. 16, "A Street Scene in Dhufar.'' His other
specific references are as follows:

p. "We... rode ae the edge of a coco-nut palm grove to make
the a of Dhufar ;

p. 8. 'Just over the mountain divide flourish the famous frankincense
groves of Arabia. This precious product, sent to the temples of India

. has been the prosperity of Dhufar through the ages, though it
were ell not to confuse the locality with the Dhufar of Arrian. . .
in the Yemen. . ." (An indication of the ancient sea traffic which
brought the coconut from India to the Hadramaut coast. )

p. 16. "Our way lay . . . through a deep coco-nut grove (in Dhufar
the coco-nut palm takes the place of the date palm found elsewhere in
Arabia) . . . and so across the strip of plain that fronts Salala town."

p. 17. "Coco-nut palm is in universal use in Dhufar for winaow
sashes and ceiling rafters, and good and enduring material it is, in
contrast to the fibrous and inferior date-palm log of Oman buildings."

In the Hadramaut of today the old contact with Malaya and Java
continues. Van der Meulen and von Wissman (48) found many of the
Arabs who gladly conversed in Malay, and had lived in Java or Singa -
pore. In 1886, they tell us, L. W. C. Van den Berg investigated
the fluctuating Hadrami Arab population of Netherlands India and
found it to number seventy to eighty thousand persons. He also cred-
ited these seafaring Arabs with the founding of the old sultanates of
Siak (in Sumatra) and Pontianak (in Borneo). As for the coconut in
the Hadramaut they say of the port of Makalla: "The frame-work
of the picture, formed by coconut and date palms, mango and ee
trees, is of such a jubilant beauty in this world of rock ands
makes everything . . . beautiful." In nearby Zeman es ae there
were coconuts for sale, indicating that they produce fruit here; also
lemons and bananas.

This indicates that the Arabs or their ancestors may have brought
the coconut to their own country very early, and that they may have
known it and had a name for it afterwards independently of their con-
tinuing trade to the Orient. The reason for their having their own
non-East-Indian name for it was that they and their predecessors in
the Near and Middle East had called it in their various related lan-
guages, or by borrowing, or by translation, merely "nut of India."
From Arabia one may suppose that it would naturally have been car-
ried down the African coast trade route to the appropriate climate
and latitude of Zanzibar, but it remained for the Portuguese to carry
it around the Cape of Good Hope to west tropical Africa.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 171

It is strange that a plant of such great interest to early travellers
should not have been illustrated earlier than it was in books of the
16th century. It remained for the great Belgian botanist Clusius to
publish two of the earliest pictures of important Asiatic palms, in
1582, in the curious little booklet of Notes on Garcia's History of Aro-
matic Plants (7). One of them was the coconut-palm, the other Areca.
He had had pictures of both from Alphonsus Pancius many years be-
fore, he tells us, but supposed them to be spurious until he had an
opportunity to converse with a returned resident of Goa, Don Fabricio
Mordente of Salerno, who declared them to be authentic, but made
slight changes, after which Clusius published them. They had been
omitted from Clusius' second and third editions of Garcia's Historia
Aromatum. With the drawings that he finally published in 1582 he
included a brief description under the Latin name Coccus, which may
be taken as the first "scientific'' name established for the coconut in
modern botany. Later, in 1605, he published rather good wood-cuts
of the nut, both with and without husk (8).

The argument for a Near Eastern origin of the name ''coco" was
well presented by Rumphius who wrote prior to 1690 although his
great work on East Indian botany was not published until 1741 to 1755.
Rumphius (32) said that the great nut-bearing Indic palm was named
in Latin Palma Indica major, et Coccifera ...in Dutch Cokos...:
the fruit was called in Latin Nux Indica (Indic nut) and badly . . . Coc-
cus ...; in Portuguese coquo and coco, on account of the resemblance,
as Linschooten and many other writers would have it, to a 'sea-cat'
[Burmann's Latin translation says 'Cercopithecus', monkey] as, in-
deed the three eyes in the shell suggest, but according to my idea one
can find a more certain and truer origin for this name, since many
nations to whom this fruit is known call it "Nut". Thus, it is called
in Arabic Gauzoz-Indi or Geuzoz-Indi, which is Indian Nut, ... which
by the translators of Avicenna is corrupted into Jausi-Alindi and,
even worse, Jansi-Alindi; and in Turkish Cocx-Indi, with the same
meaning, whence without doubt the African Moors and their neighbors
the Spaniards and Portuguese have made their Coquo. Actually all
these names have their origin from the Hebrew word Egoz which has
the meaning "a nut''.... There remains pure Arabic Egoz or Gauz,
from which stems the Greek kokkos, by which they designate all big
seeds".

Commenting on the Rumphian explanation Yule and Burnell (53)
said: "One would like to know where Rumphius got the term Cock-
Indi, of which we can find no trace''". They would have found their
answer, of course, in Christophoro Acosta (1).

Laufer (24) refers in his fascinating (even if not easily read) "Sino-
Iranica" to Iranian words for "nut" as an oz and agoz: he also
gives koz and goz as New Persian for walnut and other names for the
walnut as Hebrew egoz, Arabic joz, Sariqoli, (and other dialects of

172 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol. II, No. 2

the Pamir) ghauz, ghoz, Pushtu ughz and waghz, Turkish koz and XOZ.
Travellers ena eged the latter as ''cocks", and the coconut as cocks —
(or cox) indi, i. e., Indian nuts, considering cox as Turkish or Arabic.
We remember the Turkish name given by Acosta, namely, Cox Indi,
in 1578. This is the word most amenable to being rendered in the
Malay as koko or in Greek or Latin as koix. So it may have given
koix (coix) to Greek and Latin, and this word may have referred to
coco-palm at first, subsequently to the doum palm.

There is no doubt whatever that interchange of words between Per-
sian and Malay began long before there is a record, and maybe as
far back as the early centuries of the Christian era, although proof
is not available. Among the ancient words from Persian in Mala
are doubtless pusa, ''cat"' (English "pussy") and nakoda "'ship-captain."
H. K. J. Cowan (11) has called attention to a gravestone with Persian
inscription in the region of Pase, the ancient kingdom of Samudra or
Sumutra, which is in modern Atjeh (Acheh), the northern end of Su-
matra. This inscription is on a tomb with two stones, one in Arabic
indicating that it is the burial place of Na'ina Husam Al-Din, who
died A. H. 823 (A. D. 1420), the other, in Persian, with one of the
odes of the Persian poet Sa'di (A. D. 1193-1292). This stone is unique,
no other in Persian occurring in North Sumatra among many inscribed
in Arabic. It confirms the statement of the early Arabic traveller to
Samudra, Ibn Battutah, who said that in A. D. 1345-46 there were sev-
eral Persians among the officers of the Sultan's court. Two of them
were from Shiraz and Ispahan respectively. The prevalence of Arabic
instead of Persian on tombstones is readily understood, since the
Muhamadan confession of faith and other pious passages, such as the
"verse of the throne'' were quoted directly from the Koran. Both
Arabs and Persians at the time of the early propagation of Islam came
from Gujerat, where Persian influence was strong and Persian was the
usual language of science and literature. Some of the gravestones of
Pase, according to Krom (23) are known to have been shipped from
Indi

Most of the harsh words for coco that have been quoted as of Sem-
itic or Iranian origin would have had to be modified to be adopted into a
Malayan language and subsequently into Portuguese. So, whether sof-
tened to our modern form by Malayans or by Portuguese, we conclude
that "coco" has come down to us from originally Iranian or Semitic
words for nut, and that "coconut", etymologically considered, means
“nut-nut". The Near-Eastern form of not too ancient a time which
most nearly approaches Greek koix, Latin cocus or coccus and the
New Latin generic name Cocos is "Turkish" cox (in Cox Indi, "Indian
nut") but there must have been similar forms in antiquity. Nux indica
of the 16th century writers was an exact rendering of Cox Indi. So |
Rumphius was evidently right, and the makers of English and other
dictionaries may well forget the popular etymology of the Portuguese
seamen, which derived ''coco"' from a mask or puppet used by nurse-

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 173

maids to scare children. This was the view of the editors of the Cen-
tury Dictionary (6) who were doubting Thomases about the popular
Portuguese etymology, and said: "cocoa, coco... probably from
Greek kouki. . . perhaps of Egyptian origin: cf. koix, an Egyptian
kind of palm. The resemblance of the Spanish, Portuguese name to
Spanish, Portuguese coco, a word used to frighten children, a bugbear,
is probably accidental."

The scholarly Murray, however, inclined to the other explanation,
which seems surely wrong, and so we find in the great Oxford Diction-
ary (29) the following: "coco... The early writers from Cosmas 545
to the 15th century knew it only as the Indian nut or nut of India; co-
quos (plural) is quoted first from the Roteiro de Vasco da Gama (Por-
tuguese, 1498-9); Barbosa, 1516, has (Portuguese) quoquos; Pigafetta,
1519, has (Italian) coche, plural of coca; Oviedo 1526, Barros, 1553,
Garcia, 1563, and Acosta, 1578, have coco; Correa, 1561, coquo. The
Portuguese and Spanish authors of the 16th century agree in identify-
ing the word with Portuguese and Spanish coco 'grinning face, grin,
grimace’, also 'bugbear, scarecrow' ... Historical evidence favors
the European origin of the name, for there is nothing similar in any
of the languages of India, where the Portuguese first found the fruit...
In English the Latinized form cocus, afterwards (as in botanical Latin)
cocos, was at first used, both for singular and plural... . Another
spelling, coker, has been used, with various modifications since about
1620 (Purchas has cokers, Burton coquer-nuts); it appears to be from
17th century Dutch koker-noot, and has long been in commercial use
at the port of London to avoid the ambiguity of cocoa. The Greek
words kouki and koix applied by Theophrastus, and, after him, by
Pliny (cuci, coix) to certain palmaceous trees, have both been sug-
gested as sources of the name, but without any ground, except their
distant resemblance to coco."

It would hardly be fair to pass over without mention a third theory,
according to which the word ''coco" is of South American origin.
Thus, according to the dictionary of Santamaria (39) "coco" is an
Aimara word, but no evidence is presented. This author, however,
accepted the theory of American origin of the coconut, advocated by
De Candolle (who changed his mind), by Hemsley, by O. F. Cook and
others, and therefore sought an American source for the name.
Santamaria however, locates the Aimara Indians and language in the
region of Lake Titicaca in high Peru and Bolivia, where there are.no
coconuts. It must be insisted that the geologically ancient evolutionary
origin of the coconut palm is one problem, and the etymology of names
for it is quite another. If as some have argued, the coconut drifted in
the equatorial current from America to Polynesia, it would probably
have arrived quite nameless, unless voyagers drifted with it. This
discussion of where the word "'coco" originated has nothing to do with
the botanical affinity of the palm or its geographical origin before it
was widely distributed by man, which may have been before the human

174 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

race evolved. One may mention that the coconut palm is known to
have been grown at Palembang, South Sumatra in the 7th century A.D.,
for it is mentioned by a still persisting name nyiyur in an inscription
of that century deciphered by van Ronkel (50).

REFERENCES
(1) Acosta, Cristobal; Trattato di Sane neat Africano... della Historia
del roghe Medicinali... Vene Daa _(secording to Colmeiro (9)
ne original edition was piblened at ae 8.)

(2) Badings, H. L. J.; Maleisch Woordenboek. (Ed. 8) Zwolle, 1915.

(3) Barcia, Roque; Primer Diccionario General Etimoldgicogico de la Lengua
Espanola. Madrid, 1881-1883.

(4) Bartlett, H. H.; Sumatran plants collected in Asahan and Karoland, with notes
on their vernacular names. Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts. and Lett. 6: 1-66.
1926,

_
on
—

Burkill, I. H.; A Dictionary of the Economic Products of the Malay Pe insula.
London, 1935.

(6) The Century Dictionary: an Encyclopedic Lexicon of the English Language.

Prepared under the superintendence of William Dwight Whitney ... revised
and aoa under the superintendence of Benjamin E. Smith... New York,
1889-1911

(7) Clusius, Carolus; Aliquot Notae in Garciae Aromatum Historiam... Antwerp,
1582.

(8) Clusius, Carolus; Exoticorum Libri Decem. Antwerp, 1605. With this work are
incorpor ae ay annotated Latin translations by Clusius of the works of
Garcia da a (Garcia ab Horto) and Cristobal (or ee eal Acosta
eae a Costa).

{9) sia G., Les ee malaises de Crivijaya, Bull. Ecole Franc. d'Extr.
30: 29-80.

(10) Colmeiro, Miguel; La eerenae y los Botanicos de la Peninsula Hispano-
Lusitana. Madrid, 8.

(11) Cowan, H. K. J., A Persian cee: ie eles Sumatra. Tijd. v. Indische
Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 80: . 1940.

(12) Dampier, William; A new Voyage round the World .. . The second edition.
97,

(13) Dampier, William; A Voyage to New Holland, made in 1699. London, 1701.

(14) meer Paine ea [William]; Nouveau Voyage autour du Monde. 3® Edition.
4v msterdam, 1711-1714, (The fourth volume has its own individual
mee ae nen does not indicate of what work it is "Vol. IV.'' The title is
"Vovage de Guillaume Dampier aux Terres Australes, A la eas Hollande,
etc. fait en 1699... Avec le Voyage de Lionel Wafer... TomelIV.
eres ee 1714," )

(15) De pee F. S. A.; Nieuw are Woordenboek voor Nederlandsch Indie.
(Ed. 2, ed. A. Pulle & A. H. J. G. Walbeem), Amsterdam, 1927. (This is the
a source for plant names in Indonesia.)
(16) Delgado, Juan J.; Historia General, Sacro-profana, Politica y Natural de las
las del Poniente llamadas Filipinas. Manila, 1892. (From a manuscript of
)

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 175

(17)
(18)

(22)

(23)

(24)

(31)

(32)
(33)

(34)

(35)
(36)

Diccionario Contemporaneo da Lingua Portugueza. Lisbon, n. d.

pha ig Gabriel; Quatre textes épigraphiques Malayo-Sanskrits de Sumatra et
anka. Journ. Asiatique 221: 271-326. 1932.

Seeman Senensis, Jo. Baptista; Hesperides, sive de Malorum Aureorum Cul-
t Usu Libri Quatuor. Romae, 1646.

Fonseca, S. de, & Ribeiro, J.; Novo ean Encyclopedico illustrado da
Lingua ee Rio de Janeiro & Paris, 1926.

Jasper, J. E.; De Bestaansmiddelen der Inlandsche Bevolking. (Chapter V i
Colijn, H., ie lands Indié: Land en Volk, Geschiedenis en Bestuur, Bedrijf
en Sameniovine! Amsterdam,

Kern, H.; Inscriptie van Kota Kapoer. Bijdr. tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde

an Ned.-Ind. 67: 393-400, 1913.

Krom, N. J., Gedateerde inscripties van Nederlandsch-Indié. Tijdsch. v. Indische
Taal-, Land- en Volkenunde. 56: 188-193. 1914. (A summary without indica-
tion of language of the inscriptions.)

Saree ence Sino-Iranica: Chinese Contributions to the History of Civiliza-

ncient Iran, with special reference to the History of Cultivated ey
ae Se Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Anthrop. Ser., Vol. XV, No. 3. Chic
1919

Malay Annals: translated from the Malay language by the late Dr. John Leyden.
London, 1821.

eae Maximino; Las Plantas Medicinales de Mexico. Mexico, D. F., 1933.

Merrill, E. D.; An Enumeration of Philippine Flowering Plants. Manila, 1922-
1926. (This is the chief source for names of plants in the Philippines.)

Morais Silva, Antonio de; Grande Dicionario da Lingua Portuguesa... . 104 ed.
Lisboa, {1949-]. Nee is one of the modern dictionaries which accepts the
folk etymology o f coco, citing as an early example of use the ''Decadas" of
Juan Barros, Lisbon, 1615.)

Murray, James A. H.; A new English Dictionary on Historical Principles. .
Oxford, 1886-.

Neilson, W. A., , T. A., and Carhart, Paul W.; Webster's New International
Dictionary of ae sees Language. 2d Edition: Unabridged. Springfield, 1949.

Noceda, Juan de, y Sanlucar, Pedro de, Vocabulario de la Lengua Tagala.
Manila 60.

Orta, Garcia da; Colloquios dos simples e drogas da India . dirigida e
annotada pelo Conde de a calho. Lisboa, 1895. Original eaition® Goa, 1563.
(Mentions limao in vol. . 167.)

Orta, Saeee da; Be Historia de i Semplici Aromati . di Don Garzia Da
Ll'Ho alcune brevi Annotatione di Carlo Clusio ... Venetia,
1589

Oviedo y Valdes, Gonzalo Fern. de; Historia General y Natural de las Indias...
Madrid, 1851-55. (First ed., 1547.)

Pittier, Henry F.; Manual de las Plantas Usuales de Venezuela. Caracas, 1926.
Piso, Gulielmus; De Indiae Utriusque Re Naturali Libri Quatuordecim. Amster-
dam, 1658. (Assembled works of Piso, Georgius Margravius de Liepstadt,

and Jacobus Bontius.

176

(37)

Rumphius, Georg. Everhard; Herbarium Amboinense...
Belgice conscripsit .

ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

. duodecim libris
primum in lucem edidit et in eae sermo-

nem vertit Joannes Burmannus. Pars prima. Amstelaedam

Comitis

., Ultr

texts of the quotation on the ane coco.’

agae
ajecti... DCCXLI. (See p. 7 for the tach and Dutch
‘)

Rumphius, Georgius Everhardus; Het Auctuarium, ofte Vermerdering, op het

Amboinsch Kruydboek .

or't pnts one en in het Latyn over-
. Am CLV.

gezet, door Joannes ee a terdam, MD

Santamarfa, Francisco J.; Diccionario General de Americanismos. Ed. 1.
Mejico, D. F., 2

Scott, Charles Payson Gurlev; The Malayan Words in English. Journ, Amer.
riental Society. 17: 93-144. 1906. Part II, 18: 49-124. 1907,

Serrano Lactaw, Pedro; Diccionario Tagalog-Hispano. Segunda Parte. Manila,
1914,

Stutterheim, W. F.; A Malay ae ee in Old-Sumatran Characters of 1380 A. D.
Acta Orient. 14: 268-279,

Swingle, W.

family (Family

T.; The Botany of Citrus and its wild Relatives of the Orange Sub-
Rutaceae, Subfamily Aurantioideae). Univ. Calif. Press,
1

Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1943,
pr ela, Enquiry into Plants. With an English Translation by Sir Arthur
.» London and New York, 1916.

Thomas, Bertram; Arabia Felix: across the "Empty Quarter" of Arabia. New
1932

York

Uribe, J. A.; Flora de Antioquia....

ampliada y editada por L. Uribe Uribe,

S.J. Medellin, 1940.

Van der Kroef, Justus M.; The term Indonesia: its origin and usage. Journ.
Amer. Oriental Soc. 71: 166-171.

Van der Me

n, D.

and Von Wissmann, H.; Hadramaut: some of its Mys-

ule
teries Unveiled. cae 1932.
Van der Tuuk

ee Ronkel,

H. N.; Le
Sloet van de Beele .

seatregelys Lampongs en possession de M. le Baron
. Leide, 1868.

; A preliminary notice concerning ake cS Malay inscriptions

aa oe (quatre): Acta Orientalia 2: 12-21

Von Mueller, Ferdinand; Select Extra-tropical Plants ... 9th ed., Melbourne,
1895.

Wilkinson, R. J.; A Malay-English Dictionary (Romanized). Mytilene, Greece.
1932

Yule, Henry, and Burnell, A. C.; pagar sone a Glossary of een

Anglo-Indian Words and Phrase

London,

1903

, edited by William Crooke

NORTHERN MICHIGAN TRIP
OF THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY

Dale J. Hagenah, Warren H. Wagner, Jr.,
and Kathryn E. Boydston

ARRANGEMENTS are being made for a six day field trip, August 30
through September 5, in northern Michigan to precede the meetings of
the American Institute of Biological Societies at Madison, Wisconsin.
The organization for the trip is as follows: Leaders: Dale J. Hagenah,
164 Westchester, Birmirgham, Michigan and W. H. Wagner, Jr., De-
partment of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; Secretary,
Mrs. Kathryn E. Boydston, Fernwood, Route 3, Niles, Michigan. Those
who plan to make the trip or any part thereof should contact Mrs.
Boydston, who will send a form for registration.

The excursion will cover a wide range of pteridophyte localities,
stressing as much as possible rare or controversial species and unus-
ual habitats, as these are represented in the northern Lower Peninsula,
and in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan. Many of the localities to be
visited will be newly discovered stations resulting from recent field
work by the leaders of the trip, which have not yet been reported in
the literature of Michigan botany.

The foray will begin officially at Alpena, Michigan, on Sunday even-
ing, August 30th. Since Alpena is served only by bus transportation it
is suggested that arrangements be made by those requiring transpor-
tation, and those willing to take passengers, to meet in Ann Arbor or
Detroit. From either city to Alpena is a pleasant drive of about 230
miles, more than half of the distance along the shore line of Lake
Huron. During the next six days the party will travel approximately
800 miles, mostly on good highways. In "off the highway" visits to
fern localities, however, some "rough country" such as rocky terrain
and swamps will be reached, so appropriate field clothing and suitable
footwear, in particular, will be needed. The trip will be officially com-
pleted Saturday evening, September 5th, at Iron Mountain, Michigan,
which is about 225 miles northeast from Madison.

Arrangements will be made for accommodations at each of our
planned overnight stops. (See the detailed itinerary below.) With the
exception of two nights at the University of Michigan Biological Station
at Douglas Lake the stops will be either at hotels or motels. In order
to be sure that each participant has accommodations, and since the
trip will cover the week before Labor Day, one of the busiest weeks of
the vacation season, reservations must be made as soon as possible.
Meals will be in restaurants, and the Committee will not make advance
arrangements. It is understood that some may not wish to participate

177

178 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No.2

in the whole 6-day excursion, or will be more particularly interested
in one or two particular localities. So the itinerary has been precisely
timed, and Mrs. Boydston must be informed about how many to plan for
at each overnight stop.

All those who join the excursion should try to include the Madison
meetings, September 7, 8, and 9, in their schedules. American Fern
Society activities there are being arranged by Professor Herbert L.
Clarke and, in addition to the Session for reports of fern studies, there
will be either a Breakfast or a Luncheon, and a local foray of the Soci-
ety. Further details of these activities will be published in the Ameri-
can Fern Journal.

DAILY ITINERARY

Sunday, August 30: Sunday evening the group will assemble in Alpena,
Michigan, located on the shores of Thunder Bay, Lake Huron. A short
"briefing meeting" at which the leaders will discuss the geology and
botany of the areas to be visited as well as the details of arrangements
for the week will be followed by a "get-acquainted" party.

Monday, August 31: After breakfast in Alpena the group will drive ap-
proximately 20 miles to the "Sink Hole" area near Leer. The sinks
are large holes in the Devonian limestone formation, which is only
thinly covered with drift in this vicinity. Some of the larger sinks are
more than a hundred yards across and as much as 100 feet deep, and
are usually wooded in the bottom. Some of the more interesting ones
can be explored with only a moderate amount of climbing. Among
these are the ''Twin Sinks'' where Dryopteris filix-mas occurs along-
side beds of D. marginalis, D. intermedia, Cystopteris bulbifera, and
Athyrium pycnocarpon. A large sink nearby contains heavy stands of
Dryopteris goldiana, Athyrium thelypteroides, and Adiantum pedatum.
Other interesting sinks are a small one where there are good patches
of Camptosorus rhizophyllus; a deep one containing a colony of a curi-
ous giant woodfern, possibly a form or hybrid of D. filix-mas; and
another nearby where crevices along the rim on one side contain the
only known Lower Peninsula station for Asplenium trichomanes. In the
fields near the sinks Botrychium multifidum is luxuriant and in great
variety, So we can look into the nature of some of its "varieties."

After devoting the morning to the "Sink Hole" area we will stop in
Hillman or Atlanta for lunch enroute to a locality east of Gaylord where
Botrychium simplex occurs along with other grape-ferns. From this
stop it is about 20 miles to Wolverine where Dryopteris clintoniana is
abundant in a mucky swamp, and where there are many of its hybrids
with D. intermedia. What appears to be "'D. boottii" here, then, is ac-
tually not that species at all. After one more stop for a roadside exam-
ination of Selaginella rupestris in a habitat that will surprise our more

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 179

southerly members, — sandy, flat soil in the jackpine country near
Indian River, we will have our evening meal at Indian River or Topina-
bee before proceeding to the University of Michigan Biological Station
for the night. (Note: Since the summer session will have terminated
before we arrive, there will be no facilities for eating at the Station,
and all meals will be taken in nearby towns such as Indian River or
Pellston.)

Tuesday, September 1: The entire day will be devoted to the surpris-
ingly varied flora of the Biological Station region, which includes 14
kinds of Equisetum and 11 kinds of Botrychium. The morning will be
Spent seeing Gymnocarpium robertianum, a rarity of Reese's Bog;
Botrychium dissectum in two varieties growing with other grape-ferns
and Ophioglossum vulgatum at Levi Burr's farm; the 5 or 6 species of
scouring rushes (Equisetum sect. Hippochaete) at Grass Bay; and prob-
ably some gametophytes ("pin cushions") of Equisetum sylvaticum at
the Burt Lake Hardwoods. After lunch we will visit the Lycopodium
inundatum and Isoétes macrospora areas at Vincent Lake, and then go
over to Sturgeon Bay, Lake Michigan, to see various Lycopodium and
Equisetum populations. After dinner, probably at Pellston, we return
to the Station for a second night. Those who wish may take a pleasant
walk along the woodland road to Grapevine Point on the shores of
Douglas Lake where the rockcap fern, Polypodium virginianum, grows
on a Sandbank.

Wednesday, September 2: Early rising will be necessary, for we must
get to Mackinaw City early, so as to avoid delay in boarding the ferry
for the ride across the Straits of Mackinac. We will breakfast either

in Mackinaw City or in St. Ignace, where the ferry docks in the Upper
Peninsula. From St. Ignace we drive 18 miles to the roadside colonies
of "pipes,'' Equisetum fluviatile, and common field horsetail, E. arvense.
Here, on route 134, near the crossing of Pine River, there is a convinc-
ing interspecific hybrid, X E. litorale, in a large colony interspersed
with its parents. About 20 miles to the northeast of this stop we will
spend considerable time at the limestone outcrops near Pickford. Here,
where the Niagara formation swings to the west across the Upper Pen-
insula, such ferns as Asplenium viride, the green spleenwort; Poly-
stichum lonchitis, the northern holly-fern; and Camptosorus rhizo-
phyllus, the walking-fern, grow in luxuriance. If the season has been
favorable we hope to be able to observe the two somewhat controversial
ferns, Botrychium minganense and B. lunaria, growing intimately to-
gether. The populations of the two species at this locality are among
the finest yet known in the Upper Peninsula. Usually the two entities
occur separately in this area, one on the edge of fields, the other on
limestone pavements and outcrops. When we leave Pickford we shall
drive straight to Blaney Park, stopping only to see the interesting Great
Lakes Region endemic, Cirsium pitcheri on dunes along the lake, and
such ferns as Thelypteris phegopteris and Dryopteris spinulosa var.

180 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

fructuosa at Cut River Bridge. We shall remain at Blaney for the

Thursday, September 3: After short stops near Manistique to see
Selaginella selaginoides in the sandy marshes along Lake Michigan and
a colony of Botrychium minganense, here growing as much as a foot
tall, we will proceed to Munising, to the Pictured Rocks area. Among
other species to be observed here are Polystichum braunii and Cryp-
togramma Stelleri. A few miles west of Munising we will stop at
Scott's Cave to see the glowing moss, Schizostega, and an interesting
stand of Polypodium. From here we continue some 30 miles to the
west on the scenic drive along Lake Superior to Marquette, where we
shall spend the night.

Friday, September 4: Leaving Marquette in the morning we will spend
at least a couple of hours exploring Sugar Loaf Mountain, and other
rocky areas along the Lake Superior Shore. Woodsia ilvensis and
other rock ferns are found here, as well as Selaginella rupestris in its
more usual rocky habitat, by way of contrast with the sandy one seen
near Indian River. Returning to Marquette, we proceed westward and
then southward through parts of the iron-mining country. Among the
interesting ferns in the Lake Michigamme area are Dryopteris fra-
grans and Botrychium lanceolatum. Near Felch Mountain we hope to
observe the problematic fragile-fern, Cystopteris tennesseensis, in
what may be one of its most northern stations, growing here with the
northeastern variety of the fragile-fern, C. fragilis var. laurentiana.

By late afternoon or evening the group will arrive in Iron Mountain,
where two nights will be spent.

Saturday, September 5: This, the last day of the trip, will be devoted
to the interesting environs of Iron Mountain, where Woodsias are well
developed. We shall examine stands of Woodsia cathcartiana, W.
ilvensis, and W. obtusa (the latter a very rare plant in Michigan),

and keep on the lookout for hybrids. Another interesting locality is
the only one in Michigan where Pellaea atropurpurea and P. glabella
are known to grow near each other. &

The Iron Mountain area is very complex geologically and supplies
appropriate habitats for a large number of ferns. Cryptogramma
stelleri, Camptosorus rhizophyllus, and forms of Cystopteris fragilis
are all well developed in this region. Since this will probably be a
rugged day of climbing among the hills and rocks we have planned to
spend the night here before leaving for Madison or home, as the par-
ticipants individually decide. Those having engagements in Madison
on Sunday may wish to leave Saturday afternoon.

MICHIGAN'S NATURAL AREAS COUNCIL*

William B. Hall

BELIEVING that the concept of conservation includes the protection of
certain types of plant and animal environments for the benefit of pre-
sent and future generations, a small group of Michigan men and women
have established a functional organization whose primary purpose is to
find, inspect, and recommend to appropriate land-holding agencies the
preservation of certain areas of land in a natural condition. These
areas are to remain as part of the living record of the variety and pro-
fusion of the resources that have made America a land of opportunity.
They will be located in all parts of the state to illustrate its variety
and to enable more people to understand and appreciate the living
world and the complexities of ecology.

In 1949, far-seeing members of the Michigan Botanical Club pro-
posed that some machinery be established within the framework of that
club by which certain tracts of land in Michigan might be preserved by
state or other agencies for protected public use and enjoyment. By
June a functional group had been formed under the title, aay Areas
Committee. From its inception until October, 1951, this committee
existed as an operating unit of the botanical club but included delegates
of some three dozen national and state-wide cooperating institutions
and organizations ae to participate, as well as a group of individual
members from the c

Any individual or group might recommend a specific site to the Nat-
ural Areas Committee by formal report. The committee would then
delegate a reconnaissance committee to make a field report describing
fully all natural features and characteristics of the area, including the
unique or specially interesting plant ana animal life, soil types, forest
conditions, and geological formations. It would also suggest boundaries.
This report was then returned to the Natural Areas Committee, which
appointed two members from the council and one from its individual
membership to serve as a site-selection committee. At the same time,
two representatives were appointed by the state Department of Con-
servation to serve on this committee.

The functions of this committee were to visit the area as a group,
decide on the boundaries of the tract to be reserved, and determine
whether further action should be taken to recommend it for reservation.
The decision was referred to the Natural Areas Committee, and, when
approved, the report was forwarded to the Department of Conservation
or other appropriate agency, for final action.

*For permission to reprint this article the Asa erey Bulietin is indebted to Mr.
Howard Zahniser, Editor of ''The Living Wilderness", a quarterly publication of
the Wilderness Society, in which it first appeared (No. 43: 20-22, Winter 1952-53).

181

182 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

Since a number of sites might be recommended over a given period,
a number of site-selection committees and reconnaissance committees
might be operating at any one time.

By October of 1951 the somewhat dual personality of the Natural
Areas Committee, as an operating unit of the Michigan Botanical Club
with an objective importance involving fields and organizations far out-
side the normal limits of the club, resulted in the club's deciding that
the committee should become an independent organization.

Reorganization in January, 1952, provided for a recreated Michigan
Natural Areas Council, but for continued operation of existing recon-
naissance and site-selection committees, and the continuity of the pro-
gram until a new constitution might become effective. In addition, a
screening committee was established to determine whether a recom-
mended site deserved further study, and to ensure that all reports
were complete before being submitted to the council for final study.

By this reorganization, much of the ambiguity and confusion of sub-
ordination to the Michigan Botanical Club was resolved and a more
smoothly running, integrated single organization was made possible.

That the efforts of the Michigan Natural Areas Council have been
effective is shown by the acceptance by the state Department of Con-
servation of the proposed principles of special-area management and
the tracts recommended for reservation. In April, 1951, the Depart-
ment of Conservation approved the specific recommendations of the
council for classifying four sections of Wilderness State Park: Crane
Island Area and Sturgeon Bay-Sucker Creeks Area as natural area
preserves, and Waugoshance Point Area and Big Stone-Cecil Bay Area
as nature study preserves.

Later recommendations proposed the reservation of certain parts
of the Porcupine Mountains State Park in the Upper Peninsula as na-
ture reserves and scenic sites. In addition, the Haven Hill Nature
Reserve has been proposed, including within its boundaries one large
natural area preserve, one smaller natural area preserve and one na-
ture study preserve. Also, studies are being made of the Pictured
Rocks area and part of the Tahquamenon River area in the Upper Pen-
insula, as well as in other regions.

A Scenic Site is that kind of area which deserves reservation b
virtue of its scenic value, its esthetic beauty, or its unusual character
as a natural geologic feature. Its intrinsic value as an isolated site
must be greater than that to be gained from alternate use or from no
use. A cliff promontory, for example, can not be subjected to agri-
cultural use, and may without effort by anyone become a scenic site
unofficially. Lacking protection, however, it runs the risk of vandal-
ism, becoming a public dump, or the repository of picnic beer cans.
Under government protection, controls are possible which safeguard
the inherent character of the site, provide suitable access, and prevent
commercial development. Most important, the area is preserved for

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 183

the people as a part of their heritage of American beauty.

A Nature Study Preserve is a land unit with significant natural his-
tory values which are preserved for nature education. This type is
allowed the greatest use for public purposes commensurate with the
maintenance of the natural values inherent in the area. The develop-
ment of nature trails, the trailside exhibit, and the museum are exam-
ples of desired features. A service area, with parking and camping
facilities, water, shelter, and lavatories adjacent to, but not in, the
area, is needed. On the restrictive side the collection of natural ob-
jects even for scientific or classroom use is proscribed, Unrestrained
roaming away from the trails by unconducted groups or individuals is
prohibited, as well as fires, picnics, and the like.

A Natural Area Preserve is, in some respects, the most important
of the three types of land unit considered. The pressure of exploitation
and modification of wild land has produced a feeling of urgency on the
part of those who wish to see parts of the land saved in their original
state. The urgency is justifiable when there is an awareness of the
great pressures to continue the exploitation of the land to the last acre
without thought for the present needs and the future heritage of our
children. We must save what we can ina natural state while we have
it to save. There is very little left, or time in which to act, as the
pressure on wild land is growing at an ever accelerating rate.

A Natural Area Reserve, a fourth and more inclusive designation,
may include two or more of the others together with a "buffer zone".

The ecological concepts of the interrelationship between man and
nature, between animal and plant, and the long interlocking inter -
dependencies and needs of the animal, the plant, and the environment
of each, are but incompletely known. There is only one laboratory
where many of the truths of ecology may be studied. That is on the
land which is permitted to live its own life, as it were, without benefit
of quack-doctors and cure-all panaceas, and without the interference
of man, well intentioned and economically important though the inter-
ference may be. Since man is subject to his environment he must
learn to live with it. The thoughtless modification of that environment
means his eventual self-destruction.

Those tracts which are classified as natural area preserves must
receive complete protection in order to be maintained in a natural con-
dition. Their protection depends to a considerable extent upon inacces-
sibility, since easy access complicates protection and invites disaster.
They must be protected from surrounding development and from future
road and air access by "buffer zones", which do not permit the core of
the area to be affected by conditions outside their perimeters. They
are not to be considered as "no trespass" areas, but are to be managed
so as not to attract the general public on its Sunday drives. The
should be open for study and research by qualified persons interested
in wildlife, native fauna and flora, forestry, soils and geology. They
are not for the recreation and esthetic delectation of the nature lover

184 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

alone, but are also for the use of the many kinds of students of natural
phenomena, as the forester, wildlife manager, soil technologist, and
geographer.

These areas are not to be modified by cutting, clearing, burning,
or other operations affecting individual plants and animals, or their
organization into communities in a natural state. Grading, filling,
drainage, dam construction, or other land operations affecting the
physical and biological situations in the tract are not permissible, nor
is the construction of roads, graded foot-trails, housing, camp sites,
or Other facilities for human use.

Questions arise at once. Protection involves not only safety from
man, but from fire, insect ravages, and other hazards arising from
the fact that such an island of naturalness is on a much more delicate
balance than if the primitive conditions existed on an extensive tract.
For example, an unnatural shortage of predators may result in over-
abundance of deer with an ensuing heavy browsing pressure. Similar
problems have led to the feeling that such a preserve may be opened
temporarily at the discretion of the operating body for controlled hunt-
ing and fishing, for combating parasites and disease, for fire protec-
tion, and for stream improvement to ensure water quality maintenance.

In addition, the question of private in-holdings has not been adequate-
ly answered, Private agreement is temporary at best, and economic
necessity may force a private owner to cut the timber on parts of his
land included in a natural area. Corporation needs may require a
change in the original agreements. Also, there is no legal certainty
that new officials in the public land-use agencies will continue to co-
operate with the Natural Areas Council and follow the management
principles developed by it. This problem would not be answered by a
quasi-official status granted to the council, as its efforts receive their
greatest influence from being a citizens' organization,

The importance of these questions is indicated by the fact that there
is still considerable doubt as to how the objectives of the program are
best attained. That the program is essential, there is no doubt. And
Since it is a continuous one, lasting literally forever, there is no need
for all the answers to be supplied by tomorrow afternoon at three
o'clock. The decisions must be reached, of course, but setting aside
the tracts is the hurdling of an obstacle that only a few years ago
would have been insurmountable in the thinking of most people.

The people of Michigan do not have a perfect system. Yet the Mich-
igan Natural Areas Council is one state organization which does seem
to have hit on a system that will work.

VEGETATION OF THE HAVEN HILL TRACT,
OAKLAND COUNTY, MICHIGAN:

Part of a Report of the Michigan Natural Areas Council
to the Michigan Department of Conservation

Paul W. Thompson

THE HAVEN HILL TRACT, located a few miles east of Highland, is
one of the most varied forested areas of southern Michigan. Until
purchased by the State a few years ago, it formed the nucleus of the
Edsel Ford Estate. It is completely fenced and occupies an area of
approximately three square miles in sections 19 and 30 in White Lake
Township and the eastern portions of sections 24 and 25 in Highland
Township, Oakland County, Michigan. It is located between Ford and
Duck Lake Roads, bounded on the north by highway M-59, and repre-
sents about one third of the five thousand acres of the Highland Rec-
reational Area which lies thirty miles northwest of Detroit and twelve
miles west of Pontiac. Thus, the Haven Hill Tract is within easy
reach of one of the nation's largest cities, and the populous Michigan
cities of Ann Arbor, Jackson, Lansing, Flint, and Pontiac.

Because of its central location and its unusual natural features this
tract is an ideal nature study area for southeastern Michigan.

Geological History and Surface Features

The Haven Hill Tract has a varied and rugged topography. As else-
where in the glaciated region, surface features were formed by the
Wisconsin Glacier. As this mammoth ice sheet moved slowly into
Michigan from the north some 30,000 years ago, it plowed and pushed
before it gigantic piles of rock, clay and boulders. Later, as the ice
retreated, a portion of the debris was left as moraines. Many local
topographic features were formed when masses of earth, frozen into
the glacial ice, were released as it melted, and much material was re-
worked by transport in rapid glacial streams and redeposition in lakes.
The long range of wooded hills that extends in a northeast-southwest
direction through the Haven Hill Area is a part of the Interlobate Mo-
raine formed by the convergence of the Huron and Saginaw Lobes of
the glacier. The swirling melt waters carried gravel from this mo-
rainal ridge and deposited it to the south as an outwash plain which is
part of the more extensive Commerce Outwash Plain. Teeple Lake,
to the south, lies in a shallow depression of this plain. Haven Hill
Lake, in the northern section, was once a marshy pond at the foot of
the glacial moraine. In 1924 Edsel Ford converted the pond into a

185

186 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

large artificial lake by damming the stream which drained it. Scat-
tered throughout the hills are many potholes which were formed by the
melting of huge blocks of ice which had been entrapped in the morainal
till.
History

Edsel Ford purchased the Haven Hill Tract in the early twenties.
Previously, this land had been divided among several owners, some of
whom had carried on farming activities. Among these were William
and Andrew Beatty, Archie Degarmo, Jos. Skarritt, Messrs. Teeple,
McNulty, Weber and Parks. Except for an occasional tree, cut for
barn timbers, no lumbering operations have been carried on in the
northern portion of the area during the last fifty years. In the earlier
days dead trees were often removed for firewood and Mr. Ford cut a
few cedars for fence posts, shortly after he acquired the property.
Consequently, the wooded portion of this tract has remained almost
undisturbed for at least half a century.

Mr. MacKee engaged in trapping operations in the wooded area
many years ago. Mink and muskrat were the principal animals which
he trapped; occasionally a raccoon was captured.

Ecology and Flora

Because of the varied terrain, the largely wooded northern portion
of the Haven Hill Tract contains examples of the more common forest
communities that occur in southern Michigan. Their location and re-
lation to the terrain are shown on the vegetational map (Fig. 1). The
high morainal hills are covered with oak-hickory forest in which the
red and the white oak (Quercus rubra and Q. alba) and hickories
(Carya spp.) are the dominant trees and the understory species are
witchhazel (Hamamelis virginiana), flowering dogwood (Cornus florida),
maple-leaf viburnum (Viburnum acerifolium), and the ironwood (Ostrya
virginiana).

The low swampy outwash plain, encompassed by the morainal hills,
supports an extensive swamp forest composed mainly of white elm
(Ulmus americana), black ash (Fraxinus nigra), basswood (Tilia amer-
icana), and the moisture-loving species of hickory (Carya spp.). Asso-
ciated with these are the spice bush (Lindera benzoin), leather-wood
(Dirca palustris), red-berried elder (Sambucus pubens), and several
species of dogwood (Cornus spp.). Many species of flowers grow in
this mucky soil in the spring, such as Douglass and spring bitter-
cress (Cardamine Douglassii and C. bulbosa), jack-in-the-pulpit (Ari-
saema atrorubens), Dutchman's breeches (Dicentra cucullaria), blue
cohosh (Caulophyllum thalictroides), and the cut-leaf and broad-leaf
toothwort (Dentaria laciniata and D. diphylla). The wood nettle (Lapor-
tea canadensis) and the cinnamon, , royal, and maiden-hair ferns (Os-
munda cinnamomea, QO. regalis and Adiantum pedatum) are abundant
during the summer season.

L8T

OAKLAND County, MICHIGAN
HAVEN HILL SECTION
HIGHLAND RECREATION AREA
VEGETATIONAL MAP

SCALE Jin = Imi. APPROX,

——— HIGHLAND M-59

Wy a of
Rie ne ir
eit

My
ais 1)

+
nate "y ea VA : Neca Suraveveo Ano PLrotrtTeo BY
il! nilil, Avy ne Sauer PauL W. THo ON
it a oe ae 3 Pea : ne TRACED BY CFB LNA.
Fry blade tg eS i CRD
4 cminrg nyt fi aie May 1950
yaa
as rrieu x
Pat, nee au aes
Oo NUKE \ as py | RUA Fn
oF . ah oe eit i E 59
‘ j NIL Kae L—ENTRANCE Mm -
° PAN 2B) e
2 i =
a Ati y
Wee PonTiAg ——=
He Ca 2) on
Pa Aaa \ es vf sini A
% ? : \ Sou con oar ry,
5 =e ‘ vit sop at UR cat “y SU y LEGEND
eeyeaess OP cn Whe Way 1 Tn
Sie eh ntti atinSe ‘ iti Lae
ree eee ULL : Vans TH
in ieee ea me at ti tin eatin ghia Fiero
3-3 Ni MG ee Dee eae 1G
Oo B/
Beecrn-Maece
+
ee OaK-HicKoRy
“se

Mixeo HAROwoops

3°, 0 0%)

Sete!
+)

Gruse
Reoao
N Swamp ForéEsT

ns

z 2 CEDAR Swame
Poe
a Teepe Hee
= dy Ski Are
NN te tg
Noe TAMARACK Bos
Sera ee

Brack Spravce Bos

Scare of Mies

° % eS So 4
Mars

Trac

Fig. 1. Vegetation map of the Haven Hill tract, Oakland County, Michigan.

188 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

. 2. Winter view of the white-cedar (Thuja a occidentalis) swamp at Haven
Hill, ‘Galland County, Michigan. One of the i southerly examples of this plant
association. Photograph by Paul W. Thompso

68T

. 3. Tamarack (Larix laricina) swamp along west shore of Alderman Lake, Haven Hill Tract, Oakland
County, Michigan, 19 Oct. 1950. Photograph by Charles F. Boehler, used by permission of the Michigan
Beereeee of Conservation, Parks and Recreation Division.

061

Fig. 4. Black spruce (Picea Mariana) bog surrounded by a moat. This bog is near but not on the Haven Hill
Tract, near the center of Sec. 32, T. 3, NR8E, ee Lake eas Oakland County, Michigan, 27 Apr. 1952.
Photograph by Chas F. Boehler, used by permission of Mic higan Department of Conservation, Parks and Recrea-

tion Division,

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 191

Pocketed between the protecting hills, a portion of this swampy
plain is covered with a large white-cedar swamp. The boggy charac-
ter of this area, resulting from slow drainage, is shown by the pres-
ence of bog iron. This community has the aspects of the Northlands;
white cedar (Thuja occidentalis) and bronze-barked yellow birch (Bet-
ula lutea) are the principal tree species. Beneath the dense shade of
these trees grow the red-berried elder (Sambucus pubens), swamp
currant (Ribes triste), and Canada honeysuckle (Lonicera canadensis).
A thick carpet of miterwort (Mitella nuda), enchanter's nightshade
(Circaea alpina), and white violet (Viola pallens) form a conspicuous
ground cover. On the many hummocks under the cedars one finds the
shiny green leaves of the goldthread (Coptis groenlandica). The bulblet
fern (Cystopteris bulbifera) and several species of the wood fern (Dry-
opteris spp.) are numerous. Other common plants are the dwarf rasp-
berry (Rubus pubescens), the bishop's cap (Mitella diphylla), and the
Swamp saxifrage (Saxifraga pennsylvanica). In the moist areas mosses
and liverworts form thick green carpets.

In the northern section of Michigan the cedar swamp, which occupies
the low valley lands, is a common plant association. In southeastern
Michigan, on the contrary, it is of rare occurrence, here reaching the
southern limit of its range. The few stands of white cedar which are
found in this area often exist only as narrow strips of vegetation bor-
dering lakes and streams, failing to give the typical aspect of the cedar
swamp of the North. Thus the preservation of a large tract of white
cedar such as this at Haven Hill becomes increasingly important to
naturalists.

Many of the species of plants mentioned above grow only under the
conditions which are so distinctive of the white-cedar swamp. The
interlocking boughs of the cedar produce a close canopy which shuts
out most of the sunlight and creates a quiet, dark, shady habitat, which
with its moisture and coolness, favors the abundant growth of these
Species. Failure to preserve such vestigial habitats results in the dis-
appearance of many species.

In wetter areas one finds tamarack bogs in which the characteristic
tree species is the tamarack (Larix laricina) with its associate, the
poison sumac (Rhus Vernix). Interesting companion plants are bog
birch (Betula pumila), high-bush blueberry (Vaccinium corymbosum),
the bog buckthorn (Rhamnus alnifolia), pitcher plant (Sarracenia pur-
purea), bog shinleaf (Pyrola asarifolia), and the tufted loose-strife
(Lysimachia thyrsiflora).

Scattered throughout the swampy plain are several low "islands",
only a few feet higher in elevation, but covered with a very different
type of forest —the beech-maple association. This is the cena
forest of southern Michigan. The dominant species are the s
maple (Acer saccharum) and the beech (Fagus grandifolia). nr white
ash (Fraxinus americana), black cherry (Prunus serotina), basswood

192 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol. II, No. 2

(Tilia americana), and the red oak (Quercus rubra) occur in smaller
numbers. Because of the dense shade the shrub layer is quite sparse
and contains principally transgressives and a few shrub species such
as the shadbush (Amelanchier spp.), Canada honeysuckle (Lonicera
canadensis) and the leatherwood (Dirca palustris). However, a large
number of heraceous plants develop in the early spring on the rich
humus of the forest floor before the tree leaves appear: spring beauty
(Claytonia virginica), Canada violet (Viola canadensis), acute-leaf
hepatica (Hepatica acutiloba), white trillium (Trillium grandiflorum),
yellow trout-lily (Erythronium americanum), wild garlic (Allium tri-
coccum), yellow violet (Viola pubescens), and the broad-leaf sedge _
(Carex plantaginea).

Aquatic vegetation is usually found in the various lakes, ponds and
streams of the area. Haven Hill Lake, artificially formed, lacks the
usual shore plants, which were deeply submerged by flooding, to the
present lake level in 1924 and have still not become reestablished in
1952. However, the waters are abundantly filled with such common
aquatic species as coontail (Ceratophyllum demersum), wild celery
(Vallisneria americana), water crowfoot (Ranunculus longirostris),
yellow pond-lily (Nuphar variegatum), and white water-lily (Nymphaea
tuberosa).

Teeple Lake, the only other large lake of the area, has narrow
beaches and the shallow water contains rushes, bulrushes and pond-
weeds. Pickerelweed (Pontederia cordata) is one of the interesting
species found here. Several cattail communities are found bordering
ponds and lakes where shallow water conditions are suitable for the
growth of cattails (Typha latifolia), the dominant species.

There are many field communities, especially in the southern por-
tion of the Haven Hill Tract. Common plants are the Kentucky blue-
grass (Poa pratensis), the long-haired hawkweed (Hieracium longi-
pilum), white sweet clover (Melilotus alba), wild bergamot (Monarda
fistulosa), the bush clover (Lespedeza capitata), early goldenrod (Soli-
dago juncea), and the common St. John's-wort (Hypericum perforatum).
It is not uncommon to see the tree and low-spreading junipers (Juni-
perus virginiana and J. communis) scattered over the open Slopes.
Invading species from the surrounding areas commonly are the stag-
horn sumac (Rhus typhina), blackberry (Rubus allegheniensis), choke-
cherry (Prunus virginiana), and aspen (Populus tremuloides). In old
fields adjacent to once cultivated land, in addition to the named field
species, the following are common: yellow sweet clover (Melilotus
officinalis), red clover (Trifolium pratense), alfalfa (Medicago Baul),
sheep sorrel (Rumex acetosella), and star thistle (Centaurea macu
losa).

The range of habitats at Haven Hill offers suitable conditions for
the growth of a wide variety of plants. Mr. George W. Thomson and

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 193

the writer made a preliminary survey of the area in 1946, and a long
list of plants was compiled. Subsequently, the writer has conducted a
more complete botanical survey, resulting in enlarging the list. Over
five hundred different species of plants have been discovered and
identified, exclusive of members of the grass and sedge families which
are now being studied. The richness and variety of the flora is evident
Since approximately half of the recorded flora of Oakland County can
be seen in this small tract. (See Bingham's Flora of Oakland County,
Michigan, Bull. No. 22, Cranbrook Institute of Science.)

Because of the large area of undisturbed woodlands, the following
less common plants which require rich humus are fairly common in the
Haven Hill Tract: pine-sap (Monotropa Hypopithys), Indian pipe (M.
uniflora), flowering dogwood (Cornus florida) and spotted coral-root
Corallorhiza maculata). The tulip tree (Liriodendron tulipifera) and

leatherwood (Dirca palustris) are both quite common bordering damp
ground. Ten different species of orchids have been located; these in-
clude such interesting kinds as the putty-root (Aplectrum hyemale),
northern green orchis (Habenaria hyperborea), bracted orchis (H.
viridis var. bracteata), and the showy orchis (Orchis spectabilis).
Such rare species as the golden seal (Hydrastis canadensis) the large
ginseng (Panax quinquefolius), the dwarf ginseng (P. trifolius), anti-
clea (Zigadenus glaucus), and purple polygala (Polygala polygama)
grow at Haven Hill.

AREAS RECOMMENDED FOR PRESERVATION

The following areas of the Haven Hill Tract, (see Vegetational Map),
are recommended for preservation:

Nature Reserve. The northwestern portion of the Haven Hill Tract
should be designated as a Nature Reserve. The Nature Reserve is
our broadest category of protected natural areas. We recommend
that one large and one small Natural Area Preserve and a Nature
Study Preserve be established within the Nature Reserve indicated
above. The three areas are described below.

Nature Study Preserve. The easternmost section of the Nature Re-
serve should be designated as a Nature Study Preserve (see Fig. 1).
This section is ideally suited to this purpose. It contains a variety of
natural habitats, — beech-maple, swamp and oak-hickory forests,
tamarack bog, white-cedar swamp, field, cattail marsh, several
streams and a portion of Haven Hill Lake. The Haven Hill Ecology
Trail, starting at the east side of Haven Hill Lake, is located within
these boundaries. This trail was established by the Southeastern
Chapter of the Michigan Botanical Club in cooperation with the

194 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

Michigan Department of Conservation. Signs along the trail point out
natural features which demonstrate ecological relationships. The
various species of trees and shrubs and a few of the more interesting
herbaceous plants are labeled with metal tags. The trail has been
used by a large number of groups such as scout troops, nature organi-
zations, conservation clubs, hiking groups and educational organiza-
tions. Several colleges and universities located in southeastern Mich-
igan have used this area for class studies in outdoor subjects. Deer-
path Trail, through the wild northern part of this area, gives the vis-
itor an opportunity to observe the few tall white pines, relics of earlier
days. A road and parking lot just southeast of Haven Hill Lake gives
access to this area.

Haven Hill Natural Area Preserve. The area directly west of the pro-
posed Nature Study Preserve should be designated a Natural Area Pre-
serve (Fig. 1). It incorporates all of the natural habitats which are
found in the Nature Study Preserve. Since it is the most isolated por-
tion of the Haven Hill Tract, its natural features have been disturbed
very little. It includes the northwestern portion of Haven Hill Lake
which has already been designated and maintained as a Wild Life Sanc-
tuary. The isolated North Bay area of the Lake is an excellent breed-
ing ground for wildfowl. Canada geese, mallards, black ducks and
herons frequent this spot. Until the tall dead trees in the North Bay
were blown down by strong winds several years ago, a small heronry
existed here.

Small plots located in this section and in the proposed Nature Study
Preserve are under study by the writer so that these may be estab-
lished in the future as permanent study quadrats.

An old bridle path, winding along the higher ground gives access to
this area.

Black-Spruce Bog Natural Area Preserve. A small but very interest-
ing black-spruce bog is located in the southwestern corner of the pro-
posed Nature Reserve. The cattail moat which completely encircles
this spot serves as a natural protective barrier. A thick carpet of
Sphagnum moss forms a ground cover in which white birch, black
spruce and tamarack grow. Several northern species of plants are
scattered throughout this habitat.

Acquisition Recommended of a larger Black Spruce Bog as an Addition
to Haven Hill Tract. Located one half mile east and south of the inter-
section of Ford and Cedar Island Roads is an extensive Black Spruce
Bog. One half mile in length and a quarter of a mile wide, it is one of
the largest areas of this type to be found so far south in Michigan.

The entire area is covered with a thick carpet of Sphagnum moss. The
dominant trees are the black spruce (Abies mariana), mixed with

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 195

tamarack (Larix laricina). It is of unusual value because of the oc-
currence of a large number of species of northern plants. These in-
clude pitcher plant (Sarracenia purpurea), creeping snowberry (Gaul-
theria hispidula), cranberry (Vaccinium macrocarpon), roundleaf sun-
dew (Drosera rotundifolia), pink lady's-slipper (Cypripedium acaule),
bunchberry (Cornus canadensis), and star-flower (Trientalis borealis).
In the wetter spots are found marsh cinquefoil (Potentilla palustris),

bog birch (Betula pumila), and leatherleaf (Chamaedaphne calyculata).
The poison sumac (Rhus Vernix), bog alder (Rhamnus alnifolia), dwarf
raspberry (Rubus pubens), and choke berry (Pyrus melanocarpa) are
common shrubs of this habitat.

It is strongly urged that this unusual area with a suitable buffer
strip be purchased, annexed to the Haven Hill Tract and designated a
Nature Reserve, and that the black spruce bog be designated as a Nat-
ural Area Preserve.

Acknowledgements

Acknowledgement is made to the many persons and organizations
that have aided in the survey and in the present development of the
Haven Hill Area. Thanks are expressed to the leaders, representa-
tives of scientific and conservation organizations, who cooperated in
the general survey and evaluation of this Tract during May 1950 ata
joint campout of the Natural Areas Committee and the Michigan Botan-
ical Club and who, at the conclusion of this survey, enthusiastically
recommended the preservation of the northern section. To members
of the Southeastern Chapter of the Michigan Botanical Club, especially
those who were members of the Committee on Wilderness Tracts and
Trails of that organization, belong the credit for the construction and
development of the Haven Hill Ecology Trail. The cooperation of
members of the Michigan Department of Conservation has been of
great assistance on many occasions. The wholehearted support of
Charles Harris, former superintendent, and Shuman Worrell, the
present superintendent of the Highland Recreational Area, has contrib-
uted much to the various activities which have been carried out at
Haven Hill.

The late P. J. Hoffmaster, former director of the Michigan Depart-
ment of Conservation, and members of his staff should be commended
for their foresight in the acquisition of this ususual tract and for the
excellent judgement which they showed in administering this area so
as to utilize best its outstanding features in the interest of outdoor
education and conservation.

Finally, the writer wishes to thank the members of the Reconnais-
sance Committee, Ralph O'Reilly and George W. Thomson, whose
specialized training has been of considerable value in evaluation and
selection of the areas proposed for preservation in this report and to

196 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

thank Nora Altman Peisner of Ethyl Corporation and Charles F.
Boehler for the excellent tracing of the Vegetational Map.

Submitted January 1952.
BIBLIOGRAPHY

Jas. W. Bay, "Glacial History of the Streams of Southeastern Michigan". Cran-
brook Inst. Science Bull. No. 12 (1938)

sale hetarre "Flora of Oakland County, Michigan". Cranbrook Inst. Science
Bull. No. 22 (1945).

Wm. H. Burt, "Mammals of Michigan". Univ. of Michigan Press (1946).

M. L. Fernald, "Gray's Manual of Botany", eighth edition. American Book Company
(1950).

Geo. M. Stanley, "Geology of Cranbrook Area". Cranbrook Inst. Science Bull. No. 6
(1936).

Paul W. Thompson, "Haven Hill Ecology Trail". Cranbrook Inst. Science News Let-
ter, 20:73-76, 1951

THE MICHIGAN BOTANICAL CLUB
Paul W. Thompson

TO PROMOTE the conservation of native plants; to stimulate public
interest in the preservation of plant life through education, knowledge
and understanding; to sponsor and promote research and publications
dealing with the plant life of Michigan; to preserve the flora of Michigan
by the establishment of sanctuaries and the enactment of protective laws;
and to support projects which advocate the wise use and conservation

of natural resources and scenic features of our country — these are

the aims of the Michigan Botanical Club.

It was in the spring of 1941 at the Wildflower Festival at Trout Lake
in the Upper. Peninsula that the Michigan Botanical Club, then known as
the Michigan Wildflower Association, was founded. Organized by per-
sons interested in the above aims, the group was soon leading the pro-
gram to enact legislation which would adequately protect some of
Michigan's most colorful and picturesque wildflowers whose beauty
and attractiveness led to an alarming decrease in their numbers.

Several chapters were soon formed to carry on actively the program
of the organization on a local scale, — one in the Upper Peninsula at
Marquette, another named the Bay County Chapter with headquarters ia
the Bay City-Saginaw area, and Junior Chapters at Grand Rapids and
then at Saginaw. During the spring of 1943, in the Metropolitan Detroit
area, the nucleus of another group was formed. It later became the
Southeastern Chapter, the largest and most active of the local chapters.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 197

This group shortly organized an extensive Junior program as part of
the chapter's educational program. In 1948 the Copper Country Chap-
ter was created in the Hancock-Houghton area. For a few years the
State group as a whole was known as The Michigan Association for
Native Plant Protection. The present name, The Michigan Botanical
Club, was selected in 1949.

Through field trips and outings during the outdoor season, and a
series of illustrated lectures, conservation discussions and demon-
strations during the winter, and through bulletins, the local chapters
bring to a large number of persons a program dealing with all phases
of plant life. Two outings are scheduled each year, one in the spring
and another in the fall, at which members of the Botanical Club ex-
change ideas, plan future activities, and become acquainted more in-
timately with the natural features of different sections of the State.
"Campouts" have been held at such places as Douglas Lake near the
Straits, Trout Lake in the Upper Peninsula, Ocqueoc, the Conservation
Training School at Higgins Lake, Clear Lake, the Waterloo Area, the
Irish Hills and Island Lake, Haven Hill, Kensington Park, Walden
Woods and Fish Lake in the vicinity of Detroit. Members of the Bot-
anical Club became more intimately acquainted with the facilities and
programs of such institutions as the University of Michigan, Michigan
State College, Wayne University and Cranbrook Institute of Science
through conducted tours. The Michigan Botanical Club has called
freely upon both professional and amateur botanists, ecologists, biol-
ogists, foresters, conservationists and educators within its ranks to
acquaint its members with the wildlife of the State and the problems
and programs of conservation, localJy and within the nation.

During the past years many activities have been carried on by the
Michigan Botanical Club as a group, and individually by its local chap-
ters. Exhibits at the Detroit Flower Show stimulated interest in plant
life and brought to the public a real wildflower habitat featuring many
Spring flowers in bloom. For a number of years an International
Nature Photography Salon was sponsored and a large number of excel-
lent photographs of wildlife subjects, both in black and white and in
color, were presented at public showings.

In the initiation of the Natural Areas Project in 1948, the Michigan
Botanical Club established one of the most significant and important
conservation movements within the State. The purpose of this project
was to promote the establishment of areas which would permanently
preserve, throughout the State of Michigan, all types of native plant
and animal habitats such as sand dunes, swamps, bogs, forests, moun-
tains, prairies, lakes, etc. Since many conservation organizations of
the State were interested in this program, the Michigan Botanical Club
suggested the creation of an independent organization, later to be
known as the Michigan Natural Areas Council, which would more uni-
versally represent the various groups. The Michigan Botanical Club

198 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No.2

furnished from its ranks many of the persons who conducted the exten-
sive studies and surveys required before these areas could be recom-
mended for preservation. Among the tracts surveyed completely or
now under study are portions of Wilderness Park, Tahquamenon

Falls State Park, Haven Hill, Porcupine Mts., Keweenaw Peninsula,
Warren Woods and Dunes, Ludington Park, Sleeping Bear Dunes, Bald
Mt. Area, Proud Lake Tract and Platte River Plains.

Additional projects were the construction of an Ecology Trail at
Haven Hill, designed to bring to the public an understanding of the
associational plant relationships and their importance in the conserv-
ation program and related activities. A ten-day Ecology Institute,
scheduled during the early summer of 1948 in the Highland area, dealt
with a wide variety of outdoor topics, stressing their interrelationship.
Classes in plant sociology, ecology and biology offered members and
other interested persons an opportunity to further their understanding
and knowledge of these subjects. The collection of a series of koda-
chrome slides was undertaken to be available to and utilized by
educational groups. Many individual members, who are actively engaged
in wildlife photography used their own collections of kodachrome
pictures to present programs that contributed further to this important
field of education. Currently, the Michigan Botanical Club is lending
its support to the establishment, in the Detroit area, of a Museum of
Science and Man, an institution which would play a very important role
in presenting natural science to the public.

Individually and as a group, the Michigan Botanical Club has sup-
ported conservation legislation; aided the establishment of new sanc-
tuaries, wilderness tracts and natural area monuments; and has
assisted in the protection of our National Park System in opposition to
those who would destroy it for their own selfish gains. To keep its
members better informed of tie many conservation activities, both
local and in other sections of the country, the Michigan Botanical Club
affiliated with such organizations as the Wilderness Society, the Nature
Conservancy, the Wildflower Preservation Society, the National Parks
Association, and the Michigan United Conservation Clubs.

ny of its members through surveys, plant collections, and special
studies, have furthered knowledge of the flora and ecology of Michigan.

During the years since its establishment all of the activities of the
Michigan Botanical Club have furthered the aims for which the organ-
ization was founded. Since one of the objectives is ''to promote research
and publications dealing with the plant life of Michigan", it is hoped that
its members will in increasing numbers support the Asa Gray Bulletin,
which will make a public record of its important activities.

THE SOUTHERN APPALACHIAN
BOTANICAL CLUB IN 1953 *

Earl L. Core, Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew, and B. W. Wells

I. HISTORY OF THE CLUB AND ITS JOURNAL, CASTANEA
Earl L. Core

THE Southern Appalachian Botanical Club was organized late in 1935
and began the publication of its journal in January, 1936, The pur-
pose of the Club, as stated in the constitution, was "to promote botan-
ical interest and to disseminate information concerning the flora of
the Southern Appalachian region".

Through the 18 years of its history, the Club has carried out these
objectives primarily in two ways, namely, through the holding of
forays and other meetings of botanists, and through the publication of
articles dealing with the plants of the area. Many new species have
been described, and every State in the Southeast has been treated in
one or more papers. The promotion of better understanding and
closer cooperation among botanists of the area is an activity that has
been favored particularly by the holding of field trips, whereby a
wider acquaintance with the flora may be gained while the students of
the flora become better acquainted with each other.

The financial support of the Club has been aided by an annual grant
from West Virginia University, plus payment of all postage charges.
A large number of periodicals are received in exchange for Castanea
and these are turned over to the University Library when the volumes
are completed.

.A regular arrangement for meetings and presentation of scientific
papers has been worked out in connection with the annual assemblies
of the Association of Southeastern Biologists.

Having completed almost two decades of work, the Club may now
look towards the future with some degree of confidence. The journal,
Castanea, is coming to have a steadily increasing circulation and is
being quoted more widely. It may, therefore, be expected that the
Club will be able to render still greater services to southeastern bot-
any in the years that lie ahead.

*Continuing the policy of A. G. B. to make a record of botanical field meetings,
we welcome the opportunity of presenting a group of articles assembled by Profes-

low. We believe that the separates will be valued by the participants in such meet-
ings as mementos of especially interesting and interesting experiences. — Eds.

199

200 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No. 2

Il. Distribution of Herbarium Specimens of Southeastern Plants

Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew

A PLAN for activating interest in making and distributing good herb-
arium specimens has been proposed for botanists of the Southeastern
United States and for others who can supply species that enter the
southeastern flora or are closely allied. The plan, as originally pre-
sented to the members of the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, and
as now extended to a geographically wider group, the readers of the
Asa Gray Bulletin, follows:

The first step is for you to send me as large a list as you can of the
interesting flowering plants and ferns that you will be able to collect in
reasonable quantity, without damage to habitats of rare plants, during
the coming season. "Interesting" will be construed in the broad sense
and is meant only to exclude weedy, widely common, or otherwise un-
desirable material. Although emphasis will be placed on the south-
eastern flora, that is, south of the Ohio River and east of the 100th
meridian, plants from elsewhere will be acceptable if they have some
bearing on southeastern species. For example: if a species is repre-
sented only by a variety in the southeast, the typical form will be wel-
comed; or critically close relatives of southeastern plants will be
eligible. Examples of interesting plants would be newly described
species or varieties, plants from extremes of range, plants from their
type localities, localized or poorly understood species.

Upon receipt of your list, I shall select a few species to be collected,
and let you know the number of sheets of each to collect. This number
will be determined by the number of persons who participate. If thirty
botanists indicate intention to cooperate and a selection of three species
is made from each list, then you will be notified to collect enough mate-
rial for 45 sheets of each of your three species. When dry, these spec-
imens are to be sent to me, and I shall sort them into sets, submit
critical species to specialists, have suitable labels prepared, and send
you, postage prepaid, a set of 90 interesting, authoritatively determined

lants.

The 15 extra sets will be used in part to cover breakage and as re-
compense for expert determinations; the remainder will be offered for
sale to defray printing and mailing charges. Any profit realized will
be credited to the account of the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club.

The following stipulations will govern acceptance of specimens:
good, normal material only is to be gathered, carefully arranged,
pressed, and well dried. Ample material for generously filled sheets
should be taken. Collections should be made at the time that the spec-
ific (or varietal) diagnostic characters are best displayed. Roots are
to be carefully cleaned. Precise and full data should accompany all

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 201
collections. In short, good, usable, attractive herbarium material is
expected.

The advantages of the foregoing plan are:

1. It is flexible. Any number of contributors can participate, and
any number of species, depending on the least that can be sup-
plied by any collector, can be distributed.

bo

. The short period between collection and distribution. All of the
summer's Collection will be distributed during the coming win-
ter.

ow

. The small number of extra specimens required. Fifteen is be-
lieved to be the minimum commensurate with economical opera-
tion, and is, in fact, much lower than usually required.

Arrangements for participation in the distribution may be made by
addressing the Secretary, Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, De-
partment of Biology, West Virginia University, Morgantown, W. Va.

Ill. FORAY INTO THE NORTH CAROLINA COASTAL PLAIN,
April 18-19, 1953

B. W. Wells

Following the joint spring meeting of the Association of Southeast-
ern Biologists and the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, a field
excursion was conducted on April 18, 1953, by B. W. Wells and Steve
G. Boyce from the meeting place at Chapel Hill, N. C., to Fort
Fisher on the Sea coast below Wilmington, N. C. Fifteen cars were
in the convoy which was in immediate charge of a Highway Patrolman
who saved the party much time by the elimination of traffic light stops
in the cities. Opportunity for collecting was given at all the stops.
The following log is taken from the statement accompanying the map
furnished each member of the party. (See Fig. 1.)

Rolling Sandhills, Harnett County. The uppermost of the sea ter-
races called Brandywine is characterized by extensive coarse sands
laid down on Patuxent rocks of the Cretaceous, covered by the typical
longleaf pine, turkey oak and wiregrass community characteristic of
all coarse sands in the North Carolina coastal plain. Pyxidanthera
brevifolia is endemic. (Fig. 2.) XKerism follows from low nutrient as
well as low water holding capacity. Shrub bog occurs on lower slopes
of hills maintained by water spilling over rim of elevated Cretaceous
clay layer buried under the Pleistocene loose sand mantle.

The strict vertical leaf orientation of the juvenile turkey-oaks
(Quercus Catesbaei) was observed, a proved adaptive character to the
extreme xeric habitat. (Fig. 3.

Attention was called to the Albrecht correlation of low calcium with

202

ASA GRAY BULLETIN

N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

high leaf fiber which obtains in the acid-soil coastal communities.

The high fiber in turn is to be correlated with the high fire incidence
in the coastal plain (10 times that of the piedmont and mountains). A
diagram was shown Setting forth the "vicious circle" of factors oper-
ating which keep the great sandhill areas dominated by the worthless

scrub turkey-oak.

White Lake, Bladen County.

(Lunch).

A huge artesian-fed lake,

developed in one of the numerous "Carolina Bays" is of probable me-

teorite origin, and notable for the extreme clarity of its water.
1.8 miles long; maximum depth 10.6 ft. (Frey).
shore-line of northwest side is an eroding bog margin.

It is
Non-inhabited
The visit

here provided an introduction to the ''Carolina Bay" problem.

,Chapel Hill
ml SW. |PERSON |GRAN. Ad ag > NORTHAM: i,
iy ;
/ g ;
1 TEU PORD ALAM. YORA. f asheul", BERTIE
im ¢ ;
RANDOLPH ¢ \/
CHATNAM Fax ; a >
7 1 BEAUFORT YOE iN
mont \moore st ; 2B, \
ane A ‘
rs re tg
ay ~>2
Hi scr. s ww) i ‘<
i ¢
1
{ 'MDER A
© Diet catia
~‘ sta on
1 ma “— pr Sie
Station 1,’ i Sarek * Station 5
y. + Sgaul
" 2 and 3 /' aati Station 6

Fig. 1. Eastern North Carolina showing route of the Foray.

The Carolina Bays are elliptical shallow depressions with parallel
axes ranging from a few hundred feet to seven miles in length. They
occur by thousands on all the coastal plain terraces except the lowest

(Pamlico).

Bay.

The vast majority of them are filled with peat and are
dominated by evergreen shrubs similar to those seen at Holly Shelter
Evidence is rapidly accumulating which will prove them to have

been formed catastrophically by a great shower of meteorites.

Singletary Lake, Bladen County. A dark-water lake in a Carolina
Bay, 1.5 miles long, maximum depth 11.8 feet (Frey). High organic
detritus of the lake has resulted from increased erosion of the bog
margin since a dam was installed which brought about loosening of
the upper bog root layer from peat beneath. Bay lakes such as this

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 203
are believed to have originated in fire-made depressions modified by
lateral erosion and subsequent detritus disintegration. Based on
evidence of buried peat in Blythe Bay near Wilmington, the meteorite-
made depressions are believed to be at least 200, 000 years old.

A State Park is maintained here and was an ideal place for the
luncheon stop-over. The very dark water results from the constant
erosion of the peat mass in the northwest end of the lake which has
been going on for many millenia. The most remarkable feature of the
dark water lakes is the complete absence of aquatic and marsh vegeta-

n. No peat forms in them to replace that lost by erosion and dis-

tio
integration.

Fig. 2. Endemic Pyxidanthera brevifolia Wells, in sandhills near Spout Springs,

Big Savanna, Pender County. Upland fifteen-hundred-acre fire
area, a climax Stabilized as seen for 100 ye The present vegeta-
tion was preceded by a cane brake and that by a swamp-gum
with peat cover. Relict swamp gum trees are still present, with de-
cumbent trunks. The soil is Portsmouth fine sand, non-drainin
below. Plants are adapted to water logging (wet seasons) and extreme
drouth (dry seasons). About 100 species of herbs are represented.
Thousands of acres in the southeastern coastal plain have gone from
orest (gum, white-cedar, cypress) through shrub-bog to highly
Prehistoric Indian fires were heavily

orest

swamp f
stabilized fire-climax savanna.
involved in the beginning of such savannas.

The dominant plant is the grass Ctenium aromaticum. Associated

with it are Panicum ensifolium, P. longiligulatum, Rynchospora

204 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No.2

Ny Seal
rea)
we

ry ee WL LS

Fig. 3. Juvenile turkey-oak (Quercus Catesbaei) showing vertical orientation of
the leaves. Sandhills near Spout Springs.
Chapmanii, Scleria ciliata and the relict Arundinaria. The numerous
species of wild flowers and their abundance make it, where not dis-
turbed, one of the most notable wild-flower areas in the eastern U. 58.
Something is in bloom throughout eleven months of the year. The
earliest is Thyrsanthema semiflosculare and the latest is Aster elodes.

Of especial interest are the relict trees of Nyssa biflora and Mag -
nolia virginiana. These consist of short, spreading, fire-repressed
trunks partly buried in the dark soil, bearing at their blunt ends many
vertical shoots which, projecting above the herbaceous cover, resem-
ble shrubs. These shoots are renewed every year in response to the
annual fires. The trunks below grow only by the slight increment

centuries. No recent establishment of either of these trees has ever
been observed.

Holly Shelter Bay, Pender County. A large shrub-bog fire-climax
bay, peat-filled, 12 x 15 miles in area, located in an ancient elevated
estuary cut off by the banks of the Penholoway Sea. There are eroded
Carolina Bays init. Cyrilla and _Zenobia are the dominant shrubs with

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 205

22 others present. The area was formerly in swamp forest, as indi-
cated by huge relict stumps. Fire has removed many feet of peat. In
wet seasons large sections are under open water. The plants are
adapted to extreme seasonal fluctuation of water table. Albrecht's
"low Ca-high fiber" theory is applicable to this community and the pre-
ceding.

Salt-spray Climax at Fort Fisher, New Hanover County. This is
the site of a famous fort, most of which has been destroyed by the
rapid wave erosion associated with the N. E. storm winds. Droplets
of sea water, carried by the wind, are deposited on the seaward side
of the dune plants, causing the death of terminal shoots and resulting
in the characteristic "espalier' form of the shrubs. Chlorine-induced
hypertrophy of exposed shoots accounts for the increased succulence
of dune plants other than grasses. The latter structurally prohibit
the entrance of salt. The dominant species, Uniola paniculata, Myrica
cerifera, Ilex vomitoria, and Quercus virginiana, are confined to
definite zones according to their tolerance of salt spray. Wind, ex-
cept as a carrier of salt spray, is of little significance in determining
composition, form and zonation of the dune vegetation.

The high dominance of Cyrilla and Zenobia (32% and 28% respec-
tively) is due to their ability to regenerate after fire which may destroy
the peat soil. Cyrilla readily produces shoots from the roots and Ze-
nobia from its deeply buried rhizomes. Next in order of dominance
is Lyonia lucida (7%) and then ranging downward are Gordonia Lasian-
thus, Ilex glabra, Gaylussacia frondosa, Clethra alnifolia, Ilex cori-.
acea, Arundinaria tecta, Vaccinium virgatum, and Chamaedaphne caly-
culata. Frequent and obstructing progress in the shrub mass is the
bamboo-vine (Smilax laurifolia).

A remarkable feature of the shrub-bog species is the convergence
noted among them as to leaf shape and texture. The leaves show only
minor variations from the elliptical shape so prominent in the bamboo-
vine, just mentioned, and like it are more or less coriaceous.

These shrubs have two origins: those species which have appar-
ently split off from older mountain ones (Clethra alnifolia from C.
acuminata) and those regional monotypes which are of sub-tropical
distribution (Cyrilla).

The zonation of life forms related to salt spray intensity is notable
here but excellent examples of the asymmetric growth response of
the woody plants may also be observed. In the high intensity zone
Uniola paniculata dominates. Tolerating the medium intensities are
the shrubs, Myrica cerifera, Ilex vomitoria, Baccharis halimifolia
and the one broad-leaved tree, Quercus virginiana. A wide range of
species including Pinus Taeda is to be observed in the transition low
intensity area. Well known in the high zones are a few coriaceous to

206 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

Fig. 4. Carolina bay lakes (Salter and Jones) of dark water type with eroding
bog margins. Bog area covered with evergreen shrub complex, a fire climax pre-
ceded by swamp forest.

fleshy-leaved herbs. Boyce has recently shown that the degree of
fleshiness is to be correlated with the amount of salt entering the leaf
through breaks in the cutin, inducing hypertrophy in the leucoparen-
chyma cells. On the same Iva shrub the seaward leaves may be twice
as thick as the protected landward ones.

The familiar asymmetrical shape of the seaside shrubs is due
wholly to the salt killing of branches on the exposed side, the land-
ward protected branches keeping the growth going leeward.

Wells and Shunk (Science, 1937) called attention to the major role
played by salt spray in modifying the form of seaside shrubs, an
asymmetry previously ascribed to wind. Later (Bull. Torr. Bot
Club, 1938, 1939) the zonation and leaf injury pattern were described
and the salt spray live-oak climax forest recognized.

Steve G. Boyce led the discussion at Fort.Fisher presenting much
new data from his doctoral thesis which has done much to clear up the
problem of the adaptations to the high-salt environment. Boyce also

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 207

worked out the origin of the salt-spray particles finding they are
thrown in the air from the bursting bubbles from white caps and spume.

Following Boyce's discussion at Fort Fisher which was given on
Sunday morning the 19th, the foray broke up. The leader wishes to
express appreciation to Mr. Tom Moore, Patrolman, who saved the
party hours of time in transit, and recommends the use of such patrol
service whenever it can be obtained.

The foray party was made up of the following: Steve Boyce, State
College, Raleigh, North Carolina; F. R. Burleson, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia; E. C. Cocke, Wake Forest College,
Wake Forest, North Carolina; H. T. Cox and wife, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia; Dorothy L. Crandall, Randolph Macon
Woman's College, Lynchburg, Virginia; Tom Daggy, Davidson College,
Davidson, North Carolina; J. A. Doubles, Birmingham-Southern Col-
lege, Birmingham, Alabama; Wilbur H. Duncan, University of Georgia,
Athens, Georgia; Richard E. Garth, Emory University, Georgia; Netta
E. Gray, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, Georgia; James W. Harden,
University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia; John Haesloop, University of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina; L. K. Henry and wife,
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania; J. D. Ives, Pinebluff ;
North Carolina; Herman Kurz, Florida State University, Tallahassee,
Florida; Elizabeth League, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
North Carolina; Herbert A. McCullough, Howard College, Birmingham,
Alabama; Fred H. Morris, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennes-
see; Lois A. Nicholson, University of Tennesseé@, Knoxville, Tennessee;
J. Elbert O'Connell, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North
Carolina; F. S. Orcutt, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg,
Virginia; Paul M. Patterson, Hollins College, Virginia; Jane Philpott,
Duke University, Durham, North Carolina; Robert B. Platt, Emory
University, Georgia; A. E. Radford, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, North Carolina; L. W. Roberts and wife, Emory Univer-
sity, Georgia; Royal E. Shanks, University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tennessee; L. R. Wyatt, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
North Carolina; Carroll Wood, University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, North Carolina; Lillian Youngs, University of North Caroline
Chapel Hill, North Carolina.

IV. THE SPRING FORAY AT NUTTALLBURG, WEST VIRGINIA
Earl L. Core
As a tribute to the memory of Lawrence William Nuttall (1857-

1933), mine operator and amateur botanist of Fayette County, West
Virginia, a pilgramage was made to his old botanical collecting

208 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No.2

grounds on April 24 and 25, 1953. The group met at the Nuttall High
School, at Lookout, on the evening of the 24th. Earl L. Core gave a
brief account of the life and work of Mr. Nuttall, and exhibited a
specimen from the Nuttall Herbarium, now a part of the Herbarium
of West Virginia University. The specimen represented Carex
Fraseri, an interesting discovery by Mr. Nuttall, and was collected
on April 22, 1892, at "K. C.", which, local residents were quick to
point out, meant nearby Keeney's Creek. Professor Core also an-
nounced the naming of a trail in the West Virginia University Arbo-
retum for Mr. Nuttall. Mr. William Leeson, director of the Arbore-
tum, gave an illustrated kodachrome lecture on wild flowers of the
region. Greetings were presented from Mr. Nuttall's son, John
Nuttall, of San Diego, California.

Next morning the party proceeded down Keeney's Creek, re-
discovering Carex Fraseri and noting many other interesting plants,
including an abundance of Halesia carolina in full bloom, near i
northern limit in the Appalachians. In the deep canyon ae the New
River the party came to the Nuttall Station and the Nuttallburg Post
Office, at the center of the ghost town which was once the site of the
mining operations of Mr. Nuttall. Mr. H. B. Tully, of Edmond, who
was the local guide, told many interesting stories of Mr. Nuttall and
his times, and pointed out the sites of the old Nuttall home and of the
old general store.

Among those making the trip were Floyd Bartley, Circleville,
Ohio; Donald McBeth, Kingston, Ohio; C. T. Shackelford, ee
ville, Ohio; Mrs. W. K. Kouns, Lookout, W. Va.; Mrs. R. L
Hughes, Oak Hill, W. Va.; Ada Hash, Lookout, W. Va; H. L. Mor-
rison, Oak Hill, W. Va.; i V. Holliday, Lookout, W. Va.; H. B.
Tully, Edmond, W. Va.; J. Hyanes Miller, Fayetteville, Ww. Va.;
William M. Leeson, Morgantown, W. Va.; E. Meade McNeill,
Athens, W. Va.; Mrs. Clifford Allen, Fayetteville, W. Va.; Mrs.
G. W. Bock, Fayetteville, W. Va.; John A. Goodno, Huntington,

W. Va.; Ed. Goodno, Huntington, W. Va.; Mrs. John Goodno, Hunt-
ington, W. Va.; Blanche Thompson, Russellville, W. Va.; Mrs. Evan
McKovr, Lookout, W. Va.; Earl L. Core, Morgantown, W. Va.;
Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew, Morgantown, W. Va.; Ruth E. Geib,
Bethany, W. Va.; Wilma Shaner, Bethany, W. Va.; H. A. Davis,
Morgantown, W. Va.; Tyreeca Davis, Morgantown, W. Va.; Dorothy
Parker, Beckley, W. Va.; Susan Parker, Beckley, W. Va.; g Many,
Ann Stover, Beckley, W. Va.; Joann Danko, Beckley, W.

Bettina DePaulo, Beckley, W. Va.; and L. Bertram Rupert, Nuttall -
burg, W. Va.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 209

V. THE NEW STATE FLORA OF WEST VIRGINIA

The first part of an illustrated "Flora of West Virginia", by P. D.
Strausbaugh and Earl L. Core, was published by West Virginia Uni-
versity in 1952 and the second part is now in press. Two other parts,
to complete the project, are in preparation and it is hoped they can
be published during the next biennium.

This "Flora", treating the approximately 2000 species of vascular
plants found without cultivation in the State, is the product of more
than a quarter of a century of cooperation by the authors in field, her-
barium, and library studies. It also represents the result of collec-
tions made by numerous botanists within the State, and careful stud-
ies made of specimens in the University Herbarium by monographers
of numerous groups, especially the more difficult ones. An attempt
has also been made to cite all pertinent literature dealing with the
floristics of the State.

Each species is dealt with in a paragraph that covers the principal
morphological features, blooming dates, ecological data, and detailed
distributional records. In some cases economic data are also pre-
sented, and facts of a local nature are often included. A pen-and-ink
drawing of each species is also given, in most instances on the page
facing the description.

The first part covers the pteridophytes, gymnosperms, and mono-
cotyledons, with 273 pages and 576 sketches. Part 2 includes the di-
cotyledons to the end of the legumes and will embrace about 300 pages.
The pages will be numbered consecutively throughout the various parts
and it is expected that the entire work will include around 1000 pages.

Keys are given to separate genera in the families and species within
the genera. A general key to distinguish families will be published
later and may be bound at the beginning of the work. A comprehensive
index to the entire work will appear at the end of the publication pro-
gram.

SYRUP FROM THE SAP OF VARIOUS TREES

Clarence R. Hanes

THE MAKING of maple syrup has always been a pleasant occupation
with plenty of hard work thrown in. I shall not dwell on the details of
syrup or sugar making since most people are familiar with the several
operations around a sugarbush, — the tapping of the trees, the colec-
tion of the sap, and its evaporation until it has reached the proper con-
sistency for syrup or for maple sugar.

The trees that are usually tapped are the rock maple, Acer sac-
charum, and the black maple, A. nigrum. As far as we could discover
during our 20 years of experience there was little difference in the
quantity or the quality of the sap of these two species. Individual trees
of the two kinds varied in the sweetness and the amount of sap. Also
individual trees, apart from exposure to the sun, differed in the time
of the season or the time of the day when the sap began to flow.

Other maples which yield a sweet sap are the red maple, A. rubrum,
the silver maple, A. saccharinum, and the box elder, A. Negundo.
These, however, are not commercially profitable.

I remember a friend telling me many years ago of making syrup
from the black walnut and also of tapping a yellow birch for drinking
water when he was cutting wood in a tamarack Swamp.

This friend had a habit of experimenting and finding things out for
himself. Some considered him queer but we enjoyed his original ideas
and inventions. For example, when he was cultivating corn and found
the gophers had been doing a great deal of damage, he would pull hairs
from the tails of his horses and set nooses at the gopher holes to catch
the destructive pests.

In the early 1930's while we were boiling down the maple syrup, I
remembered his story about making syrup from the black walnut,
Juglans nigra. So pails were hung on two tapped trees. It was not long
before the story was spread about that Hanes did not know the differ-
ence between a maple and a walnut tree. From this experiment we
learned that, whereas the flow was less, it took about the same amount
of sap from the walnut as from the maple to produce a gallon of syrup,
i. e. around 40 gallons. Its quality was inferior to that of the maple.

It was sweeter but did not have, contrary to what might have been
expected, any flavor that could be associated with walnut bark or shucks.

In the spring of 1933 Dr. Edgar Anderson was living at Schoolcraft
very near to the evaporator house and was interested in the walnut
syrup. We sent him a small bottle after he had returned to the Arnold

210

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 211

Arboretum. Members of the botany staff at Harvard University were
treated to this unfamiliar product of the walnut tree.

In Edible Wild Plants by Fernald and Kinsey, we read under the
heading Sycamore, Platanus occidentalis, the following: ''Waugh stated
that the Abenaki used the sweet sap for preparing syrup and sugar".
Our experience with this tree did not bear out the statement made
above. A pail, with cover, was hung on a large tapped sycamore and
after ten days we gave up Since during that time not a drop of sap was
found, although meanwhile the flow from maples had been abundant.

Testing the yellow birch, Betula lutea, was more successful. Two
covered sap buckets were hung on trees of medium size in the middle
of March, 1946. These trees gave six quarts of Sap over a period of
18 hours. When boiled down to a somewhat thin syrup there was less
than a half cup. The syrup had a Slightly bitter taste. Its flavor could
not be recommended. The sap of the birch comes more slowly than
that of the hard maples and has such a low sugar content that we estim-
ated more than 100 gallons would be required for a gallon of 11-pound
syrup.

The product from the hickories is a different story. The two species
with which we have dealt are the bitter hickory, Carya cordiformis,
and the small-fruited species, C. ovalis. When the drops of sap from
the maples almost formed a small stream, minutes of watching for a
drip from the spile in the hickory was never rewarded, but at the end
of several days we found on the bottom of the pail not sap, but a small
amount of thick syrup, very pleasant to the taste.

Once in March I was fortunate in coming across the stump of a
recently cut hickory on which the perimeter was thick with a delicious
syrup, which had not yet been discovered by insects. Another time I
noticed some hickory logs which had been piled for shipment near the
Grand Trunk railway tracks. They had circles of large granules of
sugar that had come out on the ends of the logs.

It has been interesting to have made these experiments near my
home at Schoolcraft, Michigan, on several genera of trees. They have
shown why Acer, the genus to which the maples belong, is pre-eminently
with us as it was with the Indians, the source of our most delicious syrup.

THE DEATH OF CHARLES C. DEAM—The sad news has come of the
death of Mr. C. C. Deam at Bluffton, Indiana, on 29 May 1953, only a few
days after the death of Mrs. Deam. Their loss is deeply felt by many
friends, one of them the writer of this note, who has prized their friend-
ship for over half a century. The late Professor Ray Friesner began
collecting letters and other materials for a biography of Mr. Deam a
number of years ago, but how far the writing progressed we do not know.

-H.B.

VOLUME II OF THE "FLORA DE CUBA"
[REVIEW]

Grady L. Webster

THIS BOOK, the continuation (with the assistance of Brother Alain) of
Brother Leén's Cuban flora, is issued unbound but in a colorful paper
cover showing royal palms silhouetted against the Cuban landscape.
The treatments of a number of difficult groups have been contributed
by specialists: Peperomia by Truman G. Yuncker, Coccoloba by R.A.
Howard, and Pilea by C. V. Morton; Dr. J. T. Roig and Ing. Julian
Acuna of the agricultural experiment station at Santiago de las Vegas
contributed the Phytolaccaceae, Lauraceae, Simarubaceae, Meliaceae,
and Ficus. The first volume of the flora, comprising the gymnosperms
and monocots, was published by Brother Leon in 1946; the third volume,
covering the remainder of the Polypetalae, is in preparation and Alain
(Contr. Mus. La Salle 11, 1952: 12, 1953) has already presented his
observations on new taxa in the families Euphorbiaceae through Myrt-
aceae

The present volume is executed on the same plan as the first. Un-
fortunately, however, the list of new binomials published has this time
been omitted. This feature should be restored in subsequent volumes
if the new names can not be published elsewhere. The illustrations
will be of considerable assistance to the user but are of very unequal
value. Many of the photographs of herbarium specimens scarcely re-
present the plants well enough to justify insertion. On the other
hand, the photographs of living plants such as Peperomia, Ravenia,
and Spathelia do much to enliven the work, and could well replace the
stereotyped drawings of such weedy species as Chenopodium album
and Lepidium virginicum. There is a mistake on page 409 which
should be noted: a photograph of a specimen of Simaruba glauca has
inadvertently been labelled Bursera glauca.

The format of the book suffers from the fact that the Flora has to
perform double duty as a local flora of Habana province and as a gen-
eral flora of the island of Cuba. In the treatments of most groups the
species occurring in Habana province are keyed out and listed separ-
ately from those which do not enter Habana province. This means
that if the user is not sure whether his plant is a "Habana" weed or
an Oriente endemic he will have to try it in both keys; and in a genus
like Cassia, where there are 16 ''Habana"' species and 42 "endemic"
ones, this can be a serious handicap. Furthermore, the keys to the
"endemics" are of a synoptic rather than dichotomous type, and the
descriptions are usually so abbreviated that in the large genera it may
be well nigh impossible to reach a decision.

The authors themselves have not remained unaware of this difficulty,
and in the forthcoming volumes are, we understand, going to adopt a
new style in which the species of Habana province will not be set off

212

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 213

from the others. This seems a wise decision, for the violation of con-
sistency in treatment will be more than compensated for in the increas-
ed utility of the work. Probably the best solution to the problem would
be to issue a small handbook specifically for the flora of Habana pro-
vince, if this could be done inexpensively and without great trouble.
The space saved in the larger work might well be utilized to include
more complete citations for the species such as reference to descrip-
tions by Urban in the Symbolae Antillanae, etc. Or perhaps such cita-
tions could be brought together in an up-to-date checklist; this would

be a valuable adjunct to the Flora.

In evaluating the work of Leén and Alain (which is based on a manu-
script flora compiled by Britton, Leon, and others), it should be kept
in mind that a flora such as Fernald's or Gleason's for the north-
eastern United States can not yet be expected for Cuba. The magni-
tude of the task that remains may be estimated from a glance at the
table at the end of the volume, which indicates 276 genera and 1139
species for the families treated. The same series (Amentiferae
through Meliaceae) in the eighth edition of Gray's Manual includes
339 genera and 1744 species, but this total is excessively swollen by
numerous microspecies of Rubus and Crataegus. Taking into account
the large number of escaped and exotic European species in Gray's
Manual, the number of strictly native species may be more fairly
compared to the Cuban total; these include 1313 species in 262 genera.
Approximately the same ratio holds in the monocots, and when one re-
calls that a considerable number of taxa remain to be described from
Cuba it seems safe to say that the spermatophyte flora of this island
must be about as large as that of all the vast area included in Gray's
Manual. Since the Cuban pteridophytes must number several hundred,
one can agree with Brother Leon in his estimate of about 6,000 species
for the vascular flora of Cuba; the final number may prove to be closer
to 7,000.

However, since the death of that indefatigable pair, Urban and
Ekman, in 1931, relatively few professional botanists other than Brother
Leon have spent much time on the flora of Cuba. Brother Alain,
Brother Marie-Victorin, and Dr. R. A. Howard have been the chief
additional workers. More intensive collecting, particularly in Las
Villas, Camaguey, and Oriente, is highly desirable; but the greatest
present need is for critical revisions of characteristically Cuban and
Antillean groups, to make possible accurate determinations and there-
fore ecological and evolutionary studies, which are still almost un-
touched fields in Cuba. Insofar as the Flora de Cuba provides stimu-
lation for further research and more critical study its authors have
earned the gratitude and appreciation of other botanists.

Flora de Cuba, por el Hermano Leon y el Hermano Alain. Vol. 2. Dicotiledon-
eas: Casuarinaceas a Meliaceas. Contr. Occ. Mus. Hist. Nat. Colegio de La Salle
10. 456 pp., frontisp., 171 figs. P. Fernandez, Habana. 1951. $5.50. Obtainable
from the authors at the Colegio de La Salle, Vedado, Habana, Cuba.

NEWS ABOUT BOTANISTS AND THEIR PLANS
FOR THE SUMMER OF 1953

ONE of the difficulties of editing such a semi-popular journal as the
Asa Gray Bulletin is to keep it largely readable and likewise largely
of record value. Even within the first year there was evidence that
many subscribers and readers were reluctant to send as much person-
al news as we want, and must have if the Bulletin is to serve largely
as a substitute for the private correspondence that most busy botanists
neglect. So a few weeks ago we circulated a questionnaire asking for
news notes, which brought a fairly good response. If readers who
have not contributed enjoy the little budget of news that follows they
should overcome some of their undue modesty and contribute to the
next issue without needing stimulus from the editors.

One question asked on the questionnaire was designed to suggest
that individual subscribers not wishing to keep a set might well pass
the A. G. B. along to some library, thus insuring the preservation of
a few more complete sets than our present distribution to institutions
will provide for. The supply of Vol. Ino. 1 is now almost gone. That
issue was largely wasted by being sent out as sample copies, and
since our total edition is only 350 copies, we shall soon be unable to
supply full sets. Subscribers are urged to save their copies for insti-
tutions if they do not wish to keep them.

Chester A. Arnold is vastly enthusiastic in operating a new 24-
inch diamond saw that has been acquired by the Museums of the Uni-
versity of Michigan, for it has been possible to commence sectioning
the blocks of plant-bearing chert that he discovered in the Clarno
Formation of Oregon in 1948. The most interesting plants are some
exquisitely preserved aquatic ferns that have so far defied all attempts
at identification. He is beginning to suspect that an extinct and hereto-
fore unknown genus is represented. Last winter he consulted with a
representative of ''Life’’ about a forthcoming article on Devonian life,
and contributed drawings of Callixylon and Archaeopteris. On May
5th, Arnold acted as installation officer for the new Sigma Xi Club at
Bowling Green State University, and gave an illustrated lecture en-
titled ''A Glimpse of Northern Alaska". Plans are under way for a
paleobotanical expedition into the Kaiparowits and Henry Mountains
region of southern Utah in June. It is necessary to go early to avoid
the excessive heat and flash floods that come later. Arnold will be
accompanied by Dr. Rogers McVaugh, Herman Becker, of Brooklyn
College, and Thomas Riley, of Eagle Point, Oregon. Riley is a vet-
eran rock collector in out-of-the-way places, and has been there be-
fore. If our readers are surprised to learn that Rogers McVaugh is
going along, they should know that Arnold hopes to make a paleo-
botanist out of him yet. Who knows? It is a safe guess, however,
that lots of herbarium specimens will come back from the Henry

214

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 215

Mountains. Later in the summer, if the wanderlust still controls him,
Arnold may head for British Columbia where there is some more fos-
siliferous chert similar to that found in Oregon.

Dr. Dow V. Baxter has finished manuscript for a book, "Cultural
Practices and Their Effect upon Disease Incidence in American Forest
Plantations", which is in the editor's hands. It deals with forest prac-
tices in the United States and Canada and relates the cultural methods
to disease incidence. He is now pressing continuation of research on
the resupinate polypores of North America and a first draft of a book
is nearing completion. This survey covers actual field work in all
states, provinces and territories in North America as well as both field
and herbarium work abroad. This work will be continued during the
coming season in Alaska with Mr. James Ward as assistant.

The reception of Dr. Baxter's revised textbook, "Pathology in For-
est Practice" (John Wiley & Sons) by industry and in foreign sales is
far exceeding expectation. It has been reviewed by newspapers as
well as by technical journals. Excellent reviews have appeared in the
"Journal of Forestry" and "American Forests", as well as "Soil
Science", "Wood", "Trees", "The Forest Farmer", "California Lum-
ber Merchant", ''Forest and Park", ''Forest and Outdoors", "Canada
Lumbermen", "Agricultural Chemicals", "South African Journal of
Science", and many others.

Dr. Baxter was host at the 27th annual class party of his course,
"Forest Pathology in Forest Practice and Timber Pathology", given
again this year at the Michigan League. There was a four-piece or-
chestra aided by soloist Bob McGrath (Town Hall talent) and Toni
Bonadio on the accordian. The program was patterned after the chap-
ters in the text, "Pathology in Forest Practice". In recent years, it
has been the practice to give in absentia honorary memberships in
these classes to one or two nationally known forest or timber pathol-
ogists. Dr. Perley Spaulding was elected for 1952 and this year's se-
lections were Dr. E. P. Meinecke and Dr. Reginald H. Colley.

Dr. Baxter has presented a number of illustrated lectures and mov-
ing pictures during the past year, at New York, Philadelphia, Wash-
ington, D. C., Evanston, Illinois, and several Michigan cities. The
subjects were varied, but "Alaskan Byways", ''The Cassiar Drarliy.
"Album Cubano", and ''Wading thru Florida'' were the chief ones. The
last includes pictures from the Dry Tortugas.

Moving pictures of Alaskan caribou taken in Mt. McKinley National
Park formed the nucleus of a television show during the past season
in the Detroit Free Press program, Jack Van Coevering's ‘Woods and
Waters". Additional television programs with other films taken in
Alaska are now being scheduled for the fall. The pictures are now
being prepared especially for television by the Detroit Free Press's
"Woods and Waters" editors.

Dr. Albert J. Bernatowicz, who completed his dissertation on
"Seasonal Changes in the Marine Algal Flora of Bermuda," is back in
®

216 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

Bermuda with a fellowship from the National Science Foundation and
will remain there during the summer. He is making further collections,
correlating developmental characteristics and associations of sea weeds
with ecological data. He is recording data on concentrations of nutrients
in various habitats from season to season. His plans for the near future
are necessarily vague until he gets a job, but he hopes for opportunity
to compare marine algal aspection at Bermuda with observations in
other areas and to continue research on the Algae of the warm Atlantic.
He works in collaboration with Dr. William Randolph Taylor and his
collections are preserved in the University of Michigan Herbarium as
well as in his own and Professor Taylor's private herbaria. Duplicates
left with the University of Michigan have been distributed to several
institutions in the United States and abroad, and Bernatowicz will have

a large collection of exchange material available at the end of the pres-
ent investigation. Although such an enthusiast about sea weeds, he
looks at the land as well as the sea flora and writes that he will gladly
pick up any other Bermudian plants (if he can find them) that may be
needed for study by readers of this note. We hope for another of his
well written and interesting articles for A. G. B.

Professor Ernst A. Bessey of Michigan State College continues
his work of identification of fungi collected in 1939-40 during a year
spent in the Hawaiian Islands, and is just now engaged with the Fungi
Imperfecti. During April and May he is to be Visiting Lecturer in the
Department of Plant Pathology at Cornell University.

Mrs. Marjorie T. Bingham spent last summer in a vegetational
survey of Grand Island, Alger County, Michigan, and expects to contin-
ue the same project this summer. As in the past, her favorite family
is the Orchidaceae. Since her transfer of chief residence to New Jer-
sey she has also become active in the collecting of the flora of north-
ern New Jersey in order to develop a herbarium at Centenary Junior
College, Hackettstown, where she is the head of the Biology Depart-
ment. Her time during the academic year is too full for much collec-
ting unless it can be done in connection with teaching, but she takes
students as far as fifty miles for field trips by chartered bus. She
writes that Centenary College, established nearly a hundred years ago,
is a privately and adequately supported junior college for a restricted
number of women, which transfers its graduates to such leading wo-
men's colleges as Smith, Wellesley, and Mount Holyoke, as well as to
the state universities. Professor Bingham's earlier collections are
mostly preserved at the Cranbrook Institute of Science and the North-
ern Michigan College of Education. Her two books on the Michigan
flora, the "Orchids of Michigan" and the "Flora of Oakland County"
were both published as Bulletins of the Cranbrook Institute of Science.

. W. H. Camp has made the suggestion that we redefine our too
vague objectives and become a regional journal devoted to the botany

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 217

of the mid-continent area. There is already the American Midland
Naturalist. Moreover, the several state academies of science take
care of many technical and lengthy local floristic contributions, which
we could not afford to publish even if they came to us. We remain con-
vinced that there is room for something similar to the old series of
A.G.B. and the original ''Torreya", which later grew out of, intergraded
with, and was eventually absorbed (as a department) by the Bulletin of
the Torrey Botanical Club. So the content of A.G.B. may be expected
to continue to range from botanical trivia to subtechnical articles, with
emphasis on what is readable but also of record value, geographically
unrestricted but with considerable emphasis on our own Great Lakes
and Michigan region.

Zane B, Carothers, graduate student at the University of Mich-
igan, is interested in the anatomy of the Geraniaceae. He would
gladly receive material of any genera not in our local flora.

Virginius H, Chase is actively continuing his collecting of Illinois
plants, with especial attention to grasses, and will attend to getting
particular living plants, herbarium specimens and seeds needed by
others as they turn up. His chief collections are in the Herbarium
of the University of Illinois, but for certain groups, or localities, or
years, they are to be found also at the Gray Herbarium, University
of Michigan, Missouri Botanical Garden, National Herbarium, the
Peoria Academy of Science, and elsewhere. He has been interested
in Illinois botanical biography and has written articles on his prede-
cessors at Peoria, one entitled Frederick Brendel, the Pioneer
Botanist of Peoria’ and another on Francis Eugene McDonald, an
honored amateur who spent most of his life as a railway mail clerk,
but made his mark in systematic botany by his contributions of beau-
tiful and critically collected specimens to many herbaria. An inter-
esting story of Chase's own life down to 1947 has been written by
Harry L, Spooner. Since then Chase has received the honorary de-
grees of M. A. from Kenyon College and S, D, from Bradley Univer-
sity.

Dr. Elzada U, Clover has been absent from Ann Arbor on sabbat-
ical leave during the Spring Semester of 1952-53, continuing her
work on the cacti of Texas. Tracing the ranges of Species across
the southern boundary took her into Mexico during her field work,
after which she worked in the Big Bend region of Texas, and is
now farther west. She will be back to teach in the Summer Session
at Ann Arbor or possibly at Douglas Lake, if she trades assignments
with Dr. Warren H, Wagner, who may teach at Ann Arbor although
he had planned to give courses in pteridophytes and aquatic plants at
the Biological Station.

Professor Henry S, Conard is one of those who would "rather wear
out than rust out". Having "retired", he writes that he finds himself

218 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No. 2

busier than ever, collecting, identifying and teaching about mosses.
During 1953 he expects to do field work in lowa, Montana, Wyoming
and Florida. He is likewise interested in the bryophytes of northern
Europe and Siberia. The genus to which he is especially devoted at
the moment is Amblystegium. During recent months he has read a
paper at the Christmas meetings of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science, and has lectured at North Carolina State
College, Raleigh, and at Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee.
The State University of Iowa has published his "Vegetation of Iowa" and
he has reprinted the original English translation of the Braun-Blanquet
"Plant Sociology" at his own expense, from the original plates of the
edition published by the McGraw-Hill Co., hoping to sell enough to
recover the investment. It will be remembered that he was one of

the translators. It is greatly to be hoped that he will not be disap-
pointed in his venture, for the book has been stimulating and import-
ant regardless of whether or not one likes the nomenclature. Pro-
fessor Conard was formerly an active member of the Gray Memorial
Botanical Association who did a great deal for it, but having dropped
out he now regrets that he still has too many pressing current activities
to allow of scattering his attention by becoming interested in it again!
His collections are best represented in his own private herbarium, at
Grinnell College, and at the State University of Iowa.

Professor Earl L, Core will be busy this year with the publication
of Part 2 of the Flora of West Virginia but he is also working ona
revision of the genus Scleria. Collectors should keep this in mind
during the 1953 field season and get abundantly duplicated material of
this genus so as to be able to send specimens to him at West Virginia
University. He would appreciate viable achenes when available, in
addition to herbarium material, for he grows plants in connection
with his herbarium research. It would be a good idea for anyone who
can contribute Scleria specimens to Dr. Core for identification to get
plenty of material so that cited specimens may be available for distrib-
ution to several herbaria.

Alma Dietz reports that her research activity is primarily with
Algae and Actinomycetes, but she is interested in the general flora
of Kalamazoo County, Michigan. If time permits she will try to se-
cure botanical material needed for study by others.

Professor Joseph Ewan of Tulane University has been granted a
Guggenheim Fellowship for continuing his work in the history of
American botany during the period 1780 to 1820. He is particularly
interested in the European contacts of American botanists during that
period and will work mostly in England, but will also visit Paris,
Geneva, and Vienna. The fellowship is to be held for 1954-55, which
will enable Professor Ewan to attend the meetings of the Botanical
Society of America at Madison in September, where he will give an
invitation paper entitled "Collectors in America for Linnaeus".

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 219

Mildred E. Faust has been preparing a flora of Onondaga County,
New York. This is the county which includes Syracuse. Naturally her
field work covers Central New York generally, and as a minute special-
ty she studies the rare and local hart's tongue fern, best known as
Scolopendrium vulgare but found under the name Phyllitis Scolopendrium
var. americana Fern in the last "Gray's Manual''. This is the most
notable localized plant in her region, of which Fernald said, in stating
the range: ''central New York (largely exterminated by quarrying and
by federal 'conservation' activities". An up-to-date report on its pres-
ent status will be looked for from Miss Faust. Her specimens are
mainly preserved in the herbarium of the College of Liberal Arts of
Syracuse University. Her non-local interest is in Arctic botany.

Mrs. Robert M,. Frehse writes the column "Nature Now" which
appears in the "Birmingham [Michigan] Eccentric". Her interests
are largely in fungi and bryophytes, which she studies wherever she
goes, and she has had opportunity to botanize on four trips to the
Pacific coast. This summer she will spend August at Walloon Lake,
Michigan, collecting fungi, of which the more unusual will go to A. H.
Smith for identification. When at home, her activities include keeping
up a wild-flower garden and a personal herbarium of flowering plants.
Her excellent stand of Jeffersonia diphylla will provide seeds for other
wild-flower gardeners, and correspondents should ask what other species
may have produced enough seed for distribution. (Her address is 506
W. Maplehurst Blvd., Ferndale 20, Mich.) Mrs. Frehse has promised
to contribute to A. G.

Dr. Eloise Gerry, authority in the systematic anatomy of both
angiosperms and gymnosperms, continues her studies of the character -
istics of foreign woods at the Forest Products Laboratory. She hopes
that this work may be continued, when she retires a few years hence,
by her new associate, Dr. Jeannette M. Kryn, who completed her doc-
toral work in the systematic anatomy of the Anacardiaceae last year
at the University of Michigan.

Dr. Margaret Fulford of the University of Cincinnati will again
teach the course in bryophytes at the University of Michigan Biological
Station. She has been studying the regeneration of Hepaticae on former-
ly lumbered and burned over areas of the biological station tract that
have subsequently become reforested. Although her chief areal interest
is tropical America, she is now working on the hepatic flora of the Fiji
Islands and a monograph of the genus Euosmolejeunea. Her own plant
collections are represented in the herbaria at Harvard, Yale, New York
Botanical Garden, and the Smithsonian Institution.

Dr. Frank C, Gates will continue this summer his usual activities
in ecological teaching and research at the Biological Station of the Uni-
versity of Michigan, and in field work on plants of Kansas. He will
also visit Colorado, giving especial attention to stock-poisoning plants,

220 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No.2

and weeds. If feasible he has taken care of requests for collecting of
species needed by his correspondents, but he writes that his participa-
tion in work on the Kansas flora is "mostly on the receiving end, for
the Kansas State Herbarium." His own former collections have chiefly
gone to the Missouri Botanical Garden, the New York Botanical Garden,
Kansas State College, and the College of Agriculture of the Univer-

sity of the Philippines. He will attend the Madison meetings of the Eco-
logical and Botanical Societies of America in September, and will deliv-
er his address as retiring President of the former.

Professor L. J. Gier has been devoting himself to a study of the
bryophytes of the Central States generally, but especially of Missouri.
Last summer he studied mosses at the Iowa "moss clinic" for six
weeks and took part in the Lake Okoboji Foray of the Central States
Section, Botanical Society of America. In his Missouri collecting he
collaborates with the Chicago Natural History Museum. This summer
he will work in bryologically unexplored parts of the state. Genera of
especial interest to him are Fissidens, Thelia and Atrichum. The last
he is studying in laboratory cultures under varied environmental con-
ditions as a research project with his students. He works on the Kan-
sas flora in cooperation with the University of Kansas. His past col-
lections are mostly in the herbaria of William Jewell College, Duke
University, and the Chicago Museum.

John Grayson is arranging for what ought to be a very interesting
summer in Labrador and Quebec. He expects to work at several Geo-
logical Survey camps in Labrador and Northern Quebec, and will move
from one to another with the plane that distributes supplies to these
camps. He hopes to obtain peat samples for pollen analysis, herbar-
ium specimens, and ecological notes, but will be somewhat handicap-
ped by the small amount of baggage that he can carry. His plans also
include much photographic work. This area is virgin territory for the
naturalist, so he certainly should find enough work to keep him busy
for the summer. We envy him this rich experience and hope it will be
as productive as is anticipated and that the mosquitoes and black flies
won't be too voracious. Without a doubt this trip should yield a good
story for A, G. B,

Dr. Marion T, Hall of the Cranbrook Institute.of Science will con-
tinue during the season of 1953 the same field projects that occupied
him last year, namely the detailed study of strand vegetation in Mich-
igan and the adjoining region. He is especially concerned with varia-
tion in Juniperus, Hudsonia and Elymus Hystrix. In his general col-
lecting he proposes to fill gaps in the distribution record by counties
and will gladly be on the look-out for specific desiderata of other bo-
tanists. His past collections are best represented at the University
of Oklahoma and the Cranbrook Institute of Science.

Clarence R., Hanes, author (with Mrs. Hanes) of the beautiful
Flora of Kalamazoo County, Michigan, writes that although his legs

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 221

become less limber as the years pass he still had plenty of enthusiasm
for botanizing last summer and continued to check up on a few ques-
tionable species in the private herharium which vouches for the local
flora. This private herbarium is kept in their home by Mr. and Mrs.
Hanes and now contains about 1800 species, varieties and forms of
vascular plants collected in Kalamazoo County. Little collecting has
been done in neighboring counties and so attention will be more espe-
cially directed to them during the present season, as a continuing
project begun last year.

Professor Thelma Howell, Department of Biology, Wesleyan Col-
lege, Macon, Georgia, is the Executive Director of the Highlands Bio-
logical Station at Highlands, North Carolina, which has announced its
program of 1953. It is to be open from 1 June to 1 September for in-
vestigators and graduate students only. Although there is no special
instructional staff, younger investigators are welcomed if they arrange
to work under supervision. The institutional members are the Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Vanderbilt University, and Duke University.
Other institutions represented on the Board of Managers are North
Carolina State College, the University of Georgia, the University of
Tennessee, and Wesleyan College. The station is located in one of the
most attractive regions of the United States on the southern plateau
area of the Appalachian Mountains, at a center of endemism which has
biological resources that "can not be duplicated in any other equal
area in the southeast". The station celebrated its 25th anniversary in
1952, and by then 85 papers had been published, based wholly or in
part on research conducted at the station.

Dr. O. E. Jennings has in active preparation a "Flora of West-
ern Pennsylvania and the Upper Ohio Valley". It takes in the area
within a radius of 125 miles from Pittsburgh. Most of the specimens
are, of course, preserved in the Carnegie Museum, of which he is
Director Emeritus, as is likewise true of Dr. Jennings' earlier col-
lections, many of which were collected along the northern shore of
Lake Superior at a time when his botanical localities were by no
means as easy of.access as they now are.

Mr. Roy N. Jervis and Mr. Grady Webster are sincerely thanked
for much time and effort devoted to completing and correcting for your
Editors the list of students who have done advanced work in Botany at
the University of Michigan. The latest recorded addresses were se-
cured by checking the list with the Alumni Record Office. Then a
circular letter regarding the Asa Gray Bulletin was sent to all who
had not responded to former similar letters (there have been four) as
well as to some alumni who have had no notices before because incom-
plete or obsolete addresses were used. Our effort to contact former
Michigan students has led to the mistaken idea that we are not in-
terested in reaching all botanists who may be interested in sucha
semipopular journal as the Asa Gray Bulletin. This is not true. We

222 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 2

expect to devote especial attention to preliminary work for a proposed
new Flora of Michigan, but to welcome readable contributions dealing
with any region whatever that our contributors wish to write about.

In fact, we have been reproached for spreading so far and so thin as to
have little excuse for being. On the contrary, the diversified content
of A.G.B. is just what several readers have particularly liked. The
test of our non-geographic limitation will come during the present
year. If support does not measurably increase it will be clear that
A.G.B. will have to change its ways if it is to survive. Naturally the
nucleus of our support has been in Michigan and we shall try to keep
up the local appeal of our journal.

Professor K. L. Jones will attend meetings of the Society of A-
merican Bacteriologists in San Francisco August 10-14 to give an in-
vitational paper on "'Variation in Actiniomycetes". Mrs. Jones will
accompany him and they will spend about a month visiting botanical
centers en route. Dr. E. E. Steiner will serve as Acting Chairman of
the Department of Botany in Ann Arbor during Professor Jones's
absence.

Volney H. Jones, in addition to his more conventional duties of a
curatorial and instructional nature, is pioneering in a television course
for the University of Michigan Extension Service, entitled "Progress
of Mankind: Prehistoric to Present". A brief illustrated 'Telecourse
Syllabus" is issued for each lesson. As would be expected of an ethno-
botanist he has correlated the American Indian culture areas and their
peculiar resources, and includes his map of the American culture
areas in one of the recent issues.

Mr. Haven Kolb is broadly concerned with the botany of the Ap-
palachian area as well as that of eastern Maryland, but his collecting
is largely confined to Baltimore County. One reason why we are par-
ticularly glad of his interest in the Asa Gray Bulletin is that the center
of activity of the Gray Memorial Botanical Association was for many
years in Baltimore. Mr. Kolb has cooperated with the committee which
is concerned with the proposed new flora of the Washington- Baltimore
area, and is active in the Natural History Society of Maryland, in whose
herbarium (as well as his own) his chief collections are preserved. As
time permits he will make a descriptive study of pine plantations which
are to be used in bird population studies, and will also botanize the
Chesapeake marshes. He writes that his past collections have been
deficient in the midsummer flora of Baltimore County, and that repair-
ing this deficiency will have some attention this summer, but will be
subsidiary to other work. Baltimore was the type locality for Oenothera
gauroides Hornem., the commonest representative of the group o
Oenothera biennis in his area, and we hope that he will collect the whole
group, critically. There are several markedly different kinds near
Baltimore.

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 223

Carl D. LaRue has been busy during the present semester with
teaching and research. Just before the semester began Elizabeth
Pieczur Sternheimer came back to Ann Arbor from Brookhaven Labora-
tories to take her final examination for the doctorate. She now holds a
postdoctoral fellowship there. Immediately after the semester opened
Katherine Tryon, now an instructor at Wellesley, returned to pass her
doctoral final. On the ground here both Walter Tulecke and Jacob Straus
have been busy with the preparation of their theses. Other doctoral
students, not so far advanced, have occupied a portion of his time as has
the course in Experimental Plant Morphology. As a minor and enjoyable
task, he has given lectures on the topic of plant propagation. Dr. LaRue
and Dr. Thomas J. Muzik of the Federal Experiment Station at Mayaguez,
Puerto Rico, have recently published a brief article on grafting of mono-
cotyledonous plants of large size (bamboo, sugar cane, etc.), and have
just completed a more extensive paper on the same topic which contains
some remarkable pictures by Dr. Muzik of graft unions. They have also
completed final revision of a paper for the Michigan Academy on the
viviparous embryos of the red mangrove. The work with Dr. Muzik,
who took his doctorate under Dr. LaRue, was done in the spring of 1951
when the latter spent a semester's leave in Puerto Rico.

Dr. LaRue states: "Recently I have followed up my idea that botan-
ists have been misled by the statement that a cambium is requisite for
grafting, whereas what they should realize is that a meristem is needed.
Wherever a meristem exists, grafting should be possible and probably
is. I have tested one additional meristem and have found that in Phila-
delphus and Euonymus, parenchymatous grafts at least can be made
through the use of the phellogen.

"I have been exposing a number of tissues to gamma radiation from
one of our cobalt sources. Corn endosperm appears to require rather
intense radiation to kill it outright. Other structures and tissues which
have been irradiated are pawpaw endosperm, pollen of several species,
and male gametophytes of several species of gymnosperms. No impor-
tant results have yet been gained in these studies on radiation which
will be continued during next summer and next year.

"Work has been going actively on the growth of male gametophytes
of gymnosperms. Extra nuclei have formed in Taxus and Juniperus.
Cross walls have formed in pollen tubes of both these genera. It is be-
lieved that these phenomena represent an approach to the indefinite
growth of the male gametophyte, so beautifully demonstrated in Ginkgo
by Walter Tulecke. Thus far I haven't secured a tissue of continuous
growth in any of these gametophytes. Cultures of pollen of Cryptomeria,
Chamaecyparis, Cupressus, Juniperus, Abies, Picea, Pseudotsuga,
Tsuga, Zamia, Ceratozamia and Pinus have been made. Pollen of all
these species has been lyophilized to be used for later cultures. Inter-
esting results are anticipated as a result of this investigation.

"As an unexpected result of the gymnosperm work it has been found
that the axes of the microsporophyllate cones of gymnosperms are very
active in callus formation when put in culture. It has been found very
difficult to sterilize pollen for culture once it has been shed. So

224 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

microsporophyllate cones have been sterilized just before they are
ready to shed their pollen and put into culture on nutrient agar. Callus
has been formed on axes of such cones in Cryptomeria, Taxus, Cupres-
sus, and Juniperus. No other part of these plants has been found to
react so strongly in culture. Cryptomeria tissue has been transferred
for a second time and promises to be a cultivable tissue.

"During the coming summer session I shall be in Ann Arbor, and
for the first time in many years I shall teach the morphology of green
plants. I shall continue research on gamma radiation, culture of male
gametophytes, and of the new gymnosperm calluses.

"T have been invited to give a paper in the growth conference at
Brookhaven, August 3, 4 and 5. Two of my former students will take
part in the program also, Edwin G. Beck of Georgia, and Seymour
Shapiro, now of Brookhaven.

"Between summer session and the opening of the fall semester I
shall give a paper at the meetings of the A. I. B. 8S. at Madison, Wis-
consin."

Dr. Robert K. Lampton, who was one of Dr. LaRue's students, has
a new position at Virginia Military Institute for next year.

E. C. Leonard of the Smithsonian Institution continues his special
studies of the Acanthaceae, and is now reading page proof on the second
part of his Colombian Acanthaceae. He is now turning to the Argentin-
ian members of the same family. Of course he is still interested in
the whole flora of Hispaniola, where he has botanized extensively
(collections at U. S. National Herbarium, New York Botanical Garden,
Gray Herbarium, etc.), and whenever he can find time he collaborates
with Dr. H. A. Allard in local studies of the Virginia-Maryland region.
They have been investigating the flora of the Potomac Triassic area of
Virginia.

J. Stewart Lowther, graduate student in paleobotany, working with
Dr. C. A. Arnold, plans to look for more fossil plants this summer in
Naval Petroleum Reserve No. 4 in Northern Alaska. He will be ac-
companied by William Maher, graduate student in zoology. The pro-
ject is to be Supported this summer by the Arctic Institute of North
America.

Dr. Eileen W. E. Macfarlane is making a series of studies on the
effect of mercurial poisons on plants, and has written half a dozen
articles on the subject since 1951. She comes é¢ach summer to Ann
Arbor to review the collection of wild roses at the Michigan Botanical
Gardens, which she investigated cytotaxonomically during her studies
for the doctorate. During years in India which followed she collected
plants of South India (to be found at the University of Michigan; also at
N. Y. Botanical Garden) and her still earlier collections from the
Peninsula of Virginia are at the Gray Herbarium. Her residence in
India gave opportunity to study the distribution of blood types among
certain localized tribes and castes and to become acquainted with the

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 225

social and ethnic background of the people in several parts of India
and Pakistan, upon which she has lectured frequently, and in South
Dakota as recently as the present year. Her connection with the
Institutum Divi Thomae has led to division of residence between Cin-
cinnati and Miami where the Marine Laboratory of that institute is
located. At present her investigations are largely concerned with
morphological and physiological strains of Nostoc muscorum.

Mr. C. V. Morton of the Smithsonian Institution plans to attend the
forthcoming International Botanical Congress at Paris, and is looking
forward to the experience with great expectations, for it will be his
first visit to Europe. He writes: "I have just read your interesting
article on the Braun-Blanquet system of nomenclature. I couldn't
agree with you more. I hope that you had reprints made of the paper.
I think that it should be in the hands of those who will be at the Paris
Congress. Even if the nomenclature were perfect, I wouldn't be in
favor of having it officially approved by a Congress."

Dr. Eugene C. Ogden, formerly of the University of Maine, where
his former plant collections are preserved, is now State Botanist of
New York, and engaged primarily in a survey of air-borne pollen
grains and fungus spores in New York State. In 1953 he will carry on
more or less systematic collecting of all groups of plants for the New
York State Museum at Albany, and will attempt to secure specimens
specifically needed for the study of others. He will lead the summer
field excursion of the Northeastern Section of the Botanical Society of
America in the Adirondack Mountain area of New York, 16-19 June,
and will see that a report of the activities reaches the Asa Gray Bull-
etin.

Dr. G. W. Prescott really gets around and gets things done. In 1952
he ranged from Arctic Alaska, where he made a taxonomic and eco-
logical survey of fresh-water Algae, to Ecuador, where he spent three
months in the Andes studying alpine and high-altitude Algae and other
aquatic plants. This summer he will do field work in the mountains
of western Montana, the Grand Tetons, and the Olympic Mountains,
extending investigations in high altitudes and latitudes which have been
carried on under the auspices of the Office of Naval Research and the
National Science Foundation. Prescott studies lichens as well as algae,
and, in addition, is making a specialty of Lycopodium. He is well
known to look out for the special wants of other botanists, and we hope
that he will be able to pick up a few birches at various altitudes, high
or low, during his summer, whenever he has a press along for collec-
ting Lycopodium. The best sets of his past collections are to be found
at the New York Botanical Garden, the Farlow Herbarium of Harvard
University, the Chicago Museum of Natural History, and, of course,
Michigan State College.

Miss Anna Reiskytl (1411 Kewaunee St., Racine, Wisconsin) is en-
thusiastically beginning a study of the local flora of Racine and will

226 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol.II, No. 2

gladly correspond with other botanical amateurs. She will attempt to
supply material (herbarium specimens, seeds, or living plants) needed
by others from her area, and would like to participate in a local flora
project with others.

Professor Jacques Rousseau, in past years, has made twelve trips
to Arctic and sub-Arctic Quebec for botanical and ethnographic surveys
of that region. He is now deeply engaged in writing monographs that
will present the results of his work and therefore anticipates spending
only a couple of weeks in the field this summer. He and others at the
Montreal Botanical Garden make an effort to cooperate with corres-
pondents everywhere by collecting specially needed material for study.
So far as seeds are concerned, the Garden publishes a list every year
(the Delectus Seminum) which offers whatever is available to those
who wish to grow plants. In addition to his long series of travels in
Canada, Dr. Rousseau has visited New England, Florida, New Mexico,
Arizona, and other parts of the U. S., Mexico, Haiti, France, Switzer-
land, and Sweden, with botanical, ethnological and educational objec-
tives. Everywhere he has kept journals illustrated by photographs,
supplementing his botanical collections. His publications under a
pseudonym between 1924 and 1929 have not been listed, but beginning
with the latter year he has kept an unusually careful bibliographic
record which, through 1952, included 375 titles, of which a single one
covers 161 separate alphabetic entries in the 'Encyclopedie Grolier"
(Montreal), and two titles cover a series of 70 subtitled articles on
the Indians of the Quebec forest. The list does not include 124 pub-
lished preliminary abstracts of papers presented before various
scientific organizations, all of which have not yet been followed by full
publication, at least under identical titles. Dr. Rousseau is truly one
of those exceptional botanists who has followed the motto of Linnaeus,
"No day without a line."'

Richard A. Scott, post-doctoral fellow at the University of Mich-
igan, has been studying the silicified wood in the Clarno formation of
Oregon. He takes an instructorship at Harvard this fall. Last year
he was a Fulbright Fellow at the British Museum of Natural History.

Dr. Francis J. Scully belongs to a local association at Hot Springs,
Arkansas, whose activities are devoted to the total natural history of
the area of the Hot Springs National Park. In 1937, Dr. Scully pub-
lished ''Ferns of Hot Springs National Park" (Amer. Fern Journ. 27:
59-62) and he is now making a special study of the violets of the Ozark
Region. His former collections are represented in the U. S. National
Herbarium, Gray Herbarium, New York Botanical Garden, and Mis-
souri Botanical Garden.

Seymour Shapiro writes from the Brookhaven National Laboratory
under date of April 2, 1953: "Just a few words to let you know we are
both fine and having a grand time here. We were able to rent an al-
most new house — 2 bedrooms, living-room and fireplace, modern

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 227

kitchen, breezeway, garage and full basement for only $70 per month.
Far cry from the Ann Arbor situation! The laboratory is grand and
my job promises to teach me a lot. I am coordinating a project in-
volving the use of radiations to induce somatic mutations in commer-
cially significant woody plants. About 14 universities and experiment
stations are involved and we have better than 4500 plants promised for
this year's gamma field. This figure includes some 800 evergreens,
300 sour cherries, 300 peaches, 300 blueberries, 250 pears, 900 car-
nations, etc. This is all new to me but is lots of fun, so far. Regards
to the family and my old friends in the Department."'

Dr. Alexander H. Smith will teach a course on the higher fungi at
the University of Michigan Biological Station at Douglas Lake. He is
one of the most active botanists in the state in furthering the movement
for preservation of natural areas in Michigan, and has been especially
concerned with Tahquamenon State Park, where he continues intensive
botanical study at every possible opportunity. He also does extensive
field work on the higher fungi west of the Continental Divide and has a
fungus flora of that region in preparation.

Professor Gilbert M. Smith of Stanford University will give the
course in fresh-water Algae at the University of Michigan Biological
Station this summer. The region is already known to have 600 species
and surprises are constantly turning up. He will supervise a group of
graduate students.

Professor F. K. Sparrow has devoted his time during the second
semester of 1952-53 largely to furthering the interests of the Great
Lakes Research Institute of the University of Michigan in the capacity
of Senior Scientist. The Institute ‘vas established by the Regents for
the encouragement and integration of studies of the physical, chemical,
biological and other aspects of the Great Lakes and adjacent areas.
Such projects have been undertaken as plankton studies on Lake Super-
ior, the relation of ice formation to beach erosion problems, etc. This
summer Dr. Sparrow will continue his present activities in promoting
the Institute's program, while continuing, needless to say, his special
research in aquatic and soil-inhabiting fungi.

Dr. Erich Steiner will be busy during the summer at the Botanical
Gardens, Ann Arbor, continuing his studies of lethal genes in Oenothera,
and their distribution throughout races of a specific phylogenetic
grouping. He is also working on the cytogenetic analysis of races of
Oenothera from Mexico.

Professor O. A. Stevens writes that he is approaching retirement,
but, in continuation of many years work which culminated in the pub-
lication of his Flora of North Dakota, he will proceed with recording
the geographic distribution of the plants of that state. This work will
be carried forward by filling in the gaps in the record on a county
basis. We are happy to present an article by Professor Stevens on a

228 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No. 2

trip which he made last summer, and look forward to further contri-
butions. His past collections are largely in the herbarium of the
North Dakota Agricultural College, but are also represented at the U.
S. National Herbarium, the Universities of Minnesota and California,
the Herbarium of the Canadian Department of Agriculture at Ottawa,
and the University of Basel, Switzerland. He states that the Michigan
flora is represented in the North Dakota herbarium through the con-
tributions of C. B. Waldron and L. R. Waldron, two of their early bot-
anists who went there from Michigan.

William Randolph Taylor expects to spend the summer months at
the Marine Biological Laboratories, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. He
will continue his studies on the local algae, and begin the revision of
his book on the algae of the northeast coast. As time permits he hopes
with the help of Mr. Wilce to complete identification of Dr. F. R. Fos-
berg's collections of algae from Pacific atolls. Evenings will probably
go to photography of dissections of small flowers for the teaching col-
lection of the Department of Botany of the University of Michigan.

Mr. Paul W. Thompson has made great effort to bring us new sub-
scribers to the Asa Gray Bulletin from the membership of the Michigan
Botanical Club. We publish herewith his account of this large and
flourishing organization, with which we shall cooperate in every way
possible. It has not seemed desirable to increase the membership dues
in the Michigan Botanical Club to cover individual subscriptions which
will remain additional and voluntary, just as with the Gray Memorial
Botanical Association and the Michigan Botanical Gardens Association,
but we hope eventually to interest a larger proportion of the members.
The M. B. C. has recently distributed a revised membership list of
imposing length, including son.e 300 names, of which about 40 are now
subscribers to A. G. B. We have been happy to modify our title and
cover pages to indicate the interest of this third organization in the
Asa Gray Bulletin.

Walter R. Tulecke, now of the Department of Botany, University of
Michigan, has been very busily engaged during the Spring semester in
finishing his doctoral dissertation, which deals with a curious tissue
that has been derived repeatedly from pollen of Ginkgo biloba grown
upon artificial culture media. This tissue presents phenomena of great
significance from the standpoint of phylogeny and alternation of gener-
ations in the higher plants, and a preliminary publication regarding it
will shortly appear in ''Science''’. Tulecke has accepted a position as
Assistant Professor at Arizona State College at Tempe for the academ-
ic year 1953-54.

Dr. Frank D. Venning is interested in tropical botany in general,
but more particularly in the anatomy of tropical economic plants and
their wild allies. His current work is on the anatomy of the bamboos

Spring 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 229

and a monograph of Spondias, in the Anacardiaceae. For research
material in many tropical groups he is able to draw upon the arbor-
etum of more than 600 species which is maintained by the University
of Miami, and from which he will gladly supply material that may be
needed by other investigators. He also has access to other botanic
gardens of the Miami area in which many important woody species of
the tropics have attained fruiting size. He has completed a "Manual
of Advanced Plant Microtechnique" which is to be published by the
Wm. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. Dr. Venning's earlier plant collec-
tions are at the State University of Iowa.

Siri von Reis will be a graduate student at Radcliffe next year, and
we shall be sorry indeed to miss her from Ann Arbor. She had planned
an elaborate program of summer travel and writing but may not carry
it all out on account of illness following the June examination period.
So she reluctantly gave up attending a four-weeks course at the Bio-
logical Station at Abisco, Lappland, which belongs to the University of
Upsala. While abroad she will secure more data on the Swedish bot-
anist Ekman, of whom she is writing a biography, which will require a
visit to his relatives in Jonkoping, Sweden, and study of his field notes
at the Riksmuseet in Stockholm.

Edward G. Voss has published an excellent article entitled ''The
History of Keys and Phylogenetic Trees in Systematic Biology"
(Journ. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ. 43: 1-25. 1952) which will be wanted
by those of our readers who are interested in the history of botany.
Mr. Voss continues energetically his study of the northern Michigan
flora, and is also active in systematic entomology.

Grady L. Webster, graduate Fellow at the University of Michigan,
will leave Boston, June 12, by plane to Cuba. In collaboration with
Dr. I. D. Clement, director of the Atkins Institution at Soledad, he will
give a course in tropical botany based on the local flora of Las Villas
province and the plants cultivated in the Atkins Gardens. Field trips
will be made to plantations to observe economic plants, while other
trips to the Trinidad Mountains and the serpentine barrens will give
the students a chance to study the native vegetation. On completion
of the work in early August, he will return to Ann Arbor to complete
a dissertation on Phyllanthus. About September 15 he will go to
Cambridge, Massachusetts, to spend a year working at the Gray
Herbarium and Harvard Biological Laboratories on a taxonomic sur-
vey of Phyllanthus and related genera. He has been granted a post-
doctoral fellowship by the National Science Foundation so that he may
continue at Harvard the work which he began at Ann Arbor.

Lewis E. Wehmeyer has centered his research during the past few
years about a taxonomic study of the genera Pleospora, Pyrenophora,
Clathrospora and neighboring genera. The sub-alpine and subarctic
Pyrenomycetes have also come in for a certain amount of attention,

230 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S.Vol.II, No.2

as they show an interesting distribution. More recently he has started
work on the perithecial development of these fungi. Much of the mod-
ern rearrangement of these groups has been based upon the develop-
ment of the perithecium and more accurate and detailed knowledge is
badly needed. He will spend this coming summer in Europe. This
will be largely a pleasure trip although he and Mrs. Wehmeyer hope
to see a few mycologists, and to do some collecting in the Alps or any
other interesting area that they may visit.

Miss Helma L. Wolff, Librarian of the Milwaukee Public Museum,
writes that several botanical works are now being prepared for pub-
lication at that institution. Botanists will remember that A. M. Ful-
ler's "Studies on the Flora of Wisconsin, Part I, the Orchids",
published a number of years ago, soon went out of print, but the same
author's "Saving Wisconsin's Wildflowers" (48 pp. with 70 figures) is
still in print and obtainable for $1.00. Most of the publications of the
Milwaukee Museum have been in ethnology and archeology. Two of the
volumes by Huron H. Smith on the ethnobotany of several Indian tribes
(those on the Menomini and Meskwaki) are out of print, but those on
the Ojibwe and the Forest Potawatomie are still available at $2.00
and $2.50, respectively. Other available botanical contributions are
two on Wisconsin bogs, by H. P. Hansen and Joseph W. Rhodes, both
of 1933. To the general naturalist in the Great Lakes region it would
seem that several of the publications in geology and zoology should be
very attractive.

Dr. Carroll E. Wood, Assistant Professor of Botany at the Univer-
sity of North Carolina, will give the course in Systematic Botany of
Flowering Plants at the 45th session of the University of Michigan
Biological Station this summer. The Station is located near Cheboy-
gan, Michigan, occupying a tract of 8850 acres fronting on Douglas
Lake and extending to Burt Lake. The region has a diversified flora
of over 1000 species of flowering plants and over 100 species, varieties
and hybrids of conifers, ferns and fern allies.

Dale A. Zimmerman spent 7 weeks of the summer of 1952 making
a good plant collection mostly in Oscoda, Crawford, and Roscommon
Counties, but got some specimens in all of the counties of the north-
ern part of the Lower Peninsula of Michigan. He and his wife Marian
also went over into Algoma County toward Sudbury but did relatively
little collecting there. Dale is interested in more accurate mapping
of the jack-pine plains than has hitherto been attempted, and is, of
course, concerned with the whole vegetational assemblage. His work,
aside from its own value as a study of one of the most characteristic
plant associations of the state, will contribute greatly to the data for
a new state flora. He will continue similar work during the 1953
field season.

TO BE EXPECTED IN FORTHCOMING ISSUES

Botanical Collecting in Grant County, North Dakota, by O. A. Stevens
Ethnobotany of Popcorn, by Volney H. Jones

Botanizing in the Tahquamenon Area of Upper Michigan, by Alexander

Geography of Tradescantia ohiensis in the Region of the Great Lakes,
by Donald 8. Dean

A Letter on Collecting Hawaiian Bryophytes, by H. A. Miller
The Allen Walnut of Middleville, Michigan, by H. H. Bartlett

Biographical Sketches of Louis oi Jordal, W. G. Waterman, Ray C.
riesner, and Charles C. Dea

Preparation of Pinus See for the Herbarium, by Roy N. Jervis
An Autobiography for his Family and Friends, by Cornelius L. Shear
Letters from India, by Walter N. Koelz

Ekman, Botanical Explorer in the West Indies, by Siri Von Reis
Glimpses of the Natural History of Koror, by Peter J. and Alma Hill
Letters from Okinawa, by Robin Drews

Round Robin from Alaska, by Gertrude Frohne

A Botanizing Trip to the Henry Mountains of Utah, by Rogers McVaugh

A Wyoming Newsletter and Report of the Curator of the Rocky Moun-
tain Herbarium for Twelve years ending 1953, by C. L. Porter

History and Philosophy of Japanese Flower Arrangement, by Mary
Cokely Wood

The Bicentenary of Linnaeus's "Species Plantarum," by H. H. Bartlett

A Botanist's Visit to Mount Sisipitan in the Bontoc Subprovince of
Luzon, by José Vera Santos

Observations on the Edwards Plateau Region of Texas, by Winifred O.
Moore

The Botanist's Account of Hoogstraal's "Second Mexican Biological
Expedition", by Virginius H. Chase
Oxalis in Michigan, by C. M. Rogers

The Everett G. Logue Collection of Hybrid Oaks at the Botanical
Gardens of the University of Michigan, by H. H. Bartlett

Observations on Oenothera in the Northwest, by H. H. Bartlett

A Locality Sampling of the Tall-Grass Prairie in Osage County,
Oklahoma, by Lloyd Schairer

THE ASA GRAY BULLETIN, NEW SERIES. -- A quarterly publi-
cation devoted to more or less informal communication among the
members of the Gray Memorial Botanical Association and the
Michigan Botanical Gardens Association. Appropriate contribu-
tions from members of either group or from subscribers will be
accepted. For the present, progress reports of current field,
garden, and herbarium work, with readable and relatively non-
technical articles in the fields related to systematics, botanical
history, biography, and bibliography, will be preferred. There
will be special emphasis upon preparatory work for a new "Flora
of Michigan". Free use will be made of letters to the Editors (if
released for publication by their writers) and ofcurrent news notes
regarding botanists.

Items for publication should be addressed to either of the Edi-
tors at the Department of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Michigan. Contributors of major articles may secure 150
copies of their contributions, at a cost of $1.25 per page or frac-
tion thereof. Covers furnished without additional charge.

Address subscriptions to Dr. Ruth B. McVaugh, Business Man-
ager, 403 Arbana Drive, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Subscription price
for Volume I is $3.25 ($1.00 for Vol. I, No. 1 separately, other
numbers $0.75 each). Vol. II, $3.00.

THE GRAY MEMORIAL BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION, FOUNDED
1887. — This organization sponsored publication of early volumes
of the Asa Gray Bulletin. Later it issued a mimeographed 'Bulle-
tin". Its object is to commemorate the life and botanical work of
Asa Gray and to assist its members in botanical activity by fur-
thering friendly correspondence and cooperation among them. In-
terested persons are invited to communicate with the Permanent
Secretary, Professor R. Lee Walp, Department of Biology, Mari-
etta College, Marietta, Ohio.

MICHIGAN BOTANICAL GARDENS ASSOCIATION. — Founded in
1925 to include persons interested in promoting the development
and current activities of the Botanical Gardens of the University of
Michigan. There are no dues, but subscription to the Asa Gray
Bulletin is invited. For further information, communicate with
Dr. Frieda Cobb Blanchard, Secretary, 2014 Geddes Avenue, Ann
Arbor, Michigan.

MICHIGAN BOTANICAL CLUB. —— The membership is about
350, made up of persons interested in the Michigan flora, nature-
study, wild-flower protection, preservation of natural areas, and
conservation. It has members at large and the following chapters:
Southeastern, Bay County, Marquette, Wild-Life (Houghton). For
information address the President, Mr. Paul W. Thompson, 17503
Kirkshire, Birmingham, Mich.

N.S. Vol. II Summer, 1953

Edited and published for
THE GRAY MEMORIAL BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION,

BOTANICAL GARDENS ASSOCIATION
OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN

and
THE MICHIGAN BOTANICAL CLUB

by
Harley H. Bartlett and Rogers McVaugh

Cc ON T EN T S
Hakka Girl's Path to Botany
SUS ym Pgh a thao Ge 2.w ett ee ns © ieee
Oxalidaceae in Michigan
Ge enOMeN Set the lea cl ee eS eet nee sede ares
The Michigan Foray of the American Fern Societ
Rogers McVaugh Seti Pen MER ar Css te ayers

(Continued over.

ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN

CONTENTS
(Continued)

A Botanical Trip to the cies Mountains of Utah
Rogers McVaugh . . eS 4 a cee

Remarks on the Occurrence of Selaginella selaginoides in the
Great Lakes Region
POP REG Wie tray pena uc sp. ae Lede Gan gees Ge cane ee

Botanical ap ae of Travel in Mexico
da K. Langman ee ee ee ae ee ed ee ee |

A Trip to Tennessee for ee
Bernard Harkness. . ee a eee ee ee ee ae er

Field Work in 1953. The Problem of Pollen Asad gaia

Stanley A. Cain... . . 299
Red Spruce in the Parc de la Montagne Tremblante

Stanley A. Calin <i ee ee ee ea oh oe Ue
Solidago

George Be COOLey: ae se ae Se a ee ee ee
New. Pooks Brictly Noted) 46.5 4.4 4.644 Sh eae Ge ace, ee
BM Pie OURS ise: a Ge ee Rk hae eee eee ea eee Ie

Farwelliana: a Review, with Notes on the Herbarium and Library
of Parke, Davis & ee and on Ma-Huang
H. H. Bartlett... « Ss Bild “am secs ae we ce enue eee)

New Subscribers to ASa Gray Bulletin ........... 432i

Philippine Journal. I.
Pierre OAnSereall =o. « & ess Ste as ee Se ee

A Call for News Notes

Our subscribers are requested to send notes on their recent activi-
ties and plans for the coming summer. Since the last number was
issued very few notes have come to hand. The Asa Gray Bulletin is
intended for correspondence as well as articles and we hope for more
spontaneous and informal use of it. Our readers seem to be much
more inclined to send articles than news. We are very happy to have
the articles, but would like to preserve a balance by having a few
pages of informal notes for each issue.

HAKKA GIRL’S PATH TO BOTANY

Su- Ying Liu

Among the Chinese there is a race known as Hakka ( ¥% & literally
translated as Guest Race), which is said to have migrated from the
North of China to two southern provinces, namely Fukien and Kwang-
tung, at the time of the Yiian Dynasty (1206-1368 A.D.). Their dialect
is very different from the southern tongue, as are their customs, but
the speech is a little more like Mandarin. My family, which belongs
to the Fukien Hakka, settled in a little village near Tingchow and

‘#4, Bohea mountain where the famous Bohea tea belt is located.
My grandparents had been devoted to Buddhism by tradition for a long
time. Later, the family moved 90 miles south to Shanghang city, the
border line between Fukien and Kwangtung provinces, in order to ob-
tain better tutors for the boys in the family. According to the old tra-
dition, girls of the family were not allowed to study, not even to listen
if a teacher was giving their brothers instruction. About fifty years
ago, Christianity was introduced into the city by American Methodist
missionaries. Both my father and my uncle decided to study in the
missionaries’ Theological Seminary, and both graduated after a
course of three years. Soon the whole family was converted, Fortu-
nately I was born during the peaceful period after this transition of
our family religion, which ended the tradition of giving all the baby
girls away in child-marriage. I was lucky to be the first girl in many

g.1. Part of the large family group of Liu, from a picture

Fig.
taken in Shanghang about 1924: From left to right, back row, a
cousin holding her baby, the second aunt, the fourth aunt,
mother and father. Front row, grandmother, grandfather (after
his “first death”) and myself.

239

236 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 3

generations saved for formal schooling. Probably I am the only girl
among the Fukien Hakka who has had the opportunity to go through
college and have further education in a foreign country.

I had been interested in plants since I was a little girl, for my
mother was considered quite a skillful herbalist in our village. Our
neighbors often came to her asking for different kinds of medicinal
herbs. The small garden in our backyard was not only a hobby for my
mother, but also provided kitchen vegetables and various medicinal
herbs. Some of the plants were: Artemisia vulgaris, Prunella vul-
garis, Acalypha australis, Allium Bakeri, Ipomoea aquatica, Zingiber
officinalis, Duranta repens, Polygonum sp., Chrysanthemum sp.,
Amaranthus sp., Jasminum sp., Berberis sp., Boehmeria nivea, Musa
Cavendishii, Eriobotrya japonica, and Citrus sp, All of these were
useful for some purpose, for food, or medicine, or textile.

I learned a crude classification of plants at first hand from my
mother when watering those plants with her every evening in our gar-
den, a routine task which led to close contact and careful observation.
Besides I had to search for wild plants, used as food for our fifty or
sixty rabbits, who had to have an amazing amount to eat. It was com-
mon for all the children of the village to go out every afternoon after
school to gather baskets of certain kinds of plants for home-raised
rabbits, which provided food for the family table and skins for various
purposes. I was interested at an early age in the inheritance of color
shown by the rabbit progenies, Later, the rabbits were used for dem-
onstration of the principles of heredity in school, because they were
at hand and familiar to the children and young people. As a child I
really enjoyed these daily field trips for rabbit food. Out of curiosity,
I often found and brought home for the rabbits, new kinds of weeds,
even poisonous ones, which my mother sorted from the basket. Some
of these with medicinal properties she picked out to plant in the gar-
den plot. I began to notice their morphological and ecological aspects,
which helped me to locate them again whenever they were needed,

My parents hoped that I would go on to study Pharmacy. My father
taught me, and my cousins as well, to recite the “Poem of the Phar-
macopoeia” by Hu Shih-Ko of the Yiian Dynasty. This song (it was
chanted rather than actually sung) was called “ ’* #% Eight Precious
Things in a Draught,” and, as will appear, these particular “things”
were all herbs. It ran:

“Four kinds, Ti, Shao, Kuei, Kung, * *% § 4
make the best prescription for blood disease;
If the composition, ‘Four Virtuous Princes’ is added,
the circulation and the spirit are strengthened by
this exalted medicine.”

To make proper rhythm, however, each of the herbs had to have a
one-syllable name in the poem. The first four are as follows:

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 237

My father, ¥| & #& Liu Shu-Ling My uncle, $|# +f Liu Shu-Ch’un
Fig. 2. All brothers have the same first character or last character in their
names. Thus my father and my uncles were all “Shu” and in all the Liu families in
our tribe if the persons were supposed to be of the same generation as my father
they had “Shu” as part of the name. Even if younger than myself, one bearing the

name “Shu” had to be respected as one of my uncles.

Ti (or 4 Shao Ti, which is the full name) is Rehmannia lutea. This,
in our village, came from the druggist. The root is used, and is pre-
cooked, then dried for sale by the druggist.

Shao ( ® % Pai Shao) is Paeonia albiflora. This was a garden plant,
and the root was used,
Kueiis Ligusticum acutilobum,for which the whole name is =% $#
Tang Kuei,and the best came from Szechuan. The root is used. It
has a strong odor like celery, to which it is related, and is often used
to boil with chicken, rabbit or other meat. By itself it is hardly con-
sidered a medicine, for it is used by the whole family as a beneficial
and special dish, but only occasionally. When students were refugees
in Szechuan during the Second World War they returned to their
homes laden with bundles of Tang Kuei.
Kung (| 4 Ch’uan Kung) is Conioselinum univittatum. The best came
from Szechuan.

As for the “ 2% Four Virtuous Princes,” they were Panax
Ginseng, Angelica anomala, Glycyrrhiza glabra and Pachyma Cocos.

238 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

These had the reputation of being like the men of complete virtue who
were looked up to in Confucianism,

So our medical instruction began, and if it progressed beyond what
was common knowledge, we knew that one learned in the lore of sim-
ples would be looked up to as an herbalist by others. The tradition
was so strong that villagers in those days trusted their native herbal-
ists more than they did the so-called western physicians. One should
note that according to an old Chinese custom, no prescription should
contain an even number of herbs; so the herbalist always added an
‘extra one in order to make the number odd. Nine was especially pro-
pitious. It was a superstition that one would get sick again if the pre-
scription had an even number of drugs. For this reason Glycyrrhiza
(+ ¥ licorice) or 44 * Lycium (a plant of the Solanaceae, with sweet
berries) would often be added to any prescriptions which lacked them.
These herbs would not disturb the action of the main drug, and at the
same time would sweeten the brew, for sugar was omitted. There
was a common saying that a person who was very popular and socia-
ble among any group of people, was “the licorice among the drugs.”
In this prescription of the “ ’ #.4 Eight Precious Things,” berries
of Lycium chinensis were added as a ninth item because licorice was
already included. So nine kinds of herbs were cooked with four cups
of cold water for one to two hours. Since this medicine was made up
of drugs that came from far away, the constitutents were bought al-
ready mixed and packaged at the drug store. My father would examine
the mixture carefully, although it was already cut up, to make sure
that the eight essentials were there plus the ninth for good luck.
Small amounts of rice wine and meat were added to give flavor to the
draught, “Eight Precious Things” has been a popular and traditional
decoction for those anemic ones who need special nourishment, —
maybe the Chinese equivalent of our present day vitamin mixtures,

Pharmacy was learned by apprentices and the children of phar-
macists, but was not generally taught in Chinese schools at that time,
so my brother was sent to the Western Medical College in Canton, but,
being a girl, I was not supposed to go so far from home.

Some of my early recollections before I left home for school are
not botanical at all, but nevertheless formed part of the cultural back-
ground of those who grew up in the village of + #i Shanghang. When I
was very small, maybe four or five, I used to watch an old man, the
temple curate, at the deserted neglected temple, only three blocks
distant from my home, carrying on the age-old tradition of making
rubbings from certain anciently inscribed stones. These were looked
upon with reverence as examples of the calligraphy of ancient times,
The old man who made the rubbings, using an ink or perhaps more
properly speaking a black paste of soot mixed with tung oil, could
make about three sets (12 big sheets) of rubbings each day. These,
sold to pilgrims and literary visitors, provided his living.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 239

Later, I found that these same rubbings, having been pasted on
scrolls, were sold as prized antiques in book stores. These folios
were often used as models to copy in some middle schools. It was
told that these were the handwriting of the great scholar + -f i= Wang
Shou-Jen, styled “ % A Yang-Ming,” of the Ming Dynasty, in 1472-1528
A. D. He was a great philosopher and calligrapher. His writing typi-
fied one of the orthodox styles of Chinese handwriting. This temple
was called by villagers “ % 414] Yang-Ming Tz’u,” the temple for
worshiping + %% Wang Yang-Ming. After I came down to Swatow for
High School, my class was told to copy Wang Yang-Ming’s style for
daily exercises. I felt very proud to tell my classmates that the
folios which were to be copied came from my village,+ #. Shanghang,
Fukien. So we learned without being conscious of it that writing and
literary composition were fine arts which we were to perpetuate.

Three years before our family moved from Shanghang to it, F Jao-
Ping, Communists had killed the high school teachers and several of
our family. They had also burned out the big temple’s interior, and it
stood, just a gutted ruin, neglected and weed-grown. When I went to
primary school it was to this same old, neglected temple, rebuilt
enough to convert the ruin to the purposes of a school. So here I
learned to read and write, where a couple of years before I had stood
and watched the old man making rubbings, practicing one of the oldest
printing crafts of China, I studied in this public school only for one
year. It was a very big, stone temple, an architectural treasure built
in the old time. One could judge from the window screens, some of
which remained. These were made like the rood-screens of a medi-
eval European church, filling the window apertures with a foliated de-
sign surrounding figures of two war gods constructed of glazed tile.
Such screens fulfilled the function of solid windows, admitting light
and air through the openings between the tiles making up the design,
for in that mild climate the building could be essentially open. Such
tile window screens were works of art that would not be equalled in
these later degenerate days. In the front yard there was a big well
with seven round holes in a circle, that villagers called “© ~*~ 2#
Seven Star Well.” It seemed that this big well was a complex of seven
small ones, where seven people could draw water at the same time.
The big front yard was used as a play ground by the pupils. Every
morning we had our flag-raising ceremony there, the star flag of the
Republic. There was only one big censer left in the main building. In
the back yard lay those four big, long slabs with the old and beautiful
inscriptions from which rubbings were treasured by scholars and an-
tiquaries throughout China.

Our text books came from Tingchow city, where wood block books
were still made, These were not type-set, but printed from wood
blocks on which all the characters and illustrations were carved in
mirror-image of what was to be printed. Our exercise paper for
writing and other lessons was printed at home from blocks owned by

240 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

the family, from which supplies of the printed forms could be pre-
pared when wanted, and the same blocks would do for all the children
as they grew to school age. Shanghang village belonged to Tingchowfu
which was a Prefectural city in the old days. The Prefectural exami-
nations of students took place in Tingchow city, which was the indus-
trial as well as governmental center. European books such as Bibles
and Hymn books were imported at Shanghai and brought from there.
After translations (into different dialects) were made in Shanghai,
these books were transported to different cities. All books except el-
ementary school books came from Shanghai by way of Chekiang prov-
ince. Tingchow city was an important transportation center in the old
days, and is also in a strategic position today. During the Second
World War Japanese occupied the coastal cities of Fukien, and Amoy
University was evacuated to Ch’angting, this old city of Tingchowfu,
for several years. Gazetteers were printed here by order of the gov-
ernmental offices in different periods.

Our daily food was mainly vegetable including rice, taro (Colocasia
antiquorum), sweet potatos (Ipomoea Batatas) and wild yam (Dioscorea
japonica). People living inland could secure fresh-water fish, but sea
foods were always dried or pickled when purchased from the grocery
stores. Almost every family had its own garden vegetables to provide
for daily consumption. Those who needed or wanted to preserve more
than their gardens provided of certain kinds of vegetables could
always go to the early morning market where there were stalls for
the sale of different kinds of vegetables of the season. Some vegeta-
bles were pickled, such as mustard greens (Brassica cernua), cab-
bages, radishes (Rhaphanus sativus), turnips (Brassica campestris),
and various kinds of beans. Most common foods were mungo beans
(Phaseolus Mungo), string beans (Phaseolus sp.), edible-pods of
“sweet” peas (Pisum sativum, not the sweet peas of American flower
gardens, which are Lathyrus odoratus) and soy beans (Glycine hi-
spida). From the flour of mungo beans transparent noodles were
made. The species of Phaseolus which provided our “string” beans
is called “chicken-intestine beans” because each pod reaches a length
of about 3 to 4 feet, but the diameter is only that of a pencil. We call
the string beans of the American garden “spring beans.” Pisum sati-
vum was picked before the peas were mature, because the young pods
were the best. From soybeans many different things were made.
Bean curd, bean cheese, bean milk, bean cake, bean paste and soy
sauce were manufactured,

There were two kinds of radishes. The skin of one was pure white
and the other was white mixed with purple. Some were round, and
some were oblong in shape. The average size was about 6 inches in
diameter and 10 inches long. The green leaves were cut off and pick-
led separately. One could buy these big radishes with the green top
off, in the market or from pedlars, in units of fifty or one hundred

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 241

catties (the catty is about a pound and athird), Preparing radishes
for eating was a long process.

The first step was cleaning. Villagers used to carry loads of rad-
ishes to the river or nearby stream to wash off the soil and then dried
them in the sun on bamboo mats along the sandy beach. The sunning
continued until the roots lost their turgidity and began to wilt. It was
best to preserve the whole root, but it would hasten the process with
very huge ones if they were cut into a few pieces. When the sunshine
was strong, a day’s sunning would be enough, but often it took two
days until these radishes were softened.

Second step was rubbing with salt and pressing with heavy stones.
Large quantities of salt were used. The roots were rubbed with rock
salt granules (not fine table salt, but the rough salt as it came di-
rectly from the salt field) in a big wooden tub. Then the radishes
were transferred to a big porcelain jar about 4 to 5 feet in diameter
or to a big wooden barrel of the same size but about 4 feet deep.
Heavy weights or big stones were put on top to press them tight. A
few days later water had been drawn out and fermentation followed.
After three weeks they became edible, and could be eaten directly as
taken out from the salty water or cooked with meats, but mostly they
were processed farther by drying. Very often the Japanese and Kore-
ans completed their pickling of radishes in this wet stage. But in my
village, the dried kind was considered the best.

The third step was drying. The salty water was squeezed out from
the pickled roots. Then they were sunned on bamboo mats for one or
two days and finally steamed in a big bamboo crate. They were very
soft and strongly odorous, Again dried in the sun for one day, again
steamed, and the process repeated until the roots turned to the right
shade of dark brown, and they were done. The longer the steaming
and sunning processes, the better the color that would finally be ob-
tained. The average single root at the end of processing was flat-
tened, and about 1 to 1-1/2 inches wide and 12 inches long. It was
eaten after cooking, or as it was, When prepared, it was cut into
small pieces or little strips according to the shape of the other arti-
cles which it accompanied in cooking. In Chinese culinary practice,
cutting up materials was considered an art. One could cut the radish
root into very thin slices transversely and stretch it into a larger
piece, to wrap up meats for dumplings. If it was cut in an oblique
direction, it gave narrow strips, which could be used as strings to tie
the meat roll. Radishes or other vegetables thus preserved could be
used in various recipes.

A last step was storing away these radishes. They were packed
very tightly into a narrow-mouthed earthen jar and covered with
rice straw on top. Big, dry bamboo leaves covered the mouth opening
of the jar and these were tied with straw string. Yellow mud paste

242 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 3

was coated over the outside of the leaf covering. Finally the jar was
inverted in a heap of dry ashes to prevent moisture getting into the
jar. Thus carefully preserved, one could usually keep the pickled and
dried radishes for five or ten years.

Shanghang village is well known in Fukien for her pickled and dried
radishes, a product which is one of the nine famous dry preserved
foods of Fukien (such as Tingchow’s dried persimmons, Lien-Ch’eng’s
dried sweet-potatos, San-Ho-Pa’s dried cakes of bean curd, etc.).

In most places the bean-curd cakes were thick, perhaps when
dried, a third or a half inch thick. In San-Ho-Pa they were made very
thin, and travellers liked to carry them as a special treat. They were
often going-away gifts. Sometimes in China local industries depended
upon special skills and sometimes more upon local abundance of some
agricultural or horticultural product for which the soil and climate
were especially favorable.

The trade in agricultural seeds is not so standardized in China as
in America, for each family saves its own seeds. Good strains are
passed about by gift to relatives and friends or by exchange if espe-
cially good, and so it comes about that particular horticultural varie-
ties and forms are distinctive of a place. Everyone is willing to pass
along good seeds to a fellow-villager who needs them. Sometimes
they get into the shops for sale, but local people do not depend upon
that, but ask for what they lack and need. Very few people buy seeds,
and everyone is curious about trying a neighbor’s variety if it seems
better than his own, Thus, a rigorous system of plant selection and
adaptation to locality prevails.

I went to a boarding school in Tingchow city with my three sisters-
in-law, who were brought up in our family through child-marriage,
and we went to school together. Tingchow (now known as -& “7 Ch’ang-
ting) was one of the paper manufacturing centers in Fukien province.
There were many primitive little paper factories near Nai Yang T’ang
village which is only 30 li away from my home, My grand-uncle
owned several paper mills in this village, which I visited with my
brother. /

Bamboo (Arundinaria sp.) was the main raw material. After the
bamboo was cut down and brought back to the factory from the forest
nearby, each stem was split into halves and they were soaked for
weeks with alkali solution in a big square basin or reservoir perhaps
fifteen feet long, ten feet wide, and ten feet deep. Big stone weights
were put on top to keep these bundles of bamboo submerged. When
they were soft and decomposed they were transferred to another
_ square basin of running water in order to wash out the alkali. Paper
factories were always located on slopes near little brooks or streams
where fresh water was available for supplying the basins. After the
treated bamboo turned soft, the basins were drained. A mallet and

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 243

wooden club were used to pound and stir the pulp. Then the soupy
pulp was sieved through screens into thin layers. Several of these
were superposed on each other to be pressed and dried afterwards.
The sieve was made from very fine bamboo sticks tied together to
look somewhat like the modern bamboo place-mat found in gift shops
in this country. One could always see the transparent lines or stripes
on bamboo paper of Chinese make. The size of the sieve and there-
fore of the sheet was about 28 x 14 inches. A big castle-like stove,
equal in size to a little house, was built for drying paper. It was built
from clay or mud bricks with a big chimney on top. Pine wood was
the main fuel. Outside, the stove was coated with plaster, polished
smooth and shiny. A single sheet of paper from wet pulp was picked
up by stamping a wooden board, which was rubbed with starch or plas-
ter powder, on the pressed pile of wet sheets, The separate sheets,
until picked off singly, could not be distinguished in the mass. The
single sheet was then pasted on the wall of the stove. A bamboo lad-
der was used by the workers to dry paper on the stove wall. They
kept the sheets in very good order, line by line. A few seconds after
being placed on the stove, the dry paper peeled off itself and dropped
down to the floor, ready to be picked up and stacked away. It was
very interesting to see those men working on ladders on one side to
paste on the wet sheets and on the other side some one helping to peel
off the dry sheets from the wall if they adhered and did not drop off
themselves. One hundred fifty sheets were piled together and then
the whole bundle was folded together into thirds, with ends overlap-
ping. Four bundles of this size were placed together, and a similarly
folded but thinner and more flexible bundle of 75 sheets was added at
each of the two ends of the stack, Four middle bundles plus two side
bundles made a stack unit. A small, thin, strip of bamboo string was
used to tie the stack together. A big seal or trade mark was stamped
with red ink, on top of this stack and it was then ready for the local
market or for shipping to other cities.

Some factories used rice straw instead of bamboo to make paper.
Rice straw yielded the common paper, but bamboo furnished the better
grades, used for printing and for window panes, Paper made from the
bark of Mulberry trees (Morus alba) was often used for painting, and
that made from Broussonetia papyrifera and Broussonetia Kasinoki
was used for wrapping. In some villages people produced and dried
bamboo pulp, and then sold it to the factories for the rest of the paper
making process. Along the road-side in the sea coast villages of
southern China one always saw dried bamboo pulp in numerous lump-
like mounds, a yard high, like the salt mounds in the salt field along
the sea coast.

Hakka women were the principal burden carriers engaged in trans-
porting the raw material for paper and the bundles of the finished
product in the villages of # *% Lien-Ch’eng and # # Feng-Shih,

244 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 3

These women were always dressed in blue gowns and black trousers,
just as if they were in uniform, Each wore a round, flat, straw hat
with a big hole on top through which a pin fastened the hat to the hair.
Four rectangular pieces of blue cloth, about 7 x 5 inches each, were
sewn along the edge of the hat, two on each side. These rectangles
served as a sun visor and were blown by wind while walking. Also,
the motion of walking would make them flap like fans or punkahs, so
they were a cooling device, This costume is still characteristic
among Hakka tribes. Blue was the most popular color, but cream,
gray and black were colors of mourning. Red and other gay colors
were for young girls. One could hardly find small, bound-footed la-
dies among Hakka people, because women had to go out and share all
the work with men.

Ch’angting « *T was not only a paper-manufacturing center, but
also was considered one of the chief silk filatures in Fukien., In al-
most every family in this city the raising of silkworms was a voca-
tion for women, Early in the morning one found groups of young girls
and women carrying baskets full of fresh mulberry leaves which they
picked either from their own gardens or from nearby hills. Silk-
worms were raised in round, open, bamboo baskets or trays. White
and yellow cocoons were sorted and later sold to the factory by the
catty. After the silk was reeled off from cocoons, silk threads were
made in various shades from different dyes. These silk threads were
used in embroidered works all over the country. Nowadays besides
Hangchow, Ch’angting still maintains her fame of being a silk-thread
producing city.

I have pleasant recollections of my childhood days whenever I see
mulberry trees growing in the neglected, open places in this country.
We all enjoyed mulberry fruits, and mulberry wine was made from
different varieties. I used to raise a few dozen silkworms in the
drawer of my desk when I was in boarding school, Out of curiosity, I
picked some big, fresh leaves from the mulberry tree and tried some
experiments in intra-vitam staining. Two groups of leaves were
smeared with different colored dyes on the lower side of leaves be-
fore they were fed to the worms. One group of leaves I brushed or
dusted with aniline-red powder and the other group smeared with
black soot or painted with Chinese black ink, When these were fed to
the worms, colored silk was ejected afterwards. Pinkish silk was ob-
tained from the group which was fed with aniline red and a grayish
silk resulted from the worms fed with black ink-smeared leaves. As
a result these worms did not look as healthy as other normally fed
ones. Whether these worms had received too much harmful dye, is
still in doubt. I was scolded for raising silkworms in the dormitory
at that time, so I did not try this experiment again, but I have always
wanted to do so, using more scientific procedures. It is still uncer-
tain how the insoluble carbon could have got into the silk glands, if it

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 245

did, but maybe the gray color was derived from some incompletely
carbonized constituent of the soot. It became known during the war
that the Japanese were using for some unknown purpose caterpillars
reared on camphor leaves, and the cocoons of these were gray. It re-
minded me of my girlhood experiments in intra vitam staining.

The Hwa- Ying boarding school was founded by the British Presby-
terian Mission. Besides schooling in the three R’s, handicrafts were a
specialty in the curriculum and considered as very important for
girls. Every Wednesday afternoon four and a half hours of hand-
work was taught in the whole school. Knitting, crocheting and tatting
were taught as occidental crafts but the native handiworks such as
embroidery, sewing, weaving, and making shoes were also practiced.
Materials were prepared by students themselves, Yarn was very ex-
pensive in those days; most students just learned how to make the na-
tive products such as linen cloth, for which thread was made from
ramie fibers (Boehmeria nivea); to braid fans, purses, baskets, hats
and all kinds of utensil covers from wheat straws and bamboo strips;
to make soles of shoes from sheaths of bamboo shoots. These things,
common in every household, students would bring to the class for use
as models whenever needed.

Summer vacation started early in the first week of June and lasted
for three months. During this season boys from school were all sup-
posed to go home to help in the harvesting, and the girls had to help
with the drying, threshing, winnowing, polishing and rewinnowing rice
for family consumption. There was no heavy harvesting work for our
family, because we lived in the city. Mother would take all the girls
in the family to the farm to collect wheat straws, and sheaths of bam-
boo in order to get ready for school in the fall. Wheat straws were
selected and tied into bundles which were cut about one foot long.
These were put into a porcelain jar. Hot rice water (rice broth) was
poured into the jar and then covered. The material was soaked for
three days. It was washed with clear cold water several times and
then dried in the sun. This simple way of bleaching straws still pre-
vails in some villages. It was amazing to see how white and clean
these straws were at the end of the process, Each straw was cut
twice, lengthwise, into four strips. The split straws were tied to-
gether ready for making braided articles. Some were dyed for mak-
ing different woven patterns,

On our way to collect the deciduous bracts or sheaths fallen from
bamboo stems in the forest, bamboo shoots were often found at the
same time. These bamboo shoots were used a great deal among Chi-
nese for food, being cooked, dried, and preserved in jars or cans.
Species conmnonly used were: Phyllostachys Quilioi, Phyllostachys
puberula, and Phyllostachys mitis. The ovate sheaths were very
hairy outside, smooth and shiny on the inner side, about 18 inches
long, 6 inches wide at the base and gradually narrowed toward the

246 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

apex. When picked up they were all folded together into pleats.

These were soaked in water for three to five days and then pressed
with a hot iron. They became flattened and stiff like a piece of card-
board. Only certain kinds were good for shoe soles. Several pieces
were criss-crossed on each other in different directions, Ramie
threads were used to sew them together and then different shapes
were cut for different sizes of soles. The whole thing was covered or
wrapped with good heavy cloth, Final binding was made by sewing in
uniform stitches with ramie cords in various patterns, The top part
of the shoes could be put on later.

Ramie (Boehmeria nivea) and hemp (Cannabis sativa) were used a
great deal for making cloth (especially for mosquito netting), sacks,
threads and cords. Young leaves of ramie plant are edible and were
often used to mix with rice to make ever-so-good puddings. This
plant was propagated by rootstocks and grew rapidly in waste ground.
At the end of July ramie plants were harvested by cutting down the
stems and leaving the rootstocks untouched. In some warmer places
two or three crops were obtained every year. The average plant was
4 to 5 feet high and 3/4 inch in diameter. From a plot six feet square,
about one pound of processed fibers could be obtained. Almost every

family in our village grew a small plot of ramie plants in the garden.
Leaves were stripped from the stem by holding the tip of the plant
taut with the left hand and ripping off the leaves from top to the base
with the right hand. These leaves if too coarse for greens were saved
for rabbit food. Clean stems were tied in bundles and submerged in
pond water for three days. Microorganisms helped to decompose and
loosen the bast fibers from the xylem, Then the bark was easily
peeled off from the inner cylinder. We dried the woody cylinders and
used them for fuel. A special kind of iron scraper was used to scrape
off the green cortex from the bast. White, soft, and strong fibers
were thus obtained. One could preserve fibers for years and when-
ever threads were needed one just moistened them with water before
twilling or spinning. The fibers were separated, then rolled into
thread with the hand on a piece of roughened tile. Nearly every girl in
our village learned how to make threads, for the ancient tradition re-
quired each girl to make certain things for marriage gifts, whether
she would ever do so again or not.

Among the Hakka, girls traditionally learned about sewing, weav-
ing and embroidery, besides cooking. To prepare the marriage gifts,
a girl started to make a few articles several years before reaching
the age of marriage (16 to 19 years) although she would have been be-
trothed while still a small child. These articles were five:

1. Skeins of white- and indigo-dyed ramie threads, of nine ounces
each. The number “ # nine” read as “ 4 chiu” has the same tone as
the character which means “to last for a long time.” Some girls
started this long task at the age of 12.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 247

2. Cotton straps of two different sizes (1/2 and 1 inch wide), and
of three different colors (white, red, and black; plain or with patterns),
but of the same length (100 feet each) were prepared with the help of
the mother or other relatives in the family. One could always buy
these straps from the stores, but it was considered to bring bad luck,
These straps were wound into different patterns. In Chinese “strap”

up children.” If one bought straps from the store, that meant descend-
ants would come from outside, as, for example, by adoption of some-
one into the family. Straps were used a great deal, as strings for
making children’s clothes, because there were no elastic cords in
those days, and for decoration of clothing, Those made in patterns
with cats, dogs, or flowers, were very pretty.

3. The girl’s own embroidered wedding shoes in the very best
style. Also three pairs of plain, black shoes (no embroidery) were
made by the bride-to-be. One pair for the husband and the other two
pairs for the mother-in-law and the father-in-law. These gifts were
very important, because all the relatives used to judge to what extent
this girl had been properly brought up during her girlhood days.

4, An apron was made with an embroidered front piece, usually a
spray of mutan flower (tree peony), which symbolizes future prosper-
ity. Either a fruiting branch of pomegranate (Punica Granatum) or of
lychee (Litchi chinensis) was often embroidered in the front, symbol-
izing “to have plenty of offspring,” like those fruits.

5, A pair of pink, silk pillow cases were made by the girl. Always
a pair of Mandarin ducks were embroidered as a symbol of good luck.
These birds always stay together and it was hoped that the young mar-
ried couple would also do so, which would mean good luck for the
family.

To earn some pocket money for schooling, girls used to prepare
“candlesticks” for factories when at leisure during the summer vaca-
tion. Candle wicks were made from small bamboo sticks wrapped
with white soft pith of rush, Juncus. Juncus effusus was the main raw
material for this purpose. The slender pithy stems of this plant came
from Kiangsi province, where marsh plants grow abundantly. Little
round bamboo sticks served as the central axis and two or three
strands of soft pith were rolled around it. A few raw silk fibers were
used to glue the cut end in order to prevent the pithy strands from
ravelling out. Five hundred sticks composed a single bundle. In gen-
eral seven to eight bundles were completed in a day’s work, Cheap
labor was common in the Orient. It was surprising to see the small
wages one would get from the factory after handing in thousands of
pith-wrapped candle sticks, One usually earned 20 to 30 cents per
day. Seeds of Sapium sebiferum were used in large quantities to
make candles. Wax was prepared from the seeds. Candles of all
sizes and colors were used in different ceremonies.

248

economical uses are listed as follows:

—

an >

a

—
i=)

_
_

—e
i)

—_
~

—_
on

—
loz)

—
-]

—
foe)

. Diospyros peregrina

. Phyllostachys sp.
(bamboo)

. Momordica Charantia

. Acalypha australis L.

. Vitex Negundo L

. Verbena officinalis L.

. Trachycarpus excelsa

ASA GRAY BULLETIN

N.S. Vol. I, No. 3

Summer days were employed in collecting plants, especially those
used for medicinal purposes. I enjoyed every field trip with mother
and we were always loaded with all kinds of herbs when we returned
home. Fifty species which were often gathered for medicinal and

Name of Plant

Part Collected

unripe fruits
Gurke (persimmon)

. Gardenia florida L. fruits

(Gardenia)

the hollow stem

. Ginkgo biloba L. seeds

. Rhodomyrtus tomentosa fruits
Wight

. Melia japonica Don fruits

leaves & fruits
L. (bitter melon)

whole plant

. Agrimonia pilosa roots
Ledeb.

. Siegesbeckia orientalis flowers
L.

. Xanthium strumarium L. fruits
bur)

(cockle

young leaves
(chaste tree)

whole plant

: seca cyperinus var.

m
color Makino (bulrush)

Livistona chinensis Br. leaves
(fan palm)

Wendl. (hemp palm)

Apios Fortunei Maxim. tubers
(potato bean)

. Asparagus officinalis L, roots

(Asparagus)

. Eleocharis dulcis corms
m f.) T

(Bur rin.
(cee water chestnut)

thin membrane lining

fibers around petioles

Economical or
Medicinal Uses

used to dye fishing nets.

used to dye white cotton
cloth for boy-scout uniforms
in khaki-color.

used for covering one hole

food and medicine

used for food

medicine (in measles)

medicine for fever and food

to cure dysentery

internal medicine
for tuberculosis

for cuts (as iodine)
internal medicine for hives.
used for beverage

medicine (for colds)

for weaving mats
for making fans

for making raincloaks,
rushes and rop

for food

medicine (used internally
for cure of sore eyes)
food and medicine in
measles

Summer 1953

bo
tat)

bo
As

i)
(>)

wo
_

ow
LS)

[%)
>

Granatu
eee

. Eucalyptus globulus
Lab.

. Castanea vulgaris

japonica DC. eee

. Dura

nia repen
(pigeon pee)

. Lespedeza juncea var.
1.

sericea Hem
(bush clover)

. Plantago major

asiatica ESE

. Pinellia tuberifera Ten.

(Jack in the pulpit)

. Arisaema japonicum
se

vyatum Engl.

. Eclipta alba Hassk.

. Nepeta Glechoma
Benth,

Sapindus Mukurosi
Gaertn. (soap berry)

. Prunella vulgaris L.

(self heal)

. Buddleja japonica
Hemsl.

Pteris serrulata
L. f. (fern)

. Geum japonicum Thunb.

: gees vulgaris

indica Maxim.

E es indica L

(Rangoon aeoad

3 ene japon

hunb. paeeeenes

unus Armeniaca
(apricot)

. Thuja orientalis L.

(Arbor vitae)

. Sesamum indicum L.

(sesame)

cae ees with

the p

leaves & bark

seeds

fruits

roots

whole plant

corms

corm

whole plant

whole plant

fruits

whole plant

. Clerodendron squamatum leaves
Vahl.

flowers

leaves

root

whole plant

fruits

whole plant

seeds

fruits

fruits

ASA GRAY BULLETIN 249

food and cough medicine.
for mosquito repellant
for food

medicine (for malaria)

medicine (for malaria)

medicine for kidney
troubles and diabetes.

with vinegar for a lichen
disease of s

insecticide

poultice for bacterial
infections and boils

medicine for colds
used as soap
medicine for colds

poultices of leaves (pricked
with silver needle) for boils

used for stupefying fish.
medicine for dysentery

external medicine for boils
medicine ue rheumatism
and arthrit

medicine for round worms
(Ascaris)

medicine for fever and
age
medicine for sore throat
medicine for measles,
ally.

used extern

medicine for malaria.

250 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

42. Lycium eae Mill. fruits medicine for blood and
(boxthorns) circulation

43. Smilax China L. roots cooling medicine for fever

44. Polygonatum officinale roots external medicine for shin
(Solomon’s seal “neck-snake” and “waist- See

45. Gnaphalium multiceps leaves for food
Wall.

46. Ricinus communis L. seeds medicine

(castor-oil plant)

47. Polygala japonica roots internal medicine for
Houtt, tuberculosis

48. Althaea rosea(L.)Cav. leaves & root as meet and medicine
(marsh mallow) for fever

49. eee rad te whole plant external medicine for burns

sch. (stone crop)

59. Capsicum sp. leaves used for tooth ache with a

(red pepper) blue-shelled duck egg.

If medicines for the stomach appear to be absent, it is because charcoal prepared
from rice and pig’s stomach, cooked in a ritualistic or magicai manner with peanuts,
is used for this purpose.

Since I did not know all of these scientific names when I went away
from our village to the middle school, or even when I went to college,
I have secured them from the Chinese dictionary, by looking up the
Chinese names, which in the course of centuries have become almost
as standardized as scientific names, for of course the Chinese names
with the generally indefinite made-up English names would signify
ittle. I can only say that the identifications are generally correct, at
least so far as the genus is concerne

Because of the turmoil caused by Communists, who often came
over from Kiangsi province to Shanghang, it was no longer safe for
students and Christians to stay there. Our large family of 40 people
had to separate for the first time after living together for generations.
My parents decided to move down to Jao-Ping, Kwangtung, seeking
safety for their children. Only my grandparents stayed in the original
home at Shanghang with one of my uncles. It was quite remarkable
that both grandparents lived long over a century. Grandpa died at the
age of 104 and Grandma died a few years later at the age of 105.

My grandfather died on October 27, 1930 at the age of 104. My
sister-in-law and I could not attend his funeral for we were in the
boarding school at Swatow, Kwangtung, and it would have taken a week
or ten days by boat to go back to Shanghang, Fukien. The funeral pro-
cession was one or two li long. Almost everyone in our village came

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 251

Fig This picture of an
aged double-petaled pinkish-
flowered apricot, more than 300

dwarfed tree grew had a dark-
green glaze

to the ceremony and participated in the feast. The procession was
headed first by a horizontal wooden tablet gilded with gold on one
side. This honorary tablet was about 9 feet long and 4 feet wide and
had been granted by the government in honor of my grandfather’s
100th birthday. On the tablet, a horizontal inscription of four big
Chinese characters were written “ # 4A #% Wei Wei Jen Jui,” which
means “your auspicious age a good example to our people.” Besides
this tablet a decoration and certificate were also given to grandpa.
We were very proud of this recognition of our family directly from
the President. After my grandfather died my father donated this tab-
let to the ancestral temple of our tribe. The last I knew it was still
hanging there as a memorial to my grandfather. Being a woman, my
grandmother did not receive any honor from the government, even
though she made the same record as my grandfather did. She died
five years later at the age of 105. They were both buried in the same
Tomb, at a beautiful site which my euamilauer had chosen for their
own distin his life time.

252 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

This grave was located by the *7 + T’ing River, facing the % Ru
Mountain Saddle. It was not far from my home, only three li east of
the city. A shelter or an arbor was erected over the stone tablet.
Trees and flowers were planted around the place. Bamboo and chest-
nut (Castanea mollissima) trees were grown in the background. Every
year at Easter time, ( * 1% Ts’ing Ming Festival, when the Chinese
worship at the graves) my father would take all the children in the
family to this grave and he would conduct a short service there. In
the summer time when the chestnuts were ripe, we would go there
again to harvest the fruits and at the same time, to do a little weeding
work around this arbor.

There was a very miraculous event which happened to my family,
which I shall never forget. One day when I was about three years old,
we had a religious service at home in our big court yard. Everyone
was dressed in a white gown. Even though I did not understand what
had happened, I remember the occasion very well for I was deeply im~-
pressed, Everybody was mourning for the loss of our grandpa. A big
black coffin, which was made of four very heavy long wooden boards
and square end pieces, coated with several layers of black lacquer,
was laid on the platform of our front court room where we used to
have our daily family evening worship. In that coffin lay my grand-
father, very formally dressed with a long navy-blue gown and black
jacket. He had seemed to be dead for three days, but was only uncon-
scious. Rev. Frank J. Wiens, of California, the Baptist minister, who
was a very good friend of my family came to conduct the funeral serv-
ice that afternoon. My mother carried me high in her arms in order
for me to see, After the minister finished the benediction and said
“Amen,” everybody arose, and suddenly my grandfather sat up in the
coffin and talked. Oh, everyone was scared and ran away! Only my
father and the minister stayed. They helped my grandpa out of the
coffin and onto a chair. Of course the coffin was carried out of the
room right away. My grandpa would not sit still and walked straight
to our backyard garden. He did not even carry his cane while he
walked, and said he was going to meet Jesus Christ on Mount Olive,
outside the east gate of Shanghang city. Hot tea and ginger soup were
prepared to quiet him. So he was a guest at his own first funeral
service at the age of 94. He told his friends about all his wonderful
dreams during those two to three days, so he was not strictly uncon-
scious all the time. He lived ten years longer until his “second death”
at the age of 104. During those ten years, he was quite healthy, and
‘of course no one in the family ever dared to mention his “first death”
in front of him, Needless to say we all were very happy, especially
my grandma, to have grandpa with us again.

The custom in the village when one lived over 60 years was to

prepare those things needed for his own funeral. A coffin, or four
separate heavy wooden boards, a tomb, grave-clothes and shoes, all

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 293

were prepared during his life time. A woman always saved her pre-
cious head-dress after her wedding and finally it was put in the coffin
at her death. It was not easy to keep such things so long. I remem-
bered that my grandmother used to air and dry her “# *% shou-i,”
meaning “clothes of longlife” once a year. Most people selected the
6th day of the 6th lunar month, a festival when stored clothing was in-
spected and dried for the year.

When a baby was born to the family, the custom in the Hakka vil-
lage was quite different from that in other places. According to the
old tradition people gave attention and favor to boys only. Great cele-
bration and feast were given when a boy baby was born, but not so if it
was a girl. Three months before the baby’s birth, usually the paternal
grandmother-to-be began to prepare foods and gifts to be distributed
among relatives and neighbors: such preparations were necessary as
grinding rice flour (80 to 100 lbs.), raising chickens (12 to 15
roosters), growing ginger, brewing wine from glutinous rice.
maternal grandmother-to-be prepared clothing (about 10 pieces) for
the coming baby. It was a superstition that this clothing should be
sewed by the grandmother herself to ensure good luck,

On the day when the baby was born, gifts were sent to the wife’s
mother to tell her about the news. Large quantities of rice dumplings
were cooked in chicken broth which was flavored with rice wine and
fresh ginger, enough to pass around as gifts. If a girl baby was born,
a little red color was added to the dough to make pink dumplings. A
big, cooked, whole chicken on top of a large bowl of dumplings, and a
decanter of rice wine, were sent over to the wife’s mother in a big
lacquer basket by a professional woman messenger. In return, the
baby’s clothes, the same for boy or girl, would be put in this basket.
Sometimes jewelry, like a little silver Buddha, gilded with gold, was
sent over to be put on the baby’s bonnet. As a polite custom, only a
half of the chicken was accepted; the other half was returned to the
sender. If both families were too busy to observe the traditions, they
would agree with each other to send a live chicken with rice powder;
in return, a piece of yard goods would be put in the basket instead of
ready-made clothes. Usually the cloth was 10 feet long, with blue and
white flower patterns. The messenger woman would receive a certain
gratuity from the wife’s mother for her services.

Three days after the baby’s birth, boiled red eggs were prepared
(50 to 100, dyed like Easter eggs). Ten red eggs were sent by the pa-
ternal to the maternal grandmother, to inform her of the good condi-
tion of the new-born one. Relatives and neighbors again would re-
ceive a pair of red eggs to celebrate “ = 2 San Tan,” meaning the
“third day” of the baby.

254 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

When the baby was one month old, a feast would be given to the
friends and relatives. Each one would bring some gift when the baby
was presented to the guests during the party for the first time.

If it was a boy baby, a big celebration would be given for his first
birthday, but not so with a girl. A big feast would be held in the
house, with sometimes more than 100 people attending the party, and
birthday presents were received from these guests. After the party a
little ceremony followed. The future occupation of the child would be
foretold by the selection, by the child himself, of one group of special
things displayed on the table. On a table were displayed three groups
of things which represented three different types of occupation. The
first group, including a book and a writing brush, indicated the schol-
arly class, The second group, including a pair of scissors and a
ruler represented the working class, of which the tailor was an ex-
ample, The third group, including an abacus and a piece of silver
money, represented the business class, the merchants.

There was no indication of the farmer’s class here. It was under-
stood that everyone, whatever else he might be, might be a farmer in
this great, ancient, agricultural country, in which the population has
about 85% of farmers. One would learn naturally all about farming if
he was brought up properly.

One of the grandparents would hold the baby and walk toward this
table. When the baby saw these things he would grasp one thing which
attracted him the most. It was superstitiously believed that this
would foretell the child’s future occupation. It was not surprising that
most babies would grasp either a book with pretty red pictures on its
cover or a shiny piece of money.

Many traditional festivals were celebrated. Almost every month
there was one particular event to be remembered, either of historical
or agricultural significance. Our calendar was based upon the solar
system, or the so-called “Farmer’s calendar,” including 12 lunar
months in a year, with an extra “leap month” every third year. Be-
sides the ordinary numerical names, literary names for the months
were used among scholars, and I assume that such ancient ways have
not changed among village people even after the changes brought by
Communism. So I shall speak of them in the present.

First month is also called “Spring Month,” or also * -& ‘| Men
Yiieh.” The word “Men” originated from the name of Mencius, in re-
spect for this great scholar. “Men” means first, senior, and great in
everything. So the first month of the year is called “Men” month, In
this month we used to celebrate Chinese New Year from the first day
to the seventh day, and also a Lantern Festival, on the 15th day. "th
Yiian Siao” Festival is celebrated at the first full moon of the lunar
year, when dumplings and spring rolls were eaten at the Lantern
Feast. Lanterns were made of different colors of paper in various

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 255

shapes, such as dogs, goats, deers, butterflies, goldfish, horses,
dragons, lotus flowers, tree-peony (mutan) flowers, roses, plum
flowers, sailing boats, and others representing historical legends.
(Nowadays, air-planes and steam-boats are added to the list.) Every
household bought a big lantern and hung it in front of the house as a
decoration and a symbol of good luck, Children would receive many
lanterns as gifts from the elder generations among relatives. A pa-
rade would be held on the night of the 15th day. After this festival,
farmers were supposed to resume their work for the coming new
year.

Second lunar month is called “ # A Almond Month,” on account of
these trees blossoming during this month. On the 12th day a Flower
Festival called “ * #1 Hua Chao,” meaning the birthday of flowers is
observed. Every woman in the village wears some flowers in her
hair, no matter what kind, just to join the celebration.

Third lunar month is called “ #8 A Peach Month.” Every child in
the village knew the song “Little peach fairy is wearing her red gar-
ment on the third day of the third month.” The *4 #1 #* Ts’ing Ming
Festival is observed, at which Chinese worship at their ancester’s
graves. A special kind of rice pudding, stuffed with sweetened raddish
strips, is prepared for this festival. Ts’ing Ming means clear and
bright, for all plants are then in fresh green leafage, So the rice pud-
ding is also dyed green by mixing the dough with young leaves of
ramie (Boehmeria nivea) or cudweed (Gnaphalium multiceps). It is a
very pretty green in color and pleasant in taste also. Now this festi-
val has been modified by the government to be a festival of tree plant-
ing.

Fourth lunar month is known as “Wheat-harvest Month,” and “ #& a
Huai Yueh,” month of Sophora trees (Sophora japonica). This resem-
bles the American locust tree. Its flowers are used for yellow dye,
and its timber is useful in many ways. This kind of tree grows abun-
dantly in the northern part of China.

Fifth lunar month is also called either “ #1 Pomegranate Month”
or “ #A P’u Yiieh,” the latter name from a kind of rush (Scirpus la-
custris) used for making kneeling mats, fans, and bags, and some-
times “full month,” because of the #4 summer Solstice which occurs
in this month (June 21 in Western calendar), We celebrate “ 344
Tuan Wu Festival” with the dragon boats’ race on the 5th day of the
5th month, “ #43 Tsung tzu,” glutinous rice dumplings or puddings,
are wrapped up in two broad bamboo leaves, forming an angular cone
about the size of a pine cone, and tied with a string of rush or palm-
leaf straps. These are boiled, and eaten at such a feast. The tradi-
tional celebration is held in much the same manner all over China,
in memory of “ # ® Ch’ii Ytian,” a great officer of state in the Ch’u
Dynasty. Children receive many perfume-sachets from relatives.
They were made very skillfully and embroidered in novel ways. The

256 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

reason for the dragon-boat race was that Ch’u Yuan gave good advice
to the Emperor which the latter disregarded. So Ch’ Yiian commit-
ted suicide by drowning to emphasize the importance of his admoni-
tions. The people loved him and many sped in their boats to rescue
him, but were too late, because the boats were not fast enough. So
now the very swift dragon boats race in his honor. These boats are
kept stowed away as the property of certain temples or clubs (nowa-
days chambers of commerce) to be redecorated when brought out for
the annual event. Puddings prepared as described are traditionally
dropped into the water for the spirit of Ch’ Yuan,

Sixth lunar month is called “ #1 Lotus Month.” On the 6th day of
this month, a festival known as “ & %& % T’ien Huang Tsieh” is cele-
brated, On that day clothing is dried and aired and meats are eaten.
It is considered a special day on which Heaven bestows virtue upon
man.

Seventh lunar month is “ #44 T’ung Month.” T’ung is Aleurites
cordata. It is also called “ #/ Lang Month” (Epidendrum, an orchid),
On the 7th day of this month, known as the “ % #@ skill day,” women
used to gather around the house to show their skill in needlecraft by
competition. The same evening the family would observe the festival
of “double seven,” in memory of the union of the constellations of the
4+ Herd-boy and the + Spinning Damsel (the star Vega in the con-
stellation of Lyra). My father used to tell us the story of the Milky
Way and other astronomical legends. On that day of the year there
should always be a little bit of rain or at least scattered rain drops,
symbolizing the tears of the Herd-boy and the Spinning-girl, who met
only once a year on that day. Cooked or roasted broad beans ( Vicia
Faba) were eaten, to signify strengthening of friendship with one an-
other. In the evening of the 14th day, instead of the 15th day, a ghost
festival was observed (corresponding to Halloween Day in this coun-
try). Villagers set all kinds of meats and vegetables on the ground as
offerings for evil spirits in the hope that they would not disturb the
family during the year. A special dish was used for this occasion.
Taro (Colocasia esculenta) was the main raw material, from which
different recipes were derived. Cakes, pies, puddings and noodles
were made in every household in this month of the year.

Eighth lunar month is known as “ # ) Kuei Month.” Osmanthus
fragrans is in its full bloom during this time of year. The biggest oc-
casion of this month is the “ ++ % Mid-Autumn Festival” on the 15th
day. To observe the full moon, special gifts are to be obtained in all
the stores as in this country before Christmas. Like the Dragon-boat
festival, one would find people observing the Mid-Autumn festival al-
most in the same pattern all over China, In our village, besides mak-
ing big “A # moon cakes,” another special dish was always found in
every home, a steamed duck, stuffed with Chinese chestnuts (Castanea
japonica or Castanea mollissima). Moon cakes of different sizes were

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 257

made, ranging from little molded carp-fish two inches long up to the
giant, round moon-cakes three feet in diameter and about one inch
thick, which were beautifully molded with various designs. These
cakes were made of pre-cooked rice flour, water and sugar. The
molds were carved wooden blocks of different shapes, such as carp-
fish, symbolizing good luck and success, 4& & silver hare, a name for
the moon; and a figure of “+# «4 Ch’ang O,” the lady in the moon; the
rest were mostly historical figures and beautiful scenic designs,
These cakes were in two different colors, one plain white and the
other pink. The cake was placed on a sheet of square paper with con-
trasting colors and then carried on a bamboo tray. Everywhere one
found people receiving and giving away these cakes as gifts. In the
evening of the 15th day, the cakes were displayed in the front court of
the house. All family members would sit around to enjoy the moon-
light. Later, tea would be served and moon cakes were eaten in en-
joyment of this Mid-Autumn Festival.

In our family various kinds of Small molds made of carved wooden
blocks were kept for generations. These were used for shaping the
puddings or cakes to celebrate different festivals. On birthdays, the
puddings were shaped like a peach, about the size of the hand. Peach
is the symbol of longevity, and originated from Lao-Tzu, the god of
longevity. Birthday cakes and puddings are given out as gifts to rela-
tives, friends and neighbors during this occasion,

Ninth lunar month is the “ # A Chrysanthemum Month.” On the
9th day of this month, we have a “Double-Nine Festival” and children
play kites everywhere. One may see kites of many designs in the sky,
such as birds, dragon-flies, butterflies, lanterns, air-planes, fish, and
even miniature little houses. The weather during this month is mild
and the breeze is just strong enough to float the kites.

Tenth lunar month is known as month of the “ 4. & Little pees
(equal to Indian Summer here). The other literary name is “ #
Mei Yiieh,” “Apricot Month.” Double-Ten Festival is the biggest Na-
tional holiday observed by every Chinese on the 10th day of this month.

Eleventh lunar month is called “ & 4 Chia Yiieh,” after a pe of
reed-grass (Phragmites sp.), harvested during the winter.
Winter Month” was the common name among the villagers, sacues
winter solstice occurs during this month (December 22 in Western
calendar). We always celebrate this “ * £ Tung Chih” festival,
meaning “winter arrives” three days before Christmas. Glutinous
rice dumplings, coated with brown sugar and peanut crumbs, are
eaten in every family and symbolize the gathering of family members,
It is a custom to have the whole family help make these dumplings to-
gether around the table, Part are given away to the neighbors, and we
also recieve some from them. Exchanging gifts is very common in
our villages.

258 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

Twelfth lunar month is called “ #4 Wax Month,” on account of the
wax-like flowers of Chimonanthus fragrans and Chimonanthus praecox,
which flower abundantly in the winter season in the south of China.
Another name, “ # Chia P’ing,” means good, or excellent month. In
the old classical books one always encounters this term for the publi-
cation date. The ways of celebrating Chinese New Year are almost
the same in every part of the country. Different kinds of rice puddings
and meat puddings are prepared by each family. In some villages the
celebration is started by cleaning and decorating the houses, prepar-
ing foods, sending out gifts to relatives, sewing new clothes for their
children, etc., right after the 15th day of this month. During the New
Year, special things are eaten by villagers to symbolize good luck and
prosperity in life. Among these, ten common fruits are: oranges
(Citrus sinensis), tangerines (Citrus reticulata), signifying good luck;
Chinese olives (Canarium album) signifying money; lychees (Litchi
chinensis), longans (Euphoria longana), watermelon seeds (Citrullus
vulgaris), and jujubes (Zizyphus vulgaris) signifying fertility and
children; peanuts (Arachis hypogaea) signifying everlasting fruits;
sugar cane (Saccharum officinarum) signifying growing higher every
joint, gradually rising; carambola (Averrhoa carambola) signifying a
smooth and peaceful life.

The four seasonal flowers “ ##, as depicted by artists are: Epi-
dendrum indicating the spring, bamboo indicating summer, (lotus, Ne-
lumbo nucifera, is sometimes used but its flowers are rarely kept),
chrysanthemum indicating autumn, apricot and Chimonanthus indicat-
ing winter. Also“ 2k three friends of winter” are often painted
on scrolls, i. e., the # pine, the bamboo, and the “ # mei” (including
both apricot and Chimonanthus flowers; apricot flowers are white and
Chimonanthus flowers are yellow).

« #4 TS Mei, lang, chuh, chi” are known as four seasonal
flowers: “Mei” is Prunus Mume, “lang” is Cymbidium ensifolium ,
“chuh” is Bambusa sp., and “chit” is Chrysanthemum sinense, Al-
though bamboo is seldom seen except sterile, artists always paint
bamboo twigs to symbolize the summer,

After our family moved down to Kwangtung province, I was trans-
ferred to the Presbyterian Mission School in Swatow. This is a city
of linen, laces and citrus fruits. Delicately embroidered handiwork is
exported to foreign countries. A woman sitting beside the doorway of
her home, working deftly with needle on a piece of fine linen or grass
cloth, was Swatow’s chief symbol of trade and industry. Walking
through the side streets or visiting the surrounding villages one would
find hundreds of women and girls thus employed.

Our new home in Kwangtung was located within one of the extensive
citrus and lychee belts in the South. Our beautiful Shanghang garden
was finally deserted and overgrown with weeds, To abandon the rare

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 209

and valuable plants that had been grown with great care for so many
years was a keen sorrow to my mother. It was very hard to start
over again, especially in this strange new city. Mother died not long
after from anxiety after being threatened by the Communists,

After graduation from primary school I studied in the Christian
Mission Society Girls’ School in Foochow. This school was located by
the Min River. The whole 300-mile portion of the Min which is navi-
gable to shallow-draft vessels, possesses unusual charm and has been
compared to the Rhine, so the region it flows through was known as
the Rhineland of China. Foochow leaped into prominence in the fifties,
sixties, and seventies as a source of “#4 Bohea tea (Thea (Camel-
lia) sinensis) grown in the northern part of Fukien province. Tea
grown in Assam, Ceylon, and elsewhere has caused a serious decline
in the Foochow trade. Merchants were more recently turning their
attention rather to green teas, so popular with the Chinese, than to the
black teas for export trade.

Thea (Camellia) sinensis L. grows abundantly in the northern part
of Foochow. In the second edition of the “Species Plantarum” Lin-
naeus judged it better to distinguish two species, Thea Bohea and Thea
viridis, which he believed to correspond to the commercial distinction
between black and green teas. It has since been proved scientifically
that there is but one species, comprehending several varieties, from
all of which either black or green tea may be obtained according to
the process of manufacture, Various types of teas and their terms
(e.g. Pekoe, Seuchong) resulted from different periods of plucking,
size of leaves, and the subsequent treatment, whether “fired” or fer-
mented. From Thea Bohea the black tea was supposedly manufac-
tured from Thea viridis the green, “ ‘1 Hang,” the firm or business
warehouses, were grouped in the city. Hundreds of women and girls
were employed by the factories. Sorting out stems and petioles from
tea leaves after processing was the main job for these workers,
Wages were paid according to quantities, in pounds, of stem ends and
leaf stalks, which had been sorted out from fragrant tea leaves at the
end of the day. This was the main vocation of women and girls of the
working class in this city. Various kinds of fragrant flowers were
used in giving modified flavor to tea leaves; these included Jasminum
Sambac, Gardenia florida var. radicans , Citrus pompelinus , and Mag -
nolia conspicua. Early in the morning one would see groups of vil-
lagers carrying loads of fresh flowers in flax bags, rushing along the
streets toward the tea factories. Fresh and fragrant odor made the
atmosphere enjoyable to everyone who passed along the street.

Lacquer-ware was also an important industry besides tea trade in
this city. Lacquer was produced from Rhus vernicifera which grew in
great abundance in the northern part of Fukien. Foochow was the only
city that exported the famous lacquer-ware to other countries. The
sap of the Chinese lacquer tree is as poisonous as that of its American

260 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

relative the poison sumac, Even the *& lacquer-ware is poisonous
for a few days until completely dry, but the hardening and oxidizing
take less time if “precooked” lacquer is used. According to Foochow
tradition the most poisonous lacquer is that from the “seven-leaved
lacquer” but I have never had a chance to look into the botany of this
supposedly different species and do not know how well established the
belief may be.

A visit to -*~# Ch’ang-Loh was one of the memorable experiences
of the class excursion after my High School graduation day. Deacon-
ess C. J. Lambert, the principal of our school, was the group leader.
The whole class, only eight students, took this trip for the first time
as a special entertainment arranged by the school. We stayed in one
of the girls’ dormitories of the British Mission School there for five
days. Every day we enjoyed our sight-seeing tour.

Ch’ang-Loh is a small city located south-east of Foochow, It is
situated on the coast and all kinds of sea food are exported from
there. We travelled from Foochow by a small steamboat, and when we
arrived it was low tide, and the steamboat could not reach the shore.
A little ferry boat came to our rescue, During the low-tide hour we
saw numerous jelly-fish of the kind called “Portuguese-Man-of-War”
pulsating in the muddy water near our boat. One could catch a dozen
of them very easily. These jelly-fish were used as a common dish by
the villagers there. They were hardened by soaking them in alkali so-
lution for seven days, and then in fresh cold water several times, in
order to wash out the excess lime. The white “sail” part or the
“float” of these jelly-fish was sold separately from the reddish tenta-
cles. The former was more expensive and the latter cheap. They
were eaten both raw and cooked especially with the morning rice, or
as one of the delicate dishes of a feast.

In the deep water we saw schools of cuttle-fish and squids swim-
ming around our steamboat. Each school numbered about fifty to sev-
enty. A kind of coelenterate called “sand-worm” or “sea worm” was
used by villagers for making soup. These long hollow creatures were
about the diameter of the little finger and a foot or so long. They
were cream-color when fresh, and contained a good deal of sand.
When prepared they were turned inside-out to free them from sand,
and then cut into short pieces. They were a much appreciated sea-
sonal delicacy but could be preserved by drying. King crabs were of-
ten seen all over the sandy beach. These crabs, and especially their
bead-like eggs, were sold on the market for food. Scrambled with
duck eggs they appeared frequently on the menu of the girls’ boarding
schools. The shell was used for making water dippers or ladles, used
as kitchen utensils. It was a superstition that these crabs always
swam in pairs, and if a person saw one crab only on shore, that was a
bad omen, It would be thrown back into the sea.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 261

of Foochow. This class picture was taken in front of the honorary arch (above) facing

We visited all famous temples in very beautiful scenic settings.
Aged planted trees added to the naturally attractive landscape. In the
ancient days Ch’ang-Loh was famous for certain fruits such as a long
variety of the peanut (Arachis hypogaea) and a few distinctive local
varieties of Lychee (Litchi chinensis). The latter were mentioned in

262 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 3

the early monograph “Li Chih P’u” by # & 4 #4%$ Ts’ai Hsiang in
1059 A. D., and were also recorded centuries later in “ & e¢434
Kuang Ch’un Fang P’u” by #) #4 Liu Hao, edition of 1708 A. D., volume
18. We saw many aged lychee trees there and probably those were
the relics which might verify the history and legends. ies ghey
ing the ancient literature about lychee recently in my rese

memories of this old city certainly helped me to aces ee the
geographical distribution of this plant.

After graduation from High School I majored in Botany at Hwa Nan
College. College life there was varied during the different periods of
our national affairs which ended up my refugees’ life in # Nan-
Ping, an inland city in the northern part of Foochow, to which we were
evacuated for eight years. We borrowed some buildings from the
Methodist Mission to be used as our class-rooms and dormitories,
Later, a few temporary buildings were put up within the campus of
Nan-Ping Methodist Mission. Classes were conducted in irregular
hours, because we had to share with Nan-Ping ( #44: Chien Chin) Mid-
dle School all of their class rooms. Hwa Nan High School was also
evacuated to Nan-Ping at the same time. So three schools had to ar-
range their schedules differently in order to fit all the classes into
those limited rooms. Three schools shared one assembly hall. If
one group could not finish the lecture or meeting hour on time, an-
other group had to use the play ground or tennis court instead,
Classes were given early in the morning from 6:00 to 9:30 A. M., and
later in the afternoon from 3:00 to 6:00 P. M. Because of the inter-
ruption caused by air raids, often ten times a day, each time taking
from half an hour to two or three hours, our studies were much
broken. Early morning in Nan-Ping is always very foggy and that
time was considered safest from the bombs. Very often we had to
conduct our classes in front of the dug-outs even in early morning or
in late afternoon. Every student carried her own little bamboo or
wooden stool, and so we could hold our classes anywhere, in the open
or under big trees for shelter. Mostly all the senior-class students
and graduates carried their theses with them to the dug-outs for
safety’s sake. One thought that the work she had put into her thesis
could be less easily replaced than any other possession. Besides
carrying her own stool, each student also carried limited and stipu-
lated articles of clothing in a bag, which had been inspected by the
class advisors. When we had air-raid drills, each group would run to
its own dug-out which the school officers had assigned to it. Various
ditches or little woods nearby outside of the campus were also as-
signed to each group. So if any great calamity occurred inside the
campus, we would know where to seek refuge. Our science labora-
tories were always located on the ground floor of buildings, to avoid
vibration, which could easily damage the equipment. Sometimes the
apparatus for some experiment would have been just set up as the

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 263

siren sounded. We would have to give up and to leave the laboratory
at once, One time a bomb exploded so near the campus that I was
deaf from the concussion for some time,

Malnutrition and sickness (malaria) affected almost every student
during those years. Fruits of pigeon berry or dew berry (Duranta
repens) and roots of Orixa japonica were used in hope that they would
be a substitute for quinine which was scarce and expensive. Those
students who belonged to the Biology Club were allowed to have plots
of land in the vegetable garden for experimenting with growing flowers
and vegetables as part of their practice in plant physiology, and w
managed to get something to eat from our plots. Also to raise rabbits
for the experiments in genetics, all members of the Club took turns in
searching for plants for rabbit food, and in watering vegetables. We
all enjoyed such special projects as a kind of recreation.

In Nan-Ping, soils are very fertile for vegetables and very little
care is needed. Acid soil prevails, as one might judge from the gor-
geous blooming of Azalea in the spring time. Mushrooms (Cortinellus
shiitake), red mushrooms (Russula sp.), ginkgo (Ginkgo biloba), chest-
nuts (Castanea vulgaris var. japonica), bayberry (Myrica rubra),
kumquat (Citrus Fortunella), and hazel nuts (Corylus heterophylla)
were the famous edible products of Nan-Ping city.

The temporary campus of our college was situated on top of a hill
and Hwa Nan High School was located on another hill. Only five min-
utes walk along a horseshoe path took us from one to the other. In the
campus of Nan-Ping there are plenty of trees, such as Eucalyptus,
spruce, banyan, fan-palms, bamboo, Citrus sp., Diospyros Kaki, Sa-
pium sebiferum, Cunninghamia sinensis, and Pinus sp. It was very
convenient to take students out for botanical field trips, for there was
a great diversity of plants at hand.

Inside the campus there were four cycad trees (Cycas revoluta).
The largest one was about six feet high, with trunk one foot in diam-
eter, and feather-shaped fronds with prickly edged petioles, The
frond was about five feet long and fifteen inches wide, with numerous
separated, stiff, narrow leaflets or pinnae. These were glossy above
and with whitish bloom underneath, The whole frond was very strong
and flexible. People used to make funeral wreaths from the fronds,
by bending them around and tying the ends, The tip of the single pinna
was very sharp and stiff. A whole ring of young fronds were produced
in early spring, and were then very pubescent. This Cycas is a dioe-
cious plant, and we had only a male tree on the Foochow campus, I
only saw the fruits once, during my stay of eight years in Nan-Ping.
The very hard, shiny, and vermilion to scarlet seeds, each about the
size of a walnut, were very pretty and attractive. The whole group of
sporophylls nested at the top of the tree and each sporophyll had sev-
eral seeds, which children used to pick from the brownish, hairy

264 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

“2 og
‘iJ
=

ae

4. we.
Pa

a,
1”

rs g
- a

acket
residence. On the right a double-petaled flowering plum tree was in f
during winter season. I was standing second from the right.

sporophylls and play with, as they did with colored stones. I was told
that they were not edible but some literature records the contrary. I
collected some seeds for our botany department, for this plant was
said to fruit only once in maybe 15 years. ese plants and their
leaves were larger than the plants ordinarily cultivated, which come
from Japan, and in my experience the starch of the Para was never
used for a famine food. The trunks were a foot or more in diameter,
and one of which the history was known had grown to be five feet high
in thirty years. A big specimen which blew down in a typhoon proved
to be very shallowly rooted. When propped upright with poles it went
on growing.

After graduation from Hwa Nan College in Foochow, I worked in
the College Biology Department as an assistant for several years. I
tried to learn how to collect plant specimens in my own interest. I

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 265

R. LaRue, was cig ake “The Life History and Morphology of Macravestibulum
eversum sp. nov. (Pronocephalidae trematoda).

was there for eight years as a refugee, collecting and identifying most
of the flowering plants in the Hwang Chin Shan area of Nan-Ping. I
wrote an article (in Chinese) published in the Hwa Nan Bulletin, 1944,
under the title of “How to identify plants as food for rabbits.” Rabbits
were commonly raised for food during the war. Then I became inter-
ested in economic botany, especially in the extensive fruit tree plan-
tations in the southern part of China,

After World War I, I was anxious for a chance to go abroad for
further study. In 1947 I received a Barbour Scholarship from the Uni-
versity of Michigan for which I was most grateful, Although much in-
terested in food plants and medicinal plants, I had never seen, until I
came to America, a complete set of the great Chinese Materia Med-
ica, or herbal entitled the “ *#484 Pen Ts’ao Kang Mu,” written
by # #4 Li Shih-Chen in 1595 A. D. Much to my amazement in 1948,

266 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol, II, No, 3

Fig. 7. Mrs. W. N. Brewster (front row, center) addressed the Hwa Nan Alumni
Meeting in 1947. Her husband, Rev. William N. Brewster, former missionary of
the Methodist Church in Hengwa District, Foochow, introduced the Fukien “Chen-
Family-Purple” lychee, now the so-called “Brewster” variety, into the United
States between the years 1903 and 1906.

Professor H. H. Bartlett showed the complete set of 52 volumes from
his perscnal collection to the History of Botany Class! Needless to
say I was overwhelmed with joy when he assigned it to me for formal
study. Although the “Pen Ts’ao Kang Mu” is very old and might not be
considered scientifically written by modern standards, Chinese herb-
alists still refer to it as an authority. In the past two years, in con-
nection with my work at the University Botanical Gardens, I have vis-
ited Florida twice to study cultivated Chinese plants, especially lychee
(Litchi chinensis), which was introduced into this country between 1903
and 1906 from Fukien and Canton. This is the fruit tree which I most
wanted to study even before I came to America. In Florida it was my
privilege to work with Professor G, W. Groff, the sole American au-
thority on the lychee industry, and to publish with him an article “De-
scribing Florida Varieties of Lychee” in the Proceedings of the Flor-
ida State Horticultural Society, Volume LXIV, 1951, [1952]. I intend,
during my stay in the United States, to learn as much as I can about
the science and techniques of botany, which will apply, I hope, to the
future development of plant industry in my own country, China, the
Mother of Gardens!

OXALIDACEAE IN MICHIGAN

C. M. Rogers

This is the first of a proposed series which is undertaken with
several hopes and aims. The need for a published flora of Michigan
in keeping with those of many other states is well known. This need
is particularly cogent for our own state since it lies near the periph-
ery of the region included in the manuals treating the northeastern
United States. In the preparation of these manuals relatively little
Michigan material has been examined, and it is highly probable that a
careful study of Michigan collections will reveal varietal or specific
differences in many groups.

Many are also aware that a relatively small amount of collecting
has been done within the state. Distribution maps, such as those
which are found in Billington’s Shrubs of Michigan and elsewhere,
serve to emphasize this lack and also indicate those areas from which
little or no material has come. Those who would procrastinate in the
compilation of a Flora of Michigan on the basis of the paucity of pre-

myth and that an “incomplete” one, if it makes clear wherein it is in-
complete, becomes an important step in the development of a better
state flora. It is hoped that clearly indicating the conspicuous gaps in
distribution records will encourage further work in those parts of the
state where nearly every collection will be a “new county record.”
This should offer a splendid opportunity for the local amateur bota-
nist, as well as the professional, to contribute. The addition of well
prepared and annotated specimens to one of the local herbaria would
aid greatly the final preparation of a published state flora.

The distribution records in the following token contribution, the
Oxalidaceae in Michigan, are based on herbarium specimens seen by
the writer. Published records which are without substantiating spec-
imens are excluded.

The symbols used to designate herbaria are as follows:

ALBI Albion College, Albion, Michigan

AQ Aquinas College, Grand Rapids, Michigan

BLH Cranbrook Institute of Science, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan
Chicago Natural History Museum, Chicago, Illinois

GH Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts

MICH University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan

MO Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri

267

268 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

MSC Michigan State College, East Lansing, Michigan

MSNC Michigan State Normal College, Ypsilanti, Michigan

ND Notre Dame University, South Bend, Indiana

NY New York Botanical Garden, New York, New York

PH Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

US United States National Herbarium, Washington, D. C.

WAY Wayne University, Detroit, Michigan

WMC Western Michigan College of Education, Kalamazoo, Michigan
CRH Personal Herbarium of C. R, Hanes, Schoolcraft, Michigan
RRD Personal Herbarium of R. R. Dreisbach, Midland, Michigan

Oxalidaceae

Low herbs with sour juice; leaves palmate, alternate or basal;
leaflets three, obcordate; sepals 5; petals 5, separate or barely
united; stamens mostly 10; ovary superior, 5 celled; fruit a capsule
with several to many seeds

In Michigan the family is represented by the single genus Oxalis.

Key to the Species

1. Leaves all basal, flowers whitish to pink or purple.
2. Scaly bulb present, flowers in umbels, tips of sepals thickened,
ORATOR orcars cary ciara sate a een gies O. violacea (see excluded species)
2. @recping by slender scaly rhizomes, flowers solitary on pedun-
cles, tips of sepals not thickened nor orange..... 1. O. montana

1, Stem leafy, flowers yellow.
3. Stems prostrate, rooting at the nodes........ 2. O. corniculata
3. Stems erect or ascending (Sometimes decumbent at the base,
not rooting at the nodes,
4. Flowers in umbels, stipules evident, stems appressed
Peary 2 ate ocak tN OsDa kare de ee 3, O. stricta
. Flowers cymose, stipules obsolete, stems glabrous or vari-
ously hairy, occasionally with appressed hairs

uw

Ree ee tr eer arene rear eran Speman y are 4, O. europaea
5. Leaves Sroroue above....... O. europaea var. europaea
5. Leaves appressed hairy above... O. europaea var. Bushii

1. O. montana Raf. White Wood Sorrel. Map. I. Closely related to
and often combined with the European O, Acefosella L. Petals whitish
with purplish lines. This is a northern species, frequent in both ev-
ergreen and deciduous woods throughout the upper peninsula and in a
few counties in the northern part of the lower peninsula. Cleisto-
gamous flowers are often produced late in the season.

Newf. to Man. s. to N. E., O., Mich., and Minn., s. in the mts. to
N.C. and Tenn.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 269

Specimens examined:' ALGER: Cain, July 11, 1947 (BLH); CHE-
BOYGAN: McVaugh 9395 (BLH); CHIPPEWA: Dodge, June 14, 1914
(MICH); DICKINSON: Dodge, July 7, 1915 (BLH); EMMET: Ehlers 3259
(MICH); GOGEBIC: Beal and Darlington 2942 in pt. (MSC); GRAND
TRAVERSE: MSC 50583, June 20, 1888 (MSC); HOUGHTON: Hermann
648 (MICH); IRON: Grassi, August 9, 1934 (MICH); KEWEENAW:
Cliff, Farwell 367 (BLH); Isle Royale, Cooper 44 (GH); MACKINAC:
Mc Vaugh 9385 (BLH); MARQUETTE: Bingham, July 14, 1942 (BLH);
MENOMINEE: Grassi 3339 (MICH); ONTONAGON: Messner, July 15,
1949 (BLH); SCHOOLCRAFT: Dodge, July 7, 1915 (MICH).

2. O. corniculata L. Creeping Lady’s Sorrel. Map. I. This has
been confused in the past with O. stricta and O. europaea and some
prefer to reject this name in favor of the later O. repens Thunb, It
is most like O, stricta, but can be easily distinguished from that spe-
cies as well as O. europaea by its creeping habit as well as its more
conspicuous brownish or purplish stipules. It is a weedy plant, com-
mon in greenhouses, infrequent elsewhere in gardens, lawns, and
waste places in the southern part of the state. An interesting collec-
tion is that of Shaddick and Skeels from Grand Rapids (MSC), which is
similar to other material of the species in most respects, but which
has a large compound inflorescence with as many as ten or more
flowers. Typical specimens have 1 - 3, occasionally as many as 5
flowers in a simple umbel.

Semi-cosmopolitan weed; waste places in s. U. S., occasional
northward.

Specimens examined: GRATIOT: Davis, October 20, 1892 (MICH);
KENT: Fallass, October 17, 1880 (ALBI); ST. CLAIR: Dodge, July 31,
1916 (MICH); WAYNE: Billington, September 24, 1917 (WMC).

3. O, stricta L. Lady’s Sorrel. (Including the scarcely separable
var. piletocarpa), Map II. This species has been frequently confused
with O. europaea from which it is readily distinguished by the evident
stipules and by the umbelliform inflorescence. It is a common weed
in sandy fields, lawns, roadsides, and waste places throughout most
of southern Michigan, occasional in disturbed areas northward. A
form with greenish flowers occurs infrequently.

S. Can. throughout most of U. S. and into Mex.

Specimens examined: ALLEGAN: Fallass, July 23, 1926 (ALBI);
BARRY: Rogers 8050 (WAY); BERRIEN: Rogers 7738 (WAY); CAL-
HOUN: Gilbert 49220 (ALBI); CASS: Pepoon, July 1906 (MICH);
CHARLEVOIX: Beaver Island, Sister Marcelline 3065 (AQ); EATON:
MSC 50605 in pt. (MSC); EMMET: Ehlers 1204 (MICH); GOGEBIC:

‘Ordinarily one specimen is cited from each county; the counties are considered
alphabetically.

270 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. If, No. 3

Beal and Darlington 2942 in pt. (MSC); GRATIOT: Davis, August and
September, 1897 (BLH); HOUGHTON: Arnold 698 (MICH); INGHAM:
Skeels, May 27, 1894 (MSC); JACKSON: Rogers 7573 (WAY); KALA-
MAZOO: Hanes and Hanes 1589 (CRH); KENT: Shaddick, May 14, 1896
(MSC); KEWEENAW: Farwell 11719 (BLH); MONROE: Farwell 8090
(BLH); OAKLAND: Billington, July 19, 1924 (MICH); OSCEOLA: Ledd,
June 20, 1912 (MSC); ST. CLAIR: Dodge, June 9, 1915 (MICH); ST.
JOSEPH: Rogers 7830 (WAY); VAN BUREN: Pepoon 220 (MSC);
WASHTENAW: Farwell 7663 (BLH); WAYNE: Farwell 8715 (MICH).

4. O. europaea Jord. Yellow Wood Sorrel. Map III. The ranges
and habitats of this species and O. stricta overlap and the two may be
found in close association. O. stricta prefers dry exposed areas,
however, while O. europaeais more frequent in damp shaded places.
It is a very common weed in the southern part of the state, becoming
infrequent northward. O. europaea var. Bushiiis distinguished by the
pubescence on the upper surface of the leaves, a feature easily dis-
cerned, but probably hardly worth varietal status. In Michigan it is
found over the same range as the typical variety, but is much less
frequent. Most of the forms of O. europaeaand its variety, arbitrar-
ily designated by Wiegand, seem to be represented in our flora with
O. europaea f. cymosa the most common type. The pubescence of the
stem, pedicels, and leaves, upon which the forms are based, shows
considerable variation on individuals from different habitats, of dif-
ferent ages, or often on different parts of the same plant.

N.S. to N. D., s. to Fla. and Ariz.

Specimens examined: ALLEGAN: Wight 40 (US); BERRIEN: Bill-
ington, September 11, 1920 (MICH); BRANCH: Rogers 7688 (WAY);
CALHOUN: Barr 1836 (ALBI); CASS: Rogers 7703 (WAY); CHARLE-
VOIX: Beaver Island, Ries 734 (BLH); EATON: MSC 50605 in pt.
(MSC); EMMET: Ehlers 2566 (MICH); GRATIOT: Davis, July 15, 1892
(BLH); HILLSDALE: Rogers 7643 (WAY); INGHAM: Wheeler, June 25,
1901 (MSC); IONIA: Rogers 8083 (WAY); KALAMAZOO: Hanes and
Hanes 4587 (CRH); KENT: Bazuin 4975 (BLH); LENAWEE: Rogers
7474 (WAY); MACOMB: Rogers 7885 (WAY); MONROE: Farwell 8088
(BLH); MUSKEGON: McLouth, July 22, 1899 (MSC); OAKLAND: Bill-
ington, July 19, 1924 (MICH); ST. CLAIR: Dodge , July 25, 1914 (MICH);
VAN BUREN: ehoen 774 (MSC); WASHTENAW: Fovwenl 1159 (BLH);
WAYNE: Rogers 7986 (WAY).

Variety Bushii: KALAMAZOO: Hanes and Hanes 14741 (CRH);
MENOMINEE: Grassl 2549 (MICH); MONROE: Farwell 8089 (BLH);
OAKLAND: Farwell 1524 in pt. (BLH); ST. CLAIR: Dodge 40 (GH);
WASHTENAW: Podolski, July 27, 1917 (MICH); WAYNE: Farwell
1125 (BLH).

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN

MAP I

14

sine ford MinseuhscResconbs “Ogemae” lence

Si Biehl” abd Pitndie SE

@ 0. wootana ner. MB oo. corniculata L.

O. stricta L*

MAP III

@ oz eurcpsen typical variety a

0. europaea var. Bushii

272 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

Excluded Species

O. violacea L. Winchell, in his “Catalogue” (in the First Biennial
Report of the Progress of the Geological Survey of Michigan, 1861),
was the first to include this species in the Michigan flora. The re-
port was based on a specimen in the “Univ. Herb.” Succeeding cata-
logues (Wheeler and Smith, 1881, Beal and Wheeler, 1892, and Beal,
1904), retain the species on the basis of Winchell’s citation, Beal in-
cluding also a sight record by Pepoon from southwestern Michigan.
Gleason includes Oxalis violacea in his Plants of Michigan and also
places Michigan within the range of this species in his recent revision
of Britton and Brown’s Flora. A search through the herbaria listed
at the beginning of this paper revealed, other than a specimen of a
doubtfully wild plant from Lansing, only a single specimen, Houghton,
June 21, 1838, from damp, sandy soil at Monroe, in the herbarium of
the New York Botanical Garden, Since, in spite of the fact that there
has been from time to time a considerable amount of work in the
Monroe area, the plant has not been collected for 115 years, it should
probably be excluded from the present Michigan flora. As this spe-
cies is found in Ohio and northern Indiana, a search in the southern-
most tier of counties in Michigan might well be rewarded with the
rediscovery of O. violacea within the state.

REFERENCES

Deam, C. C. Flora of Indiana. Oxalidaceae: 626-629, 1940,

Fernald, M. L. Gray’s Manual of Botany, Ed. 8. Oxalidaceae:
943-946. 1950.

Gleason, H. A. New Britton and Brown Illustrated Flora of the
Northeastern United States and Adjacent Canada. Oxalidaceae: Vol. 2:
454-456. 1952. .

Hanks, L. T. and J. K. Small. Oxalidaceae. North American Flora
25: 25-58. 1907.

Knuth, R. Oxalidaceae. In Engler, Das Pflanzenreich, 95: (IV, 130)
1-481. 1930.

Knuth, R. Oxalidaceae. In Engler and Prantl, Die Nattirlichen
eee Ed. 2, Bd. 19a: 11-42, 457. 1931.

Lawrence, G. H. M. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. Oxalidaceae:
550-551. 1951.

THE MICHIGAN FORAY
OF THE AMERICAN FERN SOCIETY
AUGUST 30 TO SEPTEMBER 5, 1953

Rogers McVaugh

Twenty-two fern enthusiasts assembled in Alpena for the foray, on
Sunday, August 30. The group disbanded six days later, after more
than a thousand miles of travel together in Michigan, During the en-
tire trip the weather and the scenery were delightful, and all the par-
ticipants in the foray felt that it had been an unqualified success.
More than 60 species of ferns and fern allies were seen and studied
in their natural habitats, Principal credit for the success of the en-
tire expedition goes to the leader, Dale J. Hagenah, whose hard work
and inspired planning in the weeks before the foray enabled him to ar-
range a schedule that was readily followed, that allowed plenty of time
at each stop and easy travel between stops. The details of organiza-
tion were handled by the chairman of the foray committee, Warren H,
Wagener, Jr., and by the secretary, Mrs, Kathryn E. Boydston, and as
a member of the party I can testify that their very competently
planned arrangements were much appreciated by all of us. We were
all sorry that Herb Wagner was unable to be with us, as he had origi-
nally expected to take an active part in the foray.

Bright and early Monday morning the six-car caravan left Alpena
for the lime-sink area in the northwestern part of the county. There
are several large sinks, some a hundred feet deep or more, caused by
the falling in of the limestone strata after solution of the underlying
layers. Some of the sinks are entirely surrounded by perpendicular
cliffs and are almost impossible of access; in others the walls have
broken down on one or more sides, and the bottom can be reached
after a scramble down a near-vertical slope. As might be expected,
the bottoms of these sinks are relatively moist, and provide a habitat
which is ideal for many lime-loving ferns, In the sinks are the only
known stations in Lower Michigan for Asplenium trichomanes, Camp-
tosorus rhizophyllus, and Dryopteris filix-mas. Cystopteris bulbifera
is very abundant in the sinks, and in some of them are found Athyrium
pycnocarpon, A, thelypteroides, Dryopteris goldiana, and other calci-
philes.

After lunch at Hillman the group spent an hour studying various
species of Botrychium in a maple woodland west of Johannesburg, then
stopped north of Gaylord in a wooded grassy swamp where a hybrid
Dryopteris (clintoniana x intermedia) is common, The last botanical
stop for the day was in the jack-pine plains near Indian River, where

273

274 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 3

Selaginella rupestris is abundant in an unusual habitat, the sandy
plains among the pines,

The day had been hot, and everyone was glad to reach Douglas
Lake, where we spent the night at the University of Michigan Biolog-
ical Station. We were welcomed by the director of the station, Dr.
Alfred H, Stockard, and after completing rooming arrangements sev-
eral of the party went for a welcome dip in the lake, which for once
was something less than icy cold. As the Biological Station had com-
pleted its summer session, the dining room was closed, and the mem-
bers of the foray got their meals in nearby Pellston or Cheboygan
during the two-day stay at the Station. Our number increased by one
after supper: Don Brown, who is studying the genus Woodsia as his
specialty, had driven up from Ann Arbor and joined us at the station.

Fig. 1. Dale Hagenah consulting his time-
table, with interference ane McVaugh. Pho-
tograph by Clair A. Bro

Tuesday was spent in Emmet and Cheboygan counties, in visiting
localities known to the botanists of the Biological Station, After
breakfast at Pellston our party hurried over to the welcome shade of
the woodlands west of Burt Lake, where gametophytes of Equisetum
sylvaticum had been found a few years before, and observed again
more recently by Dr. Wagner. Unfortunately, in his absence we were
unable to find the exact spot, but further along the lake we did see
several species of Dryopteris in the wet woods, and still further on,
in Reese’s Bog at the north end of the lake, we visited the station for
Gymnocarpium robertianum, This is an interesting locality, where
this species grows actually in the Sphagnum mat under arbor vitae.

As a final jaunt this morning the group visited a cut-over wood-
land now grown up to young maples; apparently this habitat is ideal
for Ophioglossaceae, for we found here in addition to Ophioglossum
vulgatum no fewer than three species of Botrychium: B, dissectum,
B. multifidum, and B, matricariaefolium,

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 275

After lunch in Cheboygan we assembled on the shore of Duncan
Bay a few miles east of the city. The low sandy swamps here, as in
many Similar habitats along the shores of Lake Huron and Lake Mich-
igan, Support lush growths of Equisetum hyemale, E. variegatum, and
the peculiar intermediates which are supposedly of hybrid origin,
Here we saw also, for the first time on our trip, some good examples
of the interesting flowering-plant associations of the lake shores. Blue
gentians (Gentiana procera) were abundant, and the characteristic late
goldenrod (Solidago houghtoni), and the trailing juniper (Juniperus
horizontalis) was everywhere under foot.

For a final trip this day the foray returned to Cheboygan and con-
tinued westward by way of Levering and Carp Lake to the Lake Mich-
igan shore. Near the shore of Sturgeon Bay, on the high old wooded
dunes, is an admirable habitat for various species of Lycopodium: L.
lucidulum is found in the moister woods, and on the dry sandy steep
dunes are great patches, abundantly fruiting, of L. clavatum, L. ob-
scurum, L, annotinum, and L. tristachyum.

On Wednesday another early start from the Biological Station en-
abled us to cross the ferry at the Straits of Mackinac before the day’s
heavy traffic was well under way. In spite of our early start, how—
ever, the morning was well along by the time we had crossed the
Straits (always a scenic and memorable trip) and made our arrange-
ments for lodging in St. Ignace, where the party intended to spend the
coming night. One of the original party, Mrs. Stanley Simon, who had
been with us the first two days, returned this morning to her home in
Cincinnati with her husband and her two daughters, but the rest of us
met for lunch in Cedarville, some 40 miles north and east of St. Ignace.

Here north of the Straits one enters a different country. The un-
derlying limestones are closer to the surface, and occasional out-
crops break the monotony of the level fields. Spruce and arbor vitae
bogs in the lowlands alternate with deciduous woodlands on low hills,
and some of the more level stretches are cultivated or put into hay.
The woodlands often have low limestone ledges scattered about through
them, and these look as if they might support ferns. In this our party
was not disappointed. Not far south of Pickford we entered a dense
woodland in which a 10-minute walk brought us to an elevated area of
ledges which were evidently perennially moist, and covered with a
great variety of mesophytic ferns. Here were Camptosorus in abun-
dance, Dryopteris marginalis, Polypodium, and most exciting of all,
both Asplenium viride and Polystichum lonchitis in profusion, The
Asplenium was hardly known in Michigan until 1950, and the Polysti-
chum usually is scarce and local in this state, so it was quite an event
to see both of them here and perfectly at home.

After this, which proved indeed to be one of the high spots of the
entire foray, we were promised a Botanical Surprise (complete with

276 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

capital letters). At the last scheduled stop of the day the Surprise was
unveiled, and it lived up to all our expectations; appar eny no one had
Bacpectod what actually transpired, but Michigan’s newest fern, which
we all saw growing today, was the hart’s tongue, one of North Amer-
ica’s greatest rarities. It had been found on July 22 by Dr. Marion T.
Hall when with Dale Hagenah he was exploring an area near Trout
Lake, in Chippewa County. Of course this discovery was made to
order as a Surprise for the coming foray, and the secret was so weil
kept that it really was a complete surprise to most of us.

Fig. 2. The entire group, assembled for lunch at Cedarville. Front Row: :
Swendsen, McVaugh, Mrs. Swendsen, Mrs. Hagenah, Maysilles, Lommasson, Clair

Howells, Mrs. Lampton. Back Row: Mr. Lord, McAvoy, Knobloch, mn Brown, Mr.
Hagenah, Neidorf, Emory, Mr. Lampton. Photograph by Clair A. Brow

After much walking on Wednesday, our group spent most of Thurs-

Lake Michigan beach. This drive westward from St. Ignace along U.S.
highway No. 2, which follows the north shore of Lake Michigan, is one

‘Actually the news of the discovery of the hart’s tongue in Michigan had been
published before the foray, but most of us had failed to notice it. The Cranbrook
Institute of Science News Letter for September, 1953 (Volume 23, pages 2-5), had
carried Dale Hagenah’s account of the discovery, with photographs of the fern at
this new locality

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 207

of the most beautiful in the State, and we all enjoyed it thoroughly.
We lunched at Manistique, and then made an unscheduled stop a few
miles west of Nahma Junction to see a thick stand of Lycopodium in-
undatum which Conrad Morton and I had found there in 1949,

This was our last stop on the Lake Michigan side of the Upper Pen-
insula. We drive straight north across to Munising and went first to
Miner’s Castle, where we saw Polystichum braunii and had a hurried
view of the grand cliffs of the south shore of Lake Superior. We fol-
lowed this by a quick trip to Tannery Falls at Munising; here we saw
Cryptogramma stelleryi among other things. Our last botanical stops
were at Scott’s Falls, the famous Michigan locality for the luminous
moss Schistostega; and finally at an unnamed spot in the jackpines
near Marquette. We stopped here to see some fine colonies of Lyco-
podium tristachyum that Dale Hagenah had marked down from a pre-
vious trip, but I fear that most of us will remember longer the hu-
morous aspects of this particular stop. As our caravan pulled to a
hasty halt along the road, in response to Dale’s wave and his flashing
stoplight, we set out hastily across the pavement, in the fading light,
to hunt for the Lycopodium. As we did so two following cars squealed
to a stop near us and the occupants popped out and ran after our as-
sembled group, evidently expecting to view a freshly mangled body or
at the very least a driver hurled unconscious from a speeding car by
his drunken companion, Not easily described are the emotions which
showed plainly on their faces when they hurried in for a thrill and
found a group of biologists calmly discussing the variations of Lyco-

podium tristachyum!

On Friday, the last full day of the foray, the first morning trip was
to Presque Isle (now a municipal park), at the northern outskirts of
the city of Marquette. We took the trail through fine primeval wood-
land which makes the park so charming, out to the famous Black Rocks
which extend along the Lake Superior shore for some distance. The
rock-strata are contorted and eroded, with numerous crevasses and
water-holding depressions, and here we found an interesting flora of
ferns and flowering plants. Many species growing here on rocks are
the same as those found on the marly flats of Lake Michigan; these in-
clude Lobelia kalmii, Pinguicula vulgaris and Primula intercedens,
but we searched in vain for Selaginella selaginoides. The most inter-
esting ferns found were Gymnocarpium robertianum and Woodsia
cathcartiana .

Our principal afternoon stop this day was along the road just north
of Lake Michigamme, about 35 miles west of Marquette. In the woods
above the road, on the rocky bluffs which could have come straight out
of New England, there is a fine colony of Dryopteris fragrans, associ-
ated with plenty of Polypodium, Woodsia ilvensis, and Cystopteris
fragilis, In the lake itself, on the other side of the road, we found

278 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 3

plenty of the unbranched forms of Equiseum fluviatile, and an Isoetes
which proved to be J. echinospora.

Just before reaching Iron Mountain, our destination for the night,
we stopped on a side road near Felch to see the glandular variety of
es fragilis, var.laurentiana, at its only known locality in
Michigan. Here also, on the low limestone ledges, we found what ap-
pears to be a hybrid uciopiris: with the aspect of C. fragilis, but
bearing tiny bulblets in the manner of C. bulbifera.

Saturday morning the caravan travelled to three localities near
Iron Mountain, each for a rather special objective. East of Quinnesec,
near a convenient roadside park, Pellaea glabella has become abun-
dant along an old railroad cut, and is associated here with P. atropur-
purea, which occurs also on the ledges back in the woods. At our
other stops this morning we saw a second locality for Woodsia cath-
cartiana, and finally a bluff on which Woodsia obtusa is abundant,
many miles north of its nearest known locality in Wisconsin,

After the stop for Woodsia obtusa came the official breakup. Some
of the party were turning back eastward toward Detroit and New York,
some were intending to continue toward Madison, Wisconsin, for the
annual meetings of the American Institute of Biological Sciences. We
went our several ways with the often-voiced feeling that the foray had
been a huge success, and that we should begin at once to plan for an-
other next year.

We append a list of those who took part in the foray, so that some
of our readers may find it easier to keep in touch with others:

Mrs, Kathryn E, Boydston, Fernwood, Route 3, Niles, Mich.

Clair A. Brown, Dept. of Botany, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge,
Louisiana.

Donald F, M. Brown, Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
Mi

ra Gladys Clarke, Takoma Park, Maryland.
. W. D. Diddell, 8092 Hawthorne St., Jacksonville 6, Florida.

Dave Emory, 150 N. Professor St., Oberlin, Ohio.

Mr. & Mrs. Dale J. Hagenah, 164 Westehester Way, Birmingham,
Michigan

Mrs. Elsie Howells, Howellshaven, Route 4, Niles, Michigan

Irving W. eee Dept. of Natural Science, Michigan State College,

st Lansing, Michigan

Mr, & Mrs. Robert Lampton, 153 E. Green St., Westminister,

Marylan

ryland.
Robert C. Lommasson, Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Nebraska, Lincoln 8,
Nebraska.

ebras
Mr. & Mrs. Arthur R, Lord, Arlenwood Lane, Route 1, Box 113,
alos Park, Illinois.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 279

Dr. Blanche McAvoy, Illinois State Normal Univ., Normal, Illinois.

Rogers McVaugh, Herbarium, Univ. of Mich., Ann Arbor, Michigan.

James H. Maysilles, Hanover College, Box 163, Hanover, Indiana.

Conrad V. Morton, Dept. of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Wash-
ington 25, D.C.

Charles Neidorf, 127 Cannon St., New York 2, N. Y.

Mrs. Stanley Simon, 1030 Elm Park Dr, , Cincinnati 16, Ohi

Mr. & Mrs. H. L. Swendsen, 2129 E, Kenwood Blvd. evtiwankes 11,
Wisconsin.

A BOTANICAL TRIP
TO THE HENRY MOUNTAINS OF UTAH

Rogers McVaugh

For years I have been intrigued by the place-names of southern
Utah, and by the possibility of botanizing in the footsteps of Ward,
Jones, Rydberg, and the others who have collected on the Aquarius
Plateau, Mt. Linnaeus, in the San Rafael Swell, the Capitol Reef, and
the Waterpocket Fold. Until very recently, however, southeastern
Utah has not been accessible to the casual traveler. This is perhaps
an understatement, It is a country of blowing sand, brilliant rock for-
mations, and sheer canyons, but it is nearly waterless. It is almost
uninhabited, and much of it is still without roads. It is, however, rich
in uranium ore. In the last 5 years the necessity for truck roads on
which to haul ore has resulted in the improvement of a great many
miles of tracks in the sand, or tracks which followed the dry stream
beds. Cattlemen have taken advantage of these “uranium roads” to
improve the side roads which branch off at intervals, so it is now pos-
sible to reach a number of points that were formerly rarely visited.

In May of this year Dr. C. A. Arnold invited me to accompany him
on a trip into this part of Utah, and on May 29 we left Ann Arbor ina
University of Michigan “carryall” equipped with heavy duty tires and
an extra low gear for the back roads we expected to travel. Our fel-
low traveler was Mr. Herman Becker, an instructor in geology at
Brooklyn College. Arnold and Becker hoped to find a great many
plant-fossils in the Jurassic and Triassic rocks which are exposed so
abundantly in southern Utah, and I went along chiefly because of Ar-
nold’s assurance that he planned to work a part of the time in the vi-
cinity of the Henry Mountains,

Marcus E, Jones had spent a few days in these mountains in July,
1894, and had climbed above timberline on Mt, Ellen, but as far as I

280 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 3

knew no other botanist had worked anywhere in the Henry Mountains,
Because of the isolated position of this range, which is surrounded on
all sides by miles of treeless deserts, it seemed to offer a unique op-
portunity for exploration.

On June 2 our party reached Salt Lake City, and on the following
day we took off for the desert, guided by a pair of veteran “rock
hounds,” Thomas M. Riley and Carroll D. Watson, who had come from
Oregon in Riley’s jeep to meet us and show us certain localities for
fossil cycads and other plants. Our combined party reached a tempo-
rary headquarters at Fruita, in the Capitol Reef National Monument,
late in the evening of June 3. We had come by way of Greenriver,
Utah, and thence across the desert to Hanksville, on the graded high-
way which had recently been improved for the traffic in uranium.

Here it may be mentioned that the flora of the Greenriver Desert,
north and east of Hanksville, and south along the eastern side of the
Henry Mountains, proved to be one of the most interesting assem-
blages of plants we saw anywhere. I managed to collect a few species
on the way through, on June 3, and returned for a longer visit on June
15. On both occasions I was impressed by the richness of the vascu-
lar flora. Because of the unusually dry year in southern Utah, very
few flowering species were in evidence in the juniper-pinyon belt in
the foothills around the desert. Most of the plants were dormant or
sterile, or poorly developed because of the unusual lack of water. In
the sandy desert proper, however, where trees are entirely wanting,
the drought seemed to have made relatively little impression, and at
the time of our visits the sandy wastes were showy with flowers.

Probably the showiest of all is the so-called “purple sage” (Dalea
thompsonae ), a bush about half as high as a man, which forms the
principal plant-cover over thousands of acres, and turns the whole
desert a deep rich purple. Somewhat less showy is a smaller but
equally abundant shrub (also called “purple sage” in some places), the
fragrant lavender-flowered Poliomintha incana, Associated with the
Dalea, and sometimes co-dominant with it, is the blackbrush, Coleo-
gyne ramosissima , anomalous in the rose family because of its small
opposite leaves. Also flowering in June was a sunflower-like compo-
site, Wyethia scabra, which grew in huge clumps in the blowing sand.
In much of this desert country one gets the impression that yellow
flowers predominate. Here in the Greenriver Desert, in addition to
the Wyethia, common and conspicuous yellow-flowered species in-
cluded Eriogonum inflatum, Hoffmannseggia repens, Linum aristatum,
Mentzelia pumila, Cryptantha flava, Gaillardia pinnatifida and G.
spathulata, Hymenopappus pauciflorus, and Thelesperma subnudum.
Yellow, of course, was not the only color represented. A pink-and-
white Aster-like plant, Townsendia incana, formed little rosettes in
the sand, and the same colors appeared in the flowers of Oenothera
pallida and Abronia pumila, A brighter touch was provided by the

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 281

scarlet Sphaeralcea parvifolia, and the purple end of the spectrum was
represented by Stephanomeria exigua and Coldenia hispidissima,
Three grasses (Aristida glauca, Hilaria jamesii, and Oryzopsis hyme-
noides) were abundant in the sand, as were several species of Astraga-
lus (including A. amphioxys, A. desperatus, and A.kentrophyta ). Some
of the most abundant herbs were difficult to identify because of their
lack of flowers; these included a Petalostemon which we supposed to be
P. flavescens 8. Wats., a little furry-looking milkweed which was ap-
parently Asclepias involucrata Engelm., and a very abundant weedy-
looking, fruiting Amsonia which we called A. eastwoodiana Rydb. All
in all the desert flora was most impressive and most rewarding.

My main objective, however, was to explore some parts of the
Henry Mountains, so I was pleased when the paleo-botanists, on June 6,
set off on what proved to be an 80-mile trip southward along the west-
ern side of the mountains, into the desert foothills and canyons of
Hansen Creek, where they hoped to find some exciting fossil remains.
Our party had been enlarged in Fruita by the addition of Fred W.
Cochran of Oakland, California, so there were 5 fossil-hunters who
went off down Hansen Creek on the morning of the 7th, while I took the
carryall and drove across the valley 13 miles to Star Spring, at the
southern base of Mt. Hillers.

The Henry Mountains comprise a ridge, principally of volcanic
origin, which extends for about 30 miles along an axis which is
roughly NNW - SSE. The plain which surrounds the base of the moun-
tains has an average elevation of perhaps 1500 meters above sea-level
at the north end, and slopes off somewhat toward the south, In the
mountains themselves there are five principal peaks, which from north
to south are Mt. Ellen, Mt. Pennell, Mt. Hillers, Mt. Holmes and Mt.
Ellsworth. The northernmost peak, Mt. Ellen, is also the highest; it
reaches an elevation of 3445 meters, and its rock-strewn talus-slopes
rise well above the tree-line. The two southermost peaks, Holmes
and Ellsworth, appear from a distance to be little more than piles of
rock; they are of lesser stature (2379 m. and 2445 m. respectively),
and their southeastern sides fall off precipitously to the Colorado
River canyons a few miles away. As far as I know these two have yet
to be visited by a botanist. Mt. Hillers, on the other hand, appeared
more accessible. It is a little higher (3195 m.), and from a distance
of ten miles it was apparent that parts of the upper slopes were cov-
ered with conifers, When I found that a good road passed within a
mile of the base of the precipitous southern escarpment, it was impos-
sible to resist the temptation to try to climb it, although we had been
warned that it was impossible from this side.

Actually the climb proved to be nothing like impossible, although it
was hot and steep. From the Star Spring a winding valley ascends
easily to the point where a steep canyon cuts the face of the mountain.
The elevation here is probably about 2600 m. The intrusive nature of

282 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

the mountain is easily demonstrable by the surface strata on this
south side; the characteristic reddish Wingate sandstone and the
lighter-colored rocks of the Navajo formation have been pushed up
into an almost vertical position at the base of the peak, and surround
the volcanic rocks which push on higher in similar near-vertical
cliffs. One narrow canyon winds steeply up into these jumbled strata
from the south side, and by following it Iam sure one can reach the
top with no more than a little water and a stout heart, and plenty of
time. My own time proved to be too short; after botanizing around
Star Spring I began the ascent about noon, and was forced by the ap-
proach of sunset to come down with the fir-covered summits still
stretching far above me. Perhaps, however, I should tell the story in
order.

The foothills near the spring are covered, like so many others in
southern Utah, with pinyons and junipers. The big thorny mahonia,
Berberis Vremonitt. is common, As one ascends gradually to the base
of the mountain, small groves of treelike oaks (Quercus gambelit) be-
gin to be more frequent, Artemisia tridentata is the dominant low
shrub here as well as elsewhere in the pinyon-juniper association. As
one passes into the mouth of the dry canyon, the first impression is
not of additional moisture, but simply of more woody plants — the pin-
yons and junipers grow more closely together, and are associated
with characteristic dry-climate shrubs and small trees like Cerco-
carpus ledifolius, C, intricatus, Holodiscus discolor (a small-leaved
variety), Shepherdia rotundifolia, Amelanchier utahensis, and, of
course, more and more oaks of the same kind seen below.

A little farther up the canyon (the only ascent, by the way, is over
boulders which lie at the angle of repose in the dry wash; the ascent
over loose boulders is not much more difficult than a similar climb
up 1500 feet of stairway, but the descent is an irritating, ankle-twist-
ing and foot-bruising process) I got my first glimpse of the shrubs that
were to set the tone, so to speak, of the flora ~f the upper slopes.
Here were Prunus virginiana, in flower, and groves of aspen (Populus
tremuloides); under the oak thickets I found Berberis repens, and in
the canyon-bottom were Acer glabrum, A. negundo, Rubus strigosus,
and Juniperus scopulorum, In my frequent stops for breath I could
look out from this assemblage which suggested strong affinities with
the Rocky Mountain flora, and see far below me, but not more than 10
miles away, the desert flats where the largest (and only) shrubs were
Coleogyne, Ephedra, and Atriplex, These isolated desert mountain
ranges demonstrate, as nothing else can, the effectiveness with which
vegetation may be limited in range by barriers associated with cli-
mate and elevation.

From the base of the canyon one can see large green patches
among the spire-like conifers on the talus-slopes far above, and it
transpires that these patches are formed by colonies of two shrubby

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 283

species of Arctostaphylos, A. patula, and A. pungens. The most abun-
dant tall conifer, and the one which descends the farthest, is the doug-
las fir, Pseudotsuga taxifolia. Pinus ponderosa is occasional at the
higher elevations, and two other pines, P. flexilis and P. aristata, are
perhaps slightly more abundant than P. ponderosa, but I did not see
any spruce or any species of fir.

Where the mountainsides begin to level off toward the summits, at
an elevation estimated to be about 2850 m., the canyon opens out a
little, and there is a thin forest, principally of douglas fir but with a
small percentage of the three pines, The largest trees are up toa
meter in diameter and perhaps 20 meters in height. Because of the
lack of dense cover, many of the trees are round-headed in age. As
far as one can see toward the summits, the slopes are covered with
similar thin forest except where the steepest talus slides make it im-
possible for the trees to gain a foothold.

The forest-flora on these slopes was very meager at the time of
my visit, and the whole aspect was that of a semi-arid region. Almost
no herbaceous species were in evidence. There was little water, al-
though at one point in the canyon a small spring broke out and ran a
few yards on the surface before diving into the broken rocks again.

Partly because of the meager flora, and partly because of ap-
proaching darkness, I gave up any attempt to reach the top, and re-
turned to camp with my load of specimens. I found that the fossil-
hunters had been successful, but much enervated by the extreme heat
in the creek bottoms, and ready to leave the next day. We did not get
another chance to explore the Henry Mountains for two weeks.

On June 19 Arnold and Becker and I left Hanksville early in the
morning, with the avowed intention of climbing Mt. Ellen. We found
that a good road existed; it crossed the desert to a ranch in the foot-
hills northeast of the mountain, then wound up across the first row of
intermediate summits into what is called the Sawmill Basin, at an ele-
vation of some 8000 feet, and at the very eastern foot of the peak. We
camped in an aspen grove at the edge of a clear cold mountain stream
(fed from the numerous snowbanks which were clearly visible on all
the north-facing slopes above us), and reconnoitered, with a view to
making the ascent the next morning.

Here was a very different scene from the thin conifer forest on Mt.
Hillers. In the basin itself was a mixed association of large aspens
(up to at least 50 cm. in diameter), douglas fir, pine (P. ponderosa),
and a spruce which we took to be Picea pungens. There was plenty of
water, and herbs were abundant, including such genera as Woodsza,
Arabis, Cymopterus, Corydalis, Antennaria, Heuchera, Caulanthus,
Osmorhiza, Smilacina, and Cardamine.

Fig. 1.
middle dist

Mt, Ellen in the distance, far right. The picture
ance.

overlooks the Sawmill Basin, which extends to the base of the ridge in the

¥8C

NILATING AVUD VSV

€ “ON ‘II ‘IOA °S°N

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 285

By 8 o’clock the morning of the 20th we were well on our way up
out of the Basin. The first two hours’ walk was through the rather
open groves of Pixus ponderosa; oak thickets alternated with these.
Occasional ravines supported aspen groves. Our objective was a
rocky knife-like edge which angled back toward the south as it as-
cended to the summit ridge south of the high peak, At noon we had
left most of the aspens behind and had passed into the zone of slender
firs and spruces near timberline, at the base of the knife-edge. Here
we began to notice a marked change in the flora.

The mixed aspen-conifer forests of the middle slopes had sup-
ported a typical forest flora: we found plenty of such things as Arnica
cordifolia, Aquilegia caerulea, Thalictrum fendleri, Fritillaria atro-
purpurea, Berberis repens, Carex occidentalis, Arabis drummondii,
and Corallorhiza maculata. The common shrubs were two currants,
Ribes inebrians and R. montigenum, and a rather surprising acquaint-
ance which we had known in northern Michigan in the limestone bar-
rens, Shepherdia canadensis, As we left these relatively mesophytic
wooded areas, and passed onto the rocky summit ridges, we realized
that here even some distance below timberline we had reached the
edge of the real subalpine vegetation.

To our regret we found that spring had not yet really come to
these high elevations. Of course there were huge snowbanks on all
sides, especially on the shaded sides of the patches of conifers and in
the small ravines. One of the largest snowbanks had been visible to
us for 50 miles or more as we approached the mountains from the
north. Even where the snow had actually melted, the sun had hardly
had time enough to stir life into the vegetation.

Enough species were flowering, however, to indicate that in a very
short time these summit ridges would be a riot of color. Here, as in
the desert below, the yellow colors seemed to show up the most. A
Potentilla (of the affinity of P. plattensis Nutt.), two little umbellif-
erous plants (Oreoxis alpina and Pteryxia hendersoni), an unidentified
Draba, and Lesquerella wardii, all very low-growing, combined to
form a nearly continuous carpet of yellow on the rocks, Probably the
most abundant of all the species here was a clover with rose-colored
flowers, Trifolium dasyphyllum, which grew in tufts or mats almost
everywhere, in association with Selaginella watsoni (of the rupestris
group), Arenaria rubella, Cerastium beeringianum, and Arenaria
fendleri, The most conspicuous species was probably Oxytropis seri-
cea, which is as much as a foot high (by far the tallest plant here),
and carries erect its many-flowered white spikes,

As we neared the summit of the great ridge just south of the peak
itself, and perhaps 150 m. below the peak, we found ourselves on bare
open slopes covered with small loose rock-fragments, In many places
Trifolium dasyphyllum and the Selaginella formed a carpet which

286 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol, II, No. 3

almost covered the stones. In spots the turf consisted of a nearly
pure stand of Carex elynoides, or this species mixed with the Trifol-
tum, With Oxytropis oreophila, with Potentilla or with Silene acaulis
(which latter species was not yet in flower), We found occasional
spots where the lavender-blue flowers of Polemonium delicatum
formed a touch of color, Scattered among the turf-forming plants
were some less aggressive species, like Androsace septentrionalis
and Poa pattersoni. The only woody plant to reach this elevation (and
indeed to reach the summit itself) was Ribes montigenum, which oc-
curred here and there on the talus slopes.

Fig. 2. Upper slopes of Mt. Ellen, near timberline, looking north toward the
summit.

The summit of Mt, Ellen, which we reached about 3 o’clock, is a
symmetrical cone of loose broken rocks, which supports very little
vegetation. We viewed with some alarm a thunderstorm which seemed
to be coming our way from the Aquarius Plateau to the west, but we
stayed on top long enough to take a few pictures. Shivering in the
wind, we actually got a few flakes of snow from the clouds which
looked so threatening, but did not catch the brunt of the storm.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 287

Sliding incautiously down the steepest slopes took us into our camp in
the Sawmill Basin, in little more than a third of the time it had taken
for the ascent. All voted the climb a real success, and in view of the
general drought which had afflicted Utah this year, we were much
pleased to find the high-mountain vegetation so nearly unaffected.

REMARKS ON THE OCCURRENCE
OF SELAGINELLA SELAGINOIDES
IN THE GREAT LAKES REGION

Rogers McVaugh

In the 1908 edition of Gray’s Manual, Selaginella selaginoides was
listed as “rare,” and the range was given as “Wet places, Nfd. to
N.H. (Pursh), Mich., L.Superior, Col., and northw.” My first acquaint-
ance with the plant can be dated precisely; I saw it first on the Bruce
Peninsula, in Ontario, when I was a guest of Dr. Edgar T. Wherry on
the summer excursion of the Botanical Society of America, in 1934,
At the time this species meant relatively little to me, although I was
impressed by its rarity, and by the fact that Dr. Wherry had been
willing to make the long journey from Philadelphia with one of his
primary objectives to photograph this little plant. Since 1934 I have
come to know Selaginella selaginoides much better, and to realize
that in one area of the United States, at least, it is not a rare plant at
all. Rare or not, it remains one of the most interesting plants in the
Michigan flora.

Fourteen years after my introduction on the Bruce Peninsula, I
found Selaginella selaginoides again. This time it was on June 28,
1948 (as recorded in my field-book), when Dr, Leo F. Koch and I
found it growing abundantly in the marl flats on the north shore of
Lake Huron, east of Cedarville, Michigan. Anything but rare here, it
proved to be a consistent member of an association which included
Drosera linearis, Parnassia parviflora and P.glauca, Primula inter-
cedens, Satureja arkansana, Gerardia paupercula, Castilleja coccinea,
Utricularia cornuta, Lobelia kalmii, and Solidago ohioensis, After
finding the Selaginella at the Cedarville locality, we discovered within
a few weeks that it grew in many similar places in Mackinac, Emmet
and Cheboygan counties.

The habitat which these species share is an interesting one which
deserves a detailed ecological study. Numerous species of plants are
common about the general area of the Straits of Mackinac, but are
chiefly or entirely confined to this marl flat or beach-pool habitat.

288 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 3

Along the shores of the two Great Lakes, Michigan and Huron, there
are numerous level stretches, either just back of low coastal bars or
dunes, or sometimes extending to the very edges of the lake, which
are kept continually moist by lime-laden seepage waters from the
landward side, The soils of these moist areas are for the most part
nearly neutral. The only common trees are the white cedar (Thuja
occidentalis) and the larch (Larix laricina). Most of the plants on the
open wet flats, as might be expected, are calciphiles. In the conif-
erous forest which grows down to the edge of the areas that are peri-
odically inundated, however, the soils are prevailingly acid. The
marginal swamps often support a heavy layer of Sphagnum, in which
grow such species as Ledum groenlandicum, Vaccinium oxycoccos,
Gaultheria hispidula, and Drosera rotundifolia. As a natural result of
the proximity of the two zones, the areas between the open beach pools
and the swamp forest show an interesting series of intermediate hab-
itats, It is primarily in this intermediate zone that the Selaginella
may be found; it occurs on little hummocks above the general level of
the marly flats, often among mosses (usually not Sphagnum), and often
slightly shaded by Thuja.

So much for the ecology of the species; even more interesting than
this are the phytogeographical questions which are suggested by a
study of its geographical range. In the Great Lakes region, for exam-
ple, the southern boundary of its range is a very sharp one. In Mich-
igan the southern limits are in Alpena and Charlevoix counties, near
the line between the calcareous strata which underlie the soil to the
north, and the black shales to the south. From its southern limits in
Ontario, Michigan and Wisconsin the species ranges far northward to
Greenland, Labrador, and Alaska. The first questions I should raise
are these: Where did this plant live during the last glacial period,
when all of Michigan (and for practical purposes all of northern North
America) was covered with ice? And if it survived during the glacial
period in some area that was not ice-covered, how did it later attain
its present range, particularly in Michigan?

It would seem to have required an extraordinary succession of ac-
cidents in post-glacial time to have brought this (and numerous other
species, e.g. Parnassia parviflora, Primula intercedens , Pinguicula
vulgaris) into the region of the Straits of Mackinac from the South.
None of the species in question now grows very far south of the Straits,
and it seems unlikely that all should have migrated rapidly northward
in the wake of the glaciers, only to die off en masse everywhere south
of Saginaw Bay. It seems much more probable that these species, and
doubtless others which have similar ranges, like Juniperus horizon-
talis and Gentiana rubricaulis, entered the Lower Peninsula of Mich-
igan from the north, perhaps in late Algonquin time when, as we think,
the Straits had shrunk to little more than a river, and the present is-
lands were peninsulas, But how did these species get to the north side

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 289

of the Straits in the first place, following the retreat of the ice? Did
they perhaps survive the glacial periods on the Keweenaw Peninsula,
as suggested by Fernald some years ago, or did they come from
western America where some of them and their close relatives still
occur? Or what if the Selaginella survived somewhere in the northern
Appalachians, say in western Maryland, West Virginia or Virginia?
Although this particular species now ranges no farther south than the
upper Great Lakes region, some of its associates are known as far
south as western and southern New York (Primula intercedens, Pin-
guicula vulgaris, Juniperus horizontalis), and other associated species
(e. g. Triglochin palustris and Lobelia kalmii) are widely distributed
in calcareous regions as far south as the southern boundary of the
Wisconsin glaciation and even a little beyond this. A hypothetical
refugium, or series of refugia, in the northern Appalachians, may be
considered as definite possibilities, and have in fact been suggested
by various people.

Assuming a place where various “northern” species may have lived
during the period of glaciation, then these species must have spread
rapidly northward as the glaciers receded. From what is known of
the order in which different areas became ice-free, and from the
ranges of many present-day plant-species, one can reconstruct a
probable migration-route that must have been followed, in early post-
glacial time, by many plants that spread northward into the areas that
had been denuded by the ice. Such a route must have been a generally
northwesterly one, passing through central and western New York,
southern Ontario, northward and northwestward to the Straits of Mack-
inac, thence westward through the Upper Peninsula of Michigan, and
southward again into the Lower Peninsula,

In this way one can, it seems, provide a reasonable explanation for
the range occupied by pelagineiie selaginoides in the Lower Peninsula.
It is tempting to speculate further, and apply the same reasoning to
such species as the white pine and the hemlock, These occupy much
more extensive ranges in the Great Lakes region than does the Sela-
ginella, but it seems equally unlikely that they should have come into
the region from the south, Of course it is unsafe and unscientific to
make generalizations based upon the distribution of a single species,
or upon the similar distribution-patterns of a few associated species.
The question of the origin of any particular flora is a fascinating one,
however, and seems worth asking even if one cannot answer it with
certainty. Some day perhaps we can give an answer which will be
based upon study of the entire floras of the areas in question. In the
meantime the editors of this Bulletin will welcome suggestions or
comments upon this or related subjects.

290

ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

%)

8e>

ay

83

Fig.
Wisconsin,
Fern Allies of Wisconsin,” by R. M. Tryo

af, [a 9)

a

1. Map of the distribution of Selaginella selaginoides (L.) Link, in Michigan,
and adjacent Ontario. Wisconsin records are taken from “The Ferns and
Jr., et al, Other records are based on

ryon,
specimens in the Herbarium of the University of Michigan.

BOTANICAL IMPRESSIONS OF TRAVELS IN MEXICO

Ida K, Langman

My first trip to Mexico was in the summer of 1939 and collecting,
I must confess, was a side line, subordinated to getting a quick,
tourist’s-eye view, gathering impressions of the country and the peo-
ple, and learning a little of the language. Collecting was done almost
entirely along the comparatively few automobile highways open at that
time. The trip, though superficial, served several useful purposes.
It infected me with a love of the country and its people from which I
expect never fully to recover. It introduced me to a new kind of fun —
learning to speak a language other than my own — and it plunked me
down in the middle of a strange (to me) and colorful flora which made
the Pennsylvania Poconos where I had done my previous collecting
seem dull, indeed, by comparison.

During that summer over 300 numbers were collected and de-
posited in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia. A large part of the collection came from along the Pan
American Highway between Laredo and Mexico City, a region of great
diversity both scenically and floristically. Certain plants still stand
out vividly in my recollections of that highway. First there was Leu-
cophyllum texanum, so appropriately called “cenizo” by the Mexicans;
then Cordia boissieri, the “anacahuite,” whose fruit is eaten by the
herds of goats that roam the dry plains of the north; mezquite, with
its feathery foliage; Argemone, the Mexican poppy; and Nicotiana
glauca, the tree tobacco. Here, too, I saw the first representatives of
genera that were to become familiar elements of the Mexican flora —
Cupheas, Ruellias, Lantanas and Commelinas.

From Mexico I made a number of excursions, each of which intro-
duced me to new aspects of the flora. At the Pyramids of Teotihuacan
I first saw the four-o-clock, Mirabilis jalapa, growing wild. Here
also I became familiar with some of Mexico’s most common weed-
genera: Stevia , Sanvitalia , Sphaeralcea, Mentzelia, Bouvardia and
Gaura, On the way to Guadalajara, a side-trip to the crater of the
Nevado de Toluca acquainted me with the brilliantly colored herbs of
the forested mountain slopes: Salvias, Lupines, Penstemons, Casti-
llejas, and Phacelias; in the fields were Dahlias, Cosmos and mari-
golds; at an elevation near 15,000 feet, in the crater, flourished a
diminutive alpine flora: Draba jorullensis, Castilleja tolucensis , Ce-
rastium purpusti, Senecio procumbens and Commelina orchidoides.

On the way to Acapulco, by way of Cuernavaca and Taxco, the last
part of the road was still under construction. I remember Thevetia

291

292 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

yecolli in Taxco, an interesting assemblage of ferns and Selaginellas
along the highway south of Taxco, and my first wild guava tree near
Acapulco.

A final trip was to Puebla and Tehuacan, and from there by train
to Oaxaca, with a side trip from Tehuacan to Orizaba.

Mention should be made here of the gracious assistance I was
given by several members of the staff of the Instituto de Biologia, who
helped me with the identification of many of the plants as I brought
them back from each of the trips. Thanks go particularly to the Seno-
ritas Debora Ramirez Cant and Maria Agustina Batalla.

The next summer I was back in Mexico, this time for a year’s
stay. I had been eligible for a sabbatical leave from my teaching job,
according to a law passed by the previous state legislature, but until
I discovered the favorable exchange for the “Yanqui,” I had not been
able to take advantage of the leave. The rapid survey of the previous
summer had indicated where we would like to spend more time, and
so the year divided itself up into a month or so spent at each of a
number of different headquarters. Again, I am forced to confess, col-
lecting shared time with other activities: sightseeing, shopping for
native handicrafts, trying to keep up with unusual fiestas, etc. That,
added to the fact that collecting is really good only in the months of
June to December or January, kept my numbers down to about 1000.
These were, however, collected in quadruplicate; one set for the
Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, one for the Division of
Plant Exploration and Introduction in Washington, one for the Instituto
de Biologia in Mexico and one, as required by law at that time, for the
Mexican Department of Agriculture.

July and August passed rapidly, as we spent the height of the rainy
season in Mexico City and surrounding areas. The high spot of the
period was a one-day trip to the Lagunas de Zempoala when by some
miracle, it did not rain once, and we collected nearly 75 different
species. Still remembered from this trip are the lovely shell pink
Pedicularis mexicana, Pinguicula macrophylla with deep purple
flowers, and the showy yellow Calceolaria mexicana, On other days
we saw purple Daleas in dry, sunny habitats; Distichlis and Maurandya
on the shores of Lake Texcoco; Milla biflora, lovely relic of a lush
meadow where now is a dry field: and the Ee white-flowered
tree Ipomoeas.

September and October found us in the North. The rains had ended
as we came to the deserts above Monterrey, and to Saltillo and Tor-
reon. The rocky hillsides and dry roadsides were a mass of color
with the yellow cushions of Dyssodia greggii, the tiny white Zinnia
pumiia, Scutellaria potosina with blossoms of velvety purple blue, and
a host of others. We enjoyed our trips to Tampico, San Luis Dolose
and Durango, but the fall was coming on and we wanted to go West.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 293

From the area around Guadalajara, where November and Decem-
ber are beautiful sunny months with warm days and cool nights, come
a host of varied memories: Banisteria beecheyana climbing on the
trees; attractive blue Bonplandias; feathery-flowered Iresines, the
tall purple Wigandia, and the fern-like Coriaria thymifolia. Near Co-
lima, on our Christmas excursion, we came across a plantation of
Hibiscus sabdariffa, grown for the scarlet calyces from which, by
drying and steeping in hot water, a delicious beverage called “Ja-
maica” is prepared.

Following January in Uruapan, I returned to Acapulco for the
month of February. Here swimming and sunbathing took up more than
their proportionate share of time, and here, too, the new plants really
began to overwhelm me: Swartzia, Gliricidia, Ocotea, Couepia, Po-
dopterus, Cochlospermum, Conocarpus. Bignoniaceous trees and
vines seemed to be everywhere. Here was one violet-striped legume
that may have been a new genus, but the fruits were missing and I
have never been back to collect them. Now with all the building that
has gone on at Acapulco since then, the plant may well be extinct.

In March and April, in Oaxaca, the dry season was in full force
and only a few plants were in flower, notably Plumerias, fee be
densiflora, Cordia curassavica, and ‘Maurandya scandens.

Cerro San Felipe, where we could look down on the city of as as
we climbed to the 10,000 foot summit, we found verdant forest and
water, even a waterfall. The day’s collecting turned up, among other
things, Anisacanthus conzattii, whose name brings to mind a memor-
able visit with the venerable Professor Conzattii himself.

April passed with a number of visits to eastern cities: Orizaba,
Cordoba, Jalapa and Veracruz, and my iast month in Mexico, May,
was Spent in Cuernavaca. Most of the time seemed to be taken up in
preparations for returning home, but it was impossible not to notice
the early-flowering plants with conspicuous flowers, coming just be-
fore the rains: Stemmadenia mollis, Albizzia occidentalis , Bouvardia
chrysantha, Zephyranthes verecunda and Erythrina leptorhiza.

Seven years later, in the fall of 1948, I was back for another year —
this time on a grant to continue gathering material for the bibliography
on Mexican botany, which I had started in the interim. Most of my
time was spent, naturally, in libraries, On a number of holiday pe-
riods, however, through the kindness of Dr. Faustino Miranda and
other members of the Instituto de Biologia, I was privileged to go on
a number of collecting trips. Collections totalled over 400 numbers.
This time specimens were sent to The National Museum in Washington,
to the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia and to the Escuela
Agricola Panamericana in Tegucigalpa, Honduras.

The first collecting trip was in November to Cordoba and covered
a number of varied habitats: along the Rio Atoyac, the Rio Metlac, a

294 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

climb almost to the summit of Cerro de San Cristobal overlooking
Orizaba, and a visit to El] Mirador the once famous home of Carlos
(Christian) Sartorius and C. A. Purpus. On the trip to Huatusco and
El Mirador, several stops were made and such widely different spe-
cies were collected as Liquidambar styraciflua, Epidendrum coch-
leatum, Scutellaria mociniana and Carpinus caroliniana. At one spot
there was an interesting combination of a magnificent tree-size Cle-
thra, a Platanus and a tree-fern, Cyathea. The ascent of Cerro de San
Cristdbal was through dripping fog forest with orchids, Fuchsias, and
Begonias. At the higher altitudes, although I had been prepared for it,
it was still a surprise to find, among other things, the Mexican repre-
sentative of Cornus florida.

The Christmas holidays and the Easter vacation were spent in the
state of Chiapas. Although we didn’t get into the really exciting jun-
gle region of the state, the Selva Lacandona, we were far enough south
to get many plants closely related to Central American and South
American flora. On the higher elevations, however, particularly near
San Cristobal Las Casas, we found more familiar temperate zone
genera: Rhus, Rubus, Crataegus, Alnus, Senecio, Ceanothus, Vaccin-
ium, Arctostaphylos, Fraxinus, Polygala and Liquidambar. Here in
December, the seasons overlapped so that at one spot the hills were
scarlet with the autumn color of oaks, while a short distance away,
fruit orchards in bloom heralded the coming of spring.

Collections were made near Tuxtla Gutierrez, the capital of the
state, near Comitan further south, and most interesting of all, ona
trip by horse and foot to Cerro Brujo off the road between Ocozocua-
utla and Villaflores. This is dense forest where the legendary quet-
zal is still said to live — an area where one would have liked to spend
several weeks rather than just a few days. Interesting plants collected
at these various localities include the parasitic Arceuthobium, Mont-
mia, Ternstroemia, Robinsonella (a beautiful white flowered malva-
ceous tree), several Ruellias, Cattleya, Aluaradoa, Heliocarpus,
Jacquinia (the fragrant ciqueté with tiny orange flowers), Chrysophyl-
lum, the elm-like Chaetoptelea, Heliconias, the black flowered Lisian-
thus nigrescens and an aromatic Exostemma, a quinine relative.

A few minor trips included a hike up to the cliffs overlooking Te-
poztlan north of Cuernavaca and a quick flying trip to Yucatan, mainly
for library research, with stops at Campeche and Ciudad del Carmen.
Nothing startling turned up on these trips, except that the only place
in Mexico where I ever saw poison ivy was at the temple of Tepozteco,

/

overlooking Tepoztlan!

Summer 1953

Date

July 8-10
July 11
July 13
July 17
July 18-21
July 23-25
July 28-29

July 30

Sept. 18-21

Sept. 22 —
Oct. 20

ASA GRAY BULLETIN 295

Summary of Itineraries and Collections

Nos.

1963-2010
2011-2048
2049-2072
2073-2079
2080-2118
2119-2178
2179-2199
2200-2213

2214-2228
2229-2251

2202-2259
2260-2277
2278-2289

2435-2447
(2448-2824

2495-2516
2533-2592

2593-2634
2635-2711

2712-2722
2756-2786

2825-2862
(2863-2999

2975-2992

Localities

1939

Pan Seatac Highway — Laredo to
Mexico

San Juan ideatiaenes Estado de México

Mexico City to Toluca, Estado de Mexico

Cuernavaca, Morelos

Cuernavaca to Taxco, Estado de Guer-
rero, and around Taxco

Taxco to Acapulco, Guerrero, and around
Acapulco

Mexico City to Puebla and Tehuacan,
Estado de Puebla

Monte Alban, Estado de Oaxaca

Tehuacadn to Orizaba, Estado de Veracruz

Mexico City to Morelia, Michoacan, in-
cluding trip into crater of Nevado de
Toluca, Estado de Mexico

Morelia to Patzcuaro, Michoacan

Patzcuaro to Zamora, Michoacan

Mexico City to Laredo

1940

Laredo to Monterrey, Nuevo Ledén

Mexico City and the surrounding area,
for the most part. Includes the fol-
lowing special trips):

Trip to Toluca

Trip to Tlaxcala and Cascadas de Atli-
huetzia, Estado de Tlaxcala, via
Puebla highway

Trip to base of Cerro de Ajusco, D.F.

Trip to the Lagunas de Zempoala, Estado
de Morelos

Trip to Acapulco

Trip to E] Parque on Mexico-Cuernavaca
R.R.

Mexico City to Monterrey, with side trip
to Tampico, Tamaulipas

In northern Mexico, mainly in and around
Monterrey including the following):

Trip to Saltillo, Coahuila

296

Oct. 22-26

Nov. 5—

ASA
2950-2963
(3000-3046

3007-3033
(3047-3212

Dec, 27
3097-3106, 3116-3124
31

Jan, 6-25

67-3212

3213-3299

Jan, 28— Mar.1 3300-3371

Mar. 5-16
Mar. 20-24
April 2-14

April 31—
May 31

Oct. 12

Oct. 22

Oct. 31—
Nov. 5

Nov. 21
Dec. 20

Dec. 22-26
Jan, 1-2
Jan. 4-5

April 15-16
July 26

3372-3407

3408-3456

3457-3504

3505-3518

3530-3550
3551-3563
3564-3671

3672-3700
3701-3730

3731-3803

3804-3849

3850-3882

3883-3921
3922-3929

July 31-Aug. 2 3931-3933

Aug. 12-13

3934-3955

GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

Trip to Torreon, Coahuila, and by train
to Durango

Monterrey to Mexico City):

Side trip to San Luis Potosi

Mexico City to Guadalajara, Jalisco. In-
cludes the following trips):

Guadalajara to Chapala, Jalisco

Around Colima (trip made from Guadala-
jara to Colima via R.R.)

1941

Uruapan, Michoacan, and the surrounding

Acapulco and environs

Mexico City to Veracruz via Jalapa,
Estado de Veracruz

Fortin, Estado de Veracruz, and sur-
roundings

Oaxaca and nearby areas

Cuernavaca and environs

1948

Pedregal, south of Mexico City

Trip to Toluca

Around Cérdoba, Veracruz, including as-
cent of Cerro de San Cristébal, near
Orizaba, and trip to El Mirador,
Huatusco

Trip to Tepoztlan, Estado de Morelos

On road from San Cristébal Las Casas to
Tenejapa, Estado de Chiapas

Around Comitan, Estado de Chiapas

1949

Around Tuxtla Gutiérrez, Estado de

iapas
Trip to Cerro Brujo, on road between
uxtla and Villaflores, Estado de

Chiapas

Around Tuxtla Gutiérrez

Trip from Mexico City to Tecolutla,
Veracruz

Yucatan

Around Tuxtla Gutiérrez

A TRIP TO TENNESSEE FOR BUCKLEYA

Bernard Harkness

In 1890 (Garden and Forest, Vol. 3, p. 236) Professor Charles
Sprague Sargent gave in detail the history of the discovery of Buckleya
distichophylla. In 1842, soon after the charge of the Cambridge Bo-
tanic Garden was entrusted to him, Asa Gray made a long journey
through the mountain region of the south for the purpose of collecting
roots and seeds for the garden, He brought back then the famed plant
of Buckleya which has outlived the Harvard Botanic Garden itself.
For Massachusetts, though thought to be a cherisher of tradition, for-
sook the Botanic Garden and apartment houses now trespass on that
hallowed ground, The transplanting to the Arnold Arboretum of this
pistillate plant, which had never yielded progeny assexually, was a
feat of no mean order. Dug with a ball of earth, it was settled down
in a new position over live hemlock roots and rewarded this attention
to its needs by continuing to thrive.

The first botanist to find Buckleya was Thomas Nuttall in 1816 on
a trip up the French Broad River. Sometime later S. B. Buckley sent
specimens to John Torrey who gave the plant the name which com-
memorates Buckley. Sargent in the fall of 1888 came to Paint Rock
just as the fruits were ripening. From his rich harvest of fruits and
small seedlings sent to the Arnold Arboretum he had high hopes that
Buckleya might become well established in plant collections. How-
ever, most, if not all, of this material apparently suffered the fate of
the Kew Gardens introduction of 1897; this, W. J. Bean states, lived
for only ten years. The difficulty at Kew was attributed to the plant’s
inability to become attached to a host.

On September 26, 1953, I was at the Paint Rock locale where Paint
Creek flows into the French Broad River. If, as Sargent stated, the
creek is the boundary between North Carolina and Tennessee, then the
bank on which Buckleya grows is on the Tennessee side. Two roads
start up-stream and it is on the banks of the upper left-hand road
where Buckleya makes its stand. Its existence is seemingly as pre-
carious as sixty-five years ago when Sargent was moved to wonder
when fire might exterminate Buckleya and send it to join Franklinia.

In Garden and Forest (Vol. 9, pp. 163, 210) T. H. Kearney, Jr.,
then an agrostologist with the United States Department of Agricul-
ture, reported additional stations for Buckleya along the French Broad
River. These were the Wolf Creek and Newport stations, all in Ten-
nessee. He had enlisted the aid of a local young man, Harry Allen,
who gathered seed for him, I was very pleased to find at Wolf Creek

297

298 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 3

that relatives of Mr. Allen occupy the same home. Mr. James W.
Walker knew Buckleyaby its name and understood the significance of
my search for it. With his help, I came upon it in short order. In the
garden of the Allen-Walker home, interesting for a century-old bald
cypress and fine boxwood, there was also a robust plant of Buckleya
brought in by Mr. Walker, Sr. According to his recollection the seed
was planted under a hemlock tree with which the mature plant has now
achieved a completely successful association.

Most references are to hemlock as the host plant but in the limited
area of its occurrence at Paint Rock the Buckleya grew as well near
holly, pitch pine and mountain laurel. Other plant associates on the
dry rocky bank were Rhododendron maximum, Oxydendron arboreum,
Liquidambar styraciflua, Epigaea repens, Mitchella repens and Galax
aphylla. In addition to the limitations of its semi-parasitism and the
rapid deterioration of the ability of its seed to germinate, Buckleya
seemed to me to be subject to a definite light requirement. In the thin
woodland of the edge of the road Buckleya was thriving; 100 feet back
in denser shade it did not exist. It is very likely that along the French
Broad River before white settement there were Indian trails which
provided much the same environment with respect to light as the dirt
roads do today. At the Wolf Creek site Mr. Walker picked up an ar-
rowhead as we were collecting seed. Heaven forfend that some day a
tremendous scenic drive should be pushed through on the east bank of
the French Broad, as that could completely do away with Buckleya,

Distribution of Buckleya fruits has been made to 25 botanic gar-
dens and arboreta, selection having been made on the basis of a pre-
viously expressed interest in the American Santalaceae. A collection
of Pyrularia pubera was made two years ago in Kentucky. To my
knowledge only one seed germinated of this lot; Mr. W. A. Smith of
Lyndonville, New York is growing the plant in a pot. In two seasons it
has grown about five inches. Field observation does not show as con-
vincing evidence of parasitism for Pyrularia as it does for Buckleya,
and it is hoped that the oilnut may become established in Mr. Smith’s
garden, which is notable for double Trillium grandiflorum and other
American plants both herbaceous and woody. I should mention that
my most persistent advocate of the Buckleya expedition was Mr. Kan
Yashiroda, The Plant Acclimatization Garden, Kagawa-Ken, Japan.

In August he wrote me, “Will you not mind my asking you to spare

for me a few fresh seeds of Buckleya distichophylla, if you go on the
seed collecting trip to Tennessee and Kentucky this September? Last
August I had prepared some potted trees (Hemlock) to be ready for

the seeds and still have kept these. I am very anxious to try Buckleya,
a plant which Iam so much interested in from C. S. Sargent’s writ-
ings.”

FIELD WORK IN 1953
THE PROBLEM OF POLLEN REPRESENTATION

Stanley A. Cain

Some of the major problems relating to transportation and sedi-
mentation of pollen have received scant attention despite the fact that
they are basic in pollen analysis. Early this year I proposed to study
these as part of a larger project, the preparation of a POLLEN ATLAS,
and am glad to express my appreciation at this point to the Horace H.
Rackham School of Graduate Studies, University of Michigan, for a
grant in aid which, among other things, permitted rather extensive
field work in 1953.

The studies this summer were spread from Baie Comeau, on the
north shore of the St. Lawrence as far east as one can get by car, to
as far west as Iron and Gogebic counties in the western Upper Penin-
sula of Michigan, Areas of concentrated work in Quebec were around
the biological station in the Mont Tremblant provincial park and the
biological station in the Laurentide provincial park. The northern-
most stations were in Abitibi-Est at about 49° N. Lat., and in Chi-
bougamau at about 50° N, Lat. The summer’s work, then, has yielded
a spread of studies in the boreal spruce-fir forests and in the transi-
tion with the northern hardwoods forests, Some other time other geo-
graphic-climatic-vegetational regions will have to be tackled.

About 40 stations were studied this summer, They were mostly
representative of phases of the Canadian spruce forest, as found in
central Quebec, and of the Great Lakes — St. Lawrence forest which
lies south of the spruce. This is the region of northern hardwoods that
is sometimes more or less rich in pine.

There was more to the summer’s field work than sample plot
studies. One thing I learned is that flies are for fishermen, not for
fish. This is true at least for speckled trout in the Laurentide region,
The creel limit is 40 fish (7 in. minimum) or 15 lbs, per day. It can
be done. It was done. This was a special project connected with the
fish studies being carried on by the Provincial Department de la
Chasse et de la Péche. We were not fish hogs. Much of the fishing
was for population studies where the fish were immediately returned
after being caught; fishing time, catch, and tagged fish numbers being
recorded. The north country, or “bush,” can’t be talked about without
some mention of insects: mosquitoes, deerflies, “brfilots,” and black-
flies — especially blackflies which creep into eyes, ears and nose, and
even fly down one’s throat when it is necessary to talk or pant. But of
course, if there weren’t so many flies there wouldn’t be so many fish.

299

300 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

From the middle of July, in a seven weeks period, we travelled
over six thousand miles, much of it on gravel roads. Some of the
gravel roads are new, well engineered, and maintained. Others were
not, or were logging roads. At any rate we got used to having a stucco
finish, on the car and ourselves. The rocky roads were hard on tires
— we bought three new ones during the trip; and on the “soft under
belly,” the oil pan had to be welded twice and the muffler and exhaust
pipe replaced. Other things happened. An old car can’t take it; a new
car (ours wasn’t) ages fast. Logging road bridges, too, deserve a
word — but not in print.

Much of my field work was in Provincial parks and fish reserves
(Verendrye, Mont Tremblant, Laurentide, and Chibougamau), The
roads are few and a “circulation permit” must be obtained to use
them. Control is by the Department de la Chasse et de la Péche or by
the lumber company that has the concession to lumber the areas,
When the fire hazard is high the roads are closed and no one circu-
lates on the roads or in the bush unless on official business of some
sort. At all times my work was facilitated by the persons in charge
of circulation, and I wish to express my appreciation for the coopera-
tion of the Department’s agents. At the same time I want to register
a protest. All the Crown lands including the parks (except for the
park at Mt. Albert in Gaspé) are subject to complete lumbering. The
provincial officials would do well to establish within the parks and
fishing reserves some wilderness areas where virgin vegetation still
remains and where it will be protected for its natural history interest,
its value to forestry, and its attraction for tourists. It also seems
strange to me that public parks sometimes have all fishing waters
under lease to private concessionaires. Of course anyone can fish in
these parks, that is if he can afford $15 to $20 or more a day which it
costs through the concessions.

But to return to the serious project of the summer: Palynology, a
recently created term, covers a field in which there are several ac-
tive branches: pollen analysis, concerned mostly with non-mineral-
ized late-glacial and post-glacial sediments; spore analysis, con-
cerned mostly with older sediments and applied to oil shales and coal
stratigraphy; and the study of air-borne allergens. Pollen analysts
have mostly been busy working out stratigraphic columns from bogs
and lake-bottom sediments. From the pollen and spores of each sam-
ple there is prepared a “spectrum” or table of percentage composition
by types of the recovered microfossils in the total flora. The succes-
sive spectra in the column form a pollen “profile.” The pollen spec-
tra at a given period of time in history are taken to represent the pre-
vailing vegetation of the period. As the composition of the fossils in
the spectra changes with time it is a reflection of the changing vegeta-
tional patterns. This may be due to succession and the maturing of
the soil under a prevailing climate; but in the longer frame of time

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 301

reference it is an indication of climatic amelioration or deterioration
— of warming or cooling, of becoming more humid or more dry, of
warming and drying, etc. — for climate is a basic control of vegeta-
tion. ‘AS one comes up the profile a certain pollen type may make its
appearance, have a rise, maximum and decline, and then disappear
from the record.

By and large, the relationship between pollen rain — the general
pollen falling on any spot at any time — and vegetational cover is
taken to be direct; yet everyone knows, or at least suspects, that cer-
tain trees are heavy pollen producers and have a disproportionate
representation in the pollen rain. Acre for acre, certain species
must produce from a few to several times the pollen of other species.
If it were possible to obtain factors for correction of pollen statistics,
the reconstruction or interpretation of vegetation of the past would be
more accurate.

There are two problems here and they are closely tied up. These
are the problem of over- and under-representation of species in the
pollen rain (that is, not as to pollen production, but as to area of ter-
rain occupied by the type producing the pollen), and the problem of
distance of transport. As to the latter, it is well known that pollen
and spores can be transported long distances, The question, rather,
is how close do plants of a given species have to be to the spot of
sedimentation for the species to be represented consistently in the
pollen rain, even though the percentage may be small? One can hy-
pothesize that the probability of pollen grains occurring in the pollen
rain at any given point diminishes with the square of the distance.
Said simply, this means that most of the pollen is probably of local
origin. But the basic question still remains. How close must plants
be to produce a consistent representation at a certain percentage
level?

It is not possible at this time to report any results, for they de-
pend upon laboratory analyses yet to be made of the collected mate-
rials, but the technique of approach to the problems, and some of the
difficulties involved are of interest.

Basically the idea is simple. It is known from some European
studies that moss and liverwort polsters and mats are usually good
pollen traps. A study in the Great Smoky Mountains by a former
student of mine, Gladys Carroll, showed that the moss species in the
spruce forest are also effective traps. They usually yield an abun-
dance of pollen which is taken to represent the average “pollen rain”
of the past few years. The exact age of the polster is unimportant as
long as it is old enough to contain the pollen rain of a few years and
average out any annual differences, Extraction of pollen from the
polsters is simple. A piece of the mat is pulled apart, boiled in 95%
alcohol, and strained through cheesecloth. The pollen is concentrated

302 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

by centrifuging, the alcohol decanted, and the residue boiled in 10%
KOH for about 10 minutes. After two or three washings and centri-
fugings, slides are prepared by removal of the top of the residue and
mounting it in glycerine jelly. No stain is needed if KOH is used.
From this material a pollen spectrum is prepared that represents the
average pollen rain.

Spectra obtained in this way are to be compared with the percent-
age composition of the vegetation in the immediate area from which
the moss polsters were collected. For this purpose the polster col-
lections this summer came mostly from within plots laid out for study
of forest composition. On plots ranging from 0.1 to 2.0 acres, ac-
cording to the complexity of the forest, all trees were measured by
inch diameter classes. From these data the percentage composition
by species is determined according to density or basal area, the latter
representing “coverage” of the species and giving weight to the trees
according to their sizes. Since in most forests young, over-topped
trees don’t produce pollen, additional percentage composition figures
can be computed for canopy trees alone.

The composition of the forest is then compared with the composi-
tion of the pollen rain and the strong discrepancies are immediately
apparent.

In addition to the timber plots, at each station a study of ground
cover was made by a Set of milacre quadrats (this is about 2 x 2 m.
distributed through the timber plot. These sets were either 10 or 20
quadrats innumber. The moss polster collections averaged about
four from each station, each usually a different species. The study
stations were selected to be representative of a forest type or site of

area.

In the north central states, and in the northeast, pollen profiles
often have this simplified form: in the earliest sediments the domi-
nance is by trees of the spruce-fir forest climax formation; this is
commonly followed by a pronounced pine-dominated period; next is
the Atlantic period in which species of the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence
forest (beech, birch, hemlock, maple, etc.) usually have their maxi-
mum; this is followed by predominance of oaks and associated species.

If the present attempt to establish factors, even rough ones, of
over- and under-representation of species in the pollen rain can be
established, it will be possible to revise (correct) pollen statistics so
that they will be more representative of the actual vegetative cover
that prevailed at various times in the past. As in all paleo-ecological
work, the key to the past lies in present relationships, so we
some hopes for the present approach to the question of pollen repre-
sentation. The past summer’s work is geographically extensive. It
will not answer our questions in a precise manner. Intensive studies
of local areas will also have to be made.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 303

Beside the question of representation, the present materials will
provide some data on distance of transport of significant amounts of
pollen. In the materials from the northern stations it is known in a
rough way at least, because of personal observations and the work of
others such as Halliday, how far it is to the nearest white pine, yellow
birch, sugar maple, etc. In other cases it has been possible, as at the
Biological Station on Lake Monroe, to have a rough estimate of the
percentage occurrence of hemlock, for example, in the total forest
cover of the area.

In addition to the field work described above, moss collections
were often obtained from an open bog mat (locally called “savane”),
sometimes of extensive area, where the pollen rain should be more
representative of the local area as a whole than is the case of collec-
tions actually made under forest cover. These collections extend the
possibilities of working assumptions about representation and trans-
port. Dr.John E, Potzger, Butler University, provided me with
Sphagnum collections from as far north as Lat. 52°, about 50 miles
northeast of Rupert House on James Bay. Dr. Potzger, with Dr. Al-
bert Courtemanche, Director of the Mont Tremblant Biological Sta-
tion, and two others, had drilled a series of bogs for pollen analysis.
Travelling in a Beaver hydroplane, chartered by the Station, they had
been able to locate from the air suitable bogs not too inacessible from
landing places for the plane, It is expected that the moss samples
brought back for me by Dr, Potzger will yield some evidence about
truly long distance transport.

RED SPRUCE IN THE PARC
DE LA MONTAGNE TREMBLANTE

Stanley A. Cain

On our first trip together after my arrival at the Provincial Bio-
logical Station on Little Lake Monroe, Dr. Albert Courtemanche and
I became interested in the spruces seen along the Riviére du Diable.
Picea mariana was everywhere prevalent on wet sites and sometimes
on the upland. Picea glauca was infrequent and had to be looked for.
A few miles above le grand Pontage, a dry-land bridge up a steep,
narrow, rocky valley — and falling to pieces from dry rot to such an
extent that my inexperienced eye thought it imprudent to put a car on—
we stopped to examine some young open-grown trees that didn’t look
“right.” I said “red spruce,” and was surprised at Dr. Courtemanche’s
excitement, for I did not remember that Marie-Victorin’s “Flore
Laurentienne,” was doubtful about its occurrence in Quebec. Picea
rubens had later become known in the valley of the Ottawa River, and

304 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

for all I knew the central Quebec situation could have been much like
parts of New England where a good many knowledgeable and practical
woods people settle the perplexing problem of spruces quite simply
by calling the wet site trees “black spruce” and the upland ones “red
spruce,” often with some comment about a “hybrid mess.”

In several respects Picea rubens is intermediate between P, mar-
tana and P. glauca. The twigs of typical white spruce are completely
hairless; those of black spruce are densely hairy with abundant gland-
ular hairs; and red spruce is more or less hairy with some glandular
hairs. If the red spruce is toward the less hairy range of variation,
the hairs are often confined to the grooves of the twig. In both of the
spruces with hairs, however, there is often pronounced variation from
twig to twig. The dominant twigs (not just the leader of the main axis)
tend to be the hairiest of all and the weaker laterals the least hairy.
Some of the confusion about the spruces probably results from looking
for the twig hairs on randomly selected twigs, for even the black
spruce can be hairless on shaded, suppressed twigs. In typical forms
the cones are very distinct as described in the manuals, but trees
occur in which red spruce cones are pretty close to the black in size
and shape.

One character I have been using to help distinguish puzzling spec-
imens of spruce seems to work well in the Mont Tremblant region.
The black spruce terminal buds, on the leader and on strong laterals,
have numerous outer bud scales — at least two cycles — that have long
attenuate tips. The red spruce has only the outermost scales — about
one cycle — with the attenuate tips. White spruce normally has no
such scales, although an occasional scale may have a pronounced
“midrib” that is slightly excurrent. These features are illustrated in
the accompanying figures (scale, 10 times natural size).

The spruces deserve close study. I believe that they hybridize,
and that there is introgression, but I can’t accept the conclusion that
red spruce is just a hybrid swarm of crosses and backcrosses of
black and white spruce, for Picea rubens in the southern Appalach-
ians is a good species in a region of ancient flora with no other spe-
cies around.

During the next two weeks we looked at spruces everywhere we
went and finally concluded that in the Mont Tremblant area of the
Laurentians red spruce was the prevailing species. Having con-
vinced ourselves, we sent a representative collection of the three en-
tities down to the Botanical Garden at Montreal. We have since heard
from Marcel Raymond and Jim Kucyniak that our red spruce satisfies
their critical judgment. Later travels with Courtemanche through
Verendrye and as far as Rapide du Cédre, in Abitibi-Est about 45
miles north of Senneterre, turned up no more red spruce. After leav-
ing the Mont Tremblant Biological Station, I spent several days in the

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 305

pitas
amen
Ate at tie i
oy | \\\) ”
"He fi
: an ‘i
ne
y

pS

—

Se
——

=F.

—
oes eee
Tedae ese:

as

GF, Picea glauca
SS

Laurentide Provincial Park north of Quebec City working with Dr.
Yves Desmarais of Laval University. We turned up no red spruce
there. He advised me to look for it in the Lac St. Jean region as a
number of elements from the south and southeast have penetrated up
the Riviere Saguenay. But it was not seen. Nor did I find it, or ex-
pect to, as we travelled the new road through the Chibougamau Park
to its end at the frontier gold-rush town of Chibougamau at about 50 :
N. Lat.

On La Vache Noire (“Black Cow” in the States is a drink, but the
one near Lac Superieur in the Mont Tremblant region is a small,
rough and frustrating mountain) Courtemanche and I laid out two tim-
ber plots and 20 milacre ground-cover quadrats. The results are to
be found in tables 1 and 2. These red spruce — balsam stands are on
the mountain top at an elevation we estimated at about 2300 feet.

ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

Picea mariana

The first stand is on the ridge of the sharp north end. It is ea
ragged looking because of blow-down, birch die-back, and so
spruce and balsam killing apparently "due to bud worm, A ee
plot nevertheless revealed a basal area of 138 sq. ft. per acre with
balsam fir composing 53.7%, red spruce 38.3%, white birch (Betula
papyrifera, var. cordifolia) 7.3%, and the remaining small fraction
contributed by mountain ash and pin cherry. In our sample balsam
had four times as many trees as red spruce (164 to 41), reaching a
maximum d.b.h. of 11 in., whereas the spruce reached 16 in, The
maximum height of trees did not exceed 50-55

The stand from which the second set of data come was almost
missed, for it was getting late and I was tired, bruised, scratched,

cre

we had come to a small flat which needed looking into, Altho
wasn’t in the direction we were headed, it was enticing because it
wasn’t rocky and tangled with blow-down. Once in it we forgot our

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 307

oy, : ee
Beda ta =)

WW
2
De

Picea rubens

troubles. The red spruces reached a maximum diameter of 25 in. and
occurred in all size classes from 1 in. up. Balsam exceeded spruce
in number of stems, but with a maximum d.b.h. of only 8 in. The
basal area proved to be exceedingly high for the region, about 250 sq.
ft, Of this the spruce composed 80%, balsam 13.3%, and white birch
the remainder,

The ground cover plots are self explanatory as the flora is pretty
much as expected. Reproduction of the trees of the area is adequate
or abundant. Collections of the unidentified forms are at the Montreal
Botanical Garden and names will become available.

Table 1

. Red spruce-balsam fir timber plots on La Vache Noire, near
rieur, County Terrebonne, Sameer ;

#PlotI: 1x3 chains. Plot t I: 1x2

Lac Supe-
chains.

Die sn. Red Spruce Balsam Fir White Birch Mt. Ash
inches I I I I I II I Il
1 5 of, 16 6 - 1 1 -

2 3 3 22 8 2 2 = -

3 2 - 22 13 4 = a

4 2 1 24 13 = =

4] 1 2 18 11 - 2 - =

6 4 3 28 - - 1 -

Hf 3 1 12 3 5 2 - -

8 3 2 13 2 1 - =

9 4 2 4) - 2 1 ps =

10 - 1 3 - - 2 - -
11 4 - 1 - 1 - =
12 5 5 - = = = =
13 1 1 - - = =
14 2 3 - - . es fs as
15 1 4 - 7 = =
16 1 2 - . = a s e
17 - 2 - - = = ie es
18 3 - - - - - -
21 - 1 = = sy = is is
23 2 - - - - - -
25 - 1 - - - - - -
No. plot: 41 46 164 64 11 15 2 10
No. per acre: 133 230 347 320 37 75 7 0
Basal area: Lele 3922 2070" R620 3.2 0.2 -
Per acre: 56.3 196.2 79.8 32.5 10.9 16.2 0.7 -
0.4 -

Basal area %: 38.3 80.1 53.7 13.3 7.3 6.6

fo renee
I

Table 2. Ground cover in red spruce-balsam fir timber plot I, La Vache Noi

Data based on 20 milacre plots spaced 1 x 2 rods within the timber r plot, Be age
classes ha e following eee (.) less than 1%; (x) about 1%; (1) 1-5%; (2) 6- 25%;
(3) 26-50%; (4) 51-75%; (5) 7 100%.
: Cover classes
aad EA ee ee ee
equency class E
yopteris spinulosa var. ame 100 1 3 7 D> 23 1 -
Betula papyrifera, var. Sates eoeuline 100 2 23. 0e— 5 1 -
Abies balsamea, seedlings 100 il 7 #1 = ash ore
Oxalis mon seas 90 6 1 2 6 i 2 1
ency class D
Clintonia oa 80 1 2 3 6 2 1 1
equency class C
Cornus canaden. 60 3 #3 4 20 - =
Ru idaeus 60 - 2 T 3 a = a
Maianthemum canadense 55 4 - 5 2 = ~ =
uency class
Trientalis borealis 40 3 5 - = = a
unus pensylvanica 30 2 4 -5= = = = -
requency class A
Aralia nudicaulis 20 - 2 1 - - -
ster acuminatus 20 1 2 1 - - - -
Solidago macrophylla 20 - 2 2 = - = =
Ribes glandulosum 15 = 2 - 1 ae te =
Picea rubens, seedl 15 2 1 - = ae =
Vaccinium myrtilloides 15 - 1 1 1 = i 2
Aster cordifolius 15 2 1 = = = = ry
Cinna latifolia 10 1 1 - - = =) is
Coptis groenlan 10 1 1 X= - - oe
Acer spicatum, g 10 - = 1 af - - =
Pyrus americana, seedlings 10 - 1 1 - = ee
Acer rubrum, seed 5 1 - - - =e
Car 5 - = 1 = os 7 =
Carex sp? 5 - = <a = ul

averaging 66%.

Total ground cover (shrub and herb layers) ae from 5 to 95%,
t. The hea

5 to 13, averaging 9 pe
ta lots in timber ee I, but the crown was
uch more dense and the ground cover correspondingly lighter.

SOLIDAGO

George R. Cooley

If you call a flower a Composite (Com-po-zite the British say), the
chances are about one in ten you will be right, for the Composite
Family (known also as Daisy or Sunflower or Thistle Family) contains
about 10 or 12% of the known species of flowering plants in the world.
This ratio holds true in the area covered by Gray’s Manual; 1,071
species, varieties, forms and named hybrids of the 8,000 total re-
ported in the Manual are Composites.

If the plant is a Composite, the chances are about one in eight that
it is a Goldenrod inthis area. Of the 1,071 species, varieties, forms
and named hybrids listed under Compositae, 128 are Goldenrods.
There are 75 species listed in Gray’s Manual; 30 reported from New
York State; 15 commonly reported from the region covered by our
group, and 5 reported rarely. (Gray’s names 53 varieties and forms,
and reports 36 hybrids).

M. L. Fernald says, “Solidago, like Aster, is one of our most dif-
ficult genera. Natural hybridization frequently occurs and the species
are also highly plastic. For proper study full specimens, showing
subterranean parts and basal leaves as well as the whole flowering
stem, are essential. Identification of fragmentary specimens is safe
only after long familiarity with the group.

Do not be overwhelmed by this large number of species, varieties,
forms and hybrids. Facetiously it might be said, “Goldenrods are
easy to identify.” Goldenrods are wand-shaped perennials; they have
sessile leaves, except some have winged petioles; the leaves are lan-
ceolate, except some are ovate and some linear; the leaves are nar-
rowed at both ends, except some are cordate and some are spatulate;
the leaves are lanceolate, except some are ovate and some linear; the
leaves are smooth, except some are rough above, and some are rough
below, and some are rough above and below; the leaves are triple
ribbed, except some are loosely and pinnately veined and some have
a midrib only; the inflorescence is yellow, except that two species are
creamy; the inflorescence is in panicles or racemes, except when in
the axils of the leaves or in flat-topped corymbs; the flower heads

‘Mr. Cooley, who is making his first appearance in the AGB, and who says he is

We
heartily commend his efforts to interest our readers, as well as others, in becoming
better acquainted with the goldenrods. — Eds.

309

310 ASA GRAY BULLETIN

N.S. Vol. I, No. 3

have more disk flowers than ray flowers, except that those in the sec-
tion Euthamia have more ray flowers than disk; the flower bracts are
appressed, except when they are squarrose.

But if you cannot quickly identify a plant as a Goldenrod by its
characteristics, try by its location, Fernald reports that Goldenrods
grow

along roadsides,

on low ground,

on banks,

in borders of woods and
streams,

in openings,

on rocky riverbanks,

on slately ledges,

in alluvial soils,

on barrens,

on sandy shores,

in calcareous bogs,

on prairies,

on wet prairies,

on coastal plains,

in damp moss and marl-bogs,

in saline, brackish or fresh
water,

in habitats near the coast,

on limestone knobs, barrens
or glades,

in meadows,

in rich, deciduous woods,

in rocky, open woods,

on argillaceous soils and
magnesian soils,

in cool damp woods,
in thin woods,

in mountain woods,
in montane woods,
in open sandy woods,
in thickets,

in dry thickets,

in wet thickets,

in gravelly thickets,
in moist to dryish thickets,
in clearings,

in dry clearings,

in the uplands,

in dry woods,

in dry plains,

in dry soils,

on dry bluffs,

on dry gravels,

on dry openings,

on dry shales,

in swamps or bogs,

in pinelands,

on calcareous alpine cliffs, and
gravelly alpine areas,

among siliceous rocks and gravels.

Despite this confusion (to continue in a more serious vein) you can
easily learn a dozen or more local goldenrods by their striking indi-
vidual characteristics. Goldenrods are wand-shaped perennials. The
mostly golden-yellow flower heads are few- to many-flowered, the
central part bearing tubular flowers described as disk flowers and
generally surrounded at the outer edge by ray (pistillate or seed-bear-
ing) flowers. The disk flowers crowded together give the mass color-
ation; the ray flowers extended above and beyond this background give
beauty and brilliance. In the goldenrods the bracts (also called phyl-
laries) are appressed about the flower-heads except in S. squarrosa
which gets it specific name from the fact that the phyllaries are squar-

rose, i.e. recurving, at the tips.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 311

The inflorescence grows either:

1. In axillary clusters or as panicles with spirally arranged
heads, as in bicolor, caesia, flexicaulis, and squarrosa.

2. In panicles with heads borne on the upper side of the branches,
but the panicles themselves elongate or unequal-sided, and not notice-
ably flat-topped, as in nemoralis, juncea, rugosa, altissima, cana-
densis, arguta (gigantea), and patula, or

3. In flat-topped (corymbose) panicles, as in graminifolia, rigida,
and others,

A few goldenrods have the cauline leaves uniform or only gradu-
ally decreasing in size upward; these species have no basal rosettes.
They include caesia, flexicaulis, altissima, canadensis, gigantea, ru-
gosa. Another group of species has very unequal leaves varying from
large on the lower stem to smaller toward the middle and still smaller
on the upper stem, and with basal offshoots that produce rosettes of
large leaves; the basal leaves may be absent at flowering time in
some species.

Careful consideration of these inflorescence- and leaf-types makes
the problem of identification much easier than is usually believed, be-
cause there are fewer than 15 common species in the area studied by
our group. A well-grown and normal plant of any of these species can
usually be identified quickly in the field.

Our flat-topped goldenrod is S. graminifolia. It has very numerous
narrow leaves which are pleasantly fragrant when crushed. Notice
the occasional round black disks on the leaves; these are blister galls
which produce [are produced by? | non-biting mites of the Itonidae
group. This is our only common species which has more tay flowers
than disk flowers (a feature of the section Euthamia, as the genus Soli-
dago is divided in Gray’s Manual; all the rest of our species belong to
another section, Virgaurea.)

In the woods we find two pretty species, the wreath or blue-stem
goldenrod (S. caesia) and the broad-leaved or zigzag goldenrod (S.
flexicaulis), which usually have the flowers in axillary clusters along
the upper part of the leafy stem, Both plants are conspicuously leafy,
so that the flower-clusters seem to arise from among the leaves and
not from a separate terminal inflorescence, but the leaves of the two
are strikingly different; in S, caesia the leaves are long and narrow,
and in & flexicaulis they are broadly ovate and acuminate.

Notice the flower-head of the stout goldenrod in Thatcher Park,
and examine the phyllaries; they curve strongly away from the flower
head. This is S. squarrosa — there is no other goldenrod with strongly
recurving bracts. [It is also abundant along the shale bluffs east of
the Hudson, south of Albany. — RMcV ]

312 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

In dry, sterile fields and in open woods, the white goldenrod or
silver-rod is to be found. Its cream-colored ray flowers are pale
enough to merit the term white; the disk flowers pale yellow enough
to be called cream. There is often enough contrast between the ray
and disk flowers to justify the scientific name S. bicolor, The
straight, simple stems end in a spikelike panicle or a cylindrical
cluster of straight branches.

All the rest of our common species have the flower-heads secund,
that is, borne on one side (the upper) of the panicle-branches. When
you find this character, look next for the large basal leaves and a
gradual (or abrupt) decrease in size of the cauline leaves as one goes
from bottom to top. Here belongs the smooth early goldenrod, S.
juncea, which grows in dry open fields, and is our earliest species to
open fully here; it begins to flower late in June, far earlier than any
of its relatives. Its stems usually grow singly, with a beautiful
pyramidal yellow panicle. The stem leaves are not near each other,
are lanceolate and entire, and rapidly decrease in size upward. The
stem (and leaves) are noticeably smooth.

The cut-leaved goldenrod, S. arguta, can be mistaken for the early
goldenrod, S. juncea; they look much alike. The upper stem-leaves of
S. arguta are closely serrate, of S.juncea entire. The branches of
the panicles of the cut-leaved goldenrod are generously covered with
soft hairs, of the early goldenrod, only sparsely and minutely hairy.
Look for S. arguta in woods and clearings; S, juncea in dry fields.
While the early goldenrod blooms earlier than the cut-leaved golden-
rod, it also blooms later in the season, having a much longer bloom-
ing period.

At the north side of Route 20 just east of the road to Voorheesville
is a gully where S, patula canbe found. This swamp goldenrod has
lower leaves as large as one’s hand and as rough as sandpaper. The
stem leaves are few, thick, rough above, smooth below and the upper
ones are much smaller. No other goldenrod can be confused with it.

In fields and along roadsides, often growing with S, bicolor and S,
juncea, one often finds near here a similar but somewhat smaller
goldenrod, generally a foot high or a little more (Gray’s Manual says
up to 13 dm. high, or about 4 feet), Upon closer inspection the whole
plant will be seen to be covered with a minute gray pubescence; hence
its name, gray goldenrod. This is S,nemoralis, perhaps our “weed-
iest” species in old fields.

Now consider the few species which have the leaves all about the
same size. These also have very numerous leaves (up to 100 on one
stem). Look for one of these very leafy plants with wrinkled leaves;
in our area it will be S. rugosa, the wrinkle-leaved goldenrod, (But
look out for S, ulmifolia, which looks like S, rugosa, but has the stem
smooth instead of rough-hairy). S.rugosa has a generally rough

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 313

appearance, but the wrinkled leaves with pinnate venation are good
distinguishing marks, in spite of the fact that Fernald calls it a hope-
lessly variable species. In fields it will be found two feet tall,
whereas in damp open ditches or in thickets it often exceeds six feet
in height.

Three goldenrods, namely S, altissima, S. canadensis, and S, gi-
gantea, look much alike, All have numerous linear-lanceolate to ob-
long-lanceolate leaves with 3 fairly strong, nearly parallel veins,

One of these, the late goldenrod, is glabrous or essentially so, It is
called S serotina inthe new Britton and Brown Manual, S. gigantea in
Gray. It is a fairly stout plant, sometimes growing in a cluster of
stems; these are smooth, often with a white bloom. Fernald reports
that flowering occurs from late July through September; Britton and
Brown, August to October. My experience has led me to expect S. gz -
gantea when field specimens of early goldenrod are beginning to fade.
Also I look for dark red stems on S. gigantea.

In S. altissima and S. canadensis the summit of the stem below the
inflorescence is densely pilose. Both species grow commonly along
roadsides and in thickets, and they are often confused. S. altissima
has somewhat larger flowers (disk corollas 3-4mm. long, as against
3mm. or less in S. canadensis), and the phyllaries are linear, blunt
and keeled (as against attenuate, long-pointed and thin in canadensis).

Some other goldenrods are found in eastern New York, but the
above are the most common species, After a brief acquaintance with
these one can easily learn the others as he meets them, and learn at
the same time how to avoid the mistakes in identification which are
one of the things that make Solidago reputedly a “difficult” genus.

If some of you are hesitant about taking up the study of goldenrod
because of its supposed ability to cause hayfever, don’t worry. Gold-
enrod pollen grains, if inserted under the skin of a person susceptible
to late summer hayfever, will cause the formation of welts showing
the definite symptoms of an allergy, but happily other things keep the
pollen from being a general causative agent of hayfever. Goldenrods
are insect-pollinated, not wind-pollinated. The pollen is shed from
most species in very small quantities, and the grains are heavy and
waxy and covered with long, sharp spines, so that when shed they
nearly all stay clumped together and can get into the atmosphere in
limited amounts only.

314 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

NEW BOOKS BRIEFLY NOTED. — The Vegetation of Chiapas. We
noted in the first volume of the Asa Gray Bulletin the publication of
the first part of Dr. Miranda’s important contribution to our knowl-
edge of Mexican vegetation. Now comes the second, and concluding,
part. The major portion of this volume (pp. 8-326) is taken up by the
remainder of the list commenced in volume 1, namely a catalogue of
species, arranged by their common names with comments on uses,
The rest of the second volume includes an alphabetical list, by scien-
tific names, with appropriate cross-references to common names, of
all the species treated in the whole work; this is followed by notes on
previous botanical exploration in Chiapas, a brief bibliography, and
index, and a list of important errata.

La Vegetacion de Chiapas, Segunda Parte, by Faustino Miranda.
426 pp. Seccion Autogrdfica, Departamento de Prensa y Turismo,
Tuxtla Gutiérrez, Chiapas, Mexico, 1952 [1953].

The Index Kewensis. A new supplement to the Index Kewensis is
always worth mentioning. The present supplement, No.11, includes
all new names of species and genera of phanerogams published from
1941 to 1950, inclusive, The previous supplement, No.10, which
covered the 5-year period from 1936 to 1940, was delayed in publica-
tion because of World War II, and did not appear in print until 1947.
The present volume, then, covering as it does a 10-year period, will
bring systematists pretty well up-to-date on nomenclature. It is in-
teresting to notice that because of the war, or for other reasons, new
names for plants were not multiplied as rapidly in the decade covered
by Supplement 11 as they were in the 5-year period preceding this.
Supplement 10 comprises 251 pages, while Supplement 11, covering
twice as long a period, has but 273 pages.

Index Kewensis Plantarum Phanerogamarum supplementum un-
decimum nomina et synonyma omnium generum et specierum ab ini-
tio anni MDCCCXLI usque ad finem anni MDCCCCL nonnulla etiam
antea edita complectens. Compiled under the direction of E. J.
Salisbury. [iv], 273 pp. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1953.

EDITORIAL NOTES. — In order to get the Asa Gray Bulletin on a regu-
lar publication schedule we have had three numbers in preparation at
once. It now appears that Vol. III, no. 1 will appear before Vol. I,
no. 4, because the index for Vol. II must be compiled.

There is to be a loan exhibition of old Japanese books at the
Clements Library in Ann Arbor during March, in commemoration of
the hundredth anniversary of the signing of the first treaty between
the United States and Japan. Since the collection is mostly botanical
we shall run the liberally illustrated exhibition catalogue in Vol. III,
no. 1. In order to give Far-Eastern emphasis to the entire number,
appropriate articles on the Orient will be included. Our contributors
may expect other publication arrears to be taken care of largely in
Vol. I, no, 4, which will follow shortly after Vol. III, no. 1.

“FARWELLIANA”*: A REVIEW,
with Notes on the Herbarium and Botanical Library
of Parke, Davis and Company and on Ma-Huang.

H. H. Bartlett

Three authors, Rogers McVaugh, Stanley A. Cain, and Dale J.
Hagenah, have collaborated in a full account of the botanical career
of Oliver Atkins Farwell, who, until his retirement in 1933, was Bo-
tanist for Parke, Davis and Company of Detroit. In that capacity he
had had responsibility for the pharmacognosy of raw botanical prod-
ucts used by this great pharmaceutical firm but the necessity for such
work as his had diminished rapidly with the increase in use of syn-
thetic drugs. So after Mr. Farwell retired, the decision was made to
transfer the herbarium of Parke, Davis and Co., together with a large
part of the associated botanical library, to the University of Michigan.
The gift was one of the greatest and most important of the kind that
the University had ever received, for even if the significance for
Pharmacy of both specimens and books had waned as synthetic organic
chemistry developed, it had grown disproportionately for historical
and systematic botany.

It should be more generally known that the herbarium and botanical
library of Parke, Davis and Co. came to the University of Michigan
through Mr. Farwell’s initiative. On October 13, 1933, the late Mr.
Cecil Billington gave a dinner at his Detroit home in honor of Mr.
Farwell, who had completed forty years of service with the company
and was about to retire. In addition to the host and the guest of honor,
those present were B. A. Walpole, A. W. Andrews, F, W. Robinson,
John M, Sutton, Bruno Gladewitz, Frederick E. McCain, and myself.
The place cards were miniature herbarium sheets with pressed speci-
mens of small size, each having an individual printed label appropri-
ate to the chief botanical interest of the guest. There was a printed
menu on which each dish had a “scientific”? name. The conversation
naturally ran to what would become of the important Parke-Davis her-
barium. At the time I was not aware of the great extent and value of
the library. In the course of the conversation Mr, Farwell told me
that he had already recommended that the herbarium be given to the
University, that he would repeat the request, and that a demonstration
of genuine interest on the part of the appropriate University officials

*McVaugh, Rogers, Stanley A. Cain, and Dale J. Hagenah. “Farwelliana”: an
account of the life and botanical work of Oliver Atkins Farwell, 1867-1944. Cran-
brook Institute of Science, Bulletin 34. [ Bloomfield Hills, Michigan, September
1953.] Price, $1.00.

315

316 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

might result in a gift of major importance. So the next morning I
wrote a letter addressed to J. H. Ehlers, Curator of Phanerogams,

E. B. Mains, Director of the Herbarium, Dean E, H, Kraus, and Pres-
ident Ruthven, requesting that Mr. Farwell’s suggestion be followed
up. It was, and in due time the Herbarium was offered. Dr. Mains
and myself were appointed as a committee to inspect the herbarium in
Detroit and to draw up a report and formal recommendations. On 17
November, we had a very pleasant conference with Mr. Taylor, rep-
resenting the company, who gave us every help and attention. I wrote
at the time: “The herbarium rather more than came up to my expec-
tations, and will be especially important to us because of its richness
in tropical American material. It is built up about Rusby’s various
South American collections and even contains a set of the specimens
of the last (Mulford) expedition. There are very numerous cotypes,

It contains most unexpected treasures from other regions also, as,
for instance, East Indian plants of Teysmann, ef al. We had not known
about the fine collection of botanical books owned by Parke, Davis &
Co. They have a wealth of most valuable floras, monographs, and pe-
riodicals — maybe to a [cost] value of $20,000, including such things
as Flora Brasiliensis, etc. I swallowed all sense of shame and de-
cency, and asked for the gift of the books to accompany the specimens,
and think the request will be acceded to.” The next day Mains and I
submitted our report. “We have never done a better or bigger day’s
work,” I wrote, “and I consider it one of the best strokes of business
I’ll ever help do for the University.” Of course the gift of books was
still unconfirmed, but only a few days later “Mains got word from the
President’s office that our request for the books as well as the her-
barium had been favorably acted upon by Parke, Davis & Co, They
are only reserving a few important reference books. This gift is ex-
ceedingly important to botany at Michigan, It will exceed in magni-
tude and value the gift of the ‘Krieger’ library by Dr. Kelly. I’m de-
lighted through and through...” About the end of the year I had a
nice letter from old Dr. Rusby expressing his satisfaction that the
magnificent Parke-Davis gift had insured the availability of so much
of his South American material at the University of Michigan. We at
Ann Arbor must always be grateful to Mr. Oliver A. Farwell for the
original suggestion that resulted in the gift, and to Mr. Taylor of
Parke, Davis and Co. who followed the matter through, to our great
and lasting satisfaction.

Farwell had added many of the more important and rare botanical
volumes to the Company’s library during his forty years as Botanist,
for he was actually as much or more interested in the literature of
general systematic botany as that specifically on drug plants. Since
the firm’s book-buying policy was very liberal, Farwell was able to
add almost anything to the collection that was at all pertinent, if he
could find it offered in the catalogues of antiquarian book dealers. He
realized to the full that the pursuit of systematic botany was largely

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 317

historical delving, -and it is astonishing how many books he was re-
sponsible for acquiring during a period when botanists in general were
not alive to the rapidly growing difficulty of assembling the scarce
background books and periodicals which in his years of greatest ac-
tivity were to be acquired at only a small fraction of what they cost
now, when they turn up at all. The cost of many of the Parke-Davis
books was noted in them, and the amounts would now be grotesquely
out of line with present values. Likewise one must realize the vast
amount of time and catalogue reading that it took to collect them.

So the gift of the books of Parke, Davis & Co., together with the
herbarium, was one of the great events in the development of system-
atic botany at the University of Michigan. No other single gift of the
sort among other notable ones has added so much to our resources
for research,

If the books were a treasure, the plant specimens were equally so.
They had been acquired by field work, purchase and exchange over a
period of many years. The early botanical explorations of Rusby and
Bang, in the Cinchona regions of South America, were financed by
Parke, Davis & Company, and the specimens of those collectors are
now among the historically important materials in the University of
Michigan herbarium. Many that were added later, however, were
equally important, and among them, important for the regional record,
the Michigan collections of Farwell himself, for they were the subject
of numerous publications over many years,

Opinion may well be divided as to whether many of his proposals
of new varieties and new names for old ones were well considered or
not, for he was highly independent in drawing conclusions and consti-
tutionally recalcitrant when it came to abiding by rules of nomencla-
ture. He did not have any deep feeling for what variations of plants
might or might not be worth naming, and undoubtedly many of his pro-
posals had no systematic value, but others may sometime be found
to be worthy of recognition even though as yet they remain neglected.

- His changes of plant names (largely of ferns) were largely based upon
book work, for he was one of those who would make no exceptions to
following the principle of priority in plant nomenclature, regardless
of established usage or convenience.

Farwell’s publications were not so convincing as they might have
been, because of a characteristic carelessness in preparation. His
manuscripts were the despair of editors, because they were always so
badly written that they could never be printed as submitted, but never-
theless he deeply resented any suggestions for revision. The best
way to deal with them was to correct them editorially as well as pos-
sible and say nothing to him about it, in the expectation or hope that
in reading proof he would be oblivious to any changes. Sometimes
this was impossible, because the changes could not be considered

318 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

merely editorial. One time, for instance, he sent an editor a long ar-
ticle which he had run off on teletype tape, pasted on sheets, all in
capitals, practically without punctuation, and full of errors of spelling
and citation, He was extremely indignant when it was returned to
him. On another occasion he wished to make one of his short papers
on Michigan botany a vehicle for the hidden or reprehensibly ob-
scure publication of hundreds of proposed changes of names of exotic
plants, largely South American, There were many pages of them,
mostly proposed in contravention of the rules of nomenclature, or at
any rate such as should have been submitted to an international bo-
tanical congress for validation, since, if accepted, they would have
upset current usage drastically. The title of the article had no refer-
ence whatever to the great bulk of its content, and it would have been
highly discreditable for any responsible editor to have accepted it as
submitted. Of course it had to be refused, and Mr. Farwell’s feelings
were hurt almost beyond remedy, and I had unhappily been the edito-
rial referee in the matter. Actually, his proposals were based upon
a tremendous amount of research that represented the labor of spare
time during months if not years, and it all came to nothing. With
much of his iconoclasm the reviewer found himself completely in
sympathy. (Nothing, for instance, could be more foolish than some
provisions of the very latest code of botanical nomenclature, The
rules do not improve with successive revisions and imitation of the
still worse zoological rules.) Farwell had much in common with E, L.
Greene, who was a thorn in the flesh of the stupidly rule-abiding, who
willingly follow any established rule, regardless of how idiotic it may
be. All established traditions profit from the reexamination engen-
dered by opposition, and Farwell was useful in our botanical commu-
nity as a valient non-conformist.

The work on Farwell which is under review consists of an excel-
lent biographical sketch, by Stanley A. Cain, an exhaustively arnotated
list of the 330 taxa (mostly varieties) that Farwell described as new,
by Rogers McVaugh, a list of hitherto unindexed new names in the na-
ture of mechanical combinations, other than descriptions of new enti-
ties, also by McVaugh, and a bibliography of Farwell’s articles, ap-
proximately 80, by Dale J. Hagenah. In all, Farwell appears to have
published about 1300 new names in botany, and the Cranbrook Bulletin
accounts for all that pertain to new systematic entities (taxa), but to
other new names only in so far as standard bibliographic indexes
have failed to include them.

The volume is nicely printed on excellent paper and has several
photographs of Farwell. “Farwelliana” will be welcomed by all who
are interested in botanical biography and bibliography, and will have
the very practical value of bringing together in one place everything
that the local botanists of the future will need for tracing the scat-
tered record of Mr. Farwell’s botanizing in Michigan and studying his
propositions at their type localities.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 319

Farwell’s extensive private herbarium was left to the Cranbrook
Institute of Science. Many of his more important collections had also
gone into the Parke-Davis Herbarium, and are therefore now at the
University of Michigan. No type specimens have yet been found in
either herbarium for a few of the plants that he described. The her-
baria of both institutions have been enhanced in value by this careful
searching out and designating of the types, and acknowledgement has
appropriately been made of the generosity of Parke, Davis and Com-
pany for a grant in aid of publication of the volume by the Cranbrook
Institute of Science.

The Typification of Ephedra sinica Stapf.

Most of Farwell’s new taxa were not drug plants, He did publish,
however, the generally accepted name for the Chinese source of
ephedrine, Ephedra sinica Stapf, in advance of Stapf’s own description.
The Kew botanist proposed in his correspondence with Farwell in the
U. S. and with B, E, Read in China that the then very important drug
plant Ma Huang, source of ephedrine before that compound came to be
produced synthetically and marketed in quantity by Parke, Davis &
Co., was botanically unnamed. Farwell quoted in the Journal of the
American Pharmaceutical Association, for February 1924, Stapf’s pre-
liminary description of a sterile commercial drug sample sent.to Kew
from Parke, Davis and Co. A “name-type” was clearly designated by
Stapf, namely, the sterile commercial sample sent by Farwell, (pos-
sibly to intimate that a botanical type might be something different)
which was apparently the only specimen at hand when he wrote Far-
well, for he said: “I have seen neither flowers nor fruits and I have
therefore hesitated to describe the plant.” Since any type specimen
whatsoever is a “name type,” the use of this peculiar designation by
Stapf for typification of a pharmaceutical raw material hardly alters
the situation botanically, especially because the designated type re-
mains the same in the later publication. By the time Stapf himself
republished the name Ephedra sinica a few weeks later, in the Kew
Bulletin, he had secured a fertile female specimen from China, sent
by B. E. Read, but had nothing to represent the male plant. He had,
however, also concluded that a female specimen collected at Tanhwa,
Chihli Province, by F. N. Meyer (no. 1095) was specifically the same.
The latter was the only specimen somewhat precisely localized, al-
though Read’s specimen was said by him to be from Chihli also, be-
cause Liu localized and cited it as from Inner Mongolia. In choosing
a type specimen some weight would ordinarily be given to Stapf’s
statement that the name Ephedra sinica was for “Mahuang of Chihli,”
and he did not know certainly that the commercial specimen origi-
nated in that province. Moreover, according to Liu, the specimen
Read sent Stapf was not from Chihli but from Inner ‘Mongolia. Liu
seems to have concluded that Ephedra sinica was not “Chihli mahuang.”

320 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

. Liu* (according to Read**) was the first to recognize that the
Chihli mahuane had no proper botanical name, and to propose a name
for it, Ephedra Ma-Huang Liu, in a report to the 18th Biennial Con-
ference of the China Medical Association, held at Peking, August 31,
1926, although he did not actually propose the new name in his first
publication, but only in the supplementary note some months later.
Even his first article would not have antedated Stapf’s publication.
Read stated that Liu definitely showed that Chihli Mahuang of classical
Chinese herbals was neither E. equisetina nor E. vulgaris var. helve-
tica, names previously used for it in botanical literature, and that Liu
had even described the male plant from material collected at Kalgan
and Peitaiho, Liu’s name, from his supplementary note, may antedate
Stapf’s for Chihli ma-huang if it is indeed true that Stapf confused two
species, as Liu believed he did. Thus the typification comes to be of
considerable interest, although Read in his own publication of 1930
(which is, he states, abstrated from the work of Liu) granted priority
to Stapf. Read’s work was not too critical however, from the stand-
point of botany or nomenclature. His monograph has a map showing
geographical distribution of Ephedra species in China, as well as two
nice lithographic color plates showing female and male plants of
Chihli mahuang, with details.

What Liu actually concluded in his supplementary note of November
1927 was that: “At least three species of Ephedra exist in China.
. -- Ephedra equisetina Bge. (Liu 13, T’ai Yuan Fu, Shansi).
2, -- E. sinica Stapf spec. nov. (Erickson 1, Inner Mongolia).
3, -- E, Ma-Huang Liu spec. nov. (Provisional name: Erickson 2,
Gokhagen, Inner Mongolia; Cowdry 489, Peitaiho, Chihli).”
It will be noted that Liu justified the proposal of the name Ephedra
Ma-Huang by considering (a) that the name S, sinica covered a mix-
ture, (b) by disregarding Stapf’s typification of E. sinica by a sterile
commercial sample, sent by Farwell from Detroit, from crude drug
stock of Parke, Davis and Co., (c) by considering as the type the fer-
tile specimen, Erickson 1, from Inner Mongolia, sent to Stapf by Read

Os [Li iu Ju- ch’iang], A acorn botanical ee of Peking ma huang
rtd a China nora 7:81-86, 2 plates, map, August, 1927. Further notes
on Peking ma-huang, ibid. 7:257. November a7.

**Read, Bernard E.,Ephedra: Part Il. The Botany of Mahuang, abstracted from
the work of J. C. Liu, with additional notes from Stapf, Meyers, Groff and others.
Department of Pharmacology, Peiping Union Medical eae in collaboration with
the Peking Laboratory of Natural History. Peiping, China

(This publication and one other appear to be all that aes from a project for
an elaborate Chinese Flora. The cover title, much at variance with the actual title
page, indicates that this was to have been “Flora Sinensis, Series B. Vol. XXIV. 1.
The only other published part which the reviewer has seen, of great interest to any-
one who refers to the great old Chinese herbal to which it is an index, is as follows:
Read, Bernard E., and Liu Ju~ch’iang, Flora Sinensis: Series A. Volume I. Plantae
Sinensis [i.e., Sinenses]. Second Edition. Bibliography of Chinese Medicinal Plants
from the Pen Ts’ao Kang Mu, 1596 A.D. Peking, China, 1927.)

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 321

after Stapf had already reported that the sterile sample represent

an undescribed species, (d) by disregarding Stapf’s statement that the
name E, sinica was intended for the traditionally important ma-huang
of Chihli, and (e) by distinguishing two different species of Ephedra
(E.sinica and E, Ma-Huang) in Erickson’s collections from Inner Mon-
golia,

So it would appear that there may still be ground for another elu-
cidation and another name, if Liu’s botanical conclusion about the dis-
tinctness of three kinds of mahuang in North China and Stapf’s typifi-
cation are both to be accepted.

NEW SUBSCRIBERS TO THE ASA GRAY BULLETIN

Baldwin, J. T., Jr. Box 1588, Williamsburg, V
Bartoo, Miss Harriette N. 1341 Hillcrest pence Kalamazoo, Mich. (GMBA

Buser, Franklin B. Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Dlinois, Urbana, Il.

meee Dra. Graciela A. Instituto de 22 Ensehanza, Central y Cuarta Rpto.
cambray, Santa Clara, L.V., Cuba.

ee Mrs. Betty R. 489 Fisher Road, ara iets Pointe, Mich.

DeWolf, Gordon P., Jr. c/o Bailey nes ate Ithaca, N. ane
suri Mrs. Robert R. 950 Stein Rd., Ann Arbor,
Dupre one Hunter Gray Herbarium, 79 Garden a Cambridge 38, Mass.
aieeere Seville Univ. of Utah, Salt Lake City 2
Garrison, Miss Hazel Box 9496 Southern Branch 2 me Baton es La.
Greene, George L. 21400 Maplewood Drive, Rocky River 16,
Griffin, Luther A. 722 Hickman Rd. , Augusta, Georgia (GMB a.
Hardin, James W. Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (GMBA).
mp i if,

McCleary, ae A. ce State College, Tempe,

Miller, Dr. Helena A. Dept. of Biology, Duquesne Univ., Pittsburgh 19, Penna.

Mooar, Miss Marie Dept. of Botany, Michigan State College, E. Lansing, Mich.

Mussnig, William 177 Cortland Ave., Highland Park 3,

Palmer, Miss eon ce E. 4812 Chalmers Ave. , Detroit ie “Mic

Porter, C. L. Rocky Mountain Herbarium, 2, Univ. of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyo.

Reiskytl, Miss ee 1411 Kewaunee St., Racine, Wis

Reynolds, Howard C. Missouri Botanical eee 2315 Tower Grove Ave., St. Louis
1

Rouleau, Tmeneet Marie-Victorin Berean, Univ. of Montreal, 4101 East, Rue
Sherbrooke, Montreal 36, Que
ae Dr. Geneva Russell Sage eae Troy, N. Y. (GMBA).
a4, Tl

’ e

y , Ann Arbor,
Shapiro, ‘Seymour Biology Dept. Begs National paras ie! Upton, L. L, N. Y.

322 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

Sherff, Earl E. Chicago Natural History Museum, Roosevelt Rd. and Lake Shore Dr.,
i 05, Ill.

Sohns, Ernest R. Dept. of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D.C.

Swallen, Jason R. Dept. of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D.C.

Venard, Haskell 3959 N. Stratford Road., N. E. , Atlanta, Ga. (BGA, GMBA).

Wharton, Dr. Mary E. Georgetown College, Georgetown,

oer a Edgar T. Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Penna. Ut aiseniee Penna.
(GM

White, ee aoe S. c/o U.S. Embassy, ae Ecuador.

Wilkens, Hans 424 8. 15th St., Reading, P

Wolden, B. O. Estherville, Iowa

Wolfe, William F. 13622 Manor ‘Ave., Detroit 38, Mich.

INSTITUTIONAL SUBSCRIBERS

Albion College, Albion, Mich.

Univ. of California, General Library, Berkeley 4, Calif

Univ. of California, Agriculture Library, ia aia Ave., Los Angeles 24, Calif.
University of Chicago Library, Chicago 37,

Chicago Natural History Museum, ee Sui ak and Lake Shore ee gaa 5, 1.
Gray Herbarium, Harvard Univ., 79 Garden St. 7 aeang 38, Mas

University of Illinois Library, Urbana, Ill.

Iowa State Teachers College Library, Cedar Falls, Iowa

University of Kentucky Libraries, Lexington,

Lloyd Library and Museum, 309 W. Court St. , Cincinnati 2, Ohio.
ine

,O
Div. of Botany and Plant Path., Science Service, "Canine Ave., Ottawa, Ont., Canada.
Seattle Public Library, Seattle 4, Wash

University of Texas Library, Austin 12,

Dept. of Biological Science, Walla Walla ee College Place, Wash.

State College of Washington Library, Pullman, Wash

Wayne University eee 4841 Cass Ave. , Detroit 1, Mich,

Weber College, Ogden, Utah

Wellesley College Library, Wellesley 81, Mass

Western Michigan College Library, Lee 45

Western Reserve University Library, 11111 Euclid ie ’ Cleveland 6, Ohio.

PHILIPPINE JOURNAL. I?

Pierre Dansereau

531110°. Washington, D. C. to Travis, California.

Sunny morning on the white buildings of the capital. Anything but a
cosmopolitan city, this orderly, leisurely self-centered town. Beau-
tiful trees, poorly kept lawns.

The National Herbarium quite an antiquated place (How envious
they must be of Cornell!). Guards at every door. I finally reach Eg-
bert Walker, am escorted upstairs by a policeman. Small offices.
Shrivelled, busy, people. Mrs. Agnes Chase a delightful little old lady.
Through corridors, elevators, subterranean passages, we visit a cat-
acomb where the bamboos are temporarily stored, and admire the
Chusquea pinifolia that she collected on top of Itatiaia many a year ago.
We reminisce enthusiastically about Brazil.

Walker drives me to the airfield. We go by the (to me mythical)
Pentagon, It does have 5 sides. We leave at 15:00, in a large, but
very crowded plane, that seats 3 + 2.

The rolling Appalachian hills are beautiful in this autumnal light.
The slanting sun casts perfect shadows of the trees upon the ploughed
fields: the full black outlines of the junipers contrast with the filigree
of the elms, sycomores, and the stocky, somewhat leafy form of the
oaks. Drainage patterns show as green veins on the pale brown epi-
dermis of the pastures and the fields. Sharp pink scars of erosion on
mountain tops and gullies. And then the strip-mining country with its
even uglier wounds on the face of the landscape. And then the “Valley
and Ridge” province (Fenneman), so regular, with its gentle rises and
broad flat expanses; much of it wooded, mostly oak.

Down from the Appalachians to the Middle-West. The monotonous
geometry of Indiana, a prosperous and well-kept checkerboard. Cross-
roads at every mile. A diagonal at towns. We circle south of Chicago,
and on into the night henceforth. Hours of darkness, of small towns,
red and green jewels on the velvet earth.

‘The editors are privileged to present this log of Dr. Dansereau’s journey to the

readers of the ASA GRAY BULLETIN, feeling that it should be read as a literary
piece as well as for its botanical and documentary interest. Dr. Dansereau left
Ann Arbor early in November, as a delegate to the Pacific Science Congress in
Manila.

For the sake of our readers who may not oe familiar with this efficient but
somewhat unusual system of dating events, we suggest that the number be broken
into its Su parts for ease of eerie: thus: 53 11 10, or November
10, 1953. ds,

323

324 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

A box lunch is all we get. Nothing is seen of the Sierra. It is
20:30 when we fly above Sacramento. And then Travis Airfield.

A young airforce officer greets our party and we are the first to
disembark. Are taken to headquarters for “processing.” All this with
extraordinary courtesy (“Sir,” par-ci and “Sir” par-1a!). Many curi-
ous abbreviations are used which I have never heard before. We are
lodged, for instance, at the BOQ. Upon questioning I am advised that
these are the Bachelor Officers Quarters. And very nice too. Clarke,
Swingle, McMullen and I share a large, comfortable room.

531111. Travis (California) to Honolulu.

This time we have a much smaller plane, but we have it all to our-
selves. Having been joined by several new people, we are now 18 (It
is very much like the plane that took us to Baffin in 1950). The advan-
tage: a large empty space in the centre and “litters” on both sides.
Some lay down to sleep. Walker writes indefatigably all day. I read
several manuscripts. Fourteen hours. A box lunch. Clear weather.
When we near Oahu, bumpy air, and we circle around, as it seems end-
lessly. We are quite harassed, eager to get the vibration out of our
bones.

As soon as the plane stops, a very young officer (?) jumps in, re-
cites a lesson to us and we walk into the station one by one. O sur-
prise! Miss Ernestine Aker greets each one of us with a lei anda
kiss, And then we all sit down and face the officer, fill blanks, weigh
baggage and are sent on by army car to BOQ’s. We have no eyes for
the city, the boulevards, the lights on the mountain, are only vaguely
conscious of the sweetness of the tropic night. The insistence of the
breeze. We are too tired to be hungry but think we must be. The BOQ
is on Waikiki Beach, Clarke and I share a very pleasant room,
shower, shave and go out to dinner in a not too effusively “Hawaiian”
restaurant,

A martini has hardly ever seemed so good. Marr, Swingle, Clarke
and I have an excellent dinner of mahimahi (“dolphin,” a fish). We are
joined by O. E. Settee, chief of the Pacific Oceanic Fisheries Labora-
tory, who takes us on a short tour of the boulevards. We are now ina
mellower mood. But very sleepy.

531112. Honolulu to Johnston Island.

The vibration seemed to be gone this morning, and everything was
bright. The coconut palms, the flowering oleanders, the blue Ber-
muda-grass all looked very good. Leisurely breakfast and drive to
airport. Coolidge was there, assigned me to write up the Biology
programme of the Congress for “Science.” Some interesting conver-
sation with Gosline about Brazil and Michigan. A general air of

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 325

optimism among the large party at the airport. Goodwill, and no-
harm-done-so-far.

We are travelling “plush”! A large “pressurized” plane with all
the trimmings, reclining seats, air-conditioning, etc. More blue sky,
white-flecked green sea and mattresses of cloud. Four hours of it,
and then, a mottled pattern in the ocean: purple stripes of high shoals
and the thin foamy line of breakers. In the centre of the ring, two is-
lands, very regular, like large air-craft carriers, the partly artificial
Johnston Island. A long black airstrip on the white coral sand. Scat-
tered and cluttered buildings. Many falling to pieces, not yet removed.
We have a cafeteria lunch, quite good.

An unbelievably blue and green sea, with the submerged purple
coral. White strand of big rubble blocks, some sand. Ridges and
mounds, a few low platforms. In 1923 only three plants here (accord-
ing to E. H. Bryan). Many were deliberately planted (but why Arau-
caria excelsa?). The usual atoll shrubs: Messerschmidia, Scaevola,
the coarse grass Lepturus,the sand-bur (Cenchrus). Lots of Pluchea
odorata and indica. It is interesting to see and enthusiastically collect
these plants I have thought about so much and so often since 4902.
Many families on the island, a school, two churches (Catholic and
Protestant). Sports well organized. Many young men off duty swim-
ming or playing basketball. Three months of this narrow island must
breed ennui of the surest kind. Very much like an Artic outpost
(Which would I prefer? What form of nostalgia for the fertile vacuum
of boredom?).

531113. Johnston Island to Kwajalein Island.

1423 miles to Kwajalein, a long flight. We cross the date line. We
reach Kwajalein just before midnight and go on a guided tour, This is
the largest atoll in the world, saw some fierce fighting during the war.
A hecatomb of Japanese bodies. Now, towering cisterns, cranes
jeeps, power houses, new housing units, mostly unfinished. Much raw
ground, rubbly, disused and useless Paterial: But even at night, a
general humming. In spite of the coconut palms and hibiscus, very
much like some North Canadian outpost or the U. S. Far West. Ugly
pioneer settlement, hopeful, changing, ephemeral.

Another cafeteria meal. Breakfast? Is this today or tomorrow?
We are all a little haggard. Food has no taste.

531114. Kwajalein to Guam to Manila.

A night of unrest, Lights out, reclining seat that does not recline
enough, pillow moved from left to right and right to left. By porthole
a cluster of stars, blurred and blurred again by drifting clouds. The
hum, the purr, the whistling, the trumpeting, the vibration, the

326 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

whirring of the plane alternating and confusing. And many pockets in

which we sink and rise, bump and tilt. Some moments of peace, brief

interludes of sleep with short menacing dreams. A pervading discom-
fort and insecurity.

From time to time, in the unreality of night, a cup of coffee or
fruit juice and some pseudo-philosophical conversation with nameless
people.

The fresh light of morning on Guam. A wet island with cliffs and
much scattered but very green vegetation. We are taken to quite
primitive BOQ’s. But water on our skins, lather on our faces are ex-
quisite. The stubble and the stickiness gone, to be at one with the
green grass, the waving palms. Enormous Snails in the Stenotaphrum,
beautifully patterned shells.

An excellent breakfast at the officers’ mess.

But a great disappointment follows: we are not allowed off the
base, into the less spoiled country. A patient but somewhat harassed
colonel (major? sergeant?) tries to explain why, but his reasons
make no kind of sense. We argue, but get nowhere.

As we fly off, some of this forbidden vegetation becomes visible:
a few wooded hillsides, much agricultural (pastoral?) country, sa-
vanas (some of them with clumps of palms).

This is soon lost sight of and we again spend long hours above the
cloud mattress. But here is a reef, a small jutting rock, fringed with
foam. And now Luzon! We traverse hilly country, some of it very
densely forested in strips or blocks, but always alternating with open
country, especially in the lush green valleys. We get down lower and
lower and the terracing of the slopes becomes apparent, As the whole
relief is attenuated, finely contoured fields appear in a beautifully ge-
ometric design: green and dark green where the rice or cane are
growing, a bright brick red where the crop has been reaped.

Villages of light-coloured houses, One with an emerald swimming-
pool. Trees outcropping from the avenues. The large dome of a
church in the centre.

And now we swing low over the plain. Outskirts of Manila, and
then north towards Clark Field. The checkerboard of fields is bril-
liant. Along the streams, very few trees (in contrast to the preceding,
and higher zones), Many deep-green plots, some gray and flooded:
rice in different stages? Vast expanses of soft pink sugarcane. Few
apparent wastelands.

We get off at Clark Field and ride by bus to Manila, preceded by a
honking, bragging armored car, manned by four very young soliders
who signal frantically to everyone in sight to get the hell off the pave-
ment and let us by. We proceed in this outrageous fashion to the U. S.

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 327

Embassy where we are received by a bewildered young receptionist.
After much haggling, the army bus took us directly to our hotels. We
had seen no immigration and no customs officers.

The ride in was most exciting. The peasants were all returning
from work, and lined the roads. Many of them looked very young (I am
at first surprised by the apparent racial homogeneity, at least as far
as skin colour goes; there is but little variation, also rather little in
stature and hair colour and texture). They come in groups, leading
their patient-looking black buffaloes (a few albinos, rather reddish-
pink) with a hemp cord. Many young boys and old men reclining on
the buffalo’s back in incredibly relaxed attitudes. The women with
shawls over their heads, and many with lovely wide-brimmed revolute
straw hats, All smiling, many shouting a greeting or making the V-
for-victory sign. They all appear surprisingly clean.

The houses are of many kinds. Very many on stilts. All are more
or less open and almost all windows are without glass panes. The
lovely texture of the matted straws and the grass roofs. A good deal,
among the more prosperous, of ugly stucco and false wrought-iron
grilles. Market-places in the towns and town streets strewn with
American advertisements, No lettering on shops and elsewhere (ex-
cept an occasional Farmacia) in Spanish — all in English.

The background of this landscape. Vast expanses of sugarcane and
rice. The rice is green and in almost all stages of growth except ma-
turity. The sugarcane 7 to 8 feet tall, is all in flower: the lovely soft
pink inflorescences wave in the wind as far as one can see. On the
edge of the fields and in the ditches, the white plumes of the smaller
and coarser wild cane (Saccharum spontaneum), or else some Panicum
maximum, a yellower green. In the wetter spots, Phragmites karka.
In the water itself many long bands of Eichhornia crassipes. Here and
there some Jussiaea On the dry land, a common sight is Tricholaena
rosea here a very bright pink at anthesis, becoming almost white later
(This contrasts with the lighter and more uniform pink of this plant in
Brazil).

Many trees are planted along the road: Mangifera indica, Bixa
orellana, Ixora sp., Terminalia catappa, Pithecolobium saman, Hibis-
cus tiliaceus, Carica papaya, Areca catechu, Corypha elata. Hedges of
Hibiscus fimbriatus are very common and a lovely white-flowered
shrub (Tabernaemontana).

Along some of the streams, grow belts of nipa palm accompanied by
Acrostichum aureum, and in one place we see Rhizophora and Avicen-
nia, Some laborers ride buffaloes which are up to their backs in the
soft mud. Fishermen are also busy in the streams, submerged to
their necks and leading their dugout canoes, dragging a net.

328 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol, II, No. 3

531115, Manila.

Last night, George Clarke, John Marr, Allan Smith and I settled
down in a double-room suite at the Manila Hotel, a somewhat new but
predominantly 1900 hotel. Spacious, high-ceilinged, a cucaracha in
the bathroom. Shower, shave, cocktail, food very welcome, relaxing.
Ray Fosberg was here awaiting us, fresh from Japan, and with ex-
traordinary descriptions of a new kind of bog.

This morning, the vast green park opposite the hotel resounded
with the sharp cries of ROTC students exercising. Everything was
bright, the Erythrina, the Albizzia, the Samanea trees luscious, the
dark Terminalia and Barringtonia, the very green grass.

At seven a taxi drove me to Malate Church, a long cathedral, Jes-
uitic baroque, but not at all ornate, Standing room only, among the
black lace-veiled women, the starched men. The singing rings loud
and clear, and somewhat operatic. The birds fly all around through
the open grilles, and chirp and perch on the ledges and chandeliers.
Common sparrows. St. Francis of Assisi must smile at them. Being
late for one mass I remain for the next, the children’s mass, All
around me the shining black hair, the sharp intelligent eyes of well-
washed little boys. Across the aisle the white- or black-veiled, shy
little girls.

After breakfast Allan Smith and I go for a walk. We penetrate into
the enclosure of the old walled city. The crumbling brick of the walls
themselves, the bombed churches, the exploded domes and fallen
arches, all hirsute with weedy grasses and protruding shrubs. Inside
this devastated sanctuary, squatters have built their straw houses on
stilts, Open, fetid. But with flowers in the windows. A smile in the
window, too. In the apse a patch of beans. Banana trees among the
fallen columns. One almost expects one of Chirico’s interrogative
horses.

In the afternoon, a visit to the Museum. More evidence of Deer
Painting collection mostly unimpressive. Rank imitations. A
show more freedom. Upon inquiry I learn that these artists are now
studying in Madrid (not Paris).

Pleasure of meeting Hosokawa, a very affable gentleman, whose
English is a little difficult, but whose work I very much admire. It
seems to me that German influence must have been very strong in
Japanese scientific circles. I also encounter old acquaintances:
Archey and Falla from New Zealand, and—as large as life! my com-
patriot Shrum. Quisumbing, the botanist and director of the Museum,
turns out to be a very genial person.

George, Jack and I take a taxi to a cockfight arena. Through the
business centre to a slum district. A vast dirty yard cluttered with
many of the jeepneys so characteristic of Manila, with horsecarts (for

Summer 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 329

two, carrying 5-6), and some expensive American cars. We enter into
a large market-like building. Counters improvised everywhere for
the sale of drink and food. No! not hamburgers, not hot-dogs but 25
varieties of food: eggs containing an embryo chick, meats, jellies,
pastries, patties, fries, roasts, stews. They smell rather good. I
wish I had the courage to sample them (free myself from this silly oc-
cidental pasteurian complex!). Inside is another enclosure. 60 more
centavos. Here we are on a scaffolding. Down below, in a large cage
are the cocks, their owners, the umpire. The crowd on the steps is
shouting, rhythmically, spasmodically. All men. They hold up one
hand above their heads indicating numbers (of pesos to bet) with their
fingers, The other hand over the mouth. And back and forth and
again and again. Each man gyrates, challenges his neighbours, ob-
tains a subtle (to us imperceptible) acquiescence. The bell rings.
Noise stops. The cocks fight. Jump, ruffled and angry. Claw,
scratch, crouch, leap, fall, tremble and are slain by the sharp razor.
Many helpful people explain all this to us. Urge us gently but not in-
sistently to bet. Small boys pass with trays of ice water, coffee, beer,
soft drinks. No drunks here. No half-drunks either. No hysteria, It
all seems quite healthy and goodhumoured.

531116.

First day of the congress. Ride out to the U. P. (University of the
Philippines, not the Upper Peninsula!). Registration is a quick affair.
We get various leaflets, programmes, etc., and a “gold” medal as in-
signia. Inaugral speech by president Tan very good: social responsi-
bility of scientist. Not new, but good. Some of other speeches at ro-
tarian level, and some rather old-fashioned.

Lunch at the Water-Distilling Plant, a pastoral place, not in the
best of taste but most pleasing, Even more pleasing is a beautiful stu-
dent, who “takes care” of Allan and me. A simple girl from the Prov-
ince of Negros who has never seen “professors” like us — she says.
We like it. We give her the very best.

Botanical session starts in very low gear. The U. P. Department
of Botany, Drs. Velasquez, Santos and Pastrana make us feel very
much at home. Me especially as all three have Michigan degrees!
With van Steenis and Heim, a great discussion on German vs. Spanish
as an international scientific language. Van Steenis and I argue that
German should be re-instated at the forthcoming International Botan-
ical Congress next summer.

531117.

The day starts with Oliver’s report of the Standing Committee (of
which I am a member and for which I have done nothing!). Fosberg
also gives a report on what has been done since the 7th Congress to
implement the resolutions passed by the assembly.

330 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 3

Lunch is graciously offered by the National Research Council, an
excellent lunch in the U. P. dining room. Purple ice-cream made out
of ube (cassava, the hated tapioca!).

Beginning of symposium on Pacific vegetation. Fosberg makes a
reasonable exposé and proposes tentative criteria and divisions.

Ray and I have dinner together and then go to the evening lecture.
Von Koenigswald is very interesting on the subject of early man in
Malaya. The following speaker talks too long, shows a crudely ama-
teurish film.

531118.

A harrowing day. A fight against sleep and fatigue. The sympo-
sium goes on. Van Steenis’ exposé is interesting as it brings together
a good deal about Indonesian vegetation that has never been summa-
rized before. His system and nomenclature are however not very ac-
ceptable to me. His presentation is intense, argumentative. The most
interesting point: description of bog forest (real sphagnum bog, not
swamp, accumulation of peat, not muck) at sea level inthe Tropics! It
looks as though I shall have to revise my ideas on this matter. But I
am unable to obtain much elucidation from v. Steenis on this subject.

I feel that there may be here an over-efficiency of rainfall in this
particular region that he describes, as I do not think that bog forest
occurs in Amazonia (v. S. replies that he is quite sure it is there but
no one has seen it!),

Dinner at José Santos’ with Fosberg, St. John, McClure, Walker. A
pleasant suburban house, surrounded by lovely flowering shrubs, Pan-
elling of smooth light-coloured Philippine woods. Mrs. Santos serves
us a delicious “adobo,” a Filipino dish that reveals oriental influence.

931119.

Morning in Conservation. An excellent report on deer in the P. I.
by Rabor. Other papers rather weak. List of birds, mammals, plants
to be protected made by vote and consent.

After lunch, I wander around the campus. Conversation with art
students. They take me to their classroom. Tier upon tier of chro-
mos in the best Ecole-des-Beaux-Arts academic tradition. The pro-
fersor himself however, is a man of sensibility (as some of his paint-
ing shows) but he has to turn out commercial artists.

P. M. partly in Botany. Fosberg’s Symposium on Pacific Vegeta-
tion areas goes on. Harold St. John is an excellent speaker, brief and
to the point, does not emphasize in advance the importance of anything

Evening: two lectures again. R. C. Murphy very interesting: good
talk, good film. But too long. The second speaker, Pierre Auger, has
to abbreviate hopelessly. A poor idea in the first place to schedule
two speakers!

TO BE EXPECTED IN FORTHCOMING ISSUES

Botanical Collecting in Grant County, North Dakota, by O. A. Stevens
Plant Collecting in the Bad Lands at Medora, North Dakota, by
O. A. Stevens

Myriangiales Selecti, by Anna E. Jenkins and A. A. Bitancourt
Letters from Okinawa, by Robin Drews

Botanizing in the Tahquamenon Area, by Alexander H. Smith
Geography of Tradescantia ohiensis, by Donald 8. Dean

Three articles by Elmer D. Merrill

A Letter on Collecting Hawaiian Bryophytes, by H. A. Miller

Letters from India, by Walter N. Koelz

An Autobiography for his Family and Friends, by Cornelius L. Shear
Glimpses of the Natural History of Koror, by Peter J. and Alma Hill
Ekman, Botanical Explorer in the West Indies, by Siri Von Reis

Biographical Sketches of Louis H. Jordal, W. G. Waterman, Ray C.
Friesner, Charles C. Deam, and Alice Eastwood

Wyoming Newsletter and Herbarium Report, by C. L. Porter
Observations on the Edwards Plateau, by Winifred O. Moore
Botanist's Visit to Mount Sisipitan, by José Vera Santos
Hoogstraal's "Second Mexican Expedition" by Virginius H. Chase
The Tall Grass Prairie in Oklahoma, by Lloyd Schairer

Round Robin from Alaska, by Gertrude Frohne

Ethnobotany of Popcorn, by Volney H. Jones

Japanese Flower Arrangement, by Mary Cokely Wood

The Allen Walnut of Middleville, Michigan, by H. H. Bartlett

The Everett G. Logue Collection of Hybrid Oaks, by H. H. Bartlett
Nathan A. Cobb as a Botanist, by Frieda Cobb Blanchard
Philippine Journal. II, by Pierre Dansereau

A Study of Mahogany, by F. Bruce Lamb

THE ASA GRAY BULLETIN, NEW SERIES. -- A quarterly publi-
cation devoted to more or less informal communication among the
members of the three organizations listed below and our sub-
scribers in general. For the present, progress reports of current
field, garden, and herbarium work, with readable and relatively
non-technical articles in the fields related to systematics, botani-
cal history, biography, and bibliography, will be preferred. There
will be special emphasis upon preparatory work for a new ''Flora
of Michigan". Free use will be made of letters to the Editors (if
released for publication by their writers) and of current news notes
regarding botanists.

Items for publication should be addressed to either of the Edi-
tors at the Department of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Michigan. Contributors of major articles may secure 100
copies of their contributions, at a cost of $1.25 per page or frac-
tion thereof. Covers furnished without additional charge.

Address subscriptions to Dr. Ruth B. McVaugh, Business Man-
ager, 403 Arbana Drive, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Subscription price
for Volume I (if available) is $6.00; single copies of Nos. 2, 3, and
4, $1.00 each. Vols. I] and II, $3.00 each; single copies (if not
breaking volumes) 75¢ each.

THE GRAY MEMORIAL BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION, FOUNDED
1887. — This organization sponsored publication of early volumes
of the Asa Gray Bulletin. Later it issued a mimeographed "'Bulle-
tin". Its object is to commemorate the life and botanical work of
Asa Gray and to assist its members in botanical activity by fur-
thering friendly correspondence and cooperation among them. In-
terested persons are invited to communicate with the Permanent
Secretary, Professor R. Lee Walp, Department of Biology, Mari-
etta College, Marietta, Ohio.

MICHIGAN BOTANICAL GARDENS ASSOCIATION. — Founded in
1925 to include persons interested in promoting the development
and current activities of the Botanical Gardens of the University of
Michigan. There are no dues, but subscription to the Asa Gray
Bulletin is invited. For further information, communicate with
Dr. Frieda Cobb Blanchard, Secretary, 2014 Geddes Avenue, Ann
Arbor, Michigan.

MICHIGAN BOTANICAL CLUB. —— The membership is about
350, made up of persons interested in the Michigan flora, nature-
study, wild-flower protection, preservation of natural areas, and
conservation. It has members at large and the following chapters:
Southeastern, Bay County, Marquette, Wild-Life (Houghton). For
information address the President, Mr. Paul W. Thompson, 17503
Kirkshire, Birmingham, Mich.

N.S. Vol. II Autumn, 1953

Edited and published for
THE GRAY MEMORIAL BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION

BOTANICAL GARDENS ASSOCIATION
OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN

and
THE MICHIGAN BOTANICAL CLUB
by
Harley H. Bartlett and Rogers McVaugh

Cc ON TENT S

E. D. eee a eat eee are The es

Califor pe ates
Lloyd A. Schairer, i Tall Grass Prairie as Seen in ee
30, aa Pee .. 371
378

County, Oklaho
Robert B. Ekvall, A Letter on the Utilization of Birch in Tibet

(Continued over)

ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN

CONTENTS
(Continued)

Donald S. Dean, A Study of Tradescantia ohiensis in Michigan 379

O. A. Stevens, Collecting in Grant County, North Dakota ... 389
O. A. Stevens, Plant ee iees in the Bad Lands at Medora,

North Dakota eee
New Subscribers to Asa Gray Bulletin ........... 394

Campbell Bonner, Some Recollections of an Amateur Botanist 395

Virginius H. Chase, The Second cae: jae ae
to Mexico, 1939. . 39

Anna E. Jenkins and A. A. Bitancourt, PURE Nees Selecti

Exsiccati, Fascicles 9 and 10. . . . . 415, 416
Pierre Dansereau, Philippine Journal] ......... =. 419
Rogers McVaugh, New Books: Das Pflanzenreich ..... .- 439
Irving W. Knobloch, Southwest Chihuahua .......... 441
A Glimpse at Professor Ernst A. Bessey .......... 444
Editorial Notes: Plans for the Summer of 1954 ....... 444
Dates of Publication of the Asa Gray Bulletin ........ 444

Editorial Note to our Subscribers -- With the appearance of this num-
ber of Asa Gray Bulletin many subscriptions will expire. If renewals

at $3.00 for Vol. III can be remitted at once without bills being sent,

it will save us time and expense. Please make checks or money orders
payable to Asa Gray Bulletin, and send to 403 Arbana Drive, Ann Arbor,
Michigan.

The editors feel that some apology will be owed our readers for
devoting the whole of Vol. III, No. 1, to a single article. This will not
set a precedent, and the following number will be as diversified as
usual.

Vol. III No. 2 is mostly processed and ready for printing. So, in
spite of being considerably in arrears, Asa Gray Bulletin bids fair to
catch up during the current year.

That we are venturing to start Vol. III indicates that our support
seems to be getting somewhat stabilized. We have gained very little
from the expenditure that we have been able to make for advertizing,
and it is evident that our growth in circulation results chiefly from the
personal recommendations of our readers. We hope that each sub-
scriber will try to find us at least one other!

THE ASA GRAY BULLETIN

NEW SERIES
VOLUME II

Edited by
Harley H. Bartlett and Rogers McVaugh

A Botanical Quarterly published in the interests of the Gray
Memonial Botanical Association, The Botanical Gardens
Association of the University of Michigan,
and the Michigan Botanical Club

ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN | 1953 - 1954

Dedicated to the
memory of
CHARLES C. DEAM
August 30, 1865 — May 29, 1953

Indiana’s Preéminent Botanist
for over half a century
the Inspiration of
all American Workers on Local Floras

ttt
on 7g 2

aXe Ce ela

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLES

2 an Elizabeth Ann (see Core, Earl L.)

ie .

Engli as Names of Some East-Indian Plants and Plant Products .......
“Farwelliana” : A Review, with Notes on the Herbarium and Botanical

ibrary of Parke, Davis and Company and on Ma-Huang........
Belcher, Robert O.
A Bot Laniisn s: Walbrishto year at Kew ote got uscs ata ee ees pee cr eke

Bitancourt, A. A. (see Jenkins, Anna E.)

Bonner, Campbell

Som Ree cieeibns of an Amateur Botanist ...............2-00-
Boydston, Kathryn E. (see Hagenah, Dale J.)
Cain, Stanley

Field Work it in 1953. The Problem of Pollen eee sep hshamari a net

Red Spruce in the Parc de la Montagne Tremblante ...............
reg thy Douglas Hought

An Auto ale ag F eee and Letters Addressed to Dr. H. B.

Chase, ae

The Second Goustraal Biological Expedition to Mexico, 19389 ........
maa nee re R.

BS OMIA eae eny ee ica er aMctie ne fol en sete ee varn ign) taerGy Pas ein ee meee te ee a
Core, Earl L., Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew, and B. W. Wells

The Southern Appalachian Botanical Club in 1953....... Pe vet es oe
Dansereau, Pierre

TEAreanh cal TeVeMe fo) thy sf 1 es Cae ta ene Peeper Gara i eae ney oe Oar eee par sere reese ACen tas,

Davis, Bradley Moo
A Memor ial to Pee Houghton Campbell.) 2054. «we eae ese oa
Dean, Donal
A ‘Study of een ohiensis in Michigan ........... ere
Hagenah, Dale J., Warren H. Wagner, Jr., and Kathryn E. Boydston
Northern ae Trip of the American Fern SOC 2 idee sn yace se eee
Hall, William
ichigan’s eis Axeds: Councils 2 hie Ahi ee eet ctesireewere ce res
Hanes, Clarenc
Syru p from ee Sap of Various Trees. .........0.00¢ Bea Perr e hea
Harkness, Bernard
A Trip to knee for Buckleya,....... eisirekaionle ye: s teplensitch cuemeusts: irate
Hays, Mary Campbell
uglas Houghton Campbell: ae Boyhood, Youth and Travels.....
Jenkins, itancourt
Myriangiales Selecti Exsiccati, nee 9 (Nos. 401-451), Issued
3

Ap 95
Myriangiales Selecti Exsiccati, Fascicle 10. Nos. 451- 500, Issued 1954 .

395

323
419

415
416

1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN
CONTENTS
(Continued)
Jervis, Roy
Along the meee of Charles Wright in Eastern Cuba...........6- ee
Fictitious Botanists of Latin America ..........000 20 eee Algae
A Botanist’s Glimpse of the Gran Piedra Region of Cuba............
Knobloch, Irvin
Southwest Chihuahua . oi. Geasoho. Gece Weuiee Caer SHO A OOe Hood oU OOO OO L
Langman, Ida
Botanical ae of Travels in Mexico... 0.0.15. ct es ee ss
Liu, Su-Ying
Hakka Girl’s Path to Botany............. a etiswena ote dedeeolamerensrckn asp

McVaugh, Roger
The Michigan peta of the American Fern Society, angie 30 to

Septemberso. LOOS@ x .g.0:)-7 ety us Gc ee ees secrets ACL Mod eee
A Botanical Trip to the Henry Mountains of Utah. .............26.
Remarks on the Occurrence of Selaginella pees | in the Great
Wakes RePion. 2.3 -f. << 6s 2 ie 6 eee doo Odeo Se osm aol e
Merrill,
snbigraphic Early Years, the Philippines, California ..........
Muzik, Thom
2 Se Notes from Liberia ........ 60 OOOO Oo dole O00
Rogers, C. M.
PALL LUISE err reE tO D Oa O't COOLS ro ea on

ieee Lloyd
all cae Prairie as Seen in Osage County, Oklahoma,.........

Steere, Asse Campbell
inary Report on the Bryology of the Sefton-Stanford Expedition

the Gulf of California, 1952 Fy OOS. 00-0 DIDI eS Ob eae Ke
ee Houghton Campbell, and Heneciaily, his Work on n Bryophytes .
The Publications of Douglas Houghton Campbell..................
Stevens, O. A.
Collecting in Grant County, North Dakota............-6. Dieu uo ol
Plant Collecting in the Bad Lands at Medora, North Dakota..........
Thompson, Paul W.
Vegetation of the Haven Hill Tract, Oakland ae ea eee Sao oD Od
The Michigan Botanical Club..... FOG 6-006 6.0.0%0:0-6 oe
Mee ean Huber
A paren & Dirca aed and Dirca occidentalis ae
ACOAL) op cre crak ones SOD Oe Saye deh caeheeesd suse sue is

Voss, Edward G.
Observations on the ae Flora, IV: A Botanical Survey in Huron
County

Wagner, Warren H., Jr. (see Hagenah, Dale J.)
Wells, B. W. (see Core, Earl L.)

Wiggins, Dorothy and Ira Lor
A Wi me Journey to Point pene with Summer Pictures of the
Tundra Vegetation ..... 6 SoG OOOO DUM Oe Oo OU de

vi ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. 0

Wiggins,
See ar Years with Douglas Houghton Campbell.............. 121
Wilson, Albert
A Tribute to Professor Douglas Houghton Campbell............... 129
CORRESPONDENCE
ae Robert B.
Letter on the Utilization of Birch in Tibet.................... 378
REVIEWS
Bartlett, H. H.
Hooker’ Bi eUTOAVAN IOUTMALATs oy fo oo eee Fe ero to eae pleco seeees 52
nenoles * Fourteen Men” oo pis anh vib a oes eae aa ed fitateaters 53
Douglas’ barb: Fie TOGU Binal ayes ce cnr ve ie ee eee ie eet Cf eae : 59
Mhomas”Outot This World? yi 2... Se bee ats Roeser ee eur eneute 62
Ekvall’s “Tibetan Sky Lines” ,........... Eee ake ie Same rent 65
Wells’ “The Road to Shalimar”. ...........-0eeee00. Rigas Rae 67
Lanjouw aa Stafleu’ s “Index Herbariorum” ........ a lecete ares aie! os 69
ean wellanatngr. wosactrsnebe renee is Snel pi eel A ela an ies 315
McVaugh, Roger
New Books Banas NOLE Deity ay hat stare ee eran en oe ee een ares 314
Wimmer’s “Campanulaceae- Lobelioideae” BS recon ears De Sferenorsmevavece Ae 439
Voss, Edward G.
eason’s “New Britton and Brown”. ............. eae ec rae 25
ie eed Grad y L
other Leén’s “Flora de Cuba,” volume 2.......... SHske Serteat cate coat 212
EDITORIAL NOTES
Asa Gray Bulletin, new series, publication dates of ............ 73, 102, 446
Bessey, Prof. Ernst A., a glimpse at ...... Ore eae Pe ere eee ne 444
Botanical Congress, 8th International ......... ore Ra atta ale te Chea sa GN airs Av 50
Editorial Notes ..... ie riaie siallelistia a aia. piscacaate SuacePane eee ater stee cere
Gray Memorial Botanical Association, Current Status of............ reas 74
Imag; Herbs of, to be Studied. 0... 4 44.4.0 4 on as ie saat he edema etaes 76
Michigan Foray of the American Fern Society,......... rer ae err 28
New Subscribers to the Asa Gray Bulletin.............. weeee 24, 321, 394
News about Botanists
Plans for the Summer of 1953...........4. Aree pheee ahr ater e eee 214
Plans for the Summer of 1954,............000 000s ie eee een gy sian ais 446

Norman Taylor, appointment of ..........000eecacee syewretet ne es 95

AUTOBIOGRAPHICAL: EARLY YEARS,
THE PHILIPPINES, CALIFORNIA

E. D. Merrill

I was born at East Auburn, a suburb of Auburn, Maine, October 15,
1876. My parents and immediate ancestors were people of limited
means, and for several generations back were apparently “hewers of
wood and carriers of water.” They were upright, industrious people,
characteristic of rural New England, with limited outlook, and limited
culture, for apparently none of them had more than a common school
education. They were for the most part small farmers of pioneer
stock. There is no evidence in my ancestry of any special traits that
would explain my own predilections.

My father was a native of Freeport, Maine, a direct descendant of
Nathaniel Merrill, the first immigrant of that name, who first settled
at Ipswich (later at Newbury) Mass. in 1635. The Merrill family it-
self is of French Huguenot descent, originally de Merle, supposedly of
the Auvergne nobility. I never knew personally any of my uncles and
aunts on my father’s side of the family. As my paternal grandfather
and grandmother died before I was born, they are merely names to
me. Two cousins, Herbert Merrill of Freeport and William Merrill
of Portland, Maine, are the only close relatives on this side of the
family that I ever knew personally.

My maternal grandparents I well remember, as they were both na-
tives of Auburn. My grandfather, Nathaniel Noyes, who lived across
the street from our home, owned and operated a small farm of per-
haps forty acres about a mile from his home in the village, and we as
children had to help him in his farming operations. He was tall, ro-
bust, with emphatic political ideas, outspoken in his opinions and of
rather a domineering disposition; my grandmother, a White, and a
descendant of Peregrene White, of the original Mayflower contingent,
was quiet and efficient. My immediate ancestry thus represents Eng-
lish, Scottish and French origins: White, English; Cummings, Scot-
tish; Merrill, French Huguenot; and Noyes, French or Norman French.

Like many New Englanders, the Noyes family scattered, though
not to the extent of the Merrills. Both a maternal aunt, Mrs. Charles
Record, who lived a few miles from my home, and an uncle, Eliphalet
Noyes, who lived at Lewiston, across the Androscoggin River from
East Auburn, had two children, cousins with whom I was naturally ©
well acquainted as I saw them frequently. Another uncle, John Noyes,
who lived at Somerville, Mass., we saw occasionally on his trips
home to visit his parents. One great-aunt, Clara Vickery, and a
great-uncle, William Noyes and his family also resided in or near

335

336 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

East Auburn. On the whole I felt fairly well acquainted with my im-
mediate relatives on my mother’s side of the family. In Auburn and
Lewiston, there were also various second cousins, among whom were
the White children, grandsons of Senator William P. Frye, whom I
Saw occasionally.

East Auburn was a small village located about three miles from
the city. It boasted one general store, a school, a grange hall, less
than fifty houses and a single church (Baptist), which was more fre-
quently closed than open for want of a permanent pastor. It was orig-
inally established for the water power it gained by its location at the
outlet of Lake Auburn; there, in my childhood, a sawmill, a furniture
factory and a gristmill were in operation. Earlier there were wood-
working factories of other types; but as the forests were cut, the
mills were gradually abandoned, closed, and ultimately removed.
This small community was made up of farmers and workmen in the
extensive shoe factories of Auburn and of those who combined farming
on a small scale with factory work.

For a New England village East Auburn was not particularly reli-
gious; most residents took their religious duties lightly. Ido not re-
member that my grandparents ever attended church; my own parents
certainly never did; nor did they require or expect their children to do
so. My mother tended toward spiritualism, while I never heard my
father express any opinion one way or the other regarding religion.
As a boy of 14, he ran away from home because, as he expressed it,
his stepmother was too religious. I remember his stating at various
times that he got too much religion as a boy and that therefore he
would never require any of his children to attend church — and he
never did. I was therefore brought up more or less as a “heathen”; I
never elected to attend either Sunday school or church and I doubt if I
was ever inside of the East Auburn church more than half a dozen
times. There was no objection to playing on Sunday, nor to boating,
fishing and hunting; in common with most other boys of my generation
in the village these sports appealed to me much more than church at-
tendance. Perhaps because of my early training formal religion has
never appealed to me, although as a boy I read the Bible considerably
and was reasonably familiar with it.

Pioneer spirit apparently existed on both sides of the family. My
grandfather Noyes was a “forty-niner” who left his young children in
charge of his wife and made the long journey to California via Pan-
ama. He was not successful in his quest for gold and returned to
Maine after a short stay in California. My father, as noted above, ran
away from home and took to the sea at the age of fourteen, shipping as
a cabin boy on a trading ship to the Orient via Cape Horn. From this
time to about 1866 he apparently followed the sea, but served chiefly
as a common Sailor. The call of the sea remained with him however
for many years after he settled at Auburn and he occasionally took

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 337

fishing trips to the Grand Banks. When I was a youngster, I still re-
member, he left home for an occasional trip or season on a fishing
schooner out of Portland or Gloucester. This apparently continued up
to about 1885. During the longer intervals of shore life he worked
chiefly in the shoe factories of Auburn; but after my grandfather’s
death he gradually discontinued his work as a skilled laborer and gave
more and more attention to farming. At any rate, his various experi-
ences at sea and in foreign ports apparently did him little physical
harm, as he lived until 1925, being nearly eighty-nine years of age at
the time of his death.

East Auburn was a normal small New England village and few peo-
ple in it had ever travelled farther than Auburn or Lewiston, or per-
haps Portland or Boston. Generally speaking, we boys thought that if
anyone had been as far as Boston, he had seen the most important
part of the world. Our outlook was singularly restricted. Postage
stamp collecting was not for us, as nothing but ordinary U. S. stamps
ever went through the local postoffice, so our substitute was tin to-
bacco tags and our happy hunting grounds were the old wooden mill
buildings and ancient structures used for the storage of lumber, that
a generation or so back had served as factory buildings of one type or
another. Workmen of earlier days apparently frequently removed the
tin tags from their cut plug and stuck these into the beams and walls
little realizing how highly a later generation would prize these “ob30-
lete” tobacco tags.

Our family consisted of five children, my oldest brother Edward
Leonard Merrill born in 1867; the next a sister Linda, born in 1869;
then Arthur Cummings born in 1871; and finally the twins, Dana T. and
myself, born October 15, 1876. As the boys of the family reached the
age of productive work they were required to assist our grandfather
in his farming operations, and in due time this servitude, although not
really very heavy, was the part of myself and my twin brother. My
father was impatient at times and occasionally emphatic in his use of
language. When he couldn’t find a tool that he himself might have mis-
placed, he would invariably charge its disappearance to us and re-
mark: “Those damned twins, they scatter things from hell to break-
fast.” My grandfather Noyes, on the other hand, never used violent
language, although doubtless he had much more occasion for doing so
than did our own father, as during our farming days he saw much
more of us than did the latter. His strongest expressions were: “I
vum,” “I swan,” “I swan to man” and “Godfrey mighty.” The first
three never bothered us much; but on the rare occasions when he used
the last one, he spoke with such authority we realized that it was time
to-give due attention to whatever was being done. I can see him yet —
a tall straight man, with abundant black hair, heavy eyebrows, long,
patriarchal, gray Berd: shaven upper lip.

Our farming operations were to bring home the cows and as we got

338 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

older to milk them; to help at the haying season, which was a strenu-
ous one; to go over the land with drags in the spring and pick up the
crop of rocks; plough, harrow, and pick up the next crop of rocks;
plant the potatoes, beans and other crops; weed and hoe them at inter-
vals; gather the crops and, late in the season, go over the land again
and pick up the next crop of rocks — we firmly believed that the rocks
grew like potatoes. The two families thus produced a very large part
of their essential foods: potatoes, corn, beans, turnips and other veg-
etables; apples, eggs, dairy products, and pork. Dependence on
stores was limited to staple groceries. Actual knowledge of farming
operations gained was small compared to the appreciation we gained
of the value of work. Swimming, boating, fishing, hunting, tramping in
the woods — many things were more appealing to us than work, but
when there was work to be done it always came first!

My two older brothers and my older sister finished their formal
education in the East Auburn school when they completed the grammar
school course. I have often felt that my brother Arthur was the one
member of the family who should have had the advantages of a higher
education, as his early acquirements were rather remarkable, but
fate did not will it so. My twin brother and I decided that we would
continue through high school, being influenced in this decision by
Margaret Wilson, our teacher in the village school, and by our
mother; our father did not oppose the decision, nor do I remember
that he ever expressed himself in favor of it. The first year’s work
was taken by special dispensation in the East Auburn School at the in-
itiative of Miss Wilson who had a class of five or six pupils. On fin-
ishing the first year there, my brother and I entered the second year
at the Edward Little High School in Auburn, a distance of three miles
from our home; and for the next three school years we had to walk
down and back each day, regardless of the weather. Ido not know that
we were brilliant scholars; but Iam impressed by the fact that during
our three years in the city high school we did practically no home
studying. I am also impressed with the fact that, except at the time of
my mother’s death in 1893, we never missed a day at school and were
never late. Many times in the winter we walked the entire distance to
the city in a howling blizzard only to find “no sessions” because of the
inclement weather. We came to have a rather scornful opinion of city
people, not blaming the children, but rather the authorities. At times
we made the trip on snowshoes because the roads were otherwise im-
passable. This school experience doubtless had its effect in establish-
ing one quality — that of persistence, a quality to which I believe I owe
most of such success as I attained in after life.

With me, as with many other boys of New England and elsewhere,
bird-nesting was a favorite pastime; at an early age I became adept
at locating birds’ nests, gained a fairly comprehensive knowledge of
the names and habits of the birds characteristic of the region, and

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 339

built up a respectable collection of birds’ eggs. Rocks and minerals
also appealed to my collecting instincts, for in the glacial gravels of
the region many different types of rocks were to be found; and an oc-
caSional trip to the tourmaline mines in Auburn, where a number of
special kinds of rocks and minerals occurred in situ, added to the col-
lection. Hunting for Indian relics along the shores of Lake Auburn, at
times when the water was unusually low, had its attractions, I re-
member also building up a collection of local woods. In the woods I
was attracted at an early date by the shelf fungi, and assembled a con-
siderable number of the more showy types some years before I even
realized that they represented plant forms. Before reaching high
school age, I had become interested in collecting and naming plants
and in the preparation of rather crude botanical specimens; my ear-
lier method of naming these was to look up the current common name
in the few publications available; at this time I did not even have ac-
cess to a manual of the local flora. The collection of birds, mammals,
reptiles, insects, and shells never appealed to me, although regularly
after circus season we made cages, constructed traps and energeti-
cally established “menageries” with squirrels, mice, lizards, and
snakes as our exhibits.

At the time I entered high school at Auburn, I had no idea of any
further education — in fact, both my brother and I felt that probably
anything beyond high school was impossible with our limited means.
Therefore, we both elected to take the so-called English course, with
no Latin or Greek, a decision that I have ever since had occasion to
regret, as my later work involved not only extensive reading of Latin,
but also the mastery of writing simple Latin descriptions of plants.
Gradually, however, the idea of college appealed to us, as a number of
our classmates were planning on college careers at various of the
classical colleges in New England, such as Bowdoin, Bates, Colby,
Brown, and Wellesley. With no training in Latin or Greek, we real-
ized that these institutions were closed to us and that there remained
open, as far as we were concerned, only professional schools. Con-
sequently, as our thoughts turned to work beyond high school, we both
decided to go in for engineering and in the fall of 1894 entered the
freshman class of the Maine State College at Orono, an institution
that, in our senior year, became the University of Maine.

Before the end of the first year in college, however, after coming
in contact with college mathematics, I decided that, although I had
taken trigonometry and plane surveying in the high school, there was
too much mathematics in engineering to appeal to my non-mathemat-
ical mind and that engineering was not my forte. Accordingly, at the
beginning of the second year we both elected to take the general sci-
ence course without having, at that time or even on graduation, any
very definite ideas as to what we would do afterward.

The Maine State College in 1894 was a small institution scarcely

340 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

beyond the formative stage, a typical small fresh-water college, most
of its students taking engineering courses. Our entering class in 1894
was the first of the large classes, approximately 90 presenting them-
selves in Orono in September; this was as many students as there
were in all of the upper classes combined. This large entering class
was largely due to the changes in policy initiated by Dr. A. W. Harris
who had been made president of the institution in the preceding year.
The real growth of the institution commenced with the class of 1898
and during our last year in college the name of the institution was
changed to the University of Maine, although it was then a long way
from a real university.

Of the ninety that entered in 1894, about fifty were graduated four
years later, the year of the Spanish-American war; and in the spring
of this year about a dozen classmates, including my twin brother, en-
listed in the first Maine regiment, although they got no farther than
the camp at Chickamauga and at commencement time received their
diplomas in absentia. This move, however, determined my twin
brother’s future career, as shortiy after the close of hostilities he
received a commission as a second lieutenant of infantry in the regu-
lar army. Shortly thereafter, due to the Philippine insurrection, he
proceeded with his regiment to the Philippines. He remained in the
army permanently, attaining the rank of Brigadier General in 1935.

I was valedictorian of my class at graduation but never quite re-
alized how it came about for, perhaps underrating my own ability, I
thought there were many more able men in the class than I. I made
no striking record in college. I was not an athlete, being a natural
dub at athletic games; I was no leader, being naturally too diffident
and having little confidence in my own abilities; I was not a grind,
giving no more than normal attention to my studies and taking consid-
erable part in social activities of one kind or another in Orono, Old-

town and Bangor. My college activities were limited by limited funds.

I went through college on a small legacy from my mother — that ex-
pended at her request, by borrowed funds for which my older brother
took the responsibility, and on such money as I could earn during va-
cation periods; once or twice during my college career I remained out
of school for a month at a time to earn money. My vacation employ-
ment during my entire college career and during the latter years of
high school was in fish culture, my older brother being at that time
superintendent of the State fish hatchery at Auburn and later at Mon-
mouth. My work was largely that of a common laborer or helper, do-
ing everything from digging fish ponds and clearing land, to chopping
meat and feeding the young fish. I did gain a rather comprehensive
knowledge of the principles and practices of pisciculture as applied to
trout and salmon and at one time seriously contemplated following
this as a profession.

In college I did not distinguish myself in any particular way except

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 341

by making a fairly high scholastic record — certainly at the time of
graduation, and for that matter for many years afterwards, I gave no
promise of leadership. In college I had become a charter member of
the local chapter of Phi Kappa Sigma and as the highest ranking mem-
ber of my class automatically became one of the charter members of
the Phi Kappa Phi honor fraternity, the parent chapter of which was
organized at Maine during my senior year. Years later, when the
chapter of Phi Beta Kappa was installed at Maine, I was elected an
alumnus member of this honor fraternity, being actually initiated in
1924 at the University of California, where I was also elected to
membership in Sigma Xi and Alpha Zeta.

While in college I was much interested in biological work, espe-
cially in botany and particularly in the classification of flowering
plants. Here I came in close contact with a rather remarkable
teacher, Professor F. L. Harvey who, like similar men in other small
institutions, was charged with teaching botany, zoology, entomology
and geology. Handicapped as he was by a small salary, a very heavy
teaching schedule and a growing family, his enthusiasm for field work
and for research was contagious. It was Harvey who called my atten-
tion to the lower groups of plants and in my four years of college I not
only made collections of fungi, lichens, mosses, hepatics, algae and
even myxomycetes, but named many of them as well. My formal work
in botany consisted of a single semester in general botany and another
in so-called cryptogamic botany. Never having taken formal graduate
work, I may be considered to be self-trained in botany; a hard school,
and one that supplied a most sketchy, inadequate training for future
work as I was to discover in later life. During my entire college ca-
reer I collected extensively and at the time I left Maine, had a private
herbarium in excess of 2000 named specimens in all groups that a few
years later I presented to the New England Botanical Club. During my
junior and senior years I acted as student assistant in botany in
charge of laboratory sections. In the summer of 1897 I climbed Mount
Washington in New Hampshire on a tramping and collecting expedition
and the next year made the more difficult trip to the summit of Mount
Katahdin in northern Maine — more difficult, because of the long over-
land trip that we had to make on foot from Brownville.

I received the B.S. degree from the University of Maine in June
1898 and in September of that year returned as assistant in natural
science at a salary of $250 for nine months’ work. No formal post-
graduate work was offered, but I took certain courses to round out my
college work, gained considerable experience of one kind or another
and rather industriously followed my own inclinations in the pursuit of
systematic botany, although having little or no supervision. On the
basis of the year’s residence and the work accomplished during the
period and after leaving college, I was granted the M.S. degree by the
University of Maine in 1904, although looking back I can hardly claim

342 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

Imer Drew Merrill, at the time of his graduation from the University of Maine,
in June, 1898.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 343

that it was an earned degree. Even during this supplementary year I
had no definite idea as to what my future field would be, but do not re-
member worrying at all as to the outlook — there was too much of in-
terest in life.

In the spring of 1899, as a sort of forlorn hope but with little an-
ticipation that I would secure an appointment, I took the U. S. Civil
Service examination in Bangor for a position as Assistant Agrostolo-
gist in the Department of Agriculture. The announcements read that
one position at $1800 was to be filled and two at $1200. I had no
misconception as to my own ability and took the examination for the
$1200 job. Among the subjects taken was the translation of French
and German at sight; also Latin, but the Latin examination was the
translation of some botanical descriptions and my grade, as I remem-
ber it, was 85; fortunately for me no questions in Latin grammar
were propounded! However, to be certain of some employment, I had
accepted a fellowship (board, room and laundry) for a year at the Ge-
neva (N. Y.) Experiment Station, to work in plant pathology, and re-
ported for duty there early in July. In Geneva I found some forwarded
mail and among the letters was an appointment to a $1200 position, as
Assistant Agrostologist in Washington. On consultation with Dr. W. H
Jordan, Director of the Geneva Station, he very strongly urged me to
decline the Washington appointment on the basis that a year’s addi-
tional work at Geneva would be ultimately of greater value to me; and
further that the Government service could not be looked upon as a ca-
reer and that I would make a serious mistake in accepting the appoint-
ment offered; it is probable that it would have been a serious mistake
had I remained in Washington permanently, but this was not to be.
Partly on the basis of the salary offered, in contrast to living ex-
penses for the year at Geneva, and partly because the Washington ap-
pointment gave promise that I could continue to work in the field that
I most desired — that of systematic botany —I decided to accept the
Washington offer and reported for duty on July 7, 1899.

My work in Washington was on the taxonomy of the North Amer-
ican Gramineae, where I was an assistant to F. Lamson-Scribner,
then the leading authority on the classification of grasses in America.
Here I gained a knowledge of herbarium methods and flatter myself
that I improved on some methods followed in the office; I also gained
a wide knowledge of the literature appertaining to the classification of
the Gramineae, and general experience in handling material and liter-
ature. I also acquired a wide knowledge of the grasses of North
America as they were then represented in the extant collections
covering the region from southern Mexico to the Arctic Circle. I
have always looked on my two and one-half years work in Washington
as my post-graduate course in taxonomy, even though to a very large
degree I was placed on my own resources and was my own teacher; it
was excellent training for the infinitely more complex and difficult

344 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

task that was to come later in the Philippines. When I commenced my
work in Washington, my outlook was singularly restricted. I had no
knowledge of the sources of literature in botany, having previously had
access only to a few published manuals, such as those of Gray an
Wood, and Britton and Brown’s illustrated flora of the North-Eastern
United States, that had been available to me as a student. In this con-
nection I may mention that one of the high lights in my college career
was the securing of a copy of Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora
from Dr. Britton by trading duplicate botanical specimens for it.

While in the Department of Agriculture I prepared for publication
my first papers, other than a few short lists consisting of extensions
of range for known species, published while I was at the University of
Maine. Part prepared in collaboration with Lamson-Scribner, and
part independently, these dealt with the revisions of small genera and
groups, miscellaneous descriptions of new species, and discussions of
nomenclature; none of them was of any great importance. The last
paper prepared in Washington was a consideration of the grasses of
Alaska in manual form which, although completed in 1901, was not
actually published until 1910. While my early work as a botanical au-
thor was relatively unimportant, it served its purpose in that, in the
preparation of the manuscripts I mastered methodology in dealing
with material and descriptions; familiarized myself with problems of
nomenclature and mastered the principles of taxonomy as applied to
the grass family. It was perhaps fortunate for me that my first real
botanical work happened to be in this particularly difficult family.
Because of the relatively obscure characters that are basic to clas-
sification, it was a most excellent training school for the work that
was to come in the near future.

I remained in Washington all of the first year, and for the first
time realized what really hot weather was like. In the summer of
1900 I was authorized to visit certain parts of Wyoming, Idaho and
Montana on an investigation of range conditions, as expressed by the
Chief of the Division: “so that I would realize that New England is not
all of the United States.”

The areas covered were the Laramie Hills near Laramie, the
sand hill region in the vicinity of Saint Anthony, Idaho, the Jackson
Hole country in Wyoming, Yellowstone Park and limited parts of Mon-
tana. The field experience was highly interesting and fairly profit-
able, with considerable general collecting accomplished. The next
summer I again visited the same general region with a supplementary
trip from Point of Rocks northward through the red desert of Wyo-
ming to the Wind River Mountains, thence to the Jackson Hole country
again, and the Teton Forest Reserve; while I was in the Jackson Hole
a partial ascent of the Teton range was made (Mount Moran).

Although I occupied a botanical position in the Government service

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 345

in Washington, I was by no means settled as to what my career should
be. Having little to engage my attention in the evenings, I entered the
George Washington University Medical School at the opening of the se-
mester in 1900-01, completed the first year’s work and the first se-
mester of the second year, when an event occurred that was definitely
to place my career in the botanical field.

In 1901 the Philippine Commission authorized the establishment of
a Bureau of Agriculture in Manila, and naturally the officials of the
Bureau of Insular Affairs in Washington turned to the Department of
Agriculture for advice in selecting the personnel, F. Lamson-Scrib-
ner, Chief of the Division of Agrostology, was offered the position as
Chief of the Philippine Bureau of Agriculture and on acceptance was
authorized to select the nucleus of a staff. A position as botanist at
$1600 had been created, this being $200 more than I was then receiv-
ing after one promotion in Washington. Early in the fall Mr. Scribner
offered me the position as botanist. This I very promptly declined, on
the basis that I was poorly trained and wholly inexperienced in Philip-
pine botany and in Philippine botanical literature and that I felt in-
competent to handle the situation in any satisfactory manner. In de-
clining the Philippine appointment, I dismissed the matter from my
mind and continued my routine work in Washington. I was busy in at-
tempting to master the intricacies of the classification of North Amer-
ican grasses and this in itself being a lifetime job, I was beginning to
feel that I had really found my own niche in life.

About the middle of February 1902 Governor Taft reached Wash-
ington on his first trip from Manila. In an interview with him shortly
after his arrival, Mr. Scribner secured certain modifications in ref-
erence to the authorized personnel of the Insular Bureau of Agricul-
ture; among these was the authorization to offer a salary of $2000 for
a botanist. Immediately on his return to the office, he again offered
me the appointment and my rejoinder was the same as before, where-
upon he stated that nobody in the United States knew anything about the
Philippine flora and that I had just as good a chance as any one. Per-
haps flattered by the salary, which was large for a man of my training
and experience, perhaps by the confidence implied by the offer, on the
spur of the moment I accepted. This was on Monday afternoon, Feb-
ruary 20, 1902, and in accepting I had to agree to be ready to sail
from New York at 1 P.M. February 22 —a short time in which to ar-
range my affairs, pack and get the boat. As the night train from
Washington was very badly delayed by a heavy sleet storm, it was
nearly noon on the 22nd when it reached Jersey City, instead of 7 A.M.
when it was due. I made the U.S. Army Transport “McClellan,” how-
ever, at dock 10 on the East River before she proceeded out into the
stream that afternoon. The next day we sailed for Manila via Suez and
I was off on my long adventure; I, least of all, anticipated that for
twenty-two years I would remain inthe Philippines. Slightly over two

346 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

months later, after stops at Gibraltar, Malta, Port Said, Colombo and
Singapore, we reached Manila and landed in the midst of a very se-
vere epidemic of Asiatic cholera. Here I had anticipated meeting my
twin brother who had come out with his regiment in 1899; but I dis-
covered shortly after landing, that he had sailed for San Francisco
two weeks before I arrived and I was not to meet him again until 1915.

In Washington I had made only a fair start, but I was on my way.
That my services were appreciated there by others perhaps more
highly than I ranked them, may be evidenced by the fact that W. J.
Spillman, who succeeded F. Lamson-Scribner when the latter resigned
to accept the Philippine appointment, urged me to reconsider and re-
main in the Washington office with a very substantial increase in sal-
ary at the beginning of the next fiscal year — practically the equiva-
lent financially of the position I had accepted in Manila. My response
was to the effect that I had accepted the Manila position in good faith,
and that while I appreciated his interest in my remaining in Washing-
ton, I did not feel justified in trading on the proposition. The die was
cast and I was destined to remain for many years in the botanical
field, my work in later years to be interrupted by unsought adminis-
trative duties.

On landing in Manila it was found that a private dwelling at 155
Calle Nozaleda had been rented as headquarters for the newly arrived
personnel of the Bureau of Agriculture. Here I reported for duty and
commenced my work in a vacant building, without a chair or table,
much less a botanical publication or a botanical specimen. This was
indeed a discouraging outlook in the extreme! I soon learned that I
was expected to devote my time to “practical” work but in my own
mind decided that the thing to do was to build up the reference collec-
tions of botanical material and to acquire the necessary botanical lit-
erature. In surveying the field I found that the botanical collections
assembled by Vidal from 1876 to 1888, together with the entire botan-
ical library, had been destroyed by fire in the burning of the offices of
the Inspeccion des Montes in 1897; that the small but important col-
lection of botanical literature at the Jardin Botanico, then operated as
a small city park, had disappeared in the unsettled period contingent
on the American occupation of Manila. Some year later I examined
these books which had come into the possession of a private citizen of
Manila and it was interesting to note that in every single volume the
fly-leaf had been removed. The duplicate set of Vidal’s herbarium in
the Museo Biblioteca had also disappeared, and not until some twenty
years later did I have the privilege of examining this material, then
in the possession of another family in Manila. The botanical material
assembled by Fernandez-Villar for the third edition of Blanco’s Flora
de Filipinas, stored at the Guadalupe Convent on the Pasig River
above Manila, had been destroyed when this building was burned by
the American troops in 1899. Truly a most discouraging outlook for
the most enthusiastic botanist.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 347

Some botanical material had been assembled in the reorganized
Bureau of Forestry under the leadership of Captain George P, Ahern,
but it was for the most part unnamed or only partly named. Some, but
all too little, of the essential botanical literature had also been ac-
quired by that Bureau. Undaunted by these unlooked for conditions I
commenced my botanical field work by collecting representatives of
all the weeds in the back yard of our “office building;” this was the
beginning of the large and important collections that were to be as-
sembled during the next two decades.

It was soon made evident that the position of botanist in the Bureau
of Agriculture was not favored by Dean C. Worcester, Secretary of the
Department, who correctly took the attitude that if scientific work was
to prosper in the Philippines it must be centralized in one institution.
The beginning of this centralization had been the establishment in
1901, of the Bureau of Government Laboratories that in 1906 was to
become the Bureau of Science. As the Bureau of Forestry was actu-
ally in greater need of botanical work than the Bureau of Agriculture,
I was therefore, a few months after my arrival, made botanist in that
Bureau, dividing my time between the Bureau of Agriculture and the
Bureau of Forestry, being still officed with the former Bureau. In
January 1903 I was transferred with all botanical work and the meager
equipment then available to the Bureau of Government Laboratories
with offices in a ramshackle building on Calle Iris.

I started on my first trip about one month after my arrival in Ma-
nila. It was a long overland trip northward from Manila over the
Caraballo Sur mountain to Nueva Vizcaya, with a side trip into the
Ifugao country at Quiangan under military guard, thence to the Cagayan
River at Echague, down the river to Aparri and thence back to Manila
by steamer; this six weeks’ trip through a most fascinating country
was the first of very numerous journeys that were to take me to all
parts of the extensive Archipelago in the next twenty-two years and to
many of the remote and relatively inaccessible parts of it — not only
once, but many times — to the Mountain Province of Luzon, to Pala-
wan, to central Mindoro, to the Agusan River in Mindanao, to the
northern, the southeastern and southwestern extremities of the Archi-
pelago. During my first years in the Philippines I was to spend ap-
proximately one-half of my time in the field. It never lost its fasci-
nation, for I soon discovered that as far as the Philippine flora was
concerned, exploration had been desultory; its little known wealth was
only to be uncovered after years of arduous work in the field and in
the office. During the twenty-two years that I remained in the Philip-
pines I was privileged to see personally practically all parts of the
Archipelago and few individuals in the Government service visited
more parts of the islands that did I.

In September 1902 I was authorized to proceed to Buitenzorg,
Java, taking with me a Set of all the available botanical material for

348 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

identification, for no trustworthy work could be done in Manila in the
complete absence of authentically named material for purposes of
comparison and with very little of the essential literature. At this
time my only botanical library consisted of the few books that had
been acquired by the Bureau of Forestry; in the Bureau of Agricul-
ture my first allotment for the purchase of botanical literature was
limited to $250. As the orders had to be placed in Europe one could
not count on their being filled under a period of about six months.
Two exceedingly profitable months were spent at the Botanical Gar-
den, Buitenzorg, where ample collections of botanical material and
ample library facilities were available. Here I named most of the
specimens I had taken with me and acquired an excellent working knowl-
edge of the essential literature appertaining to the botany of Malaysia,
the latter being of infinite value to me in my later work in building up
the botanical library in Manila.

The Bureau of Science in Manila, as it appeared in October, 1913. From a pho-
tograph by J. F. Rock.

Little progress was made in acquiring essential botanical litera-
ture in Manila until after my transfer to the Bureau of Government
Laboratories in January 1903. An initial appropriation of $40,000 had
been made to that Bureau to acquire books for its library and this
was not entirely obligated at the time of my transfer. The result was
that within two years I had access to a reasonably good reference

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 349

library, which was expanded from year to year until, at the time of
my departure from Manila many years later, it stood as one of the
most complete collections of botanical literature in all of Asia and
Malaysia. At times I regretted the large amount of time and effort
that I had to devote to the building up of the reference library by se-
lecting titles, securing quotations, etc. (for most of the publications
required were out-of-print books that could be secured only through
dealers in second-hand literature), but in retrospect it was time and
effort well spent.

In 1903 the botanical staff was augmented by the appointment of
Dr. E. B. Copeland, Dr. H. N. Whitford and Mr. A. D. E, Elmer; asa
result the collections commenced to increase very rapidly, in fact,
more rapidly than they could be properly handled. The efforts of the
staff were augmented by the large collections secured by the various
American foresters and Filipino rangers in the Bureau of Forestry
and later through the employment of Filipino collectors, several of
whom, when once trained in methods, developed into remarkably effi-
cient field men. A number of Europeans and Americans during the
next two decades became interested in field work in botany and from
this source still other very valuable collections were received.

Realizing that no thorough work on the Philippine flora could be
done on the basis of Philippine material alone, exchange relations
were soon arranged with botanical institutions in Japan, Formosa,
China, India, Singapore, Java and Australia, with the more important
botanical institutions in Europe and, to a lesser degree, with American
institutions; the objective was the building up of the reference collec-
tions from those regions surrounding the Philippines. Later through
the personnel of the Bureau of Science, its own staff members prose-
cuted extensive and important field work in southeastern China, Indo-
China, Borneo, and the Mariannas Islands.

The result of these efforts was that at the close of my Philippine
career in 1922, a reference collection of approximately 275,000
mounted specimens was available in Manila, of which about two-thirds
were Philippine and one-third were from botanically related regions;
during this time probably in excess of 500,000 duplicates were sent in
exchange to over sixty different individuals and institutions in Amer-
ica, Asia, Malaysia, Australia and Europe. Thus at the close of my
Philippine career the Bureau of Science herbarium contained repre-
sentatives of practically all species that were known from the Archi-
pelago in the form of types (of which there were several thousand),
isotypes, fragments of types, material critically compared with orig-
inals, photographs of types, and sketches, Its general library was
admittedly one of the most important single collections of scientific
literature in all of Asia and Malaysia, its botanical resources ranking
with those of the few older botanical institutions in the area mentioned:

350 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

Calcutta, Buitenzorg and Tokyo. Its herbarium ranked next to those
of Calcutta and Buitenzorg in size and importance.

My ambition on reaching Manila was the preparation and publica-
tion of a general flora of the Philippines in which should be described
all the plants in the higher groups known to occur in the Archipelago.
The magnitude of this task may be comprehended when one compares
the flora of a tropical region with that of similar areas in the temper-
ate zone; Great Britain and Ireland have probably less than 2500 spe-
cies; New Zealand less than 2000 species; the north-eastern United
States about 8000 species, whereas the Philippines contain certainly
in excess of 10,000 species. This early ambition was not consum-
mated for several reasons: The vast amount of effort necessary toas-
semble and digest the reference material, and the absolutely essential
literature, even to make merely a preliminary survey of the field;
mastering the problems of classification and nomenclature in the ma-
jor groups; the preparation of descriptions and critical notes on
several thousand new species; the determination of the geographic
distribution of the very numerous species, both Philippine and extra-
Philippine, and determining their relationships and inter-relation-
ships; the burden of teaching that was imposed on me for a period of
six years from 1912-1918, which otherwise should have been the most
productive ones of my Philippine career in reference to output in sys-
tematic botany; and, when once relieved of this duty, my unlooked-for
and personally undesired appointment to a very exacting executive po-
sition as Director of the Bureau of Science, 1919-1923.

In connection with the very numerous problems appertaining to
the elucidation of the Philippine flora, the services of specialists were
enlisted whenever possible, duplicate material being supplied freely to
any botanist who was in a position to make determinations in any
group. My dealings here were almost entirely with European bota-
nists; few Americans had any interest in the Philippine flora, being
too busily engaged on their own local problems. Some assistance was
received from such Americans as W. A. Murrill of New York, and C.
G. Lloyd of Cincinnati, on fungi; and all of the work on Philippine or-
chids, the largest and most difficult single family of flowering plants,
was done by Professor Oakes Ames of Boston. Thus all the work on

and in various genera in other families, were done by European spe-
cialists.

In 1900 there were definitely known from the Philippines less than
2500 different species of plants in all groups; but many botanists, not
familiar with the situation, considered that the flora was fairly well
known. In addition there were several hundred species that had been
described by Blanco and his successors in the Phillipines but were

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 351

still inadequately known; no specimens representing them were ex-
tant, and they appeared in the literature as imperfectly known forms.
In 1923 there were known from the Philippines approximately 8500
species of flowering plants, about 1000 species of ferns and fern al-
lies, and about 5000 species of cellular cryptogams; approximately
14,000 different species in all. In addition the exact status of most of
the inadequately known species of Blanco and his contemporaries had
been determined. A very high percentage of the additions to the known
flora in all groups was in the form of previously unknown and unde-
scribed species.

My first work for publication was based on the work that I did in
Java in 1902, this being a systematic enumeration of the plants in the
collections assembled in the Bureau of Forestry previous to my ar-
rival in Manila. This was followed by a general survey of the botan-
ical work that had been accomplished on the Philippine flora covering
the period 1601 to 1900; and by special publications in the nature of
compilations on the status of Blanco’s species and a compiled dic-
tionary of native plant names of the Philippines with their Latin equiv-
alents. In 1904 the extensive series of papers on “New and Notewor-
thy Philippine Plants” was commenced, in which several thousand new
species were to be described before the series was brought to a close
nearly twenty years later.

In 1912 I was appointed Associate Professor of Botany in the Uni-
versity of the Philippines and head of the department on a half-time
basis and without additional compensation. This position was held
until the close of 1918 and very seriously interfered with my produc-
tive work in systematic botany. During the academic year my teach-
ing duties never occupied less than eighteen hours per week and dur-
ing certain semesters it was thirty-six hours per week; certainly a
heavy schedule for a half-time appointment! In 1919, several months
after the beginning of the fiscal and calendar year, I received a letter
from the auditor directing me to refund to the University of the Phil-
ippines several hundred dollars; this was because of a rider in the
appropriation bill, which provided that no half-time employee of the
University of the Philippines could receive in excess of a certain
specified salary, and mine was in excess of the sum indicated. This
“legislation” was directed against certain part-time employees of the
Medical School, who were non-grata as far as the Filipinos were con-
cerned, although there seemed to be no objections to me or to the
work I was doing. I immediately wrote out a check covering the re-
fund and transmitted it, together with my resignation from the Philip-
pine service, asking for commutation of leave and transportation to
the United States on the first available boat. In the meantime legis-
lative provision had been made for certain types of employees on
what was known as a special contract basis, providing for salaries of
technical men in excess of those authorized in the budget. Within a

352 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. U, No. 4

week from the time that my resignation was presented I had been
granted a special contract in the Bureau of Science, free from all
duties in the University and at a substantial increase in salary, my
full time being for the first time in many years available for what I
most desired to do. This was just what I had long hoped for but the
consummation of my desires was destined to be short-lived.

A few weeks after this took place, I received a call from the Gov-
ernor-General’s office, asking that I present myself there at a stated
time. At this time Governor-General Harrison abruptly informed me
that the Director of the Bureau of Science was to be retired at the end
of June and that I was to be made Director of the Bureau in his stead,
This was a possibility that had never occurred to me, as I was not in-
terested in administrative work. I thanked the Governor-General for
the implied expression of confidence in me and stated that I was not
interested in the position; that I had at last attained a position that
was entirely satisfactory to me from all standpoints and that I de-
sired no change and did not even consider myself a candidate for the
position of Director of the Bureau of Science. His response was that
there was nobody else available for the position and that I would have
to accept the appointment. I had occupied the position as Acting Di-
rector for a period of about six months the year before, when the Di-
rector was on leave, and therefore knew something regarding the re-
sponsibilities of the position. On July 1, I was made Acting Director
of the Bureau of Science and a few months later was appointed Direc-
tor. Thus when I had at last acquired a position entirely to my own
liking, with my full time to do what I most desired to do, I was placed
in a peculiarly exacting administrative position against my own de-
sires, and so commenced my administrative career. And I followed
a director whose policies had to a considerable degree failed, and at
a time when the esprit de corps of the staff was at rather low ebb.

I was, of course, familiar in a general way with the policies and
problems of the Bureau of Science, having served as a Division Chief
many years in the organization. The following four years were to be
not only deeply interesting, but served also to give me a most liberal
education in reference to problems outside of my chosen field. I ac-
cepted the position as Director with diffidence and with reluctance but
it was a job that had to be done.

The Bureau of Science, from its small beginning as the Bureau of
Government Laboratories in 1901, steadily developed in importance
and in prestige until about 1914 when, because of Government policies
then developed, it commenced to decline. Its general field was med-
ical research; public health laboratory work; the manufacture of all
types of serums and vaccines to serve the entire population of the
Philippines of approximately 11,000,000 people; organic and inorganic
chemistry, including routine analysis, commercial work and research;
the standardization of weights and measures; testing of all types of

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 353

structural materials; the preparation and administration of the Pas-
teur anti-rabies treatment; geology and mining, fisheries, zoology,
ornithology, entomology, botany, plant pathology, plant physiology and
anthropology. In it was centered most of the scientific work of the
Philippine Government and in it was maintained the great scientific
library of the Philippines, probably the greatest collection of litera-
ture of this kind in any single institution in all of Asia and Malaysia.

One of my first tasks as Director of the Bureau was the amplifi-
cation of the facilities of the Serum Laboratory, so that all of the
standard vaccines and serums could be manufactured in sufficient
quantities to meet any emergency. The basis for this expansion had
been laid in 1918 when I was Acting Director of the Bureau, the facil-
ities being then totally inadequate to meet the emergency of a very bad
outbreak of smallpox. On the basis of facts presented by me, funds
had been granted for the construction of additional buildings, but with
the provision that immediate steps should be taken to move the activ-
ities of the Serum Laboratory to some point outside of Manila where
there was ample room for expansion. This was accomplished by the
establishment of an entirely new unit at Alabang, 25 kilometers south
of Manila. Another task that immediately faced me was the drafting
of regulations governing the leasing of Government land to oil com-
panies interested in “wildcatting” for oil. These items are cited
merely as illustrations of the diverse fields to which I, as Director,
had to devote attention. The enterprising reporter who interviewed
me on my landing in Honolulu in 1920, expressed the activities of the
Bureau of Science thus: “The Director of the Bureau of Science does
everything from telling the public what to do for a dog bite to where
to drill for oil!”

The earlier publications of the Bureau of Government Laborato-
ries had been in the form of free bulletins, an unsatisfactory and
wasteful system. As early as 1904 I had discussed this matter with
Dr. Freer, Director of the Bureau, urging him to establish a serial
form of publication on a strictly subscription and exchange basis. The
suggestion took form in 1906 in the establishment of the Philippine
Journal of Science, a forerunner of its kind in Government publica-
tions. That the periodical was not established earlier was probably
due to the feeling that sufficient material would not be forthcoming for
publication to maintain a Journal of high standards. However, in 1905
I had attained so firm a grip on the botanical situation, that I assured
Dr. Freer that in botany alone sufficient material would be forthcom-
ing for publication to fill a reasonably sized journal in any one year.
The year that the journal was established, a supplement of 409 pages
was added for taxonomic papers alone. The Botanical Section, which
was established in 1907, attained a maximum size of 747 pages in
1908. The Botanical Section of the Philippine Journal of Science was
maintained until 1918, when the sections were abandoned and beginning
in 1919 all the papers were printed in a single series. During all the

ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

Elmer Drew Merrill, from a photograph taken in Manila in 1914,

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 355

years that the Botanical Section was maintained, I did all of the edi-
torial work and personally typed nearly all of the manuscripts, not
only my own contributions but the majority of the other papers that
appeared in it.

In my early years of work in Manila I soon came to the realization
that extra-Philippine material was an absolute essential to good work
on the Philippine flora, and while numerous exchanges were arranged,
it soon became evident that the material most desired could not be se-
cured from this source alone. Gradually the idea of extra-Philippine
exploration developed and between 1910 and 1920 important collec-
tions were made by members of the staff in Indo-China, China, Guam,
Borneo and Amboina.

The development of this idea came gradually, partly because of the
urgent need of comparative material from adjacent regions, partly be-
cause some of the early species that were based on pre- Linnean liter-
ature could not be accurately interpreted in the entire absence of ma-
terial from the historical localities in which the plants actually grew.
Gradually it developed in my consciousness that Blanco’s numerous
inadequately described species could, for the most part, be accurately
interpreted from general collections made in the regions that were
familiar to him and from which he secured his actual specimens on
which his descriptions were based; it should be remembered that
Blanco made no herbarium and accordingly there existed no speci-
mens representing the numerous species he described. Another of
our great problems was the accurate interpretation of the numerous
species actually typified by the illustrations and generalized descrip-
tions in Rumphius’ Herbarium Amboinense. We believed that many of
these could be definitely placed, on the basis of an actual exploration
of Amboina with special reference to localities cited by Rumphius,
native names and economic uses of plants. ‘this idea took form in
1911, when I secured authorization from the Governor-General to send
Dr. C. B. Robinson to Amboina with the idea that he would remain in
the field for about six months and on his return would prepare a crit-
ical publication dealing with the Rumphian species. On the basis of
data supplied by him after reaching Amboina, he was later authorized
to remain in the field for an entire year but, unfortunately, was mur-
dered by the natives in Amboina in December 1912. His collections
and notes were sent to Manila and the task of preparing and publishing
a critical consideration of the Herbarium Amboinense devolved on
me; this was consummated in 1917 in the actual publication of the vol-
ume by the Bureau of Science.

In the meantime I had been working industriously on the problems
of Blanco, assembling the material and critically studying his de-
scriptions and other data. My idea was the ultimate publication of a

‘Merrill, E. D. An ae eeoa of Rumphius’s Herbarium Amboinense. Bur.
Sci. Publ. 9:1-595, map. 1917

356 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

critical volume on Blanco’s species in the light of my knowledge of
them, to be illustrated by sets of named specimens that were to be
distributed to the larger botanical institutions of the world. During a
period of seven or eight years much time was devoted to this problem
and material for sixteen sets of duplicates was finally assembled, the
data were organized in form for publication and the volume was issued
in 1918.7

This work on the species of Rumphius and of Blanco was in the na-
ture of pioneering, for curiously no botanist had hitherto thought of
the idea of the actual exploration of classical localities, Amboina and
those parts of the Philippines whence Blanco secured his material, to
elucidate their inadequately described species; or if any one had
thought of this simple expedient, he had been unable to consummate it.

My first attempt at the publication of individual volumes had been
in the preparation and publication of the “Flora of Manila,” a volume
of 490 pages, issued by the Bureau of Science in 1912, and one of the
most generally useful publications ever issued by that Bureau.

Outside of the Philippine field I had prepared and published in the
Philippine Journal of Science, in 1914, a systematic enumeration of
the plants of Guam, and now my attention was directed to another
field— Borneo. I had received certain collections of Bornean plants
for identification but soon found that the literature was very widely
scattered. Accordingly I commenced the preparation of a card cata-
logue of all references to the Bornean flora by species; this resulted
eventually in the preparation and publication first, of a Bibliography
of Bornean Botany, containing 479 titles and, secondly, in my Biblio-
graphic Enumeration of Bornean Plants, a volume of 637 pages
printed by the Royal Asiatic Society, Straits Branch, Singapore, in
1921.

In the last seven or eight years of my Philippine career, I also
became interested in the flora of southeastern China, making two va-
cation trips of a month each to Canton, Kwangtung Province, to assist
in training faculty members of the Canton Christian College in field
methods in 1916 and 1917; and one in 1920 to Nanking for similar
work in connection with Nanking University. On these rather short
expeditions considerable collecting was accomplished and I gained a
knowledge of field conditions in eastern and southern China that was
to be of future value to me in handling very extensive collections of
botanical material from that country.

At the Fifth International Botanical Congress held at Cambridge,
England, Professor W. Y. Chun of Sunyatsen University, Canton, cred-
ited me, through these visits to Canton and Nanking, with the

"Merrill, E. D. Species Blancoanae. A critical revision of the Philippine spe-
cies of ey described by Blanco and by Llanos. Bur. Sci. Publ. 12:1-423. 1918

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 357

establishment of botanical research in Chinese institutions. Previous
to these visits all work on the flora of China had been done by Euro-
peans on the basis of material assembled in various European and
American institutions, but between 1920 and 1930 actual botanical ex-
ploration and research had been initiated in purely Chinese institutions
in Peking, Nanking, Amoy and Canton, in addition to the continuance of
the work initiated somewhat earlier in Lingnan University (Canton
Christian College) and Nanking University.

My appointment as Director of the Bureau of Science in 1919
clearly indicated to me that I could scarcely hope to consummate my
plan of preparing and publishing a general descriptive flora of the
Philippines, as I soon realized that most of my botanical work would
of necessity have to be done outside of office hours. I accordingly
compromised with myself and shortly after assuming the Director-
ship of the Bureau of Science, commenced the actual preparation of
my “Enumeration of Philippine Flowering Plants,”*? which was issued
in four volumes between 1922 and 1926, a total of 2143 pages. In this
an attempt was made to account for all binomials accredited to the
Philippine flora, adjust the synonymy, cite all important literature
references, illustrative collections when desirable, determine the
Philippine and extra-Philippine distribution of each species and re-
cord native names, The general indices alone contain in excess of
21,000 binomials and about 12,000 native plant names. This was the
most extensive and in many respects the most difficult publication
ever undertaken by me. The assembled papers and reprints published
by me between 1899 and 1930 form a series of twenty-one volumes,
averaging about 500 pages to the volume, practically all of these
papers being on botanical subjects.

During the entire period from 1902 to 1919 my major interests
were strictly in the field of systematic botany and as far as possible
everything else was subordinated to this end. In the entire period of
my Philippine experience I was home on leave only three times, in
1907-08, 1914-15, and 1920-21. I was in Java for about two months in
1902 and again for a month in 1914, on the occasion of the murder of
my colleague, C. B. Robinson, in Amboina, his equipment and collec-
tions having been sent to Buitenzorg. In 1905 I took a month’s vaca-
tion and made a pleasure trip in December up the China coast to
Hongkong, Canton and Shanghai, and in 1916, 1917 and 1920 took ad-
vantage of my annual month’s vacation by making botanical trips in
Kwangtung, Anhwei and Chekiang Provinces, China. Other than for
these trips I took no vacations for the entire period that I was in the
Philippines.

*Mer . D. An enumeration of Philippine eee plants. 1. (1922-25) vii,
1-463; 2. mieas) 1-530; 3. (1923) 1-628; 4. (1926) 1-515

358 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

In May 1907, I was married in Manila to Mary Augusta Sperry of
Illinois and the day following our marriage we sailed from Manila for
the United States, via China and Japan, spending some months in
Washington D. C., with a short trip to New England, leaving New York
in October on our return to Manila via Suez. About two months were
spent ih London where I devoted my entire time to looking up types of
Philippine species at Kew and at the British Museum, this being fol-
lowed by a day or two at Leiden for similar purposes, about two weeks
in Berlin, a week in Geneva and a week in Florence. In April 1908, we
were back in Manila where I took up my duties in the Bureau of Sci-
ence.

The children of this marriage were Lynne, born in Manila on Feb-
ruary 12, 1909; Dudley Sperry, born in Manila on September 21, 1912;
Wilmans Noyes, born in Manila on December 21, 1914 (died February
3, 1915); and Ann, born in Washington, D. C. on August 8, 1916, whom
I was not to see until she was nearly five years old. In 1914 we came
to the conclusion that Manila was not the proper place in which to
bring up a family, so whenI returned to Manila in 1915, my wife and
children were left behind at Washington, D. C. I was not to be with
the family again for the next eight years except for the period of my
accrued leave in 1920-21.

In 1920 I was authorized to represent the Bureau of Science at the
first Pan-Pacific Science Congress at Honolulu; at the end of its ses-
sions I proceeded to California where my family was then in resi-
dence at Long Beach. At the expiration of my leave I again returned
to Manila alone and did not expect to see my family again for another
five years.

In 1923 I was delegated to represent the Philippine Government at
the second Pan-Pacific Science Congress held at Sydney and Mel-
bourne, Australia. On my return to Manila in September 1923, I found
awaiting me a letter from California that changed all my plans and
which soon resulted in my leaving the Philippines permanently. This
letter was from President W. W. Campbell, briefly outlining the situ-
ation appertaining to the Deanship of the College of Agriculture, Uni-
versity of California and inquiring if I might be interested ina possi-
ble appointment. After considering the situation and consulting with
several residents of Manila, who were graduates of the University of
California, I cabled that I would be interested but that I would prob-
ably not be able to leave Manila before the end of the year because of
my recent absence and the approaching end of the fiscal year with its
contingent reports, budget hearings, etc. In spite cf the attractions
that the Philippines held for me as a field of work, I had the uneasy
feeling, common to all Americans in the service, that there was no
future, even as there was no assured tenure of office, and no retire-
ment pension. I was then on a special contract, good for one year
only, which might be cancelled at the end of any year; moreover,

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 359

there was the family to consider. In my own mind there is no doubt
that, if I had had no family dependent upon me, I would have elected to
remain in the Philippines in spite of the flattering opportunity in Cal-
ifornia.

Shortly after my cable was dispatched to the effect that I was in-
terested, I received one from President Campbell, requesting that I
proceed to California as soon as possible for an interview, with the
expressed hope that if the appointment resulted it would not be neces-
sary for me to return to Manila. A week later, and after a most hec-
tic week, history repeated itself and I sailed: from Manila with a feel-
ing of extreme regret — never to return, but this time with a week
instead of two days in which to prepare for the trip.

It was not easy to leave the scene of so many years of work, the
city in which I made such reputation as I bear as a botanist. The re-
gret was deepened by the feeling that I was deserting the ship at a
critical time and that Governor-General Wood needed such support as
I was able to give him. During the past three years I had seen much
of him, officially and privately, and was frequently consulted on mat-
ters that really did not appertain to the field of the Bureau of Science
because the Governor-General felt that he could not get unbiased
views from some of his subordinates. On a number of trips on the
Governor-General’s yacht, the “Apo,” ranging from a week to six
weeks duration, I had become rather intimately acquainted with him;
but even when he intimated to me that I might be advanced to the
Presidency of the University of the Philippines, I did not feel justified
in signifying any interest in it because of the peculiarly complicated
political conditions that went with it.

That I left Manila with the goodwill of all my colleagues in the
Bureau of Science, American and Filipino, and with the goodwill of
the general public of Manila and of the Philippines, is probably due
largely to the fact that during all my years in the Islands, I industri-
ously stuck to my last and allowed no outside interests to draw me
away from the work I had set myself to do. As editorially expressed
in the leading native paper Vanguardia, I was to the Filipinos “casi
mas Filipino que Americano.” As Director of the Bureau of Science,
where at times I was obliged to take rather strict administrative ac-
tion, I never permitted myself to be influenced by racial prejudices
but attempted to deal fairly and squarely with both Americans and
Filipinos alike.

During the many years that I served in the Philippines it had been
my great privilege to visit nearly every large island, nearly every
province and many of the isolated smaller islands; in fact, few resi-
dents of the Archipelago had the opportunity of seeing so much of the
group as I did in connection with my botanical exploration work. As
noted above, these journeys took me to the most isolated and

360 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

out-of-the-way parts of the Archipelago and many of these trips were
arduous in the extreme; on two occasions I walked approximately
thirty-six miles in a single day. Yet on all these trips I had no really
serious adventures. True, I had my “escapes” in fording swollen
streams and in landing through the surf on exposed coasts; I accidental-
ly met a much wanted ladyon in hiding in a very remote forested region
on one trip, but this gentleman, whom the authorities desired very
much to see, was apparently more disconcerted than I was for he al-
most immediately abandoned his camp after our unexpected encounter.
I did, in the Mountain Province, take undue risks perhaps in remain-
ing over night in remote hamlets that bore ill reputations in the head-
hunting country; I botanized on Bud Dajo in Jolo only a few months
after this Moro stronghold had been reduced by American troops and
had the gruesome experience of collecting plants in the partly filled
trenches in close proximity to very recent human bones; I was ma-
rooned on Culion in the latter part of 1902 on very short rations; and
again in the ascent of Mount Halcon in north-central Mindoro in 1906,
marooned by heavy and continuous rains over a period of two weeks,
which rendered the streams unfordable, had the experience of being
obligated to live —or rather half starve — for a week on what food we
could obtain in the rain soaked forest (and a man can come nearer to
starving to death in a primary tropical forest than in almost any other
part of the world). But these minor adventures were all a part of the
days work. I had no real “thriller” until my second trip to Kwangtung
Province in China in 1917.*

I arrived in San Francisco at the end of November 1923, met Pres-
ident Campbell the day I arrived, and the following day met the Com-
mittee on Agriculture of the Board of Regents at a luncheon at the
Bohemian Club, San Francisco, for a general discussion of the situa-
tion. The next day I proceeded to Los Angeles to join my family. A
few days before Christmas I was asked to come to Berkeley for an-
other interview, whereupon President Campbell informed me that I
would be recommended for appointment as Dean of Agriculture at the
January meeting of the Board of Regents and urged me to come to
Berkeley as soon as possible, in order that I might familiarize my-
self with the situation in some degree before actually taking office.

This was a most radical step on my part. I had had no experience
with academic or research problems in Agriculture; knew nothing of
the special problems of the College of Agriculture and still less re-
garding the problems of Californian agriculture. In my new position
I soon learned many things that I had not even remotely surmised.
Many times during my first year in Berkeley I gazed out over the
Golden Gate, and fervently wished that I were on an outward-bound
steamer en route to the distant green pastures of the Orient where,

4 An account of this trip will appear shortly in Asa Gray Bulletin.

con Ottice of the Governor-General
of the Philippine Inlunda
DISPATCH BOAT APO, April 25, 1924.

Dear Dr. Merrill:

Upon your resignation as Director of the Bureau
of Science and your withdrawal from the public service of
the Philippine Government, I wish to commend you in the
strongest terms and thank you for the work which you have
dene for the Islands during your long period of service
here,

When I was here as military commander of the
Philippines Division from 1905 to 1908 you were keen to
participate, and did participate, in various difficult re-
connoitering expeditions, involving much hard work and ex-
posure; notably the ascent of some of our highest and most
difficult mountains -- a work in which you were associated
with the late Major Mearns of the Medical Corps of the Army.

You have done first class work in everything
you have attempted and have gained the confidence, respect
and support of those with whom you have come in contact.
You have done much to build up the insular service and have
added a vast amount of valuable information to our knowl-
edge of the flora and fauna of the Islands.

Your conduct of the Bureau of Science served
as an inspiration to all who worked under you and did
much to re-esteblish this institution in public confi-
dence.
Your resignation results in a great loss to
the Philippine public service -- one which will be keen-
ly felt and creates a vacancy which will be extrenely
d@ifficult to fill. You will be missed both officially
and personally. I feel that the University of California

is to be congratulated on securing your services.

With every best wish,

Sincerely yours,

Governor-General ) (

362 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

from long residence, I had a reasonable familiarity with the problems
that came up from day to day. It was rather appalling to face the
problems of administration in such a large institution as the College
of Agriculture, with a faculty of approximately three-hundred fifty in-
dividuals, and an annual budget of $1,800,000, especially when one
knew personally only one or two members of the entire staff.

In California, as in Manila, it was my fate to succeed an adminis-
trator whose policies, to a considerable degree, had failed. Reorgan-
ization and the rebuilding of the esprit de corps of the staff was es-
sential; but what form should it take? How far could or should it go?
What could be done on the basis of the existing staff, many of whom
had permanent tenure of office? There were internal and external
dissensions; groups in favor of this or in favor of that; a group that
was bitterly opposed to the previous administration and another that
was just as strong in its support; there had been a long continued and
bitter discussion in the Academic Senate of the policies and standards
of the College of Agriculture in reference to both instruction and re-
search. The previous ten years had seen a tremendous expansion of
the institution in its staff and in its financial support; it was distinctly
overstaffed in relation to its material equipment; the problem of the
proposed separation of the College of Agriculture entirely from the
University of California and the centralization of all its work at Davis
under its own board of regents, was by no means a dead issue; how to
meet the issue of the insistent demands for the establishment of an-
other branch of the College of Agriculture somewhere in Southern
California? As it stood in 1923 the College of Agriculture, although
having its headquarters on the campus of the University of California
at Berkeley, with a Branch of the College of Agriculture at the Uni-
versity Farm, Davis, and the important Citrus Experiment Station at
Riverside in Southern California, was not really an integral part of
the University of California, but an institution apart, with strong tend-
encies to take its staff more and more to the University Farm at
Davis. Was it to be in the future an entirely separate institution at
Davis, or an integral part of the University at Berkeley? Is it any
wonder that the esprit de corps of the staff was at low ebb?

In July 1924 a second step was consummated and I was made Di-
rector of the Agricultural Experiment Station, in addition to my du-
ties as Dean of the College of Agriculture, which added to my prob-
lems but which also, in a way, made the ultimate solution of some of
them distinctly easier. One policy was determined upon at the very
beginning and that was, that such changes as manifestly must be
made, would be made slowly and only after careful consideration of
altfactors as far as these could be foreseen and evaluated.

From the very first, the policy that the College of Agriculture was
and should continue to be an integral part of the University was

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 363

stressed. Ultimately to raise the standard of both instruction and re-
search, all junior members of the staff were urged and encouraged to
undertake graduate work for advanced degrees. This was directly op-
posed to the policy of my predecessor who apparently had been of the
opinion that advanced training was not necessary in the agricultural
field, and who did not permit junior staff members to take work for
the advanced degrees until the last year of his incumbency in office,
although general University regulations permitted all full time junior
staff members to take a certain number of credits each semester.

Gradually certain Divisions were eliminated, the work being com-
bined with other existing units, or new more comprehensive units
were established, such as the Division of Agricultural Economics.
Outlying units, such as the University Farm and the Citrus Experi-
ment Station, were made as autonomous as possible. Promotions
were made strictly on merit; fundamental research was stressed; new
appointments were predicated on fundamental training with the Ph.D,
or its equivalent as a basic requirement in most fields; in research
the fundamental aspects were stressed and long term projects were
favored; and, finally, the entire curriculum of the College of Agricul-
ture was revised; numerous strictly informational courses were
eliminated, and those that more or less duplicated others were aban-
doned; instruction in all divisions was built squarely on a mastery of
the underlying basic sciences, and upper division work in agriculture
was placed on the basis of a continuation of these sciences. The aim
was a University education on the basis of Agriculture, opposed to vo-
cational instruction in agriculture. No single curriculum would suf-
fice to meet this situation and, accordingly, a half dozen or so profes-
sional curricula were set up and outlined. These changes made
instruction distinctly more difficult for the staff and the subjects
taught distinctly more difficult to the students, but a few years’ trial
clearly indicated that the changes were fully justified. These changes
were made in the face of a radically decreased enrolment in agricul-
tural students, and I have no doubt that they were more instrumental
in checking the downward trend in enrolment and causing it to in-
crease again, than any other single factor within the control of the
faculty. There are evidences that other colleges of agriculture are
beginning to think in like terms.

In connection with the advancement of requirements in standards
of teaching, the Experiment Station staff was in part segregated as a
distinct unit. The criterion was the ability of the man as a teacher or
as a research worker, or both; in some cases teaching loads were in-
creased, in others they were eliminated entirely, thus allowing certain
individuals to devote full time to research; titles, salaries, sabbatical
leave and retirement were made equivalent for both groups, witha
salary differential in favor of the employees on an eleven months’ ba-
sis as contrasted to strictly academic men on a nine months’ basis.

364 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

In 1925 I established the technical periodical “Hilgardia” (a Jour-
nal of Agricultural Science) as an official publication of the Experi-
ment Station. This was init fourth volume at the time I left Berkeley.
It was the first serial of its kind established by any Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, that is, a publication with a short one-word title, the
volumes with continuous pagination. Up to this time Experiment Sta-
tions generally had not advanced beyond the general titles of Bulle-
tins, Circulars, Leaflets, Technical Papers, and the like, each sepa-
rately paged. It was felt that the Journal form was more dignified for
the type of data published therein, than individual bulletins or circu-
lars, and there was besides the great desideratum of brevity in the
title for purposes of citation. It pleased me also to establish in this
title a continuing memorial to one of my predecessors, the outstand-
ing individual who pioneered agricultural instruction and research in
California, Dr. E. W. Hilgard, first Dean and Director of Agriculture
at the University of California and one of the outstanding leaders in
agricultural research in his generation.

During the six years that I served as Dean of Agriculture at the
University of California, I devoted all my spare time to actual work
in systematic botany and in building up the oriental reference herbar-
ium of the University. This work was all done outside of office hours
and some idea of its extent may be gained by the statement that in
these exceedingly busy six years I added in excess of 110,000 mounted
specimens to the University herbarium; in this time also I prepared
and published one volume of 316 pages on the flora of Borneo and nu-
merous shorter papers on the plants of China, Borneo and the Philip-
pines. This work in systematic botany was indeed my “safety valve”
for, once in the herbarium, whether early in the morning before my
own office opened, at noon, after office hours, or on Sundays or holi-
days, I immediately forgot my administrative problems, and during
these many hours devoted to botany, became merely a botanist inter-
ested in botanical matters only. At such times I never concerned my-
self with the numerous and pressing problems of the Dean of Agricul-
ture.

For many years I continued to work in my chosen field without
even thinking of recognition by others. I always managed to get back
to botany, no matter what other duties were imposed upon me and the
reason for this was that my primary interests were in my chosen
field and my often self-imposed duties in it were a pleasure to me; it
was not a task that must be done, but rather a task I preferred to do
over and above all else. It was sufficient satisfaction to me person-
ally to do the best I could with what I had to work with and under the
environmental conditions in whichI was placed. I was selected for
the Directorship of the Bureau of Science with not the slightest inti-
mation in advance that this was to be, and my being selected to fill the
exacting position of Dean of Agriculture at the University of California

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 365

came to me as a complete surprise. Each time, probably underratin
my own ability and accomplishments, I had a feeling of mild surprise
that I, rather than somebody else, should be selected.

In 1926 a movement was initiated to establish a Botanical Garden
in Los Angeles and I was asked to become a member of the Garden
Foundation, the holding corporation. The plan involved the purchase,
at a nominal valuation, of a large tract of some 4500 acres in the
Mandeville Canyon, Santa Monica Mountains, this to be financed on a
bond issue. About 800 acres in the center of the tract was to be re-
tained for development as a botanical garden, this to be financed and
endowed from the sale of the surrounding acreage for residential
purposes. All profits from the transaction were to accrue to the Bo-
tanical Garden. The possibilities of the establishment and endowment
of a large botanical garden under most advantageous climatic condi-
tions greatly intrigued me, although from the beginning it was real-
ized that the plans might fail. I was strongly urged to accept the di-
rectorship of the embryonic institution and finally accepted on the
basis of a part time leave from the University of California. For one
year, 1927-1928, I held two exacting positions, Dean of Agriculture at
the University of California in Berkeley, and Director of the Califor-
nia Botanical Garden in Los Angeles. As a part of each week had to
be spent in Berkeley and a part in Los Angeles, these cities sepa-
rated by a distance of some 400 miles, I became for the year a long
distance commuter, making the trip back and forth once each week
during the entire period. There are many more pleasant ways of
spending two nights of each week than on Pullman sleepers! When it
became evident that the Los Angeles project probably could not be
consummated on the basis of the original plans, I still continued my
connection with it until my removal from California at the close of
1929, rendering volunteer services and making the necessary trips to
Los Angeles at intervals when my services were needed there.

In accepting appointment at the University of California in 1924, I
established my home in Berkeley with the conviction that this would
be permanent. However, this was not to be, as some two years be-
fore I actually accepted appointment as Director-in-Chief of the New
York Botanical Garden, I was tentatively approached with the view to
finding out whether or not I would be interested in the appointment, if
and when Dr. Britton retired. In June 1929the matter came up in defi-
nite form and although no final action was expected before September,
the Board of Managers of the New York Botanical Garden at a special
meeting in July, held to accept Dr. Britton’s resignation, appointed me
as his successor, subject to my acceptance. My first intimation of it
was the reading of an Associated Press dispatch in the San Francisco
Chronicle on the day following the meeting. A hurried trip to New
York followed, with the result that shortly after my return to Califor-
nia I officially accepted the appointment and with very great regret

366 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

placed my resignation as Dean of Agriculture in the University of
California, to be effective at the close of December 1929.

I had met with a certain degree of success in my administrative
work in California and had the confidence of the agricultural commu-
nity, the leaders in agriculture, the staff of the College of Agriculture
and of the Administration and staff of the University. I had been
brought to California to consummate certain definite things and these
had, to a high degree, been accomplished. The perplexing problems
of the institution had to a large degree been settled. Policies had
been established which met with the very general support of the in-
dustry and of the institution. The staff had been increased; the mate-
rial equipment very greatly enlarged; the annual budget augmented.
In the period of six years the annual budget had been increased from
about $1,800,000 to $2,500,000. Important new buildings had been
provided for at the University farm, on the Berkeley Campus and at
Riverside; in six years, funds made available for permanent im-
provements, including authorizations secured in 1929, approximated
$1,500,000 — largely over and above the annual maintenance budget.
During this period one large endowment came to the College of Agri-
culture, namely $1,500,000 for the establishment of the Giannini
Foundation for Agricultural Economics, Why should one elect to
leave California where one had met with a measurable degree of suc-
cess, to take his chances, after middle life, in New York and in an in-
stitution that was more or less under fire? The reasons were varied.

First and foremost I felt that the policies established during the
six years that I had been at the University of California would be con-
tinued under my successor, C. B. Hutchinson, and that there would be
no retrograde in the standards of instruction and of research. Dean
Hutchinson had been associated with me as Director at the University
Farm during the first year of my deanship and the year before I left
we had brought him back to the institution as Director of the Giannini
Foundation for Agricultural Economics, soon after the endowment that
made this Foundation possible was received. I felt that after all, ag-
riculture was not my own field and that if it were my fate to continue
in administrative work, I would personally prefer to do such work in
the botanical field; it was assumed that in New York I might have
more time available for botanical work. It was felt that there was a
chance to make the New York Botanical Garden a still more outstand-
ing institution than it had been in the past, especially as it was inti-
mated to me that ample financial support for it would be forthcoming.
There were also certain family reasons, unnecessary to discuss here,
If one were looking merely for power one would not make the change,
for the administration of an annual budget of $2,500,000 in a dynamic
and rapidly expanding institution was in sharp contrast to the admin-
istration of less than one-fifth of that amount in an institution that had
become almost static. Whatever the combination of reasons, I decided

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 367

to make the change and, on January 2, 1930, I reported for duty in my
new field. That I left California with very keen regret goes without
saying, but I left with the pleasant feeling that my departure was re-
gretted by the administration of the University, the agricultural public
and its leaders, and by the staff of the University as a whole, as well
as by my immediate colleagues in the College of Agriculture,

Perhaps because of my association with other workers in the gen-
eral field of biology, perhaps because of my personal observations,
perhaps because of the very opportunities that were opened to me
through travel, I became somewhat intrigued at a comparatively early
date with work being done in fields other than systematic botany. For
many years, however, I was so immersed in the mass of details in-
volved in my taxonomic work that I had little or no time to devote to
other than my daily tasks. At about the time I assumed an adminis-
trative position I commenced to take serious mental excursions into
fields outside of my own specialty. Probably one reason for this was
the fact that as Director of the Bureau of Science I had, of necessity,
to know something of the salient features of the work in the diverse
fields covered by that institution. To explain what appeared to be an
anomalous distribution of Malaysian and Australian plants in refer-
ence to the Philippines, I had to familiarize myself with geologic his-
tory, hydrography and climatology of Malaysia. In this same connec-
tion I had to go rather deeply into zoological literature, appertaining
to the geographical distribution of mammals, birds, reptiles, batra-
chia, fresh water fishes, land and fresh water snails, and various
groups of insects for the entire Malaysian region. These data were
assembled in an attempt to correlate the present day geographic dis-
tribution of plants in Malaysia with the geographic distribution of an-
imals and with geologic history. Later I became interested in some
phases of leprosy and wrote one popular paper on this subject, with
the view to help educate the general public to the apparent fact that
leprosy is not a contagious disease and that it is doubtful if it can
even be transmitted directly from one individual to another. Another
field that attracted my attention was that of ethnology, or more par-
ticularly certain phases of ethnobotany dealing with the origin of cul-
tivated plants in relation to the origins of civilizations, and the gen-
erally overlooked fact that pre-Columbian agriculture in America was
based absolutely and wholly on native American plants and animals;
and here I even ventured to help educate the rather large group of
ethnologists, near-ethnologists, and popular writers, who would de-
rive all the higher pre-Columbian American cultures from Eurasia.
Certain phases of comparative philology engaged my attention at
times, particularly in reference to Sanskritic, Chinese and Aztec
plant names in actual use in the Philippines, with the view of deter-
mining when and how these elements reached the Philippines.

More within my own field I was, from an early date, more or less

368

ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

E
Willi

lmer Drew Merrill, from
ams.

a photograph taken in Honduras in 1952 by Louis O.

Autumn 1953 © ASA GRAY BULLETIN 369

an iconoclast in reference to currently accepted herbarium methods,
involving field notes, the use of the field label, the abuse of the field
note book, and even such apparently simple processes as gumming,
strapping, labelling, distributing and the arrangement and storage of
mounted material. In many institutions those in authority had been
content to follow conventionalized practices, giving little or no thought
to the improvement of processes, little or no thought to efficiency,
less thought to the application of modern office technique to herbar-
ium matters, and no consideration to the problem of making the her-
barium a real source of information to workers in other fields; to a
very large degree herbarium methods everywhere had become static.
The very simple method of actually incorporating original descriptions
in the herbarium in juxtaposition with herbarium specimens, by con-
sistently attaching copies of such data, together with copies of critical
notes, photographs of types, carbon rubbings of types or authentic
specimens, and photostat copies of illustrations, to the specimens or
on the specimen cover, was an innovation in this field. Necessity is
the mother of invention and the necessity here was the very wide field
I had elected to cover, extending from Manchuria and Mongolia,
through Malaysia and Polynesia. To save time in making critical
identifications of current collections from this vast region, 1 was
forced to incorporate the essential data in the herbarium along the
lines indicated; the time factor in looking up library references was
the determining one,

These mental excursions into fields outside of my own specialty
were to me stimulating in the extreme and I still, on occasions, ven-
ture far from the domain of systematic botany, fully realizing that a
little knowledge of a special field may lead one to generalized conclu-
sions that a specialist would hesitate to assert.

One year in New York is such a short time that no more than cas-
ual mention is called for at this time. It is too soon to predict suc-
cess or failure; much too soon to attempt to evaluate any of the small
accomplishments to date. History repeats itself, in that frequently I
have questioned my judgment in accepting my present position. As in
California during my first year or two there, I looked back to Manila
with keen regrets that I had ever left that city, so I frequently look
back to the University of California and wonder why I ever left such a
dynamic, progressive, expanding institution, to cast my lot with an in-
stitution that was practically static, very badly under-financed and
more or less under fire for its past policies and accomplishments.
To rebuild the esprit de corps of the staff of one institution with re-
asonably ample and increasing financial resources is one thing; to at-
tempt the same thing in another institution with totally inadequate fi-
nancial support and little prospect of its increase is another. And so
for the third time I change my administrative base: the Philippines
1919-1923, California 1924-1929, New York 1930—; three times I

370 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

followed directors whose established policies were subject to very
severe criticisms. The New York task impresses me, after one year,
as being more difficult than the one in Manila, or that in California.
Will it be a success or a failure? Only the future can tell. It may be
that after all I will fulfill President Nicholas Murray Butler’s obser-
vation, that individuals, who, coming to New York after middle life,
after having attained a measurable degree of success elsewhere,
rarely meet with outstanding success in New York because of their in-
ability to adapt themselves to the city and its ways; and I am fifty-four
years old.

Note by the Editors: The prec eding account was written in December, 1930. As the
world knows, Dr. Merrill was eminently successful as an organizer, administrator
i i otani

tions at Harvard University, at which institution he served with distinction until his
retirement in 1946. More ey with energy and vision unabated, he has continued
the work in systematic botany that was interrupted by his naminict canes duties in his

in his own words, of the early life of one of America
eaders who are interested in other details of Dr. Merrill’s career will find
an ee of his life and a list of his published writings up to 1946, as well as ex-
cerpts from some of his papers, in the volume called “Merrilliana. A Selectio
m the General Writings of Elmer Drew Merrill, Sc.D.,LL.D.” (Chronica Botanica
10(3/4):127-394. illus. 1946). More will follow in Asa Gray Bulletin.

Elmer Drew ere at the Philippine Bureau of Science, January, 1918. Photo-
graph by H. H. Bartlet

THE TALL GRASS PRAIRIE
AS SEEN IN OSAGE COUNTY, OKLAHOMA

Lloyd A. Schairer

The vast expanses of open range in eastern Oklahoma lie in the
region described as the Tall Grass Prairie. In 1952 the members of
the University of Michigan summer field course in botany, wishing to
study a typical area of this kind, inquired of Mr. A. A. Sewall, * the
county agricultural agent for Osage County, who directed us to the
4,000 acre ranch owned by Mr. Jack Walker of Pawhuska. The ranch
is located six miles southwest of Pawhuska in Strikeaxe Township,
Osage County, Oklahoma (R 8E - T 25N, sections 26 and 36). Forty
to fifty acres of this rolling range land form a protected watershed
for a stock pond. The plant collections were made at this one locality
on a gradual southwest slope on the open range, about two hundred
yards east of the pond.

The soil in the collecting area was derived from the underlying
Carboniferous sandstone,” although Mr. Sewall pointed out that the
west half of Osage County is mostly limestone.” An indicator for the
sandstone-derived soils of the east half of the county is blackjack oak
(Quercus marilandica) which was found on a ridge west of the stock
pond. The collecting area was in the transition zone from sandstone
to limestone as indicated by several nearby limestone outcroppings.
The transition from sandstone to limestone soil did not appear to
cause much variation in the vegetation except that the two cacti,
Opuntia comanchica and Coryphantha vivipara, were found on the
limestone ridge, and no others were seen there.

The amount of precipitation generally needed to sustain the tall
grass associates and non-irrigated agriculture is around 20 inches
annually. The year 1952, in Osage County, was so dry that the sum-
mer precipitation was insufficient to sustain the range grass because
of the unusually heavy winds. The average wind velocity varies,

‘The ae is much indebted to Mr. Sewall for giving us an excellent first-hand
account of range management as it is Saat in Osage County. To complete the
picture of a life, Dr. W. W. Hansen and Dr. U.T. Waterfall, Professors of Potauy,
at Oklahoma Agricultural and Mechanical College, joined us at Pawhuska and con
ducted us on a tour of local ranches. The instructive and enjoyable tour ended at line
campus at Stillwater, where most of the plant specimens were identified by our local
botanical hosts, whose kindness was greatly appreciated. For earlier accounts of the
1952 summer expedition, s see Asa Gray Bulletin, n.s. 1:143, and 1:283-294. 1952.

?Oklahoma Geological Survey, 1917. Bulletin No, 27, p. 218. Norman, Oklahoma,
ahead rear: Company

man, Ne , 1931. Physiography of Western United States, p. 9, New
oie ‘MeGraw-Hill ai Company, Inc.

371

372 ASA GRAY RULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

according to local information, from slightly more than 9 miles per
hour in August to nearly 14 miles per hour in March and April. In the
summer of 1952 the winds were much stronger, often between 30 and
40 miles per hour during a period of 3 to 4 weeks.

Good range, such as the Jack Walker ranch, has a carrying capac-
ity of one head of cattle per 5 or 6 acres. When the capacity of a
range is exceeded the first indication will be the destruction of the sod
cover. The open ground gives a chance for the invasion of undesirable
plants such as silverbeard (Andropogon saccharoides), side-oats
grama (Bouteloua curtipendula), ragweed (Ambrosia artemisiifolia),
and blackjack oak (Quercus marilandica).

Both accidental and controlled burnings have injured range lands
for many years. The Indians often burned off large areas in the win-
ter or spring because the grass would come up greener the first year
after the burning. This burning had very little detrimental effect until
the herds had grown to nearly capacity size for the range. Then the
large herds grazed preferably on the burned areas and very badly
overgrazed them, which led to the undesired type of plant succession.
Burning in successive years did, however, have the economically de-
Sirable effect of keeping back the trees. The carrying capacity of
wooded areas is about one half that of open range. About 1940 a
clause was added to the rules governing the Indians, providing that no
burning of range land would be permitted. The carrying capacity of a
range is decreased as much as 15% by burning in successive years.

In order to collect as much as possible of the local flora, compre-
hensive collections were made by all members of our group. One or
two persons handled the plant press while the others covered the area
for specimens. In this manner a good sampling of the range plants
was taken in a relatively short time.

Three quadrats, each one meter square, were described at inter-
vals of 20 paces and in a northerly direction leading up a gradual
slope toward a limestone crest. The slope was exposed directly to
the sun and had only a slight southwest windbreak provided by a nearby
wooded ridge. The quadrat data give a specific description of the
“Osage Range” as it exists during drought conditions. The data, given
in Table I, include the frequency and the per cent of the total popula-
tion for each species. The culm count for each grass is useful in
evaluating the forage density of the range.

The seven most abundant species, with their relative frequencies,
are Andropogon scoparius (75.25%), Panicum virgatum (11.98%),
Bromus commutatus (4.28%), Ambrosia artemisiifolia (2.19%), An-
dropogon furcatus (1.88%), Lespedeza spp.(1.94%). This group of
plants gives a good indication of the condition of the range. The
dominant species, Andropogon scoparius, is a highly desirable range

Table I. Quadrat data for a sampled locality of tall-grass prairie, near Pawhuska, Osage County, Oklahoma

Ambrosia artemisiifolia
scens

Asclepias verticillata
Bromus commutatus
Ceanothus americanus
Cirsium undulatum
Dalea purpurea
Elymus canadensis
Euphorbia corollata

Oenothera speciosa
Panicum lanuginosum
Panicum virgatum

Ratibida columnifera
Solidago sp. (narrow leaves)
Solidago sp. (wide leaves)
Sonchus asper

Total

Quadrat No. 1

No. total no.
stems of stems of

17 1.85
2 0.22
446 48.70
2 0.22
99 10.80
3 0.33
4 0.43
327 35,70
5 0.54
11 1.21
916

Quadrat No. 2
% of

No. total no.

stems of stems

49 6.49
4 0.52
1 0.13
572 69.75
37 4,89
15 1.98
29 3.84
81 10.70
12 1.57
1 0.13
756

Quadrat No. 3

Quadrat totals

% of % of

No. total no. No. total no.

of stems of stems of stems of stems
10 0.56 76 2.19
-- -- 6 LT
64 3.57 65 1.88
1634 91.20 2607 75.25
-- -- 2 -06
12 0.68 148 4.28
1 0.06 1 .03
1 0.06 1 03
9 0.52 9 oral
1 0.06 1 .03
-- -- 15 43
38 2.12 38 1.10
-- -- 29 0.84
-- -- 3 .09
-- -- 4 12
7 0.39 415 11.98
4 0.78 14 42
-- -- 4) 14
-- -- 23 0.66
-- -- 1 .03

1791 3463

NILATTNG AVUD VSV €S6T wuNnjny

ELE

374 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

grass. For a bunch grass, it forms fairly good ground cover and may
even form patches of sod. This year’s growth appears to have been

below average, as indicated by the greater size of the basal remnants
of earlier growth. The combined grass population produced a ground
cover of 40 to 60%, and the total ground cover varied from 60 to 90%.

Panicum virgatum and Andropogon furcatus were the other two de-
sirable grasses which made up a minor portion of the grass cover.
Panicum virgatum was present in every quadrat so that its regenera-
tion may be quite rapid during a normal year. Andropogon furcatus,
however, had a scattered occurrence and undoubtedly would reseed
itself very slowly on this south slope. A. furcatus is preferred by
stock to A. scoparius and many other forage crops. Bromus commu-
tatus, an annual, was well represented in every quadrat. This weedy
European species may increase considerably in the next few years
because it has produced seed plentifully and the drought had killed
some other plants and opened more soil for natural reseeding.

Other weedy species, such as Ambrosia artemisiifolia, Solidago
spp., and Asclepias verticillata, constituted a ground cover of 20 to
30%. Many immature specimens were found in this group of plants.
Evidently favorable conditions existed for weed seedlings when the
grass cover was reduced by the action of the wind. The presence of
these weedy species gives the range a very unkempt appearance as
can be seen in figure 1.

Two species of Lespedeza were the most abundant legumes found
in the quadrats, but other legumes were found in all three quadrats.
This uniform distribution of legumes, even though in small numbers,
is essential for nitrogen fixation.

The number of species included in the quadrat data is relatively
small, but when the data are considered together with the list of col-
lected species, a good summary of the tall grass prairie vegetation of
Osage County is given.

A description of a vegetation type which is utilized as extensively
as the tall grass prairie is not complete without a few words about its
maintenance and use. A good range must have an adequate water sup-
ply. Since there are very few permanent streams in the Osage prai-
rie region, the water problem is solved by making artificial stock

onds. The subsoil is relatively impermeable to water so that the
runoff from 30 to 60 acres is sufficient for a year-round water sup-
ply. The excavations are made with a bulldozer and are 12 to 30 feet
deep, covering an area from a few hundred square feet to an extreme
of sixty acres. This is some trouble from algal growth in the ponds ©
but stocking with fish (bass and crappies) is considered to have helped
to maintain a balanced condition.

During the winter season the grasses cannot furnish a balanced

Autumn 1953

ASA GRAY BULLETIN

375

igure 1, The most common weeds on the sone near Pawhus ka, Oklahoma, are
Ambrosia paeaitatite! Asclepias Al rede
cies were especially conspicuous in 1952 b ed grass cover. The
i ck aks Coe s marilandica, and some Q. muhlen-
bergii and Q. prinoides), junipers (Juniperus virginiana) at in ie ee river bed,
ash (Fraxinus pennsylvanica).

e 2. Winter hay storage is in small sheds built out on the range near a Poa
er prevents grazing for only about ten days each winter.

hw Some natural
nen Oe the feeding area is derived from the trees and Ree which ee eee
this ridge.

376 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

diet for the stock. The protein content of the grass in June is 10 to
12% but by the last of August it is 3 to 5%. Cottonseed cakes are
often used as supplementary winter feed from about November 10 to
April 10. During the winter there is an average of ten days of snow
cover. Baled hay is stored in small sheds which are built out on the
range near a stock pond (Figure 2), and this hay is fed to the cattle
during these periods of snow cover.

In recent years careful soil analyses have been made by county
agricultural agents to determine the types and amounts of deficiencies.
The most common deficiencies are lime and phosphates. Soil regen-
eration is a national conservation problem and for that reason the
government pays half of the expense of applying these compounds.

The cost of lime is about $4.00 per ton and an average application is
one to one and one half tons per acre. Phosphates cost about $15.00
per ton and rock phosphate is frequently applied at the rate of five
hundred pounds per acre.

Further soil buildup may be accomplished by introducing more
legumes. Korean Lespedeza has been successfully introduced on
overgrazed ranges, resulting in substantial increases in weight of the
stock. Seeding of Lespedeza on large ranges is done by airplane.
Work is being continued on the introduction of legume mixtures. One
such mixture in common uSe includes Lespedeza, yellow hop clover
and ledina.

The native tall grass prairie is undergoing a gradual transforma-
tion from an original natural association to an artificially tempered
substitute. Burnings and overgrazing have opened the way for the
establishment of new plants. Most of the first invasions by blackjack
oak on this range have been dated at around 1900. The largest trees
in some of the groves have only 40 to 50 annual growth rings. Direct
plantings of many introduced species are intended to replenish the
range vegetation.

Experiments are being carried out to determine the effectiveness
of spraying scrub oak wood lots with "2,4-D” to kill the trees and
open up otherwise useless land to pasture. The value of the good
range land such as this in Osage County is very great. If one could
find any land for sale, a recent estimate was 15,000 acres and 1,000
head of cattle for one million dollars.

The inevitable result of present trends will be one of great deple-
tion, if not complete destruction of the native tall grass prairie,

The following list of plants represents all of the species which
were collected on the Osage Prairie in conjunction with this report.
Some of the specimens included vegetative material only, and for that
reason their identifications are tentative. The location of the collect-
ing area is described in detail on the first page of this report. All

Autumn 1953

ASA GRAY BULLETIN 377

were made on June 20, 1952, and deposited in the Herbarium of the
University of Michigan. The following sequence is that pce by
Waterfall in his recent Catalogue of the Flora of Oklahoma.*

Juniperus virginiana L., Schairer, 69
Andropogon scoparius Michx.,
Bouteloua curtipendula

—

Dalea candida Willd., 8 [Petalostemum
idum (Willd. ) Michx.

Dalea lxiflora, 49 (D. enneandra Nutt.)

Dalea purpurea Vent., 7 | Petalostemum

Desmodium illinoense ae paaiee 6
Lespedeza COAG aaa

Psoralea tenuiflora Pu

Schrankia nuttallii fea ) Hee 14, 48
ace oa pee texanum (Planc h,)

ald, 4
apna eee ee L., 25
Stillingia sylvatica L., 43
Rhus glabra L., 65

Michx. ) Torr., 54

Ceanothus americanus L., 28
rae pees Raf., 50

(C. ovatus Desf.)
caltorhoe eee (Michx.) A. Gray,

Cor yphantha vivipara (Nutt.) Britt. &
Rose,
Oren eee Engelm. & Bigel.,

fips parviflora Dougl., 36
Oenothera speciosa Nutt., 45, 73

, 12

Asclepias Ea var, Daan

(Ives) Torr.,

Wee viridis Walt., 16, 61 [Asclepi-
odora viridis (walt.) A. Gray]

3;
Penstem eal teasle ines, tt, 64
Ruellia ere Nutt., 8

Plantago virginica L.,

Symphoricarpus Se cuss Moench, 41
Viburnum rufidulum Yas 74

Achillea lanulosa N

Cacalia plantaginea aie ‘ Shinners, 63

Ratibida columnifera (Nutt. ) aks &
Standl., 77
Vernonia ee Torr.,10, 32

“waterfall, U. T. A Catalogue of the Flora of Oklahoma. 91 pp. The Research

Foundation, Okla. A. &

M, College, Stillwater, Okla., ie ve 1952,
mens were all assigned collection-number

n my name; the name is

omitted from the rest a the list for the sake of brevity, oo number only Beli cited.

A LETTER ON THE UTILIZATION
OF BIRCH IN TIBET

[ A review of Dr. Ekvall’s attractive book on Tibet appeared on page 65
of this volume. The following letter was accidentally omitted. |

c/o Institute of East Asiatic Studies,
University of California,

Berkeley, California,

23 June, 1952

My dear Mr. Bartlett:

Please excuse the long delay in answering your most interesting
letter of 12 May, but at the time it reached me, we were just getting
ready to move from Arlington, and the time intervening has been spent
in travel to California and the process of getting settled.

Your enthusiasm for botanical information took me back to the days
when Dr. Rock raved about the Botanical treasures of the Kansu-
Tibetan border, but I am not a botanist, and although I have a fairly
good idea of the various root, seed and fiber plants used by the Chinese
and Tibetans of that area, and the different kinds of wood employed for
different purposes, it is a comparatively vague sort of knowledge. I
never collected or took specimens. If sometime you and I should meet,
it is quite possible that with expert questioning I could come up with
some information that might be of interest, but I feel completely un-
qualified to write anything on botanical materials, or even ethnobotany.

Your question about birches, however, does ring a bell. In the gen-
eral area of Tak Tsang Lhamo some very beautiful birch forests are
found in the 9 to 10,000 foot altitude level: a little bit above the pines,
lower than the rhododendron, juniper and spruce. The rhododendron
and juniper above the spruce. But to get back to the birches. There
are both red and silver varieties and birchwood occupies a rather
important position in Tibetan subsistence technique. Saddle trees,
pack saddles and wooden bowls are made from birch. Lacking walnut,
gunstocks are also made from birch. Birch bark is used to make
various receptacles. The largest birch I ever saw in that area was
about 15 inches in diameter. The gnarled and twisted red birch trunks
are preferred for saddle trees.

Except for the very expensive graperoot wooden bowls and those
made from another curly, unidentified wood from southern Tibet, the
wooden bowls used by approximately 80% of the population are all made
of btrch. The wood-cut blocks from which books are printed are also
made from birch wood.

With best regards,
Yours sincerely,

Robert B. Ekvall
378

A STUDY OF TRADESCANTIA OHIENSIS IN MICHIGAN

Donald S. Dean’

Tradescantia ohiensis is to the cytologist what the tomato plant is
to the physiologist. Although Tradescantia has been a stern master
to me throughout much of the past three years, I still think highly of
the plant. Like other members of the Commelinaceae, it has a tena-
Cious hold on life. It is so hard to kill, in fact, that it can even be
raised by botanists. In the words of Dr. C. D. LaRue, it can be used
to demonstrate almost every important feature introduced in an ele-
mentary course in botany except the structure of a dicot stem. In
much of eastern United States, it is a common roadside weed. It can
be raised from seeds or cuttings and can be made to bloom out of
season by manipulation of the photoperiod. More important from the
standpoint of the cytologist, it has large chromosomes and exists both
as a diploid and as a natural autotetraploid. Aside from the fact that
the tetraploids differ from the diploids in having 24 chromosomes in
the somatic cells instead of 12, and the fact that there is a definite
gigantism in the pollen grains and stomata of tetraploids, individual
diploids and tetraploids can not be distinguished.

At the time Anderson and Sax (1936) prepared their cytological
monograph of the genus Tradescantia, diploids were known only
around Austin, Texas; Waterloo, Iowa; Noble County, Indiana; and at
Dexter, Michigan. Tetraploids were known throughout much of the
United States east of a line connecting Texas and Wisconsin. The dip-
loids in Michigan were discovered by Dr. William C. Steere while
he was still a graduate student. He used the nearest Tradescantia at
hand for demonstrating meiosis to his elementary classes and found
the plants were diploid even though this was contrary to the Tischler-
Hagerup hypothesis that tetraploids should be found at the limits of
the range of the species. The cytological monograph by Anderson and
Sax showed that for the most part, however, Tradescantia ohiensis
and closely related species demonstrated the sort of distribution ex-
pected from the Tischler-Hagerup theory: diploids confined mostly to
a relatively small range about the probable center of dispersal of the
species with the wide-ranging and aggressive tetraploids spreading
out in all directions. Their paper had been widely cited as evidence
in support of the hypothesis that polyploidy confers a special ability to
colonize new areas and to spread into areas of severe climatic and
edaphic conditions.

1Based on portions of a dissertation submitted in partial fulfillment of the re-
aaa ta the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the University of Michigan,

379

380 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

WESTIMATED CLINTON

OoIrLao

@ TETRAPLOID

o¥ lbs vy
cALNOUN J “ingntion .
ees "|. fl CANADA

my
: on 2
2
ot err "
é | ve
HILLSDALE | ae «
BRANCH LENAWEL 6
oe LAKE ERIE
FULTON =
OTTAWA
WILLIAMS
— os
RI
DEFIANCE HENRY WOOD SANDUSKY E hs ed ‘
: =p ot
a a . Ne) <8 Ag
“| St (ero: s =
v
PAULDING SENECA HURON

mye | INDI NAL OHI0 | me

Map 1. The distribution of Tradescantia ohiensis in Michigan and adjacent Indiana

and Ohio. Named counties are those in which a search for plants was conducted.

r mbers of plants at stations marked “estimated” were thought to be

tetraploid because of pollen size, Other chromosome numbers were determined b
t

@HS
ak a 0 4 AY
AY INGHAM An a LF JAE L| INGS ON
ww
AL aco |"Qoeag DEXTER
are e* A pele HJ EL
a HP ° ce) 3 c EK a
ym o OHN OHU CL oO|BH
JACK SON ae = AO OCDIOHT BK ° ANN [ARBOR
ox . wm | | AIS
APe@ The
t JACKSION 448 WA HTENA N
I
di J @o EM
@JN @
is [xe) EN
e
5 10 MILES 20

ODiFLaID @ TETRAPLOID QESTIMATED
Map 2, The distribution of Tradescantia ohiensis in Washtenaw and Jackson counties,
Michigan. Stations in adjoining townships of surrounding counties are added, Both
diploid and tetraploid plants were found at the Dexter station.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 381

The reader can trace my travels in pursuit of the plant by refer-
ring to Maps 1 and 2. Stations were numbered alphabetically: A-Z,
AA to AZ, etc, Those marked with a diagonal bar through the dot
were determined to be diploid or tetraploid by the size of their pollen
grains. Chromosomes were actually counted from aceto-carmine
preparations at the other stations.

Collecting for cytological examination is somewhat more difficult
than collecting herbarium specimens. Buds must be in the right stage
of development and, of course, the collection is useless if it is not in
a vigorous state of health when examined.

Problems of collecting were further complicated by the fact that
the petals deliquesce about noon and earlier if the day is particularly
warm. The ideal way to scout for the plant is to follow a circular
path tentatively outlined during the winter months by perusal of the
literature and herbarium records and correspondence with such
friends and friends of friends as you can impose upon. Once you have
found the plant, your trips can radiate from that point until you are
convinced that you have gone farther than the plants have. While trips
were short, it was most convenient to collect living shoots and to rush
them to the laboratory in a diaper pail of water (just the right size
for the job). For unmarried investigators or when longer trips are
necessary, it is desirable to carry a microscope and to count the
chromosomes at a roadside table. This has the added advantage of
amusing the passing tourists, mystifying state policemen, and im-
pressing those who are sure that you are searching for marihuana on
their property. I have found also that people who have been kind
enough to help locate the plant are genuinely interested in looking
through a microscope, in seeing a chromosome, and in learning that
the plants growing on their own land have chromosomes. I have a
profound respect for the keen observations made by many non-bota-
nists who assisted me and feel that their aid, like that given me by
professional botanists, was indispensable.

Another helpful idea is to stay at tourist homes while on collecting
trips. In this way, time during the collecting season is not taken up
with the business of sleeping and eating and one has a chance to talk
to the people who have lived in that region all of their lives. I was
told by the proprietor of one tourist home that she had rented rooms
to deaf mutes and to a houseful of magicians who spent their time
playing tricks on each other and making her household furnishings
disappear, but she had never run into a botanist, This, apparently,
was an experience to be encountered once in a lifetime. I did not
want to spoil my position as a novelty by telling her that various in-
stitutions throughout the state were crawling with botanists. Inci-
dentally, she knew the best Tvadescantia stands in the region and
where she had picked it as a child.

382 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. H, No. 4

At Walpole Island, the Indian reservation on the Canadian side of
the St. Clair River, the officials were especially gracious. At their
invitation, I returned and took what must have been about 60 (and
seemed to be about 200) Indian children on a nature walk through their
school property. The excursion became somewhat chaotic when I ex-
pressed interest in a dragonfly darting by. My charges broke rank
and ran down about a dozen live dragon flies, flailing at them with
branches snatched from nearby trees. I thought that the trip might
have been more educational if I had had a chance to learn what they
knew. It seemed rather silly to tell an Indian about the out-of-doors.
Their gift to me was an eight-inch corn plant with perfectly formed
pistillate ears. It was growing in a can handsomely decorated with
tinfoil and ribbon, Botanists should find that region untrampled and
very interesting.

In my early collecting trips, it became apparent that Dr. Steere’s
station (A on Map 2) was not a single isolated diploid stand, but that
diploids centered on the Washtenaw-Jackson County lines were of con-
siderable number and covered considerable area. As the circle of
exploration became larger, it was seen that this area of diploids was
surrounded by the tetraploids on the south and west, but attempts to
find tetraploids to the north and east were unfruitful. The discovery
of such a large group of diploids at the northern limit of the range of
the species was of special interest because they were far removed
from other known diploids and because, according to existing hypoth-
eses, tetraploids should have been growing there.

Diploids began to appear in surprising places. On the way to
Michigan from my home in Ohio, we stopped at a roadside park near
Woodville, Ohio, for lunch, There, along a roadside ditch was the
first T. ohiensis I found in connection with this study. The car was so
packed with Deans and household goods that it was impossible to get
to any collecting material. We forced milk down the children until we
made a bottle available. The bottle when stoppered, with about an
inch of water in the bottom, made a very effective damp chamber.
Since I had examined diploids at station A, I decided to see what tet-
raploid pollen mitosis was like, but when I examined the plants in the
milk bottle I had been carrying about, I found to my surprise that they
too were diploid.

Dr. Max Britton, who was teaching ecology in the summer session
at Ann Arbor, brought back several collections of living material
from a field trip across the state. These collections are indicated on
maps 1 and 2 by numbers. They included diploids from Buchanan,
Michigan and Smith, Indiana (22 and 10 on Map 1). These diploids,
and others sent by Mrs. Charles Worster of North Liberty, Indiana,
raised the question of whether these scattered diploids were con-
nected with other diploid stations.

383

ASA GRAY BULLETIN

Autumn 1953

oDiIP
STLURAGCOID

Map 3. The distribution of Tvadescantia ohiensis in relation to mean annual tem-
eens: Isotherms after Schneider (1917).

NCE ea
ue ae x
Sar ak Ve ,
ee eat \ =
ae z aes Fi x
/ Sou. .
- + Pe
i ne ;
: ‘ ues ‘
el : oft 4
6 0 ‘< Be
4 i] ee
ry ;
e : i
pe
{
Peale: « o 8° A ‘
ri [tse
ee ete
Cx we \ * Rhee
- ry =
a% x
i se]
oe
50 mies

ODIPLOID eTETRAPLOID ESTIMATED
CACLAYEY OR LIMESTONE TILL (@FteR Mc NAMCE 1930)

Map 4, The distribution of Tradescantia ohiensis in relation to clayey or limestone
till soils. Soils map after McNamee (1930). Dotted lines represent drainage basins.

384 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

As more stations were discovered and plotted, it became apparent
that there was a pattern to their distribution. One development which
was very encouraging was that diploids and tetraploids did not over-
lap in their distribution to any great extent. By the last season of
collecting, counts were entirely predictable when past experience was
applied to a knowledge of where the plants were growing. Exceptions
were confined to the area shown on Map 2, A tetraploid was first dis-
covered in the fencerow in front of the old Dexter home west of the
village of Dexter. There seemed to be something “sinister at Dexter”
in this discovery since the other Tradescantia in the region was dip-
loid as far as known. The whole stand was worked carefully, and it
transpired that diploids and tetraploids were growing together. No
triploids were discovered even though triploids later resulted from
artificial crosses involving some of these same plants.

The maps enclosed tell the story of the distribution of the diploids
and tetraploids. Map 3 shows that tetraploids are found farther north
than diploids, but when one considers the mean annual temperatures,
it becomes apparent that diploids grow in regions just as cold as the
coldest areas where tetraploids are found. Temperature, then, does
not seem to be a major factor in the distribution of diploids and tet-
raploids,

Map 4 shows that regions of clay soil are important in limiting the
spread of both diploids and tetraploids. Even where the plants are
shown on this generalized map to be growing in areas of heavy soil,
field notes show that they were growing in local deposits of other
types of soil. The correlation between the soils as shown on this map
and the occurrence of the plant was very striking in the field in many
places, particularly in Kent and Allegan Counties. Most Tradescantia
was found in glacial outwash, and a large amount was found in mo-
raine country, Very little was found in boulder clay or till. None was
found in the clay of postglacial lakes. More tetraploids than diploids
were found in regions of outwash, and the situation was reversed in
moraine country.

The most striking diploid-tetraploid difference involving edaphic
factors was the preference for different kinds of soil as classified by
the county soil maps. Almost one-third of the diploids were found in
peat or muck; whereas only 3.8% of the tetraploids were growing
under like conditions, The tetraploids strongly favored sandy, well-
drained soils, In addition, tetraploids were more abundant generally,
and were more abundant in areas of great disturbance.

Map 5 shows the distribution in relation to the vegetation. It would
seem from this that the distribution of beech-maple forests is another
deterrent to the spread of Tradescantiain general. The species is
most often found in regions of prairie vegetation or in regions of oak-
hickory forest. A characteristic place for diploid T. ohiensis is at

BEECH - MAPLE
OAK - PINE

E) SWAMP ASSOCIATION

(J OAK- HICKORY (wiTH
PRAIRIE OPENINGS IN OHIO)

°

@ TETRAPLOID

fe ESTIMATED

€S6T uuniny

NILATING AVUD VSV

ap 5. The distribution of Tradescantia ohiensis in relation to vegetation. Ohio: original vegetation after Chapman (1944). Indiana:
present vegetation after Gordon (1936). Western Michigan: original vegetation after Kenoyer (1930, 1934 and 1940). Washtenaw
County, Michigan: original extent of beech-maple forest plotted after data from Merk (1951), Jackson County, Michigan: original
extent of bur oak forest plotted after data from Hartesveldt (1951).

386 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

the edge of a wet meadow, spreading from there to nearby roads and
railroads, Tetraploids are often found in very disturbed (and often
extremely dry) places, and where prairie vegetation and oak-hickory
forest meet. In several localities, the soil was so dry and infertile
that vegetation did not cover the ground.

At Allegan State Park, the tetraploids were growing with Opuntia,
Amorpha canescens, and stunted black oaks. I should say that in the
days before man was so kind as to provide hot, dry railroad rights-
of-way and dry, mowed roadsides, tetraploids were plants of the oak
openings.

I spent a great deal of time trying to explain the disjunct distribu-
tion of diploids in light of a possible reduction of tetraploids to dip-
loids, but in the end this seemed entirely unreasonable. It seemed
more likely that the diploids are relics of a time when their distribu-
tion was continuous. I have proposed the hypothesis that the diploids
entered the area in post-glacial times, about the time of the change
from pine dominance to oak dominance, and that they entered along
drainage paths which connected the Mississippi drainage system with
the places where diploids are found today. Although I began this study
too late for an eye-witness account, it seems reasonable to me that
wet meadow situations could have existed along these drainage paths
and that the subsequent change to closed forests restricted these
light-loving plants to small relict areas. This statement is presented
here without much proof, but Map 6 will show how the drainage sys-
tem existing at the time of the first Lake Maumee, and the lake
beaches subsequently left behind, form a system connecting known
stands of diploid T. ohiensis in this area with other known stands of
diploids. The habitats in which diploids are currently found lend sup-
port to this idea. Diploids frequently occur along abandoned channels
of early post-glacial drainage.

The distribution of tetraploids conforms to the sweep of the Prai-
rie Peninsula as shown on Map 7. This, taken with observations of
habitat, suggests that the tetraploids entered Michigan with the ad-
vancing front of the Prairie Peninsula during the Xerothermic Pe-
riod. The advent of man had a favorable influence upon the spread of
the tetraploids, bringing together populations formerly separated by
the development of closed vegetation. My cytological observations
lead me to believe that the meeting of these tetraploids along rail-
roads and roads was attended by an increase in cytological aberra-
tions of considerable evolutionary significance. My study of Trades -
cantia ig still going on, I am anxious to cross diploids from different
areas and to determine by a study of the homology shown by the mei-
otic chromosomes of the F, generation just which populations are
most alike and which have moved farther from the main line. If this
experiment is successful, it should go a long way in showing whether
I was right or wrong in some of my hypotheses. I am still anxious to

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN

mates
o o 109 49 50

Map 6, The mae distribution of diploid igen hes ohiensis in relati
ee features at the time of the first Lake Maumee. Geological feshicae after
Russell and eee (1918).

Map 7. The distribution of Tradescantia ohiensis in relation to the Prairie Penin-
sula. Map of the Prairie Peninsula after ery aes (1935). Counties outlined are
those in which Tradescantia ohiensis is known to grow. Ohio: data after Schaffner
(1932), Anderson and Woodson (1935), Dean (unpublished) nage ate Sears data.
Counties where only diploid plants were found a. arked “D,”

Deam (1940), Anderson and Woodson (1935), ee (usabliahea),
nois: data after Anderson and Woodson (1935

Indi after
eineeanie and IIli-

387

388 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

know of stations where Tradescantia ohiensis grows. I am particu-
larly anxious to know of new diploids, especially along the drainage of
the Wabash, Ohio, and Mississippi Rivers.

LITERATURE CITED

Anderson, E,, and K. Sax. 1936. A pees monograph of the American species
of T7 adescantia. Bot. Gaz. 97:433-4

Anderson, E., and R. E, Woodson. 1935. ae species of Tradescantia indigenous to
the United States. Contrib. Arnold Arbor. no. 9. ix, 1

Chapman, A. G, 1944, Bille Rone in “Ohio’s Forest Resources, ” Ohio Agr.

Deam, C. C, 1940. Flora of Tae: Ind. Dept. of Conservation, Div. of Forestry,
6

Indianapolis, 236 pp.
ordon, R. B. 1936. A preliminary vegetation map of Indiana, Amer, Midland Nat.
7866-877.

papier nai R. J. 1951. Forest-tree distribution in Jackson County, Michigan ac-
ording to original land survey records. M.S, thesis. School of Natural Re-
sources. Univ. of Michigan.

Kenoyer, L, A. 1930. Ecological notes on Kalamazoo County, Michigan, based o
the original land survey. Papers Michigan Acad, Sci. Arts and Lett. 11:211- 217,

Kenoyer, L. A. 1934, Forest distribution in southwestern Michigan as interpreted
from the original land survey (1826-32), Papers Michigan Acad, Sci. Arts an
Lett. 19:107-111.

Kenoyer, L. A. 1940. Plant associations in Barry, Calhoun, and Branch Counties,
Michigan, as interpreted from the original survey. Papers Michigan Acad, Sci.
Arts an t. 25:75-77.

Mc Saree R. L. 1930. The surface waters of panes Eng. Research Bull.

. 16. Dae of Michigan, Ann Arbor.

mae J. W. 1951. Tree species distribution on he basis of the original land survey
of Washtenaw County, Michigan. M. S. thesis. School of Natural Resources.
Univ. of Michigan

Russell, I. C., and F. ble 1915, Ann Arbor folio, Michigan. U.S. Geol. Sur-
vey, ‘Washington, 1 pp.

Schaffner, J. H. 1932. Fee catalog of Ohio vascular plants. Ohio Biol. Surv.
Bull. 25 (Vol. 5. no. 2.):8&9-215.

Schneider, C. F. 1917. a iae eee tas of Michigan” in Leverett, F. ee
geology of Michigan. Pub. 25. Series 21. Michigan Geol. and Biol. Surv

Transeau, E. N. 1935. The oe pene Ecology 16:423-437.

COLLECTING IN GRANT COUNTY, NORTH DAKOTA
O. A. Stevens

In 1907 Dr. W. B. Bell, then zoologist at the North Dakota Agricul-
tural College, later with the U. S. Biological Survey, spent the summer
collecting plants in “Morton County.” This county was later divided so
that most of the area is now in Grant County. Several species had not
been found elsewhere, others only rarely. Since it appears that some
were southern species coming into the State by the Missouri Valley and
since western species occur on occasional buttes along the river, fur-
ther exploration had long been desired.

In August 1952 I had an opportunity to spend four days in the area
with Lloyd Shoesmith, a soil scientist. I knew this would be an ideal
combination to make habitat observations but another advantage was
realized later, i.e., that he knew how to get over the ground, an im-
portant asset to his botanist companion.

Dr. Bell’s specimens included Oenothera laciniata, Specularia
perfoliata and Eriogonum “trichopes” from Section 22, Township 131,
Range 86 and Acerates lanuginosa from Sec. 3. An additional list of
about 125 species was made for which we had no specimens from the
general area. About 35 of these and others were secured.

The weather had been dry and hot but was becoming somewhat un-
settled. A hard shower with some hail struck the town of Carson just
after we arrived the first night. Next morning was glowery and side
roads would be sticky. It was suggested that we could work a sand
area located about five miles northeast of town.

We drove into a pasture for a better dune area and were invited to
the farmer’s house. He had a nice looking house well protected by
trees, a fish pool and an unusual number of fruit trees. Most interesting
to me were some beautiful mats of Juniperus horizontalis in the pasture.
A landscapist would have given a good sum for such but the farmer was
trying to clear them out.

In the afternoon we crossed the county to the State line and returned
by a different route. The next day we started out to hunt for Section 22.
My driver said he did not know if there was any road into it but we
would see. Following one road down a creek we stopped to explore one
of the northern eroded slopes and were fortunate in finding an Eriogonum.
Dr. Lincoln Constance says it is not E. trichopes but it is not yet de-
termined. The plants were small and could easily be mistaken for
Polygonum aviculare which is so common in Similar situations.

Back-tracking we found a farmer who said he knew of no road but
the section belonged to his son who was cutting corn a little farther on.

389

390 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Ul, No. 4

We found the son who said there was no road to it but gave us directions
how to approach it most closely.

Approaching from another direction we crossed prairie, skirted
coulees and fields, then came to a conventional two-wire fence. Here
I learned the art of crossing a fence without cutting wires or pulling
staples. In dry, hard soil one simply lifts posts and replaces them.
Down the sides of a broad coulee for a half a mile we came to a deep
gully. A short walk brought us to the section line.

This wide coulee or valley had been the scene of great erosion. One
huge, black butte stood near the west side, another on the adjoining
section. The ground was littered with ferric nodules and other debris.
A short climb up one shoulder revealed nothing of special interest and
we did not attempt the steep sides. Astragalus racemosus was frequent
along the drainage channel but we found no plants at all of the more
generally distributed A. bisulcatus.

Just before we left the section Mr. Shoesmith remarked, “Would you
be interested in this?” It was Talinum parviflorum that I had forgotten.
Here it was in full bloom on bare ground between grass tufts. When the
thick taproot was split it showed an astonishing green color inside. On
a south slope nearby we found what appeared to be Asclepias pumila,
another species collected earlier only in this county. The plants were
small with closely crowded leaves and a few slender pods. In a coulee
in the sandhill area we had found a quantity of A. verticillata with leaves
all stripped by grasshoppers.

The next day we visited Pretty Rock Butte, which is grass-covered
but one of the largest in the area. Amorpha nana was abundant on its
west slope. This species seems partial to slopes where the lower soil
is tight and promotes a slow sub-surface water movement. Chrysotham -
nus and Artemisia longifolia were usually present on large, bare buttes
but we could not find Artemisia tridentata nor Sarcobatus. The Mis-
souri Valley from Fort Yates southward was examined for Pierre shale
exposures that proved to be small and local. At one place Dalea en-
neandra grew in abundance just at the top of this shale. No new records
of southern plants were found there.

The geology of the area is interesting. Frequent evidence of Kan-
san glacial drift is found west to about R. 86 in southern Grant County
and about six or seven miles south of Raleigh the gravel was extensive
enough to use in road building. On some of the higher levels there is a
gray, flint-like rock that often contains plant-materials. It is in some-
what the same position as the petrified wood that is frequent in the area.
At one place two small hills were fairly paved with blocks of it. From
one hill north of Elgin a large quantity has been taken to Garrison Dam.
In a few places there are remnants of sandstone beds from which the
dune sands were derived.

PLANT COLLECTING IN THE BAD LANDS
AT MEDORA, NORTH DAKOTA

Oo. A. Stevens

When James Noonan, one of my former students, now county exten-
sion agent in Bowman County, asked me to come to his 4-H camp at
Medora, it seemed a good excuse to do some collecting in that area.
As a matter of fact, the vicinity of Medora is one of the most collected
places in the state because it could be reached by train in the early
days and the Bad Lands were a special attraction. However, system-
atic county collections had not been made until recent years and I was
able to add a number of species to the record.

The camp area was a disappointment because it was on a ranch
with considerable farm land and no evident natural attractions. I was
especially interested in a Crataegus that I had previously collected at
Theodore Roosevelt’s Chimney Butte Ranch. One of the men kindly
took me to the place and I got the specimens. This is located in an
unusually large, very sandy “bottom,” The road to it was devious,
winding about among the hills to find a passage back to the river.

Most of my discussion will apply to the immediate vicinity of Me-
dora which is readily accessible to the hurried tourist. I wanted es-
pecially Physaria and Stanleya that I had barely seen and did not know
just where to hunt. I finally found both, the former in a very sandy cut
in a butte, the latter on a broken north slope which is probably not its
characteristic habitat.

Unusually abundant rains since late April had made the Bad Lands
a lush green, Two years ago in August the roads were thickly covered
with dust in which Mentzelia decapetala flowers opened uncannily.
Prairie dogs were visible for long distances. This year the dogs were
largely hidden by the grass.

The date was July 6-8. Yucca glauca was in full bloom, the single
spikes usually two to three feet tall, and in some places abundant
enough to be quite showy. The greatest surprise to me was Calo-
chortus Nuttallii, 1 had seen little of it before and had formed the
opinion that it was rather rare or local, but here it was everywhere
(most abundant on north facing slopes). Sphaevralcea coccinea formed
great red patches along roadsides. Personel at the Theodore Roose-
velt National Memorial Park said it had attracted the most comment
from tourists. To my mind Lupinus pusillus is a dainty thing but itis
not too abundant and grows on the river bottoms where it is not likely
to be seen. Plants of Oenothera (Pachylophus) caespitosa that Mrs.
Chester Brooks had transplanted had grown to tremendous size.

391

392 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

Fig. 1. Typical Bad Lands scene, Theodore Roosevelt National Memorial Park.
Photo by George Grant, National Park Service

Linum Lewisii also surprised me by its abundance and size, It

to mid-April and I thought perhaps that might have held it back. Eu-
phorbia dictyosperma also was dwarf, only about 4 inches high though
I had seen large plants in the North Unit at an earlier date in 1943.

Penstemons were present but not conspicuous. P. nitidus and
angustifolius were past. P. albidus was eas P. gracilis was
common but more so in depressions on the prairie than in the Bad
Lands. The time was late for PR Bees (cristatus). Most of the
plants bore one or two flowers at the top of the spike but a few good
specimens were seen. P. grandiflorus does not reach that area.

The milkyetches were not abundant, Oxytropis Lambertii was
mostly past bloom. Astragalus bisulcatus was abundant and showy in

cantha was well in bloom especially on ridges. Plagiobothrys Brad-
buryiana (Oreocarya glomerata) was still blooming on the buttes and
now had reached a foot in height. This had no common name so I
called it “Butte Candle.” The gray spikes are conspicuous quite early

. 2.
action in gr

Bad Lands, Theodore Roosevelt National Memorial Park. Note contrasts on north- and south-facing slopes,
asslands. Photo by George Grant, National Park Service.

and gullying

NLLATING AVUD VSV eG6T uuNjny

€6&

394 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

in the season and the overgrown ones of mid-July seem out of place.
Gaillardia aristata was in bloom along the roadsides, Agoseris glauca
sometimes made showy patches in the lower places. Viola Nuttallii,
prominent inearly spring, was now in mature fruit and overgrown by
the taller plants. The silvery cushions of. Astragalus triphyllus
(Orophaca caespitosa) could easily be seen because they grow at the
tops of the hills on practically bare places but they now lacked their
large, creamy-white flowers. Echinacea angustifolia was coming into
bloom on the warmer slopes. Later in the season Solidago, Chrysopsis,
Chrysothamnus, Aster and Menizelia will be the outstanding plants.

Hedysarum boreale has an interesting history. It was found by
Nuttall in 1810, then completely overlooked by the “early modern”
botanists until about 1920. At the date of my visit it was in full bloom,
abundant and showy in some places, but absent in others, It seems to
grow chiefly on north and east slopes, on or near quite steep slopes.

Among the surprises were two peony plants in a coulee where some
one had lived 20 years or more ago. They were just out of bloom, ap-
parently quite thrifty. Hesperis matronalis had run riot around the
place. Campanula rapunculoides was there but had not spread much.

An account of the flora of the North Unit of the Park was published
in the American Botanist for October, 1943.*

NEW SUBSCRIBERS TO THE ASA GRAY BULLETIN

Breen, Dr. Ruth S., Dept. of Botany, Florida State eee Tallahassee, Fla.
Harris, W. P., 855. Ellair Place, Grosse Pointe 30,

Koelz, Walter, Division of Birds, Univ. eee a ide a ee Arbor, Mich.
Larsen, Mrs. Harry E., Box 32, Quinnesec, Mic

Melhus, I. E., 407 Pearson Ave., Ames, Iowa

Muenscher, W. C., Dept. of Botany, Cornell University, Ithaca

Phillips, Edwin A., Dept. of Botany, Pomona College, claremont, ‘entire
Sprankle, H. Miller, 18244 Monica Ave., Detroit 21, Mic

Warnock, Barton H., Sul Ross State College, Alpine, ree

Weadock, Miss Virginia A., 408 Nob Hill Place, Ann Arbor

Wehmeyer, Lewis E., Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Mich., Ann ene Mich.

INSTITUTIONAL SUBSCRIBERS
Alabama Polytechnic Institute, ee nee? Auburn, Ala,
Asbury College, Library, Wilm
Central Michigan College, Dept. of Biology, Mt. Pleasant, Mich.
ali
Iowa State College, Library, Ames, Iowa.

b
Université de Montréal, Service de Biogéographie, 2900 Boul. Mont-Royal, Montréal,
ada

Q
seats ie of New Hampshire, Library, Durham
M. College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, eee Library, State College,

"N
University of Pennsylvania Library, Philadelphia 4, Penna,

*Stevens, O, A., North Roosevelt Park, North Dakota. Amer. Bot. 49:104-110,
43.

SOME RECOLLECTIONS OF AN AMATEUR BOTANIST

Campbell Bonner

As well as I can remember, it must have begun when I was a child
of four or five years, taken, along with a bevy of small cousins under
the care of a nurse, to walk on the “commons” around Nashville, Ten-
nessee, At that time Nashville was a small, dull, unprosperous city,
still suffering from the ruin wrought by the Civil War. The poverty
and depression of those times explained the existence of the “com-
mons,” which were simply unenclosed fields and grass lands, whose
owners no longer had the money to fence them, nor to stock the pas-
tures and cultivate the arable land.

Such fences and farm buildings as had once been on these com-
mons were probably destroyed by war, for the Battle of Nashville had
raged over this and many other areas round the city. The soldiers’
campfires consumed every stick of fencing as well as doors, gates,
and loose boards from stables and sheds. A line of earthen breast-
works crossed our commons, and as we grew older we dug from the
trenches behind those slowly sinking mounds such relics as broken
bayonets, many heavy leaden Minié balls, grape shot, and even a
small bombshell.

In younger days, however, our delight, as befitted our age, was in
the wild flowers. Chief among these was the pink crowfoot, as we
called it from its tendency to send out along the ground forking cymes
studded above with rose-pink flowerets. It is really a stonecrop (Se-
dum pulchellum), which, I believe, horticulturists are beginning to
value as a rockery plant. Equally splendid in April is a low-growing
plant with masses of yellow flowers, for which we had no name. It is
Gray’s Lesquerella Lescurii, and is believed to be found only in the
vicinity of Nashville, where, after many years I saw it again, though
the commons that I knew as a child are now covered with streets and
houses. Then there was the wild larkspur (Delphinium carolinianum,
perhaps the same as Michaux’s D. azureum, but despite this alterna-
tive name it is also to be found with pink flowers or even white).
From these flowers we used to make little wreaths scarcely more
than two and a half inches across, that size being determined by the
curve of the spurs, which we fitted into the throat of the flower next
in order inthe ring. Years afterward I have occasionally found one
of these circlets dry and crumbly where it had been pressed in some
convenient book.

All these flowers flourished where the soil was thin over the lime-
stone on which and of which, to some extent, the city is built. Where

395

396 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. U, No. 4

there was deeper soil, good grass covered our commons, and dwellers
on the outskirts of town used to take advantage of it by turning their
cows out to graze until milking-time, when a boy was sent to drive his
employer’s beast back to her stable.

In waste places, such as the bed of a dry stream or the sides of a
gulley, we met less desirable company among the plants and learned
to know them, as children must, by way of pricks and scratches.
Among them were the Yao (Xanthium), the ubiquitous horse-
nettle (Solanum carolinense), betraying its kinship to the tomato by
its strong smell, occasionally the detestable S. rostratum (the host of
the Colorado beetle), which even at that time was making its way
eastward from its natural habitat, the western plains. There was one
of these denizens of waste soil that specially fascinated us, Martynia
louisianica. Its seed-pod, curved like the horn of an ibex, split as it
dried into two curving horns, which taken together with the sooty color
of the dry pod and the strong odor of the whole plant, produced a sin-
ister effect that justified our name for it, “devil’s horns.”

Those childish rambles quickened my eyes and roused an interest
in wild plants that has never left me. But the years of school brought
other interests, and for long periods I learned of botany only what
garden flowers and door-yard weeds could teach. In summer, how-
ever, there were new resources. We often spent some of the hot
months on a farm; and I.asked so many questions about the trees,
many of which were new t» me, that my mother hit upon a plan to sat-
isfy my curiosity and keep me occupied and out from under foot at the
same time.

Rummaging in a closet under the eaves she found a relic of the
good intentions of some long-dead relation — a blank quarto volume,
intended for a commonplace book, which the one-time owner had
meant to fill with “elegant extracts.” There was only a name in the
book, and the good rag paper, though yellowed, was untouched and
strong. “There,” she said; “Now when you see a tree you don’t know,
bring home a leaf or two, and if I don’t know it, Uncle Joe will. Then
you can press a leaf in the book, fasten it with a strip of gummed
paper across the stem, and write its name by it.”

So began what I might call my foliarium, which, before the sum-
mer was over, bulged with pugent-smelling leaves of many kinds. It
was probably a good sampling of all the species accessible in wood-
lots, fence-corners, and roadsides within the circuit of a mile from
the farm; but if my collection could truly have represented that tree-
rich region, I might have needed several more blank books. As it
was, I collected leaves of hackberry, ironwood (hornbeam), sassafras,
tulip-tree, catalpa, pawpaw, sweet-gum (Liquidambar), black-gum
(tupelo, Nyssa), persimmon, coffee-tree (Gymmnocladus), yellow-wood
(Cladrastis), not to mention eight or ten kinds of oak, three hickories,

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 397

four elms, black walnut and butternut, and one or two ashes. The red
cedar (Juniperus virginiana) grew so thickly on the glades which were
interspersed with good farm land that we thought of it as living a life
quite apart from the deciduous trees, as indeed it did.

Needless to say, rambles in search of new trees brought many
lesser plants to my attention, among them the tall ironweed (Vernonia),
a tough and dangerous enemy to the good grass of the wood-lots,
dodder (Cuscuta), the reddish yellow parasitic climber, unworthily
called love-vine, and the day-flower (Commelina virginica), with its
delicate, short-lived sky-blue petals.

I was not to be a botanist. Throughout my years of school and col-
lege another interest ruled my choice of studies. I learned nothing of
botany in any formal way except for a simple and useful course in
systematic botany; in those days, in fact, there was little more to
choose from. But when after my post graduate studies I returned to
Nashville to take a teaching position, my amateur botanizing was re-
sumed, now in the company of a colleague, also an amateur, who knew
more about plants than I did. With him I went on long walks, often
among the hills, where the elevation favored new flowers, like the
birdfoot violet; and in the hollows between I remember finding hepat-
ica, bloodroot, trillium (the “wake-robin” variety), and later, wild
Mertensia, celandine poppy, and a beautiful crimson cup-fungus, prob-
ably Peziza coccinea.

At some time during those years, the last that I lived in the South,
I was introduced to a venerable man who had earned the respect and
gratitude of all lovers of southern plant life, and who deserved far
wider recognition than he ever received. This was Dr. Augustin Gat-
tinger, then a frail bent man near the end of a long life, who walked
leaning heavily upon the arms of his two daughters. As a young Ba-
varian graduate in medicine he had been driven into political exile in
the troubled year 1849, and had drifted from his port of landing to
Tennessee and begun the practice of his profession. He devoted his
leisure, which was probably much more than he wanted, to the inves-
tigation of the natural resources of Tennessee, a study for which his
scientific training had well qualified him, and especially, of the trees,
shrubs, and plants of his new home. Through many years he rode on
horseback for great distances and over the roughest country, collect-
ing and identifying the plants of the state, and discovering several new
species which bear his name. This exhausting activity won a some-
what grudging recognition when in 1901 the State Legislature appro-
priated money to publish his Flora of Tennessee, a poorly printed but
invaluable book.

Opposite its title page is a photograph — a plain, patient, benevolent
face — and below it a most appropriate motto:

398 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

Gutta cavat lapidem non vi sed saepe cadendo,

“Not by force, by frequent fall alone
A drop in time carves out a stone.”

The Latin verse is not from Horace, as the old gentleman’s im-
perfect memory suggested, but from a modern Latinist who enlarged
upon the first three words, which are indeed a proverb quoted by the
Roman poet.

Memories like these were brought to mind, not many months ago,
by a curious circumstance. In the course of some of the subterranean
operations which, by this time, must have turned the underground
areas of our Ann Arbor campus into a rather shabby catacomb, a
half-yard or so of fill-dirt, brought from heaven knows where, was
dumped in a corner near the Natural Science Building. Some weeks of
sun and rain wrought a change, and when passing the spot one day, I
stopped in amazement, for the seeds imbedded in that soil had germi-
nated and sprung up into a rank growth such as I had often seen in the
South, but not in Michigan, Here was a coarse, prickly, red-stemmed
weed of which I have never learned the name (possibly Amaranthus
spinosus), some ambitious shoots of ironweed, and — sure sign of
southern or southwestern origin — some flourishing stalks of the tall
ragweed (Ambrosia trifida), which Tennessee farmers call horseweed,
because in drouthy times, when the grass is dry, horses will browse
upon the rank upper growth of the tall weed. But one of my uncles,
who had lived in Texas for a year or two, said “Out there, it’s blood-
weed.” He showed me why; crushing the greenish flower-head with
his fingers, he forced out a few drops of juice that stained his skin a
deep crimson.

I think the senior editor of this Bulletin, like myself, had been
eyeing those alien weeds with some interest; but before either of us
had time to examine them closely, a belatedly efficient force from the
Department of Buildings and Grounds came and shoveled the whole
mass away.

THE SECOND HOOGSTRAAL BIOLOGICAL
EXPEDITION TO MEXICO, 1939

Virginius H. Chase’

This, the second Mexican Biological Expedition, planned and or-
ganized by Harry Hoogstraal, left Peoria, Illinois, about midnight,
June 10, 1939. It was hoped that enough biological material would be
collected to pay at least the expenses of the trip.

We went in an inclosed International Truck. There were six of us;
two collecting insects, three collecting birds, mammals and reptiles,
and one collecting botanical material.

Harry Hoogstraal, a student of the University of Illinois, from
Chicago, an easygoing fellow of 23, an entomological collector,
planned the expedition, Because the botanical collector on the pre-
vious trip had collected but little and the box containing the insect
collection had been stolen by a native under the impression it was
something of value, there had been but little to sell to offset the ex-
pense of the expedition and Harry had not been able to finance another
for this year.

J. Van Gorkom, of Elmhurst, Illinois, was a law student of the
University of Illinois who had been the announcer for the Champaign
radio station the past year. He was a husky fellow witha good bass
voice, and was a natural leader, He spent last summer traveling over
Europe and being interested in seeing Mexico offered to advance the
money for this expedition. He had no interest in any branch of sci-
ence; in fact the only book he took with him on this trip was a hand-
book on “bridge.”

Ralph Haag of Englewood, age 19, of the University of Illinois, was
much interested in collecting insects, particularly butterflies an
moths. He was a Boy Scout of high rank before he went to college,
and one of the finest young men I ever met.

Bob Carsuth, age 19, was a big fellow who said (believe it or not)
that his great-grandfather was an Admiral in the Norwegian navy.
His interests included no science, but polo, aviation, boating and
shooting. He carried three shooting irons and asked all along the way
about big game. He claimed to have had some lessons in taxidermy

‘Prepared from two papers presented by Mr. Chase to the Peoria Academy of
Science, in September and October 1939, upon his return from the expedition which

of the first biological expeditions that took advantage of the then new highway from
Mexico City to Laredo, in the days when tourists were still a novelty there.

399

400 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. H, No. 4

and before the trip Harry told me that Bob would help the taxidermist
collect and prepare skins and would also have time to help me.

Bruce Wathall of Oak Park, who had done some work at the Chi-
cago Academy of Science, an overgrown Boy Scout of 18, over six feet
tall, went as collector and preparator of skins of birds and animals.

And then there was a fellow by the name of Chase who was sup-
posed to collect ten thousand botanical specimens but fell short of his
quota. And now having introduced the gang let us see the so-called
Scientific Expedition on its way.

The evening of June 10th the representative of the Peoria Star
waited hour after hour at the Play House (107 Park Place) expecting
to photograph the Expedition as it was ready to start, but gave it up
and it was nearly midnight before the last of the party arrived. Offi-
cial papers from Mexico had not come and a strike in a munition plant
had made necessary a trip to Chicago for ammunition. So it was 12:05
Sunday A.M. the 11th of June when we at last headed out for the Farm-
ington Road. We crossed the Mississippi River at Quincy and at 5:15
A.M. had a blowout in Palmyra, Mo. Without proper tools and a rim
rusted on it was a long struggle. Being Sunday morning not a garage
was open. Van said he was going to church and I wondered if it was
to get out of changing tires but throughout the trip he never missed an
opportunity to go to mass even when it put him to some inconvenience.
We finally got help but lost four hours before getting the old spare on.
We had not eaten since Saturday night but it was not until 11:00 A. M.
we stopped by the roadside for breakfast. The gasoline stoves were
pulled out but no one seemed to be able to make them work very well
in the wind. Van told me I might as well get busy frying cakes as I
might have considerable of it todo. Since I have been doing my own
cooking I have bought prepared pancake flour at least half a dozen
times, tried to make pancakes and thrown the package out in disgust.
To make a long story short, we wasted an hour and a half and cooked
the dough and the boys ate it but there was never anything that looked
like a decent pancake. With the blaze high or low, with little grease,
a lot of grease or none at all it was just a matter of scraping the
griddle to keep the mess from burning. I did not eat a bite and if any-
one had come along going to Peoria the expedition could have gone on
without me!

At 3:30 that afternoon we had a blowout at Chillicothe, Mo. After
trying our jack we went and borrowed two more and finally got the
rim off to a garage, bought an inner tube and had the mechanic put it
on. It was after dark and we had lost nearly eight hours for the first
day. I had had nothing to eat for over 24 hours so went to a lunch
room and invited the gang to eat with me. We then rolled down the
canvas and went to sleep. Near Cameron, Mo., we saw the only ma-
rijuana of the entire trip.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 401

We reached Lawrence, Kansas at 2:40 Monday and Harry went at
once to find the herpetologist at the University, Doctor Edward H,
Taylor, but it was Commencement day. The walks were crowded with
students in caps and gowns with many visitors. A group of science
students gathered around but no one could locate Doctor Taylor. Two
professors showed us the insect collections and then we drove below
the hill and fried onions and potatoes and made coffee. After Harry
made one more trip to Doctor Taylor’s office, we gave it up and
headed for Iola, Kansas.

Perhaps 15 miles out we stopped to check the tires, and Doctor
Taylor, who had cut the evening entertainment and left his place on
the platform vacant, overtook us and invited us all to go back with
him. Bob and I said we would stay with the truck and the others all
went back. The Doctor had much to show and much to tell, so they
stayed late.

We drive the rest of the night and into Tulsa Oklahoma at 7:15
A.M. We had breakfast at 10:00 on eggs, rolls and coffee and were in
Oklahoma City at 2:00 P.M. The boys went to the swimming pool and
at 4:00 with a sardine sandwich in hand for dinner and supper we
drove on. Tuesday night at 11:40 P.M. we entered Texas. Around Ft.
Worth is beautiful black land, good dairy herds and turkey ranches,
Near Hillsboro the right of way was bright with tall purple flowers
which I guessed might be some species of Centaurea,

Near Bruceville we saw our first horned toad and noted our first
buzzard, but probably we had passed many before. Near Austin we
saw our first paisano, or road-runner.

Into San Antonio 3:30 Wednesday, 102 in the shade. Here the tav-
ern signs read “Sap Depot;” not a bad term as applied either to the
commodity sold, or to the consumer! Opuntias as high as the fences
became common. For many miles there is a single yucca planted be-
hind each roadsign, the vegetation becomes more tropical, with palms,
citrus orchards and agave. After crossing Nueces River chaparral
becomes predominant, From here to Laredo the road signs are put
up in pairs, one in English and one in Spanish.

The custom inspection crossing into Mexico was tiresome. In ap-
plying for a passport I put myself down as Custodian of the Peoria
Academy of Science but the word Custodian was too much for the se-
norita at the typewriter, so, after conferring with the cashier she put
me down as “Superintendant of Museum of Peoria Academy of Sci-
ence.”

At the Custom House the personal baggage was opened and laid
before a portly senora who looked much bored as she ran her fingers
lightly around the edge of each suitcase and waved it aside. Our
canned goods were piled on a scale, and weight and charges announced,

402 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

but when we said “too much” they promptly offered to reduce the
weight charged for and then when we said we would take it back and
leave it in Laredo they made another substantial reduction; even then
we may have paid too much as we never knew what the schedule might
have been or who got our money.

At 5:40 P.M. we were on our way. You would enjoy the first stop
which was Power’s Restaurant at Sabinas Hidalgo: a large room with
good food and a wonderful display of blankets and articles of Mexican
handicraft for sale. Here, off the hard road four miles is Oja de Agua
with traces of old stone fences and old trees planted many years ago
when this was the home of the owner of a large Hacienda. A wonderful
spring comes out among loose limestones from a face 75 feet wide
making a pool from one to five feet deep of crystal clearness. One
afternoon a party of senoritas came to bathe and one sat there in the
water and sang for a half hour. While I am not a lover of music, I
must admit there is charm in the voice of a mermaid, In this dry
land picnic spots are rare so this place which is open and free is fa-
vorably known far and wide. A man comes every day with ice and
sells coca-cola. On Sunday a party came down from Monterrey for a
dance on the outdoor dancing floor and we and our bugs and reptiles
became the center of attraction and the two or three who could act as
interpreters were kept busy relaying information. Below the spring
along the muddy border of the stream, butterflies were congregated
in great numbers. Papilio cresphontes, one of the largest butterflies
we have in Illinois, was there by the hundreds. I counted 50 in one
group not two feet square. If you made no sudden move to startle
them you could pick them up one by one. A small cave close by with
a low ceiling contained bats, and large brown moths came to roost in
the cave during the day, not far from the opening.

After three days of wonderful collecting here it was decided to go
to Mexico City and collect on the way back. For 25 miles there was
little to see but chaparral and stony soil; the land fenced and badly
overpastured. Then up through Mamulique Pass and a stop to show
our passports. Bruce jumped out but as soon as he found what was
wanted he realized he did not know where his passport was so he
scrambled back into the truck to hunt for it. He did not find it for a
day or two but fortunately the inspector had not counted us so we were
allowed to proceed. Then there came a place where dark colored
millipeds about four inches long were crossing the highway, going
east. I estimated one every five feet or over 3000 that we saw just on
the pavement. The soil gradually became better and where cultivated,
near Monterrey, showed nice green corn and agave fields. We saw
several yoke of oxen plowing. The Mexican yoke is a straight piece
of wood laid across the necks of the animals just behind the horns. It
is made about a foot wide where it rests on the neck and is securely
fastened by leather straps wrapped around the horns. An ox without
horns would be useless to a Mexican.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 403

Monterrey, 2000 feet elevation, is a beautiful place with some
buildings that would be a credit to any city, as well as the old style
Mexican buildings. We were unable to buy postage stamps because
the entire post office force were taking their siestas. Not yet having
our hunting permits we decided to go direct to Mexico City, so without
breakfast we left the city at 1:00 P.M. After passing miles of chap-
arral we reached lower levels where corn became more abundant and
Spanish moss hung from cypress trees and at 4:00 P.M. we stopped at
Linares for breakfast of eggs, chicken and chocolate. Twenty miles
further we entered the state of Tamaulipas and 100 miles beyond Lin-
ares we ate supper at Victoria 9:00 P.M. and then had to keep going
60 miles before we could get off the road and across the ditch any-
where free enough from cactus or other thorny vegetation to throw
down our sleeping bags. Finally at a place where road repairs made
it a one way road we put our beds behind the sign and slept on the
slab. A sudden shower got us up at 5:40 the next morning and we re-
sumed our journey, each with a handful of dry prunes. The road
climbed a spur of the mountains to where ferns and mosses decked
the walls; then out across a lowland of chaparral. We left Valles
feeling better with venison under our belts. Passing El Bafito we
noted bamboo for the first time and two-foot nests of the oriole be-
came common. As we neared the mountains we could see cornfields
on their slopes even up into the clouds, most of them at an apparent
angle of 30 or 40 degrees. The crop was mostly corn but some fields
were of bananas.

The natives were barefoot and the women by the roadside were
carrying large pottery jars on their heads. Around Christmas time I
have heard frequent mention of Tom and Jerry, so as I sat watching
the passing panorama, jotting down an item now and then, and heard
the boys on the front seat mention Thomas and Charley every once in
a while I wondered if it might not be the Mexican variety of something
similar. But I soon saw a village and the sign said TAMA ZUN
CHALE! Children ran along the roadside holding up small quartz
crystals for sale. Collecting looked good but we made no stop. As
we climbed the mountain, ferns became common among the rocks, and
great masses of yellow dodder covered shrubs eight or ten feet tall.
One hundred miles out of Valles I have this entry in my Journal: “It is
getting colder, the clouds are being whipped around the mountain and
it looks as if a storm was in the making, we hurry into our coats and
turn on headlights as the clouds thicken and go whirling around curves,
A few miles more, the first pine trees and first Mexican poppies” and
then, in my Journal there are some crumpled pages spattered with
blood! It was 4:30 June 20. We had started a descent of five miles or
more of interrupted turns and dips. The increase in speed was so
gradual the danger was not realized until at a left turn it was found
the brakes would not hold the load; a dip toward the jagged rock wall,
which put the left hind wheel in the ditch; an instinctive turning of the

404 ASA GRAY BULLETIN | N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

front wheels toward the high outer side of the road and crash! The
truck fell on its left side, skidding 20 feet and turning nearly around,
striking the steel guard rail and wrecking three posts. Harry, who
was driving with the door open, had fallen on the pavement and was
carried along under the wreckage. Bob who was half asleep on the
bedding back in the truck was buried under the supplies which fell
from the shelving; a jar of snakes in alcohol was broken and poured
down over his face nearly strangling him. It seemed a long time to
me as I dug him out and probably much longer to him! Bad as it was,
the turning over of the truck just then probably saved all our lives, for
if it had gone over the edge it would have gone end over end down a
steep slope and been dashed to pieces. The village of Jacala was in
sight almost below us but two miles by road. Van Gorkom caught a
passing car and hurried for a doctor, Bruce, who had a cut lip, and
Bob, who had a cut behind his ear, followed in another car. Ralph
stayed with Harry, and I went to work to line up the contents of the
truck by the roadside. Tom Simpson, a restaurant keeper and a good
samaritan if there ever was one, sent his waiter, Carlos Aguilar, to
offer us a place to store our goods until we could make other arrange-
ments and sent his truck to make good his offer. Soon Harry was
taken to the local hospital and Ralph and I, assisted by many hands,
not to say light fingers, transferred the load. I tied the guns together,
Ralph took a picture of the wreck, put the camera in the case and tied
it to the guns and, putting it on top of the load, rode down to Simpson’s
Restaurant. One bundle of botanical specimens came open and pages
of the Peoria Star had a wide circulation! After we were unloaded it
was found one gun had been stolen, the camera case was empty, nearly
half of the ammunition had disappeared and a new rain coat I had when
I left Monterrey and have never seen since probably changed hands at
the same time.

Harry was taken to the hospital in Jacala where an American doc-
tor and nurse cleaned him up and applied antiseptics and the doctor
said he guessed he would be alright. It so happened there were three
tourists, all American Doctors, at the Restaurant that evening and
when we told them of Harry they said they would go and see him. In
five minutes they said his pelvis was broken and his bladder cut and
if he was not taken where he could have proper care that very night
he would be dead within 24 hours. Our good friend Simpson borrowed
a truck and furnished a driver, the good senora at Hotel Consuelo
loaned a cot and about midnight Harry with Van and one of the doctors
started for the American Hospital in Mexico City. The Doctor helped
with the operation and so far as I know he did it as a friend in need
for a fellow countryman, without compensation. Bruce had two
stitches taken in his lip and Bob four behind his ear, by the local doc-
tor. That night Ralph slept by the baggage at the restaurant while the
rest of us had a room at Hotel Consuelo.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 405

The following day we cleaned and repacked our goods so as to
take up as little room as possible. The next morning a messenger
came to the hotel, but as I could not understand him, he wrote a note
which I took to Simpson. It was a summons for us all to appear be-
fore the magistrate. Mr. Simpson kindly sent Carlos Aguilar with us.
The Magistrate was not in his office so we sat in the public square op-
posite his house. His secretary came out and questioned two of us
(Carlos acting as interpreter), and made out a statement which we and
Carlos signed, but we were told to report at the Magistrate’s office
next day at 10 A.M.

The next day we were taken to the upper floor of the jail, an old
building with well worn floors of paving brick. The furniture was
poor and home made. Old records, all in beautiful handwriting and
some dating as far back as 1888, were all heaped in the corner. This
time they furnished their own interpreter and the investigation was
all begun over again. Each of us was questioned separately. An In-
dian took down the testimony, sentence by sentence on an old Oliver
typewriter. They did not stop for noon but continued until they had it
all down and then we put our signatures on the paper. In Mexico it
seems the only “accident” that is permitted on the highway is the re-
sult of a “blowout;” anything else is criminal carlessness caused by
improper driving or neglect to have the car in good repair. So we
were all criminals before the law.

After the investigation was finished I had a little time to work, and
from June 24 to July 15 I collected up and down the International High-
way, going back into the more shaded ravines and struggling up the
rocks of the mountain sides here and there, but all seemed equally
dry. The sun was very hot but the temperature in the shade was com-
fortable, probably 70 or 80. The mornings were usually calm but the
afternoons were apt to be partly cloudy and the breeze sometimes
was too strong through the ravines for putting plants in press. Ralph
found insect collecting good. Bruce shot and skinned some birds
every day. Bob after a few unsuccessful trips for big game contented
himself with killing a few small birds for Bruce.

Since Simpson was giving us our meals for half price he asked us
all to come in at the same time. I was always in bed before 9 and up
by 6 and changed plant driers and had to wait till 7:30 or 8 o’clock for
the others who went to bed late. In this way I missed the cool of the
day for collecting and often did not get out till nearly 9 A.M., return-
ing about 3 P.M., attending to the plants and packaging any ready to
be put away. In this way we had but two meals a day, and 1 may say
here we never got more than two meals a day again until we reached
home.

After staying in Mexico City with Harry for a week, Van returned.
Then we moved all our baggage into vacant rooms in the building

406 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

where Carlos lived and rested in our sleeping bags here on the brick
floor every night for the rest of our stay in Jacala. Ralph worked
early and late, collecting butterflies by day and moths by night, and in
spite of the drought I added new things to the botanical collections
every day.

Van had expected to have the truck repaired at once, but that was
not to be. The Magistrate said our papers showed the truck to be the
property of Harry Hoogstraal and we would have to present papers
showing power of attorney before we could touch it. This necessitated
another trip to Mexico City for Van.

June 29 was probably a Church day for about 4:30 A, M. a quartet
of young girls sang for nearly an hour in the house adjoining.

As the afternoons were usually windy I found the patio a fine place
to dry my blotters. The patio contained an avocado, a papaya and a
peach tree, all with ripe fruit; also an orange tree with fragrant
flowers and green fruit.

Carlos’ wife could speak no English but understood some. They
had a little brown-eyed girl of a year and a half, Adriana. Little Al-
berto, an Indian boy of eight years, was employed to run errands and
to look after Adriana, and it was well for on one occasion we caught a
live scorpion in the patio. When Adriana slept Alberto played with
his Mexican yo-yo. Carlos Aguilar was an interesting fellow. His
father, a devoted follower of Diaz, had to flee for his life at the end of
the Diaz reign and went to California where the boy Carlos received
his early education and played in the Boy Scout band on Catalina Is-

and. Later he returned to Mexico and completed his education in
Mexico City. At present he holds papers as an official Mexican Guide.
He has had training in aviation and military tactics. He found his
most profitable business a few years ago in Acapulco buying and sell-
ing pearls and shipping the shells to a button factory in Mexico City.
He used to help a surgeon when he required an assistant; also re-
paired radios and earned many a peso doing little mechanical jobs,
but his versatility was his undoing, for his ignorant neighbors said no
one but a witch could accomplish all he did and one night he was com-
pelled to swim a mile in the ocean and get help to escape. He had
made 5000 pesos in six months so it was hard to give up and leave.
He had occasion a few years after to stop at Acapulco for a day or
two, and fellows he used to pay 200 pesos a ton for shells came beg-
ging him to take what they had for 35 pesos a ton, but he laughed at
them and reminded them he had paid them more money than they had
ever seen in all their lives and they had not appreciated it enough to
protect him so now they might keep their shells.

One morning as I was walking up the highway I met an old Indian,

He asked me for something but to my “no sabe” he crooked his thumb
and finger to indicate something round and when I guessed centavo he

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 407

nodded his head and shamefaced pulled down his hat and spread his
fingers before his face, but not so but what he could see to accept the
ten centavo piece I handed to him.

That afternoon as I came in with my load of plants a drunken sol-
dier came out of a corner saloon and evidently wanted me to come in.
I declined, as I have never tasted beer or whiskey in my life, but he
laid his hand on my shoulder and repeated a word several times which
did not mean a thing to me. I said “no sabe,” and then he asked if I
was an Americano and said “wisky-wisky-wisky,” to which I admitted
I did know what that was but wanted none! He then took me firmly by
the arm and we went into the saloon. There was an old hag of a bar-
maid and an old toper steadying himself with one hand onthe bar. The
soldier ordered a drink and handed it to me. Now an ignorant for-
eigner like me has no business arguing with a drunken soldier with a
gun on his hip; the directions said to take it and I did drink about one
third of it and set the glass back on the bar, I could not see that it
was any of his business but up came the old toper and tried to get me
to take the glass again but I made a wry face to indicate I did not like
it and waved it aside, made my best bow to the military, said “muchas
gracias” and departed. I will never know what it was that I drank, but
as I want no more the name is not important.

Ralph and Bruce caught a ride to Mexico City to see Harry. On
July 4th Van got back with his credentials and obtained possession of
the truck. He and Bob tore off the entire top but found the local
blacksmith did not have proper tools for boring holes in the steel, so
they drove to Pachuca and finding the blacksmith there did not appear
to want the job, they drove on to Mexico City and had stakes put on and
a tarpaulin for a cover and without wind shield or other protection we
were ready to complete our journey.

While the rainy season was said to be due June Ist, it was not until
July 10th we had a half hour of hard rain and another the following
night. The boys were back with the truck the 13th and ready to go but
I had heard so much about a cave a few miles away that I insisted we
should investigate it. We wasted a day looking for the cave, but found
nothing of interest.

The next morning we loaded the truck and stopped at our good
friend Simpson’s to meet the Senator. We had already paid 25 dollars
fine for having a wreck and 100 dollars for injuring ourselves but
there still remained the local doctor and nurse unpaid; the local hos-
pital bill, the claim of the half dozen boys who handled the stuff the
night of the wreck and then some of them thought we should pay for
the damage we did to the roadside guard fence which we demolished.
All this totaled 250 pesos. The Senator said if we would leave 100
pesos with him he would square all accounts. Van told him as he
handed him the money that he might keep it for all we cared just so we
got cut of Mexico.

408 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

It was 2:40 P.M. July 15 we left Jacala and started on the back
track, headed north. Van, who was driving, never had any scientific
interests and had gone simply to see Mexico and I think would have
gladly come home without stops, but as he had financed the trip and
the only hope of getting anything back depended on collections being
made, he did not insist. Our truck now was only a stake affair with
tarpaulin over the goods and without even a windshield we had to face
the wind. As we had no lights it was important to reach Tamazunchale
before dark. I had enjoyed the beauty and novelty of the everchanging
panorama of the mountains as we came in but now my nerves were a
wreck and I could not bear to look down. The rush of the wind in our
faces made our speed seem excessive. All I could do was to grip the
seat and grit my teeth. Half the time we were driving through clouds
of mist. We spent the night at a tourist hotel and left at 7:30 in the
morning without breakfast and passed some beautiful collecting
grounds in the foothills. We ate wheat cakes and honey at Banito
Courts in El Bafito, some hours later. The waiter, a native of Gua-
dalajara, told us his troubles. It was his first week at the place and
he thought it might be his last. His wages of one peso (20 cents
American) per day plus tips of which he had seen none, really hardly
seemed sufficient as they expected him not only to act as waiter and
interpreter, but also to take the place of the cook and the bar-tender
if either wished to be absent. He looked as if he had gone unshaven
for a week but apparently he had never gone without his tequila for
that long.

Two young men with a light enclosed truck, marked Maryland
Academy of Science, had been at El Bafiito a week or more collecting
insects. As they were out collecting at the time of our stop, I wrote a
card and put it on their car with “Greetings from University of I1li-
nois and Peoria Academy of Science.” We then went back a few miles
and made camp in El Pujal on the Rio Tampaon. The fellows from
Maryland called on us before night as well as two or three times later.
The R{o Tampaon is a good sized stream, and very muddy, but a trib-
utary flows in and follows the bank next to the village and affords a
place where not only all the people get their drinking water and do
their bathing but also where all livestock come for water. Our camp
was within a half block of the river beside the street they all used.
The first night at this camp we found our salt had been lost and the
only salt for sale in El] Pujal was unpulverized rock salt. It seasons
the food alright but you have to spit out the larger pieces.

Plants, such as they were, were collected at El] Pujal but the heat
was terrific. Friday I went down the road, became overheated and
had a chill. I forced my way under some thorny shrubs where there
was a little shade and dropped down on my press. A half dozen buz-
zards flapping overhead began to circle around and I wondered if their
presentiment might not be correct. Later it clouded over and I went

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 409

on collecting. I was faint but think it was from lack of food rather
than the heat. After five days here we moved on to El Banito and col-
lected two days more on a diet of pink salmon and rice.

Knowing that Van would be attending church in Valles on Sunday,
and having never been inside a Roman Catholic church I thought I
would go with him. But Saturday night I dreamed I had gone with him
to church and as the collection was being taken up and I was about to
drop in a ten centavo piece, the collector whispered in my ear “Peso,
Peso, Peso” — when I awoke I could not remember what followed, but
for some reason I had no desire to go to church, and I did not go.

Van wished to ship home some of our unnecessary equipment from
Valles but the freight agent was not equal to the problem of accepting
freight for export, so the project had to be abandoned. While in Valles
an officious young man noted the truck bore but one license plate, so
he commanded them to hold everything until he could locate an of-
ficer, but while he was gone the boys got out the other plate and had it
in place when the officer came. He seemed much put out but saw
nothing he could do about it.

From Villas we started for Hacienda Santa Engracia, but about ten
miles beyond Victoria we were stopped by a motor cop who spoke
some English and wished to see our papers. He noted our truck was
listed as a bus, and Van, without thinking, told him we had had a wreck
at Jacala and then we were in for it! He commanded us to go back to
Victoria so he could telegraph to Jacala for particulars. When we got
to his office and Van had a chance to talk he explained how we paid
our fines of $25 and $100 so, after considering it a little, the officer
told us we might go on.

The delay hindered us so it was after dark when we reached the
Hacienda and camped by an artificial lake of perhaps a hundred acres.
This Hacienda Santa Engracia contained, at one time, 500,000 acres,
but lately the government has confiscated a part, at least, for the
benefit of the poor. It sounds alright but “poor people have poor ways”
and those who have never had anything and have nothing to do with,
either in their heads or in their hands, are no better off than before.
The Hacienda is being managed by a capable manager, and a supply of
water for irrigation of several hundred acres comes through ditches
from the mountains. Large orchards of orange trees were heavy with
fruit, not yet ripe, and many more acres had been more recently
planted. Tall corn was already in shock, Other fields of agave and
henequen covered large acreage. The place is advertised as a tourist
resort with good hunting. In winter sometimes as many as fifty guests
are there at one time. The rates, I was told, are $6.00 American per
day, but that includes horses, guides, guns and ammunition,

We slept under the stars among the cactus. Here by the irrigating
ditch we had an abundance of water at least, but the canvas was never

410 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

spread and I had to do all my work in the blazing sun. I had become
nauseated by continued pink salmon and was so faint for food I could
not collect much before breakfast and pancakes were never ready
much before 9. It was hot and windy and they said the rainy season
was not due there before September. Ralph found butterflies very
scarce so he and Van went fishing in the lake and horseback riding
and at least once dined with the manager at the Hacienda. Bruce got
but few birds and Bob read his “Short Stories of Adventure” and “Ace”
magazines and visited with the Mexican loafers.

Once as I was collecting plants along the margin of the lake I no-
ticed what I at first took to be little frogs go spat, spat, spat on the
surface of the water in a series of four or five jumps of as many feet;
but, on looking closer I found them to be fishes about an inch and a
half long, propelling themselves by a series of jumps and landing each
time on their sides. When they landed on the moist vegetation they
appeared to be in no hurry to return to the water, but would root
around gathering the minute insects.

We had a call from Mr. Shaw of the United States Department of
Agriculture who is residing in a cottage nearby working on the prob-
lem of parasites of the fruit flies, particularly in the interest of the
citrus growers of Texas.

After three days Van decided to go on but we were delayed and did
not get out until 3 P.M. but made Linares by night where we ate a
supper of goat meat, eggs, pan blanco and chocolate, then drove a half
mile and put up at Chester Courts and for five pesos got a room with a
double bed (which they insisted on giving me) and room on the floor
for sleeping bags for the others. There was running water, shower
bath and swimming pool nearby.

After breakfast in the morning we went on to Galeana over a trail
63 kilometers off the International Highway. The trail, often a one way
affair, creeps around the edge of a mountain, then drops off into the
rocky bed of a stream and up along the other side awhile, sometimes
dodging in and out among boulders as large as a house. It looks all
but impassable and in case of a hard rain might be really dangerous.
However a daily bus maintains a fairly regular service. We stopped
at 2:00 P.M. by a little irrigating ditch where I began at once to col-
lect. No canvas was spread and we slept under the stars, after those
who could had eaten their pink salmon. The next day Van rented
rooms in the village for one peso a day: dirty concrete floors, win-
dows broken years ago. Without sweeping we piled all our goods in
and threw down our sleeping bags and after supper of a boiled cabbage
that had wilted two days in the sun on top of the load, and some tough
beef, we went to bed. We were all sick and tired of pink salmon and
had nothing to put on our pancakes.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 411

This was pleasant country at an elevation of 5000 feet; typical
short grass country with sparse vegetation and buffalo grass. There
were barrel cactus, some 2-1/2 feet tall and nearly 2 feet in diam-
eter. Cerro Potosi, 25 miles away, with an altitude of 12,000 feet was
usually cloud-capped. While it was very dry, many interesting things
were found growing along narrow benches in arroyos eroded 40 feet
deep. Humming birds were numerous and large black squirrels lived
in holes along the edge of the rim of the vertical walls of canyon-like
water courses.

Every night the boys stayed at the cafe and played Chinese checkers
with the girls until 11 P.M. at which time the electric light plant shut
down. One night they went away and left the back door unfastened and
a big dog got in and the door swung shut. He was in a terrible panic
and tore back and forth from room to room barking and howling. I
woke up but knew I could not talk to a Mexican dog so all I could do
was to cover up my head in my sleeping bag and hope he would not
blame me for his predicament. In about half an hour the boys came
back and let him out.

The only apple orchard, the only stubble fields and the only fields
of tobacco we saw in Mexico were near here. The finest 12 foot
Opuntias or Prickly Pear Cactus were in the gardens of Galeana
where they fruited to perfection, Laguna de Labradores covering sev-
eral acres is about four kilometers west of Galeana and is said to
have never been sounded. It is evidently fed by an underground
stream for when, some years ago, two men were killed and thrown into
a deep pit a mile or more away, the bodies appeared a few days later
floating in the lake. The village people use the water but say fish
cannot live init. While we were there two young fellows from near
Washington, D. C. went bathing and one lay down in the sun and went to
sleep. When he came to go to bed he could neither sit down nor lie on
his back and he sent over begging for unguentine, which we were glad
to be able to give him.

Van hired a guide and horses and went to the top of Cerro Potosi
but never thought to ask the rest of us if we wanted to go. I had six
days of very good collecting but was too weak to enjoy it. The sun
was hot but with an elevation of 5000 feet the heat was not excessive.
Bob had a chance to ride with two American boys and left us. The
seventh day, without any breakfast, I walked two miles up the gulch,
sat down and went to sleep in the shade and waked up cold. Giving up
the idea of collecting I walked back to the road, sat down and slept
some more and then went on in, After attending to the plants in press
I went to bed without tasting food all day. The next day I did not at-
tempt to go out but ate two pancakes and four wormy prunes and got
everything in shape to break camp. Monday when the truck was loaded
it would not start and it was only after calling in two Mexican truck

412 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

drivers we got away about 10:00 A.M. At Linares I got a bottle of
root-beer and the boys filled up on candy. Now back on the hard road
we put on speed, the hot wind fairly burning our eyes until we reached
Villa Santiago. Here a rain threatened so we stopped at a restaurant
for supper of beefsteak and tomato sauce, two slices of raw onion, two
slices of tomato and four slices of fried potato and two hard rolls
apiece with a pitcher of water. The waiter walked out and when Van
had eaten he also walked out so we knew supper was over! After driv-
ing over a trail perhaps three miles we reached Horse Tail falls and
pulling down the canvas, I went to bed and then Van declared he was
hungry and led off to a nearby restaurant with Bruce and Ralph follow-
ing. I thought something but did not say it. I guess Van went to the
restaurant more than once for the camp cooking kept getting worse
and we were all past eating pink salmon. Ralph got in one day collect-
ing and I got in three. We were not accomplishing much. Van was
anxious to get the trip over and worried about Ralph’s health, so he
sold what remained of the food stuff to the restaurant keeper and there
we ate the best meal we had in Mexico, that night.

Horse Tail Falls begins with a series of rapids and cascades for a
distance of perhaps 200 feet drop and then a main fall of over 100 feet.
Most falls cut back each year but here it appears to be moving out-
ward, At the present stage of the water at least, there is no overshot
and the face of the rock is farther out at the bottom than at the top;
vines and all vegetation at the sides of the falls become coated with
mineral matter which eventually is built into the coarse stone being
formed. From the vast amout of this rock all around it is evident that
in years past there must have been many falls all around the end of
this valley. Some of the stone shows where leaves have been built in
and left their form before the leaf decayed. In some places the stone
is much more compact than others and wherever a block has projected
or fallen out of the wall men with six foot wood saws have sawed it into
blocks for building stone. For a few hundred feet from the falls where
the air is damp from the spray, katydids, somewhat darker in color
than ours, are very abundant and noisy but out where the air is dry
not one is heard,

By a strange coincidence Van met a fellow here who came back
from Europe on the same ship with him last year.

After collecting here for three days we started for home, stopping
several hours in Monterrey and reaching Sabinas Hidalgo after dark.
Here as we were eating in Power’s Restaurant, in walked Dr. Taylor.
He said he had finished marking examination papers two days before
at 3 P.M. and had left Lawrence, Kansas at 5 the same evening and
had made the trip in 48 hours. He was on his way to Puebla and points
south looking for lizards. If you have ever tried to catch a lizard you
will appreciate the Doctor’s reply when we asked his secret of how he
caught them. He said “I grab where they are and not where they were”!

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 413

After clearing the custom house at Laredo we came on through
San Antonio, Austin, Texarkana and Little Rock. Just out of Little
Rock we were stopped for inspection and the truck weighed, one wheel
at a time. When Van mentioned he was from Elmhurst, Illinois, the
inspector said he used to have a sweetheart in that town, and further
questions developed the fact that she was an older sister of Van’s
girl, surely a strange item to turn up in the middle of the night in the
middle of Arkansas.

Although we had been seeing cotton-fields most of the way through
Texas, the tallest cotton was in Arkansas where rain had been more
abundant. Near Hoxie we saw our only field of rice. From Oakwood,
Texas on there were pine trees in sight most of the time, some pure
stands and quite dense.

We left Bald Knob, Arkansas at 4:20 the morning of August 15 and
were in Peoria by 11:30 that night. On the way I saw Van piously
crossing himself many times and there seemed to be need of something
more than luck! Youth is ever optimistic; rather than spend a few
more pesos in Mexico City where they had the truck repaired, they
took a chance and drove all the way back to Monterrey without head-
lights and all the way from Mexico City to Peoria without a spare tire
and there were many times when we were more than 100 miles from
where we could have bought one.

I collected 824 numbers on the whole trip, somewhere between
5500 and 6000 herbarium specimens which have been identified by
P. C. Standley. I always carried a cyanide jar and picked up some in-
sects for the entomologists. I saw only two fossils, both of the nau-
tilus type, in loose waterworn gravel in the state of Nuevo Leon, and
never once a chipped artifact or even a flake of flint.

Under the law of compensation if weather was too dry for luxuriant
vegetation, I at least had no trouble in drying what I did get and if we
had run into real tropical downpours I doubt if with only the canvas
cover we would have been able to save any botanical specimens.

I hope you may all see Mexico; if for no other reason, it would be
worth while just to make you appreciate Illinois. The International
Highway is a splendid piece of engineering and with good brakes and
reasonable speed it is perfectly safe. It will save you some embar-
rassment if you accumulate a little Mexican vocabulary before you
start. For a very reasonable price you may engage a bonded guide
who will drive your car, act as interpreter and locate the points of in-
terest much more quickly than you could hunt them up for yourself.

414

June 16-18
June 23 to
July 15

July 17-21

.4
Aug. 8-10

ASA GRAY BULLETIN

N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

Summary of plant-collections

7000-7066
7067-7464

7465-7540
7541-7559

7560-7616
7617-7780

7781-7824

Harry Hoogstraal

Ojo de Agua, near Sabinas Hidalgo, Nuevo Léon
Within two miles of Villa de Jacala, Hidalgo, alt. 4500-
5000 ft. ee ae narrow valleys covered

with trees and sh
Near El Pujal, San Luis Potoat, alt. 100 feet, near
vie er 455
, san Luis Potosi, alt. 100 feet
t

lipas
Galeana, Nuevo Leon, alt. approx. 5400 feet. Mesa

Hacienda Vista Hermosa, Cola de Caballo, Nuevo Leén

Virginius H. Chase, from
a snapshot taken in 1939, at
the time of the trip described.

MYRIANGIALES SELECTI EXSICCATI, FASCICLE 9
(NOS. 401-451), ISSUED APRIL 1953°

Anna E. Jenkins and A. A. Bitancourt?

Our Myriangiales selecti exsiccati, fascicle 9 (Nos. 401-450),
United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C., 1949,
was issued in April 1953. It serves to distribute material of 19 spe-
cies of Elsinoaceae (Elsinoe and its conidial stage Sphaceloma),

Among these are 11 species represented by type specimens as well
as several of them also by paratype specimens. Of this group 9 were
described from Brazil in 1949 (1) as follows: Sphaceloma allamandae
on Allamanda schottii; S. cassiae on Cassia splendida; Elsinoe cen-
trolobii on Centrolobium robustum; S. cupaniae on Cupania sp., C. ob-
longifolia, and C. vernalis; S. gustaviae on Gustavia augusta; S. helio-
tropii on Heliotropium transalpinum; S. krugii on Euphorbia prunifolia
var. repanda; S. psidii on Psidium guajava; and S, sapii on Sapium sp.
The other 2 species were described from the United States, viz., EF.
corni (2) on Cornus florida and S. magnoliae (3) on Magnolia grandi-
flora.
The remaining 8 species in the fascicle, which appear also in ear-
lier numbers, are as follows: E. ampelina on Vitis sp. (cult.); S. he-
derae on Hedera helix; S. murrayae on Salix lasiandra; S. plantaginis
on Plantago lanceolata and P. rugelii; S. rosarum on Rosa sp. (cult.);
E, veneta on Rubus occidentalis (cult.); S. viburni on Viburnum opulus
var. roseum; and S, violae on Viola sp., V. langloisii, and V. tricolor.
The hosts not previously represented in the series are P. lanceolata
and V, langloisii, the latter not signified earlier as a host of S. violae.
Following the precedent established for previous fascicles of this
series, the 10 complete sets of fascicle 9 are distributed as follows:
1. Mycological Collections, United States Department of Agricul-
ture, Plant Industry Station, nea Md.

2. Instituto Biolégico, Sao Paulo, Bra

3. Department of Plant Pathology, eae of Agriculture, Cornell
University, Ithaca, N. Y.

1A contribution under the Point IV program operating in Brazil, under the joint

administration of the Brazilian ae United States Governments. For the United
red by the Technical Cooperation Administration,

2Dr. Jenkins is Mycologist, Foreign Agricultural Service, U.S. Department of
gric ulture, assigned to Point IV work in Brazil; Dr. Bitancourt is Director, Insti-

Agr
tuto Bioldgico, SAo Paulo, Brazil.

415

416 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

aS

. The New York Botanical Garden, ee York City 58, N. Y.

Farlow Herbarium, Cambridge, ‘Mas

. Department of Botany, University of Calitorata, Berkeley,
Calif.

. Commonwealth Mycological Institute, Kew, Surrey, England.

. Division of Mycology and Plant Pathology, Indian Agricultural
Research Institute, Government of India, New Delhi, India.

9. Universitets Botaniska Museum, Upsala, Sweden

. Instituto de Botanica “Spegazzini,” Museo, Universidad
Nacional de La Plata, Eva Peron, Argentina

form)

co -]

Sok
fo)

As in the case of fascicles 1 to 8, folders of the labels of fascicle
9, accompanied with a title page, are available for distribution upon
request. Fascicle 10 would have been distributed with fascicle 9, but
for taxonomic reasons; that is, it contains new species names and new
combinations being published in advance elsewhere. Dependent upon
their publication, too, is the distribution of the general index to fasci-
cle 1 to 10 (Nos, 1 to 500, 1940-49) already published (1950). As the
several fascicles have appeared, more or less detailed accounts of
them have been published (3, 4, 5). This plan is in continuance with
respect to fascicles 9 and 10.

LITERATURE CITED

y, Ege rt, A. A., and Jenkins, A. E. Estudos sébre as Miriangiales. I. Dez
vas espécies de pehissceae descobertas no Brasil. Arq. Inst. Biol.
19: 93-110. 1949.

2. Jenkins, A, E., and Bitancourt, A. A. Myriangiales selecti exsiccati. Bol. Soc.
Brasil. de Agron. 7:153-166. 1944,

3. Jenkins, A. E., and Bitancourt, A. A. Myriangiales selecti exsiccati, fasciculos
2-6 ee sie 300). Bol. Soc. Brasil. de Agron. 9:157-164. 1946.

4 Dare . E., and Bitancourt, A. A. Myriangiales selecti exsiccati, fasciculos

nee “301- 400). Bol. Soc. Brasil. de Agron. 10:143-151. 1947,
5. Jenkins, A. E., and Bitancourt, A. A. Diagnosis of the Elsinoé on flowering dog-
wood. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 38:362-365. 1948.
6. Jenkins, A. E., and Miller H. A new species of Sphaceloma on Magnolia.

»J-
Jour. Wash. Read. Sci. 42: '323- 325. 1952

MYRIANGIALES SELECTI EXSICCATI, FASCICLE 10
NOS. 451-500, ISSUED 1954

Anna E, Jenkins and A, A. Bitancourt

Fascicle 10 of our Myriangiales selecti exsiccati, issued 1954.
The several species in the fascicle are listed as follows:

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 417

451. Sphaceloma abutilonis*' on Abutilon striatum. 452.S. aegiphilae*
on Aegiphila sellowiana. 453. S. amazonensis* on a Bignoniacea. 454.
Elsinoé annonae on Annona reticulata. 455. S. asclepiadis* on Asclep-
ias curassavica. 456. S. bidentis* on Bidens pilosa. 457. E. boucheae*
on Bouchea prismatica. 458. E. chilensis on Ugni molinae. 459-462.
E. corni on Cornus florida. 463. S. ditremexae* on Ditremexa hirsuta
(= Cassia hirsuta). 464-465. S. erythrinae* on Erythrina reticulata,
466. S. fagarae* on Fagara riedeliana. 467. S. floridensis* on Galac-
tia elliotti. 468. S, guatemalensis* on Centropogon cordifolius. 469. S.
hesperethusae* on Hesperethusa crenulata. 470. S. hoveniae* on Ho-
venia dulcis. 471-472. E. ilicis* on Ilex cornuta, 473. E. jatrophae*
on Jatropha curcas. 474. E, leucopsila* on Camellia sinensis, 475. S.
lobeliae* on Lobelia hassleri. 476. E. mangiferae* on Mangifera in-
dica. 417. S. manihoticola* on Manihot glazovii. 478. S. meliae* on
Melia azedarach. 479. S. morindae* on Morinda roioc, 480. E, mul-
leri* on Polyscias guilfoylei. 481. S. phyllocalycis* on Phyllocalyx lae-
vigatus. 482. E. piri on Malus sylvestris. 483. S. rosarum on Rosa
sp. 484. S. sesseae* on Sessea brasiliensis. 485. S. siphocampyli*

on Siphocampylus macropodus. 486. S. viticis* on Vitex polygama.
487. Agostaea nigra* on Eupatorium sp. 488. Bitancourtia cassythae*
on Cassytha filiformis. 489-492. Diplotheca tunae on Opuntia dilleni.
493. Myriangina mirabilis* on Nectandrasp. 494. Myrianginella
sabaleos on Sabal etonia, 495. Myriangium asterinosporium on Cra-
taegus michauxii. 496. M. tuberculans on Carya illinoensis, 497. M.
duriaei on Nyssa sylvatica. 498. Uleomyces purpurascens on Mimosa
velloziana. 499. U. tetracerae on Tetracera alnifolia. 500. U. well-
manii* on Phoradendron robustissimum.,

As the list shows, the 42 species in this fascicle are divided among
9 genera, viz, Elsinoé and its conidial stage genus Sphaceloma (31 spe-
cies, 36 numbers), Agostaea, Bitancourtia, Diplotheca, Myriangina,
Myrianginella, Myriangium and Uleomyces (among these 7 genera, 11
species, 14 numbers). Pertinent literature for the 24 species in the
group of more or less recent description (1949-1954) as well as for
the 3 new combinations made during the period indicated is cited as
follows: (3) applies to nos. 451, 452, 453, 456, 463, 464-465, 466, 468,
470, 473, 475, 477, 480, 481, 484, 485, 486; (2) to no. 455; (6) to no.
457, description in English; (1) to no. 478; (8) to nos. 487, 488, 498;
(7) to no. 494; (7) to no. 494; (5) to no. 500. To complete the number,
descriptions of 2 species, nos. 469, 471-472, are in press.

The six species in the fascicle already represented by earlier
numbers in the series are Elsinoé annonae, E. chilensis, E. corni, E.
mangiferae, E. piri, and Sphaceloma rosarum. In this fascicle E

nnonae is on a different host species as well as from another country

‘Species represented in the fascicle by type, paratype or topotype material are
marked with an asterisk (*) in this list.

418 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

(Central America). Similarly, FE. chilensis is on a new host genus and
species. The several numbers of £. corni are variously supplemental
to numbers 407-408 as is readily apparent from a comparison of the
labels and specimens. £. mangiferae (imperfect stage) is here from
Puerto Rico; the earlier numbers, under S. mangiferae, are from
Florida (146-148, 150) and Central America (149). With the issue of

lished record of £, piri in Brazil. No. 483 constitutes an early Nor-
wegian collection of S. rosarum, though not the first in that country.

e are taking this opportunity to acknowledge the courtesy of the
collectors and contributors of specimen material in this fascicle. We
wish also to thank those who aided otherwise in its preparation.

Our account of fascicle 9 (4) contains a general statement about
the series as a whole. This gives the names of the institutions in
which the 10 complete sets of each fascicle are deposited

LITERATURE CITED

_

pane A. A., and Costa Neto, J. P. da Elsinoaceas do Rio Grande do Sul.
Arq. Inst. Biol. 20: 27-34. 1950

2. Bitancourt, A. A., and Jenkins, Anna E, Estudos sébre as Myriangiales. I. Dez
novas species de Elsinoaceas descobertas no Brasil. Arg. Inst. Biol. 19:93-110.
1949,

3. Bitancourt, A, A., and Jenkins, Anna E. Estudos sébre as Myriangiales.

Vinte novas spécies de Elsinoaceas neotropicais. Arq. Inst. Biol. 20:1- A "1950,

4. Jenkins, Anna E, and Bitancourt, A. A. it ae re eo exsiccati, fascicle
9 (Nos. 401- -450), peaee April 1953. Asa Gray Bull. : 415-416. 1954,

5. Jenkins, Anna E., and Limber, D. P. Two new Ascomycetes on Phoradendron.
yen 44: 557- 960. 1952,

6. Kevorkian, A. G. A spot anthracnose disease of Bouchea in Cuba. Phytopath.

43:406. 1953.
7. Limber, D. P., and ener, Anna E, Weedon’s Myriangium on sabal. Mycologia
41:545- 552. 1949
Thirumalachar, M. J., and Jenkins, Anna E. Bitancourtia cassythae and proposed
no menclatorial changes among other Myriangiales. Mycologia 45:781-787, 1953,

co

PHILIPPINE JOURNAL II*

Pierre Dansereau

531120.

An interesting paper by St. John on Cyrtandra: what he has to say
is always clearly defined, elegantly spoken, (Today he wears a tie,
once more the Harvard man, not the Hawaiian emigré!).

W. R. B. Oliver on the floristic provinces of New Zealand. Shows
where the major boundaries are situated in terms of the limits of
large numbers of species.

Lunch for all U. S. delegates at the Waterworks. Cold beer and
good food, and a swimming pool, with a chute. Tobogganing on my be-
hind in borrowed pink Filipino trunks results in a rip and an exposure
and much fun. The “geographers” sit together: Bob Hall, Quam, Nes-
bitt, Pelzer, Fosberg and I and others. Should there not be a Geogra-
phy section? Hall will propose this to the Council. At the end of the
meal, Ryerson makes a speech, short and to the point.

Afternoon session quite long. I am tired and would like to return
early. Bus ride through this still unknown city, which I traverse
twice every day. Freshness of the morning air, the shutters opening,
the faces and geraniums both cool and smiling. Optimistic morning
traffic; wilted evening chaos. The dirt, the shutters closing, the tired
faces, the shrill honking, Our room at the Manila Hotel is something
of an oasis, Shedding of clothes and a cool shower. The ever-smiling
boy who brings in the ice. George and John and I have scotch, The
sober Allan’s conversation just as animate, possibly sharper than
ours.

A dreadful dinner at the Columbian Club (we are honorary mem-
bers for the duration). Quite a rotarian atmosphere. Another phony
note.

And now the regular evening fare: two lectures. Two! Van Steenis
shows some excellent pictures of Indonesia, especially Botanical Gar-
den pictures. Interesting and earnest but quite encyclopedic. Alex
Spoehr speaks no more than half an hour, manages to say a great deal
and to arouse much interest.

As I leave the lecture room, I am accosted by a small, dark man,
very angular and energetic-looking. Theodore Monod, at last, whom I

*See Asa Gray Bulletin, 2: 323-330. 1953.

419

420 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

have so much wanted to meet these many years. This is the man who
has crossed the Sahara many times. Who is committed to Africa.
(“Ex Africa semper aliquid novi”). A living St. Exupéry hero. We
walk back to the Hotel from the Far Eastern University. Quezon Calle
full of people at this hour, as we gently push our way through, Odours
of fruit and gasoline and varnish, All faces open and friendly. I want
to hear Monod speak of Africa and of France. I had expected him to
be kind and modest and also earnest in a luminous and critical mood.
He is. And something of a missionary. He speaks of many of our mu-
tual acquaintances with a frankness directed to essential qualities,
and a restraint that does not ignore their weaknesses but does not
dwell upon them.

531121. — Manila — Baguio — Ambuklao — Baguio

As per instructions from Harold Coolidge, at 6:45 a.m. we are at
the Bay View Hotel: 20 “distinguished scientists,” especially invited
to apply their powers (my dear Watson!) to the problems of a hydro-
electric project at Ambuklao, in northern Luzon, The party com-
prises men from the U. S., Hawaii, Guam, Australia, France, Great
Britain, British Borneo, New Zealand, and the Philippines. The fol-
lowing are represented: geology, geography, an ae forestry, bot-
any, ecology, conservation, anthropology, medicin

After a certain amount of stalling, we are packed off to the air-
port where we fill in a certain number of forms under the guidance of
our genial mentor, Dr, Eduardo Quisumbing. No less a vehicle than
the presidential plane carries us off to our destination: Baguio in the
North Luzon mountains. A bank of clouds ahead. Shall we be able to
ascend into the high country? We pass through this blanketing mass
and the air is clear beyond. The Manila Plain still below us. Large
glistening gray strips like the stretched hides of reptiles: rice pad-
dies and fish ponds. Soft green of maturing rice. The dark cone of
Mt. Arayat, with its dense forest. The Huks are quartered there. The
forest is partially secondary and even planted to teak, mahogany and
dipterocarps. Drifting clouds brush against its sides, moistening the
crowns of trees.

And now the plains give way to a brief piedmont and we fly over
mountains. The lower altitudes used to bear a dense dipterocarp for-
est, but this is no longer visible. The sharply carved slopes are pink
and yellow, dotted with clumps of dark green bushes, pale green bam-
boos. Flying at 6000-7000 feet above the Baguio area, we look down
into the vertiginous highland valleys. The erosion scars on their
sides-are bright pink gashes in the matrix of yellow grassland with
unevenly scattered pines, Hill after hill rises to a sharp crest, often
bearing a long thin row of pines. The network of streams runs on
blue-gray gravel flats in the bottoms, from brushy ravines in the

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 421

The approaches to Baguio and Ambuklao from the air. The dominant vegetation
is a pine savana which becomes denser in the ravines where it is sometimes even
replaced by broadleaf evergreen trees or shrubs.

The steep hills between Baguio and Ambuklao, showing where roads have been
carved in the escarpment and rice terraces built on the lesser slopes.

422 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

sharp folds of the hills. All the flat surfaces are covered by a pine
savana even on the steepest grades. Our plane dives and swerves to
show us this lacerated landscape under all its angles. We descend
almost within the shadow of the crests to glance at the gaping wounds
of the eroded mountains. A few very fresh-looking evergreen copses
nestle at the mouths of streams or in the depth of ravines.

This physiognomy strongly suggests, at first glance, a broadleaf-
evergreen forest (subtropical or warm-temperate) degraded by man.
Lumbering (or rather clearing); a patchy and migrant agriculture.
Fire. Grazing. No aa of the latter from the air at this time. A few
columns of smoke, however. The broad sweep of this pine savana re-
flects a long-enduring disclimax?

land on a narrow and short strip at Baguio. An abrupt stop
beautifully made. The Pines Hotel very plush.

Forty kilometers to the dam site at Ambuklao. Roads are narrow
ledges in the flanks of the mountains, (They have admirable engi-
neers here.) The strength and scale of solifluction in this hygro-
scopic clay are impressive: gigantic flakes have peeled off ina single
landslide. Now that the pine savana is visible at closer range, it ap-
pears less homogeneous than from the air. In the immediate vicinity
of Baguio (where there have been no fires for a long time?) the pines

A close view of one of the steep slopes near Baguio. Recent landslides have left
large gaping scars. Fire has swept over pine savanas and left nothing but open
grasslan

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 423

A scattering of Pinus insularis on a rather gentle slope at Ambuklao.

are close enough to form actual forest. But elsewhere, they are much
more widely and quite irregularly spaced. Beneath the Pinus insularis
extends a generally compact growth of grasses, from the tall Miscan-
thus floridulus to the smaller Miscanthus sinensis, Rottboellia exalta-
ta and the yet smaller Themeda triandra and Imperata cylindrica,
(What are the differences in ecological amplitude and optimal devel-
opment of these several species that show conspicuous local domi-
nance?) There are a number of other grases whose “weedy” charac-
ter is more evident: Pennisetum purpureum, Tricholaena rosea.
(Quisumbing says that, in a pasture survey prior to 1940, this grass
is not even meanonca’ it is a war introduction!) Very few tree ferns,
Local abundance of Pteridium and of Gleichenia linearis. A Blechnum

choking ravine bottoms in gregarious colonies and scatter on schist
or gravel ledges as isolated individuals.

The dam site of Ambuklao itself is very reminiscent of major en-
gineering works which I have seen in Canada’s North Country: the
temporary but comfortable shacks, the “House-and-Garden” cottages

424 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

of the executives, the heavy machinery rumbling along the crude
gravel roads. Also the looks in the eyes of the men: the eager engi-
neer, the tolerant foreman, the motley recruits ranging from the care-
free youngster on his first job as a man, to the disillusioned slum-
dweller, the cheerful gregarious nomad, the half-tamed Indian from
the woods, the slow-moving, uneasy farmer. And the land too: abused,
eroded, scarred, How beautiful is a lone pine or one of these surviv-
ing evergreens: the Nauclea with its leathery, almost black leaves
and its lovely sphere of small white blossoms (a close relative of our
buttonbush), or the Saurauia with the fine golden rust on its twigs and
under its leaves.

In the few minutes before lunch we scout around and the botanists
identify a number of weeds and a half-dozen indigenous shrubs. At
lunch, a foreman (or an engineer’s assistant?) apparently American,
volunteers the information that the rainfall here is 170 inches, 60% of
which falls from late June to early September. If this should be so, it
is not impossible that some kind of pine forest (and not broadleaf-ev-
ergreen) is climax here. This is more than an “academic” question
to the engineers who have to think of consolidation by vegetation.

We spend the afternoon down by the river’s edge, investigating a
small patch of broadleaf-evergreen woods at the foot of a steep
slope. Many vines and epiphytes; several ferns. Among the trees, a
member of the grape family, Leea aculeata, upright and spreading,
with bright red inflorescences. In the moist ravines, large arching
clumps of the bamboo Dendrocalamus., From this meager sampling, it
seems that this bottorn-ravine or gorge vegetation is somewhat differ-
ent from the riparian forest, remnants of which yield: Casuarina equi-
setifolia, Pithecolobium dulce, Vitex negundo, Homonoia riparia, (The
latter looks very much like a willow and may be its ecological equiv-
alent in occupying the stream-side belt of the floodplain? ).

We did not get to see from the inside any pine savana or grassland,
any broadleaf-evergreen forest, any riparian bush or marsh, in fac
any extensive example of a natural community, primary or secondary.
Therefore, returned to Baguio at nightfall with many ideas and hypoth-
eses buzzing in our minds, but not many observations on record.

I, for one, will not sit up to discuss my interpretations. It seems
to me I have not slept at all since I left Ann Arbor. I am going to bed,
now. It is cold (yes, cold!). I shall sleep well.

531121. Baguio

I did. And this morning all seemed very bright, as I walked to
church with Quisumbing. He looked so neat and civilized beside me in
my field clothes (although my béret may be less exotic here than in
Ann Arbor). He belongs here. Good morning right and left. Smiles

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 425

and tipped hats. The church looks quite new as it stands high above
the town, on a hill, Baguio was badly damaged by the Americans as
they blasted the occupying Japanese from out of their ultimate strong-
hold. A large crowd at mass. Some of the Iberian paraphernalia re-
main, but the mood of these people is different. None speak Spanish.
Few speak English spontaneously. Rather Tagalog. Confessions can
be heard in Ilocano. But there is a good deal of the casual absent-
mindedness of Latin America among these Catholics.

Quisumbing can remember many happy days here with his family
and friends. (The mood that comes upon me in Gaspé.) He is a most
pleasant man, well informed on many subjects and extremely well
versed in the art of living. I should like to know him better and to
understand how he has made such seeming harmony out of elements
that lay unreconciled in most of his countrymen.

We spend the morning in the environs of Baguio. First, along
Governor Pack Rd.to Kennon Rd., where we stop at the high point, the
so-called Zigzag View. Stands of pine everywhere in various stages
of closure. Many on steep limestone slopes and ravines, always with
a grassy undergrowth, Edge of stream with dense brake of Phrag-
mites karka and Tithonia. The Bued River flows a gray-blue silty
colour (not unlike the Upper Inn). Soldiers posted as sentinels mount
a benevolent guard at the road junction. Some of them, yards from

The shallow, swift-flowing Bued River, near Baguio. Phragmites karka on the
side.

far

426 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

The town of Trinidad, in its rich alluvial plain.

the main highway, have stripped and are bathing and playing in the
stream. Would Ibe “letting down” the Eighth International Pacific
Science Congress if I took my clothes off too?

The foresters proudly show us their plantations. Pines closer to-
gether than seems to occur under natural conditions. Fires here too.
As an immediate result, very lush growth of tall grasses (not favour-
able to much pine reproduction?), Also very successful: Alnus mari-
tima, especially on wetter sites. Not clear whether it is naturalized
or no

Trinidad, A large, flat, alluvial, rich-looking plain. The Capital of
Cabbage. Beautiful bamboo b askets (or rather cages) are being made
for packing and shipment to market. Well-tended fields, neat-enough
homes, a near-California, Steinbeckian look.

As I see this landscape now. Principal vegetation types (as on dia-
gram in position B, from left to right):

(1) Riparian marsh. Yall Phragmites karka formation, casting very
dense shade; deep silt, constant wetness. Tithonia now a prominent
member, especially of upper part.

(2) Riparian scrub on rocky or gravelly shores, Homonoia, Hyperi-
cum, grasses, Resembling American and European riparian willow
scrub, Much evidence of scouring by periodically high waters,

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 427

(3) Riparian forest, on flooded shores, gravelly, silty. Narrow belt of
Vitex, Pithecolobium not much herbaceous growth, many vines. (Only
fragments seen.)

(4) Hygrophytic broadleaf-evergreen forest, in seepage area of ra-
vines; with many aroids, herbs such as Elatostema, ferns, epiphytes
and lianas,

(5) Mesophytic broadleaf-evergreen forest, dense, closed, maybe not
very tall, with undergrowth of tree ferns, many epiphytes, little ground
vegetation. Well-drained soil; possibly on all slopes even the steepest.
(Hypothetical, not seen.)

(6) Pine savana, Pinus insularis, mostly scattered with apparently
continuous growth of grasses, tall, medium and low. Few shrubs, few
forbs. On all degrees of slope, even on rocky outcrops.

MARS HeRIVERSHORE* FLODDPLAIN * RAVINE: UPLAND + N.SLOPE*CREST S.SLOPE

peta tat a

A diagram illustrating the possible cliseral movements of vegetation in the
Baguio area. Very high and evenly distributed rainfall would allow the conditions
shown in A to prev oa in the undisturbed landscape, whereas very low and/or very
unevenly distributed rainfall would induce the distribution indicated in D.

nd C lines show intermediate conditions.

428 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. Il, No. 4

Pinus insularis growing on the top of a ridge and on the neighbouring escarpments.
Near Baguio.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 429

(7) Grassland, Essentially as above, without the pines. Dominance
locally by: Imperata cylindrica, Themeda and Rottboellia, Miscan-
thus, Andropogon. These facies no doubt correspond to different light,
water and humus requirements, fire resistances, and historical se-
quences.

The climatic-edaphic- structural dynamics seem to me to work
like this: the pines form a closed forest (sensu stricto!) under high
and constant rainfall, northern exposure* (i.e. reduced evaporation),
not too steep slope; they open up to savana progressively under less-
ened or irregular rainfall, southern exposure, steeper slope, eventu-
ally to grassland (without pines) under extremes of these. Conversely,
broadleaf-evergreen mesophytic upland forest can overcome the ob-
stacles of exposure and slope under high rainfall but must seek the
refuge of flat, or low land (even swamp land?) under low rainfall.

Under the wettest set-up (as plotted on A in my diagram) there is
little space for pine and grasses, which are virtually pushed out of the
picture, (Can they have survived at all, if A-conditions ever pre -
vailed, and if fire did not always maintain a situation edaphically sim-
ilar to the climatic conditions of B?) Under B-conditions (to my mind
the most likely prevailing now in the Baguio region) three principal
primary associations dominate the landscape: the evergreen-broad-
leaf at the foot of slopes and on plateaus, the pine forest on steep north
slopes, the pine savana on ridges and steep south slopes. The in-
creased dryness of the C- and D-conditions relegate the broadleaved
evergreens even farther downslope to wetter habitats. The D-aspect
of the present upland landscape is not due to a D-type climate (nothing
to do with Képpen’s D, of course) but to D-conditions induced by fire,
grazing and other disturbances.

This is the scale? These are the shifts? I wish I knew what the
climate really is, and if its trends are strongly enough attenuated
within a hundred miles to cause shifts of the climatic- edaphic dy-
namics,

Ray Fosberg and I spend the afternoon roaming around the town,
especially the market. It is vain to look for works of art. The wood
sculpture has none of the inventiveness nor the ingenuity of the prim-
itive, none of the polish of the sophisticate. Crude rather than naive.
(And vulgar: a carved female casse-noisettes which lies in rows on
every counter is quite sinister.) The cloths offered by the Igorote
women are nice enough, but in very conventional patterns. Otherwise
the market is an exciting place: the variegated odours and colours of
fishes, the lovely faces of the young girls, the loud claims of the mer-
chants, the live turkeys and ducks escaping. Bewildered, elderly In-
dians wearing a modified loincloth pass in and out of the shadows of

*Or, it could be eastern exposure if rainfall is higher on east than west slopes.

430 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

the eaves into the limpid sunlight among the streams of running chil-
dren (the instincts and gestures, without the knowledge, of the Hopa-
long Cassidy set).

The evening is spent in conference. Our host shows up (in field
clothes of excellent quality and taste): Mr. Filemon Rodriguez, a
small, mild-mannered man, with dark, squirrel-black eyes and a pa-
tient smile, He is accompanied by an assistant, much more impor-
tant-looking. They have driven up to Baguio, bringing with them E. H.
Bryan, Roger Heim and Julian Huxley. (We recall 1946: a day in the
Carioca hills in search of frogs with Bertha Lutz and Oliveira Castro),

Harold Coolidge has the flu and could not come, so Huxley ea
over the meeting, Each group in order and in good order, under
kind but sharp command, Introduction by Bryan and reading of a aie
of sorts printed in our programme and reproduced from an I.U.P.N.
(International Union for the Protection of Nature) resolution (Caracas
1952).* Reports by groups.

Geology by H. Williams. Soil Science by James Thorp. Soils of
the hills shallow but of fair quality. Best soil in lower reaches. This
to be considered. Grass will hold soil at surface, but cannot be ex-
pected to prevent slipping. More deeply-rooted pines may do better.
Erosion not an unmitigated evil: some buried minerals thus exposed
restore fertility. (This has often appeared to me as a reason for the
position of oak savana on the rises of the grassland interior valleys
of California. Maybe also responsible for position and distribution of
pinon-juniper in Utah?) Geography by Quam. Undercutting the most
severe phenomenon to be expected. No amount even of actual plenting
of trees now could stop it. But need for power probably outweighs al!
other considerations. The question is posed of high and low dams, O:
many, smaller reservoirs vs. few large ones. Rodriguez gives rea-
sons for present choice. Hydrology by Theodore Arnow. Hopes that
meteorological and runoff records will be made. Rodriguez states
this is begun.

Botany by Fosberg. Ray says that, as far as we know, no valuable
endemic species is likely to be destroyed. He gives a summary of
our observations, listing the principal vegetation types we have actu-
ally seen. Hypothesizes a widespread broadleaf-evergreen forest, a
narrow occupancy by pine in the primeval landscape. This present
condition fire-induced. Rodriguez adds that, before the war, pastur-
ing was very widespread and some areas overgrazed. Discussion of
successional trends. Considerable doubt on the amount of work that
“nature” can do in useful time to prevent landslides and other milder
forms of degradation, even if fire protection is insured. Providing fire
protection by placing responsibility upon Igorote chiefs a very good

*Printed in the General Programme of the Congress, p. 106.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 431

idea, probably most efficient move. I naturally chip in with the propo-
sition that a synecological study would be very rewarding. (No one in
the P. I. is doing anything of the kind at present.) Forestry by Swift.
Present nursery is due to be flooded.

Anthropology by Eggan. No archaeological sites of particular
value to be flooded. Moving of populations (about 200 families over
400 hectares) to neighbouring areas, where all seem to have relatives,
not much of a problem. Compensation should be made. (Rodriguez
says 1000-2000 pesos/hectare.) Improvements “in trust for descend-
ents” should be taken into consideration. Rodriguez outlines difficul-
ties in advance planning of migration, Even present inhabitants work-
ing at damsite do not see the reality of what is about to happen.
Actual flooding only is real. (I think of C. F. Ramuz’ alpine villagers;
their disbelief, their panic in the face of change.) This is a delicate
issue. Public Health by Meyer. People should be moved away from
large bodies of water such as this will be. Mosquitoes and encepha-
litis, We do not know how grave this disease is now. If Ambuklao is
to serve as a recreation area the danger will be increased.

Many points in general discussion, Huxley pleads for one body
(not State Foresters and Company both) to handle the entire reforest-
ation programme. Roger Heim makes neat little speech (in French:
only Huxley and I follow throughout ?) in three points: 1) draft report
of present meeting for Pacific Science Congress Proceedings and for
I.U.P.N. in Brussels; 2) ask Standing Committee on Conservation to
request all countries to set up a national consulting committee on
Conservation; 3) ask hydroelectric companies to provide facilities for
field studies, especially in connection with congresses of this kind,

Huxley has presided this reunion with what can only be called au-
thority: indeed with the brisk, considerate impatience of a truly dem-
ocratic but consciously superior personality. The real hero is Rodri-
guez, who has quietly informed us that the issues we raised had
already received consideration — some of them actual study. There is
nothing suspicious about the verbal assurance and the smooth confi-
dence of this man. But has this panel of international experts really
earned its keep?

531123. — Baguio — Manila

A pleasant day. Gone is the tension. Beautiful drive in a Chevro-
let station-wagon just like mine. (I learn of the unsuspected discom-
fort of the back seat.) Rodriguez and his assistant Ramirez, Thorp,
Quam and Nesbitt. We go down the Zigzag Rd. (Kennon River) once
more and I can observe th: changes from the mountain to the plain,
Again, only surmises on the climatic situation, At the Zigzag, pines
dominate the landscape as they do around Baguio. Near Kios, they are
still visible hundreds of feet up the slopes, but in the canyon (Pliocene

432 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

mountains, canyons cut in Pleistocene, says Quam) a very different
vegetation prevails: lots of ferns and eae in the open; many ev-
ergreen broadleaf-shrubs and trees. Mostr markable is the very

frequent occurrence (in the somewhat chan forest) of large de-

fe) a m
e of them is probably Albizzia lebbeck (shown to me by Quisumbing
yesterday) Could there be such a thing as a weak monsoon effect in
this valle

Between Kios and Twin Peaks, steepness decreases. Larger
patches of broadleaved forest. (Here careful drivers relax, appar-
ently, for a roadside sign reads: “Drive like hell and you will be in

ell.”) On river edge Pithecolobium dulce (or something that looks

uous trees, many small-leaved, almost no megaphylls (except the
planted bananas), Bamboos are not overwhelming in disturbed and
marginal habitats

Through the Kennon Gate and across the broad river flat with its
big tufts of Saccharum spontaneum, and we are back in the Plain
nae it is warm and humid. We stop many times to take pictures of

ildren, old women winnowing rice, men driving carabaos
eer buffaloes), young women walking elezantty with loads on their

A typical hut constructed mostly of bamboo and palm leaves, in the Manila Plain.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 433

man winnowing rice. The house is ope in part of sawed lumber, of
ees iron and of bamboo and palm leav

heads or children in their arms, straw houses, pigs, mule- drawn car-

of the lovely Corypha palms, the hard work of the men much as the
growth pains of the sturdy flowering cane,

I spend the afternoon in my room at the Manila Hotel. A half-day’s
freedom from speeches in order to prepare a speech myself for in-
fliction tomorrow. A quiet, warm afternoon of leisurely labour, the
most productive conditions I know.

At five-thirty, Allan Smith comes home (home?) and after shower
and shaving, we set out for Quiapo in a jeepney. (This hour of the day
in all cities of the world is most revealing: the wet pavements of
Paris in November, the myriad birds in the esplanade of Rio, the
falling snow in the canyons of New York, the chanting vendors an
streams of bats in Palermo.) As we cross the bridge into the crowded
centre, the six lanes of cars seem to rub against each other in squeak-
ing spasmodic advances. The arcades ring with sound and colour, as
we jump from our vehicle, These jeepneys (very cheap collective
taxis) have American-made motors and locally tailored bodies not un-
like the old-time pony-carts of which they have the dimensions. Eight
Filipinos fit into the two-facing benches quite well. Allan and I are not

434 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

too bulky to cause them any discomfort, but some of our fellow-dele-
gates of more Nordic or Alpine dimensions do not fit so well. An al-
ternative means of transport is the bus, where one can read a number
of signs that acknowledge an unfortunate tendency, For instance: “Do
not stand near the SIELANeS, many a wallet is known to have disap-
peared in this way.” We deem it safer to have our wallets in our
trouser pockets where their presence can be checked from time to
time. This mean preoccupation is somewhat dampening.

We go from shop to shop, talking to people, asking about the origin
of this and that. Quite unsophisticatedly touristic. Some are very
eager to sell and quite unashamed. Others are disciples of Mr. Dale
Carnegie and have the most exquisite counter manners, As may be
expected in an economically low-standard population, there is a vast
amount of bazaar merchandise although luxury items can be found in
many shops. Prices are often not marked, or if so, well above what
the item actually sells for. Bargaining seems to be inorder, We
have been told not to pay the full amount, but to argue. This could be
exasperating. But we have plenty of time, and are in a mellow mood.

We engage in a dark side-street, cross a bridge over a smelly but
picturesque canal (lined with shabby bay-windows, bamboo blinds, di-
lapidated terraces), into the Chinese quarter, It appears that all of
the commerce here is in the hands of the Chinese. Allan reads Japa-
nese fluently and can make out some of the signs, posters and labels.
We enter several shops. They all have pictures of the Generalissimo
and his lovely lady, both smiling in washed-out blue and pink chromos
on the neat plaster walls. Also many books and periodicals, mostly
published in Formosa or Hong Kong.

We come to a large square with a basilica in ruins, guarded by in-
dolent-looking soldiers. We walk endlessly in the arcades almost
trampling the young knife and shoe-lace vendors, the old women who
sell fruit and pimento, the shopkeepers in ambush just outside their
doors, the smiling girls at counters, the swarming children. Every-
one looks clean in a newly starched shirt, in a bright skirt, in immac-
ulate shoes. No sullen faces here.

The rest of the evening is not so gay. The official dinner at the
Manila Hotel. Everyone in his best attire. Many of our people have
purchased or have received as a present (for instance George!) the
“barong tagalog,” a very transparent embroidered pineapple-fibre
shirt which is worn instead of a tuxedo on formal occasions (Marston
Bates, I can see you applauding with both hands), The esthetic value
of this is questionable: it is worn over a very ugly and plain jersey T-
shirt with three buttons down the front. Comfortable? yes!

A roomful of distinguished delegates from all over the world eats
the usual banquet fare and listens to uninspiring speeches. Under the

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 435

assumption that we have worked hard enough all day and require relax-
ation, we are favoured with a genial homespun story-telling that seems
to address itself to “the boys” in the lockerroom of a golf club. Even
the more sensitive Oriental, who starts off with Confucius, makes a
lame attempt at this travelling salesman’s humour. Many middleaged
adolescents beam. Depressing. Some people, just as highbrow and
stuffy as myself on this chapter, do not applaud.

531124

I feel quite happy now, but this day did not start well. Maybe I
boast too much that warm, wet weather suits me fine. I got up feeling
shaky. The delicious papaya at breakfast, the sight of the magnificent
Barringtonia just beyond the terrace, the good humour of George, Al-
lan and John did nothing to restore me, Overcast sky. Bumpy ride to
the University. When the stomach and the head are not steady the
world revolves without you. (Yes, without you, without you. “Still is
sitting, still is sitting.” Sinister mood.) Consequently did I give a
poor account of myself in my speech about my beloved temperate
rainforest, which I anticipated by giving it in the morning, as I felt I
would not last till my scheduled time in the afternoon.

I try to develop the idea of efficient and inefficient climatic trends.
Main types of climate not so much hot and cold as equable and unequa-
ble, Rainforest areas (tropical to temperate) enjoy equability par ex-
cellence. Maybe the Northwestern European coast (with a heath cli-
max ?) is equable too. Departures from equability are limited in
number and kind. A good example is the monsoon tendency: strong in
Burma, it determines a deciduous tree layer in the forest; weak in
Southeastern Brazil, it determines a minor deciduous element in an
otherwise typical rainforest. Such also are the mediterranean trend,
the cool-continental trend, etc. Schimper’s 15 formation-types (or
some equivalent structural units) are the essential responses to the
regionally high efficiency of these trends, their capacity to overcome
contrary topographic, edaphic, floristic or historical elements.

I do not manage to say any of this with the oomph that the occasion
calls for, alas! Some discussion, but not very much. To make mat-
ters worse, I am required to preside over the meeting.

A most interesting paper on the “tropical face of botany” by van
der Pijl, given with assurance and gusto and re-emphasizing ideas
which I hold to be important. “Do not ask why there is cauliflory in
the rainforest, but why there is none elsewhere? That is the proper
question.” He also says that “anemophily as a primitive character is
losing its hold.” Many other assessments of evolutionary lines from
tropical to non-tropical groups in leaf function, in corolla shape, in
fruit dehiscence. Importance of frugivorous animals, especially bats!

436 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

Interesting report by Velasquez on 7 species of Philippine Algae
tolerating temperatures up to 74° C and two of them 83° C, (In Japan
90° C, in New Zealand 87° C have been recorded.) This poses many
problems concerning the range of coagulating point (these plants
“thrive luxuriantly” at such high temperatures!), the anatomical and
physiological defenses and the genetic adjustment to a highly fluctuat-
ing environment, (I am very much convinced that amphitolerance re-
quires something more and something else than euryvalence!)

Ruy Cinatti’s account of the vegetation of Timor is interesting,
Brief and somewhat apologetic. (His English is not perfect, so we
confer afterwards in Portuguese for supplementary discussion.)
There is: (1) dry coastal forest; (2) mangrove (not much Nipa, mostly
Avicennia, Rhizophora, Bruguiera): (3) evergreen lowland forests;

(4) monsoon forest (central part of island); (5) montane forest (Plan-
chonella, Acer niveum); (6) Eucalyptus forests (with Euterpe? Both
of these are spontaneous, Are they indigenous? ); (7) secondary for-
ests (mostly Eucalyptus and/or Acacia dominate). Highest peak is
2900 m. Podocarpus imbricata and P. amara down to about 1500 m.,
attain 25 m. in height. Cinatti has a number of clear photographs that
would look good in the “Vegetations-bilder” (a nice task to be taken up
by the U. of Michigan Press!).

In the late afternoon, Allan and I again set out to explore Quiapo,
the teeming centre of Manila. We are in search of cheap but attrac-
tive osier suitcases to load our accumulated Philippine acquisitions.
We find nothing that could later be used as a picnic basket: it is all
very crude work and too highly priced. We argue for the fun of it.
The spectacle of the market, however, is rewarding. Under a vast
roof, stall upon stall, row upon row of booths. Rice of many colours
and grades, meat and glistening fishes. All very encumbered, nar-
rowly piled up, but orderly, clean, Pungent, but good smell. I know
nothing of oriental markets, but this one is not unlike mediterranean
ones I have seen, (No fish market will ever be as beautiful as Ven-
ice’s.) Half-humourously we are offered sacks of flour, large and
small fishes, sides of beef. We do stop at a Coca-Cola “fountain” (on
which the sun never sets!).

Late afternoon. Port Officer’s Club. Cocktail to which I am in-
vited by my unknown Michigan colleagues of the Institute of Public Ad-
ministration, Ferrel Heady, T. H. Drews and their charming wives.
Amos Hawley and his wife are there also, as well as Russell Fifield
(whom I had never met in Ann Arbor). A lively reunion, which I leave
to join the Santos’, whom St. John, Walker, and I have asked to dinner
at a Chinese restaurant.

As we walk back in the dark to our hotel across the square, the
prostitutes come tugging at our sleeve. But they are not nearly so in-
sistent as the taxi drivers who honk and shout in quest of fares.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 437

531125,

Does the sun sparkle more in the air of a tropical morning in Ma-
nila than on the freshly fallen snow of Quebec? The symbolic Bar-
ringtonia, yards from our breakfast table, seems more powerful than
ever. Its large black leaves are all neatly stretched and layered; its
pale green fruits, in spite of their lantern fragility, hardly sway on
their slender stems. The sunken ships in the harbour, the blue line of
Bataan, the slow-moving small craft, the glistening sheet of water, the
flashing arrows of bird-forms are a design of peace and hope.

In fact, no sooner do we leave the dining-room than we are swal-
lowed by an optimistic onrush of white-clad people, pushing and
cheering. The object of their enthusiasm is no less a personage than
Ramon Magsaysay, the president-elect. He is a tall, good-looking
vigourous man and moves easily with the crowd, shaking hands right
and left. He wears that reassuringly adolescent smile which the peo-
ple so enjoy in a politician. Standing beside me is a fellow-delegate,
dressed with the slightly rumpled negligence which is the stamp of
British style (how I wish I could achieve it!). He makes some half-
disparaging remark about demagogues, whereupon (ever the oppressed
Colonial!) I inquire whether public men in his country are quite above
such deplorable habits. We do not argue the point too much, an
quickly get on to more interesting considerations as we board the bus
for the U. P. My interlocutor turns out to be Sir Edward Bullard, a
man who can make more of casual encounters than airing his meteor-
ological views and ascertaining that you are a regular fellow. Itisa
pleasure on such short acquaintance to have skipped preliminaries
and gotten on to the origins of anti-intellectualism and the effects of
cultural intervention,

Quisumbing again appoints me chairman of the Botany meetings.
I also give a brief account in English of a French text by Léandri. At
10 o’clock, I declare a recess for mid-morning coffee. (Do I remem-
ber that in New Zealand anyone complained of these morning and aft-
ernoon recesses? Here, we just have not had enough of them!).

Julian Huxley is sitting at a coffee table, I talk him into coming to
the Botany session where the Wallace line and the Huxley line are
going to be discussed. I give substantial extracts (in English) from a
lengthy and important review by J. Arénes (Muséum National d’Histo-
ire Naturelle, Paris) on the opinions of the French biogeographers on
boundaries in Indo-Malaya. Arénes’ own thinking seems to run to the
concept of zones rather than lines of demarcation. The discrepancies
between Huxley, Weber, Wallace lines largely occur in these zones.
This fits my way of thinking very well, It harmonizes on a larger
time-scale with the climatic trends which I have described yesterday
and which I believe are the true controls of vegetation zonation.

438 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

I ask for van Steenis’ comments, as he knows the whole of Malaya
better than anyone else (present or absent). He says that he can
hardly do so in less than 10 minutes, I grant him 15. He takes 35.
His exposé (for it is an exposé, not a comment) very usefully states
the known facts as only he can state them, I then ask Huxley to say a
few words. He develops the idea of trends and clines, but does main-
tain the existence of some very real breaks. Quisumbing, Oliver,
Holttum also take part in the discussion.

Hosokawa is on next. He distributes a most interesting phytoso-
ciological chart. This follows the nomenclature and system of the
Zirich and Montpellier School. As it refers to the forests of Micro-
nesia, it is of special value since applicability of these methods in the
Tropics has been contested. Hosokawa has added a good deal of his
own thinking to the Montpellier procedures. It is to be expected that
his work on aerosynusiae will be duplicated elsewhere!

I return to town with Holttum and we have lunch together at the
Taza de Oro, a very pleasant little restaurant where one gets excel-
lent native fish. Holttum is the imperfectible image of the British
Colonial: colour, speech, manner, clothes, Reticent and reserved but
cordial and tolerant. He is about to retire after about 30 years in
Singapore. Will return “home,” although he says that Malaya has be-
come home to him by now.

Afternoon at Museum for a Museums conference organized by R. C.
Murphy. His report is excellent, full of stimulating ideas. But some-
how not very much discussion takes place. Roger Duff (New Zealand)
proposes that queen Salote of Tonga be approached and persuaded
more or less to yield the tombs of her ancestors as a museum, There
are strong protests over this and the proposal is much modified.

ERRATA, VOLUME I
Page Paragraph Line
10

4 2 for W. T. Turrill, nee W. B. Turrill.
36 5 2 for Anona, read Anno
45 4 lines 2 and 5, for ce ead Gliricidia.
47 1 4 for Oratea: read Ocotea
49 4 7 for Jacquina, read enn
139 4 20 for Megoceros, Fee Megaceros.
179 2 6 for Burr, read
180 2 if for Schizostega, read Schis tostega.
194 6 7 for Abies, read Pic
195 1 10 for pubens, read eee
203, last word, for Rynchospora, Bie lag a ee
250 1 1 for chinensis, read c
294 3 12 for Exostemma, read eee

377, right column, line 11 from bottom, for Symphoricarpus, read
Symphoricarpos.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 439

NEW BOOKS: Das Pflanzenreich. The publication of this great pro-
ject, which has as its objective the completion of a series of system-
atic monographs dealing with the plant-families of the entire world,
was interrupted by World War I. Publication was aided from the be-
ginning in 1900 by the Prussian Academy of Sciences, and 105 parts
(German, “Hefte”), treating approximately one-fourth of the known
families of flowering plants, had been published before the beginning of
the war. With the destruction of the great Berlin herbarium in 1943
there seemed to be no further possibility of continuing the work in
Germany. One manuscript already in the hands of the editors was pub-
lished in Leipzig on May 25, 1943 as Heft 106. This was the treatment
of the first half of the subfamily Lobelioideae (Campanulaceae),? by
Franz Elfried Wimmer, of Vienna. Unfortunately this was another
casualty of the war; before the edition of Heft 106 could be distributed
it was lost in a fire in one of the bombings of Leipzig, and very few
copies are known to have survived. Now we learn that Das Pflanzen-
reich has been revived and will continue, under the editorship of Pro-
fessor R. Mansfeld, who takes over the work so ably begun by Engler,
Harms, and Diels. On December 30, 1953, under the imprint of the
Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, appeared Heft 107, comprising the second
part of Wimmer’s Lobelioideae.

The present volume may well stand as a monument to the life-
work of the author, who has spent three decades in intensive investiga-
tion of one of the most interesting of flowering-plant families, anda
family, incidentally, which was extremely poorly known at the begin-
ning of his work. Of the great American genus Centropogon, for ex-
ample, no more than 36 species were known to the compilers of the
Index Kewensis; the number of species treated in Das Pflanzenreich
is 216, and most of the newly recognized species have been made
known to science by Wimmer himself, in a long series of papers which
began in 1924,

Since 1924 Herr Wimmer has examined personally practically all
of the important existing herbarium material of Lobelioideae, and has
revised the holdings of all the great herbaria in this country and in
Europe. Unlike some of the earlier authors of parts of Das Pflanzen-
reich, he has borrowed freely from American institutions with rich
holdings of American plants, and as a result his work has an interna-
tional rather than a provincial viewpoint. His generic concept is broad;
his species-concept is somewhat narrower (e.g., in the group of
Lobelia cardinalis, where recent studies, including the haa
investigations of Bowden, indicate the existence of a single spec
Wimmer recognizes four species). The work is abundantly Se

‘Das Pflanzenreich. Regni vegetabilis conspectus. IV. 276b, I Teil (106 Heft).
260 pages, with 4 maps and 55 figs. [incl. 4 plates]. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann,
May 25, 1943.

“Das Pflanzenreich. Regni vegetabilis conspectus. IV. 276b, II Teil (107 Heft).
pp. I- VIII, 261 - [814], with figs. 56-112. Berlin, Akademie-Verlag, December 30,
1953.

440 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

(From a photograph presented to the junior author in 1947.)

with original drawings. The keys to large genera I find difficult to use,
chiefly because of the author’s dependence upon somewhat subjective
distinctions like the following:

Leaves oblong to cee sometimes toward ovate or obovate.
1. Leaves oval to roun

These keys work well enough when one has in hand the types or
authentically named material, so as to be able to see what the author
had in mind, but they are not for the tyro who merely wants to name an
Sele

nomic botanists everywhere will welcome the completion of
this eae and useful monograph, and congratulate the author upon
a labor of love well done. ~— R.McV.

SOUTHWEST CHIHUAHUA!

Irving W. Knobloch

From 1937 to 1940, the writer was employed by a mining company
in the state of Chihuahua, Mexico. Week ends provided time to study
the flora and the fauna and to collect specimens. The commoner rep-
tiles, amphibians, birds and mammals were preserved and sent to
various authorities. Having been trained somewhat in botany, I was
especially interested in the varied and, as yet, unsampled plant life
abounding in the region. Well over one thousand numbers were col-
lected in this category. A few words about the region may be helpful
to others working on the Mexican flora and some botanists may even
feel constrained to visit the area.

Most of the collections were made at Mojarachic, Maguarachic,
and at the nearby Barranca del Cobre, in the Sierra Madre Occiden-
tal, where the elevations run from near 5000 to about 10,000 feet.
Since these localities are not found on ordinary maps, it may be
stated that the first two are a few kilometers west of San Juanito,
which lies just south of latitude 28 Ys on the old railroad between Chi-
huahua City and Creel, Barranca del Cobre is almost due south of
Creel, near the Rio Urique.

The mean temperature is close to 18 degrees Centigrade and the
rainfall from 20 to 48 inches. There is a dry and a wet season, a
characteristic of tropical climates where the temperature does not
vary as much as in the more temperate regions. Rains are frequent
from May to October although they may not start in earnest until June.

The arboreal vegetation of the Mojarachic-Maguarachic region
consists principally of pines, oaks, Arbutus, Arctostaphylos, and
Ceanothus, with the pines mostly on the higher slopes and ridges.
According to E, A. Goldman and R. T. Moore (Journal of Mammalogy
26(4) Nov. 1945) the region in question is in the Sierra Madre Occi-
dental Biotic Province and the faunal district is the Tarahumare
(named after the characteristic Indians of the region).

The rock is of voleanic nature. The surface rock is a solidified
ash known as rhyolite and the bed rock is a bluish rock called an-
desite in which the largest amounts of minerals are found.

The streams in the area drain into the Rio Oteros which, in turn,
flows into the Rfo Chinipas and thence to the west coast.

1¢ontribution No. 65 from the Department of Natural Science, Michigan State
College, East Lansing, Michigan.

442 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II, No. 4

Fig. 1. Yuccas at Maguarachic, Chihuahua.

Mining and lumbering are the principal industries, Pine lumber
sold for seventy pesos a thousand feet when I was there, Pine needles,
particularly those of Pinus ponderosa, were used in the construction
of adobe bricks.

Many of the oaks lose their leaves from March to April but they
seldom if ever become completely defoliated, The flowers on the
oaks may be abundant in April (as in 1940). Such plants as Arctosta-
phylos, Vaccinium, Gaultheria, Ilex and Arbutus may come into flower
before the rains.

The virtually unknown Barranca del Cobre, south of Creel, is one
of the most awe-inspiring sights known to man. The Barranca joins
with the Barranca de Tararecua to form the Barranca de Urique.
This whole region, because of its eroded nature and because of the
great depths encountered, is quite different botanically from the pre-
viously mentioned region. Kapok trees are common and tropical fruit
culture is possible in the canyon bottoms. A footbridge across the
Barranca del Cobre is on the main mail route between Creel and
Batopilas.

Autumn 1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN 443

Fig. 2. Road in the Sierra Madre, Maguarachic, Chihuahua.

A few notes about my collection may not be out of order, For
this information, I am relying upon various authorities. Gaultheria

ough combing in the near future.

444 ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. I, No. 4

A Glimpse at
Professor Ernst A. Bessey =
We have recently received from ~| ez \
Professor Ernst A. Bessey, of aS: ‘a y \
©: ee ) /f :

Michigan State College, the ac-

readers some of Provessor Bes-
sey’s accounts of his own work
and travels, and as a beginning the
editors present this lively likeness
of one of America’s foremost my-
cologists and teachers.

dophytes. Elizabeth McClintock was on her way from California late in May. From

Ann Arbor a considerable delegation will attend the Congress, including C. A. Arnold,
: lor, D. V. Baxter, Pierre Dansereau, Volney H. Jones, and your junior

editor. Const. Alexopoulos, of Michigan State College, will spend the coming year in

Europe, engaged in a study of the Myxomycetes of Greece and the Surrounding islands.
rady ill

coast. A. J. Sharp of the University of Tennessee will teach courses in Lichens and
Bryophytes this summer at the University of Michigan Biological Station at Douglas
Lake. Wm. C. Steere, after attending the Congress in Paris, plans to do bryological
field work in northern Scandinavia. P. A. Munz is to be Editor for Botany of the “In-
ternational Scholars Forum,” a series of “Books by American Scholars” to be pub-
lished by Martinus Nijhoff of The Hague.

DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE ASA GRAY BULLETIN, Volume II. Volume II,

number 2 (pages 101-232), was mailed August 12, 1953; Volume II, number 3 (233-332),
was mailed February 27, 1954.

INDICES

I. GENERAL INDEX

ar-agar, origin of name, 150
t[h :
, 395
American Fern Soc., Michigan ae 28, 177,

159

Asa Gray Bulletin, new subscribers, 24, 321,

394; publ. dates, 73, 444
Autobiographical sketch > Merely) 335
Bad L of N,D., plan cting, 391
Sy et of na me, beat
Biological expedition to Mexico, 399
Birch, in Tibet, 378

Boo , 314

Botanical Club, the Mich., 196; S. Appalachian
in 1953, 199

Botanical Collections, of Ahern, 347

Botanical Impressi ons of Travel. in Mexico,
991

Botanical trip to Henry Mts., 279

eee) fictitious, 41; news of, in 1953,
21 Aah

Botany, 0 of Chin
ryology, Sefton” cea Exped., 93
297

ww
3]
oy.
oO
td
pcos
A
is
uo)
me
°
oO
°

J
Camphor, origin of name, 151
Cape Jasmine, origin ear name, 166

315
Michigan 28, 177
Field work in 1953, by Cain 299
ora de view, 212
Flora of W. Va., 209; Ne on publ., 209
15-
eresecen ae campbellianus, cee 148

Gray Memorial Bot. Assoc., us, 74
Gutta pant origin of nam e, ae

Hakka Soa path to botany, 235
Hart’s tongue fern, in Michigan, 276
aes en Hill tract, Mich. | vegetation, 185; veg.

eee British Museum, 4, 10; of Cal.,
364; O. A ;

, 3; Linnaeus, 10; U. o 8;
Paris, 12, 14; Parke, Davis & Co., 315-
7; S. Methodist U., 19 ss, 19

Index kew ted, 314
international Scholars Forum, 441
z of n , 162
nie aie er nam 2
Malayan origin of See plant-names, 149
ame, 164

ve, origin of name 15
Maps: Haven Hill tra t, 187; r route of foray in
N. C., 202; Wr eae icalties a ss ba, 32
of,

g

“New Britton and Brow , 20
New subscribers to Asa ee sen 24,

Py
ws of botanists, 214, 444
oan ntia, in Mic chigan, 386

Papilio cresphontes, 402

Parke, Davis & Co., herbarium and library,

N. D., 389, 391
one ciate problem of, 299
Pra in Oklahoma, 371
pepiieeticn dates, Asa Gray Bulletin, 73, 102,

Rea oneTine of Amateur Botanist, 395
al Horticultural Soc,, exhibit, 7-9
aes origin of name, 1
Southeastern ianae herbarium specimens of,

Sse Appalachian Bot Aaa ret pe 199;
tory, 199; journal, 199:

aes 200; fora ay to N. on Gon ieee
at Nuttallburg, W. Va., 20

Spruce, red, in Quebec, 303

Syrup, from s sap of trees, 210

Thysanoptera, 22

Vegetation of Haven Hill, 185

Il. INDEX TO PERSONS

Acufha, Julian, work of, 212
Aguilar, Carlos, 404-4
Ahern, Geo , botanical collectors, 347

ee
Hermano, work reviewed, 212
Alexopoulos, C., news of, 444
Al- aes Sadiq, to study plants of Iraq, 76
Allard,
Allardi Prof., 117
Allen, Hae 297

drews, , 31
Archey, 3
Arénes, J., 43
Arnold 279; news of, 214, 444

AN
Arnow Theodore , 430
ae Leslie J 3
Baehn , Charles, 12-14

viii ASA GRAY BULLETIN

Bartholomew, Eliz. Ann, artic le, 200
Bartlett, H. H. Estate, 14 , 149; reviews,

Belcher, Robert as arti icle, 3

Bell, W. B., botan. collecting, fe

Bernatowicz, A. J., news of,

Bessey, Ernst A. , News of, sie: ae of,
4

Billington, Cecil, 315
Bingham, Marjorie T., news 216
Bitancourt, A. A., articles, a, 416
pone Campbell, rte,
,N.L., 4

il Ww. M., work ci ea 439
Boyce, Steve G., es cited, 206
Boydston, Kathryn ey article, 177
Brewster, . a
Brewster, Mrs. W.N., portr., 266
Britton, ae oe
Britton, N.
Brooks, ae ‘chester, 391
eae Dona 274

,&.

B
Bullard, Sir. Edward, 437
Bullock, ae A.,

u £ Ly 127
Cain, Stan een Bi field work in 1953, 299;
articles, 299, ” 303; work noted, 315

p, W 16

chkiss, portr., 108

ae on Bryo phyt-

es, 137; youth,

ane Edward DeMill, 107, 111, 112, 140;

, 108
campbell el [Douglass], 111; portr., 109
bell, nry Munroe, 107, 108; ae

“108

Campbell, James Valentine, 107-109, 131,

137

Campbell, Valeria, 108, 111; portr., 109
W.W., 35 360

Campbell, 8-

Cafias, Pedro, of Humboldt group, 48
Carothers, , al

Carroll, eg ee

301
Carsuth, Bob, exped, to Mexico, 399
Castro, Outveira, 430
Chase, "Agn
Chase, Virginius H., news of, 217; article,
399: portr., 414
Chou, Ruth C. Y, , portr., 265
Chun, Ww. ie on 356.
Cinatti, , 436
Clarke, coor , 324, 328
Clemente, Bro. | fern collections, 39
Clover, Tlzada aU. tiews of, 217
Cochran, Fred W., 281

N.S. Vol. II

ane Henry S., news of, 217
Constance, Linc oln, 389
Coole aa Geor rge R., ‘article, 309
Coolidge, Harold, 324, 420, 430
Copeland, E.
ure Earl 1. 208; articles, 199, 207, 209;
of, 218
Coulter, John M., 132
urtemanche, Albert, 303-306
so Mrs.
Danserea au, Pierre, articles, 323, 419; news of
444
vis, Bradley M,, 138, 140; writes, 115;
article, 131

Deam, Charles , death of, 211

Alma, news ee 218
ae S, Wm. O., work reviewed, 59
Douglass, Eliz, ea. see Campbell
Elizabeth
Douglass, Samuel Townsend, 110
Drews, T. H., 436
Duff, Roger, 438

Dunc ws of, 446

Ekvall” Ayes B., letter, 378; work reviewed,
65

Bee Pemicon

Elm | 349; eens 71

Engler, ee

Ewan, Joseph A., news of, 218

Falla, 32

Farwell, O. A., =ptiaes on, 315; herbarium, 319

Faust, Mildred E of,"

Ferndnde ez- Villar, ROHesucae: 344

Fifield, Ie

Fosberg, F. R., "328- 300, 419, 429, 430

Freer, pe

Frehse, Mrs. Robert M., news of, 219

Frye, William P,, 3

F , A. M., work cited,
ates, Frank C., news of, 219
Gattinger, Augustin, work of, 397

Gier, L. J., news
Gladewitz, wang

leason, Hen y A, work reviewed, 25
Gosline, 32

Grayson, John, news of, 220
Haag, Ralph, e xpedition to 399
Hagenah, Dale J., 273; ares 177; portr.,
274; work noted, 315
arion T., 276; news of, 220

, Ma
Hall, Rober rt, 41!
Hall, William B , anlel
es, C. R., ar eye news of, 220
Hansen, W. W. mL
Hardin, James W.,
Harkness, Bernard, ae a

, 436
Hays, es ‘Campbell, article, 107

1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN

Heady, Ferrel,

Heim, Roger, ‘ns, ED

Hemsle , W. _ work n , 33

Heyerdahl, ee work ea 51
364

eee eae expedition to Mexico,
399; , 414
. works reviewed, 52-54
Hosokawa, 328 , 438
Houghton, Douglass, 110, ee 137
Howard, , work of,
Howell, “Thelma, news ot, wa

su, Doris ¥ .M., portr., 265
SAE Bela 110, at
Humbert,

2

See H. B., letters to, 103

Hutchinson, C. B.,

Huxley, Julian, 430, 431, 437, 438

aes ins, Anna aE. a articles, 415, 416
ings, O. E., s of 221

Seerink Roy N., "oot: hae 29, 41, 43

, Ww. H., 343
Kellogg, Vernon, 117
Kingdon-Ward, F.,

Knobloch, Irving W., article, 443: news of,
Mrs. K., 446

44;
y, Prof.
Kolb, Haven, las of, 222
Kryn, Jeannette M., news of, 219
Kucyniak,

niak ae
Lampton, Robt, K., news of, 224
Lamson-Scribner, F., 343, 3

4,
Langman, Ida K., article, 291; itineraries in
,2

Mexico
Lanjouw and Stafleu, work reviewed, 69
LaRue, Carl D., news of, 223
Léandri, 12 437
Leon, Bro., ‘work reviewed, 212
Leone ard, E. Cs s of, 224

eed George 93
Bi Je work cited, 320

66 [2nd row, 4 from
3
Lloyd, C. G.,
Lowther, J. Stewart, news of, 224
thi
M rick E., 315
McClintock, Eliz., news of, 444
Macfarlane, Fileen W. E., news of, 224
McMullen 324

y
McVaugh, Rogers eee ree cles, 273,
287; portr.,

r
Merrill, Ann, 358

or
i an ae article, ie pee 265 [left],

274; ew, 439; work eee
4

Merrill, Arthur Cummings, 337, 338
337-340

portr. 342, ie 368, ’ 370
3

ne, 358
Merrill, Mary Au gusta Sperry, 358
Merrill, Nathaniel, 335
aL William
rill, Wilm ans Noyes, 358
Mersi "family, 335
Meyer,
Miranda, Faustino, 293, work reviewed, 314
Monod, Theodore, 419
Moran, Reid, 93
Morton, C. v. , work of, 212; news of, 225,

Moseley, H. N., work reviewed, 54
Munz, P. A., 444

Murphy,
niieg i A., 350

Muz aes article, 96; work, 223
aistty vies
ane on ublshes, 441, 442
Noo: , 391

eee iain 335
Noyes, John, 335
Noyes, Nathaniel, 335-337

. 3 5
., life of, 208
Ogden, ‘Eugene C., news of, 225
Oliver, W. 329, 419, 438
Pastrana, ss a
Peirce, George J., 127
Pelzer, 419
Pfeffer, ‘Prof., al 132, 138
i , 83,
Potzger, John os
Prescott, G. ie news of, 225, 446; Mrs. P.,

444

Quam, 430-

Seat eee ean 71, 328, 420, 423-425,
432, 437, 438

,

Ramirez , 431

maminees ome Débora, 292
Raven, Can

Raymond, Marcel

Record, M ase 335
Reid,

"6
Reiskytl, yee news of, 225
Riley, pes oe 214, 280
© Amboina, 355; death of,

355,
Robinson, F. W., 315
Rock, J. F., 3
Rodriguez, Filemon, Riss 431
Rogers, C. M., 267

Roig, J. T., Se a “ae
Rousseau, pao news of, 226
Rusby, mt H., 316

Ryerso 9

St. ait Harold, ea ay 436
Salisbury, aes =

Sandwith, N

Sanford, PRs 128

X ASA GRAY BULLETIN N.S. Vol. II

Santos, José V., 329, 436 Turrill,
Schairer, Lloyd A., article, 371 van der eae iss,
Scholes, W. A., work noted, 53 Van Gorkom xped. to Mexico, 399
Scott, R. A., 3, 4, 16; news of, 226 van Steenis, Ay 330, 419, 438
Settee, O E ; 3 er,
Sewall, A. A., 371 Velasquez, 329, 436
Shapiro, Seymour, news of, 226 Venning, Frank D., news of, 228
Sharp, A. J., news of, 444 Vickery, Clara, 335
Shaw, 410 Vidal, herbarium of, 346
ara Walter ae Poe Vogelmann, Hubert, article, 77
rring, baste ay iewed, 60 von Reis, Siri, news of,
Shoes, aie "389, Voss, Edward G., article, 17; herbarium, 19;
m, 3 news of, 229; re 25
mene Tom, 404, 405 Wagner, Warren i, el) 273; article, 177;
mith, Alex. H., news of, 227 news of, 21
Smith, Allan, 328, 433 Waldron, C, B., 228
Smith, Gilbert M., news of, 227 Waldron, L. R., 2
Smit , 298° Walker, Egbert H., Pebs 324, 330, 436
Soop, ‘Everett J Pl bY Walker, James W.,
palding, Volney M., 113, 131, 137 Walpole, B, A., ane
Sp: -aeele Cc, E a Warburg,
Sparro ae ws of, 227 Ward, James, 215
ome eae reply 358 Waterfall, U. T., 371
Spillman, J., 346 Wathall, Bruce, ‘exped, to Mexico, 400
Spoehr, Alex, 419 Watson, Carro lt D., 280
Steere, J. B., 113, 131, 140 Watson,
Steere, W. C, , 379; articles, 93, 137, 141; Webster, Grady in 50, 221; news of, 229, 444;
30 review,
teine Erich E., news aoe el 227 Wehmeyer, Lewis E., news of, 229
Sievunelier, Eliz. P.,, of, 223 Wells, B. W., article, 2
Stevens, O. A. , hews ae 227; articles, 389, Wells, Carveth, work reviewed, 67
391 Whitford, H N.,
Stone, cruce A.,, 6 Wiggins, D. & I. L., article, 83
Stowell, Mrs, Charles H., 1 Wiggins, Ira L article 121
Strasburger, Prof., 114, 132, 138 Williams, H.,
Straus, Jacob, _ Willis, Bailey, 1
Sutton, J Wilson, Albert, a bale 129
Swift, 431 Wilson, Kenneth A, f, 444
Swingle, 324 Wilson, Margaret, 338
Swingle, Walter T., work of, 165 Ww. er, F, E,, work reviewed, 439; portr.,,
Taylor, Edward H ’ 401, 412 He
Taylor, George, 4, 9 Wolff, Helma L., 230
Taylor, Norman, appointment, 95 Wood eerie E. , news of, 230
Taylor, Peter a Wood, Frank Elm mer, 117, 1 8
Taylor, Wm, Randolph, news of, 228, 444 Wo a Leonard, 359; letter, 361
Thom s, Calvin, 113, oe Worcester, Dean C.,
Thomas, Lo en Jr., work reviewed, 62 Worster, Mrs, Charles, 382
Thompson, P, eK praaiees 185, 196 Wright, Chas,, in Cuba, 29; map, 32
Thomson, ae W., ‘192 Yashiroda, Kan, 2
Thorp, aca ig A Yuncker, T. G., work of, 212
Tryon, erine, news of, Zimmerman, Dale A., news of, 230

Tulecke, Waler nn news ve ay 228

WI. GEOGRAPHICAL INDE:

Alaska, Point Barrow, journey to, 83; tundra Himalayas, books on, reviewed, 51
vegetation, 83 Iraq, botany to be studie d, 76

Antartic, books on, reviewed, 51 Kew, botanist’s year at, 3

Chiapas, vegetation of, 314 Latin America, fictitious botanists, 41

China, botany, 235; botanical exploration, Liberia, ethnobotanical notes, 96
356; flora of, publ., 320 Mexico, botany, 291; s.w. Chihuahua, eae

Cuba, flora of," 212; exploration, of eastern, 441; Hoogstraal Expedition to, 399; Lang-
29; Gran Pie a region, botany, 43 man’s itineraries, 295

Georgia, Sapelo I., bot. survey, 446 Michigan er. Fern Soc, peas 28, He i

Great Lakes Region, Selaginella in, 287 flora coll. sede Lr aba sat s-

Gulf of California, bryology, 93 fern in, 276; paras any, a Na-

Henry Mts., Utah, botanical trip, 279 tural Areas. Gamer 181; anaes 267;

1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN xi

Pianeta 18; Tradescantia ohi-
79; Univ. receives Parke, Davis,
he Sr a 315; Veg. of Haven Hill, 185

ae Carolina, foray to Coastal Plain, 201;

ray, 202
North arene plant collecting in Grant Co.,
389; Bad Lan a at Medora, 391
Oklahoma, Osage , tall grass prairie, 371
Philippines, Botany ¢ a6. eee 419; Pacific
Sci. Congress, 323,

IV. INDEX TO SCIENTIFIC

Abies, 223; ue 308
, 280

rE aera 224

282; negundo, 210, 282; nena

210: » niveum, 436; rubrum, 210,

perenne 210; s bf ee 191, aie
spicatum, 308

Acerates lanuginosa, 389

Achillea lanulosa, 377

Acrostichum aureum, 327

9

diantum pe datum, 178, 186
Aegiphila sellowiana, 417
Agave, ete
Aglaone 136
eres: eae 394

ane nigra, 417
Agrimonia pilosa, nae
Agrostis Aiea:

cone spinosus, 398

Amblystegium, 218

Ambro, osia artemisiifolia, ee 375; piace 398
ad

>
twoodiana, 281
Andropogon, 429; furcatus, 372-374; sac-
2; pea aner 372- 374, 377
Androsace septentrionalis,
Androsiphonia aieneseeele. 97

oy
n

cy
H
foe]

Api
Aplectrum peeaiel 193

Point Barrow, see Alaska
Quebec, red spruce in, 303
Tennessee, botany, 395; Buckleya in, 297
Texas, Southern Meth, U., herbarium, 1
Tibet , boo S on, reviewed, 51; utilization of
birc h in, rae
tah, botanical t rip to, 279
Se Virginia, fara of, 209; foray, 207

NAMES OF PLANTS

Apocynum cannabinum, 377

Tee caerulea, "285

Arabis, 283; dr ummondii, 28, 285

Arace eae, 135

Arachis hypogaea, 258, 261

Aralia nudicaulis, 308

Araucaria excelsa, 325

Arbutus, nae 442

Arceuthobium, 294

Reateneiere , 214

Arctagrostis latifolia 84

Arctostaphylo os, 294, 441, 442; patula, 283;
283

Arec 1; , 327
Arenaria fanatsen 285. rubella, 285

Aren pas
Argemone, 291
Rare ‘atrorubens, 186; japonicum var.
serratum ane
Arnica cor difol , 285
Artemisia longi, Hier Perry 282, 390;
vulgaris, , 249

Arundh inaria, 204, 242; tecta, 205
Asclepias curassavica, 417; involucrata, 281;

pumila, 390; tuberosa, an verticillata,
373-375, 377; viridiflor | 377; viridis, 377
Asclepiodora etme
ragu ficinali

a: s is,
Asplenium Pees So 273; viride, 179,
275

er,

294; acuminatus, 308; cordifolius, 308;

| 281; pesca a
281: ke ntro ophyta.
pectinatus, 392; racemosus, 390; tr mek

304

Ss,
Athyrium pycnocarpon, 178, 273; thelypter-
i 273

Azorella selago, 55-58
Baccha: s halimifolia, 205
See pe

Banisteria b heyana, 293

5, 437
Berberis 036: fst 282; repens, 282,
285
Betula cordifolia, 26; glandulosa var. gran
dulifera, 21; lutea, 191, 211; oe

xii ASA GRAY BULLETIN

var. ron ey 308; pumila, 191, 195,
lifer

Bid ns, 10, pilosa an
Bignoniaceae, 417.

Bitancourtia Ree 417

Bixa orellana, 327

Blechnum, 42

Boehmeria nivea, 236, 245, 246, 255
Bo ploc ii, 443

3; dissectu um, 179,

: a ; 12. 7
econ raat 274; rninganense, 179,
180; multifidum, 178, 274; simplex, 178

ouchea prisma ica 4

a campest ris, 240; cernua, 240
Bromus commutatus, 372-374, 377
Br aaoratia kasin oki, 243; papyrifera, 243
aaa
uckleya ecclaar ae er 297, 298
ath oe

Bursera gla "212; simaruba, 33, 40, 45
377

259, 417
Campanula r rapunculoies, 394
Campanulaceae, 26
Renee eee: 178-180, 273, 275
album, 258

a
Carex, 18, '308: pee 84 8, 88; aqua atilis
ar. altio : i i

v r, 20; elynoides, 286; interior,
27; lupulina, 20; lurida, 20; occidentalis,
285; plantagin ea, 192; scirpoides, 27;

a 7
Carpinus caroliniana, 294
Carya, nae coraiormis, 211; illinoensis,
417;

Casearia
Cassia hirsuta, mae cna 415
Sac eemmelp
ae mollissima, 252, 256;
vulgaris var, peer 259,
Castilleja coccinea, 287; tolucensis, 291
Casuarina e equisetifolia, "424
Cattleya, 294
Caulanthus, 283
Caulophyllum thalictroides, 186
3; americanus, 373, 377;
377

Ae)
Celtis Pciaeaeie 377
Cenchrus, 32

Cen taurea, 401; maculosa, a
Cantoicpiun robustum, 41

N.S. Vol. II

Centropogon, 439; cordifolius, 417
Cephalanthus occidentalis, 18
Cerastium berringianum, 285; a a 291
ee eae demersum
sae an , 223
ae ne ‘intricatus, 282; ledifolius, 282
Ghee Galelen: 29
Chamaecyparis, 223
Chamaedaphne ccalyeulata, 195, 205
Ch mee ee , 29
Chenopodium Ri , 212
Chimonanthus, 258; fragrans, 258; praecox,

Chrysanthemum, 236, 258; sinense, 258
Chrysophyllum, '33, 294; oliviforme, 47
Chrysopsis, 394

inn um, 153; cassia, 153; culilawan, 153;
lour eiril, » 188 Pe aes 153
Circae 191

Seine ‘ri, 179; undulatum, 373

Cirtrullus ralgatis,

Citrus, 2 ; aurantifolia, 162; fortunella,
263; li 162; medica, 162; ae 165;
po ompelinus, 259; reticulata, 16s,

ensis, 258

Cladrastic, ee
athrospor 9

Clay tonia ann: 192

e spinosa, 50

Cleom

Clerodendron fragrans var. pleniflorum, 38;
squamatum,

Clethra, 294; acuminata, 205; alnifolia, 205

Clintonia borealis, 18, 308

hlospermum 293

a-jobi,
Coldenia hispidissima,
2;7r

56, 58
peaks antiquorum, 240; esculenta, 256
mmelina orchidoides, 291; virginica, 397
Gare an dentata, 33
Conferva, 56
Conioselinum univittatum, 237
Connarus, 98
Saeed 293

Con
ei ee 18, 191, 308
Corallorhi ee ata, 193, 285
Cor ise a
savica, 29 a
See thymifol , 293
pee tae Pane 18, 195, 308; drum-
| 377; Lee 186, ne 294, 415,
417; ee , 18
Co rtinellus sre 263
Cory
ae eteropiylls, 263
Coryp Bee 32
Re a 371, 377
oe

49: boissieri, 291; curas-

Crassocephalum crepidioid
tac 6, 213, 294 yaoi eee A417
Crot

1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN xiii

Cryptantha flava, 280
Crypt sierra stelleri, 180, 277
Cr , 223, 224

Ctenium aoe oe

Cc 263
Cupania, 415; chlongfoia, 415; vernalis, 415
Cupressus, 223,
Cur ce longa, ie
Cuscuta, 397; pentagona, 377
4

Cyath 29
Cyeadacene, 158
Cycas, 158; circinalis, rae revoluta, 263

Seeman ensifolium,

Cymopterus, mae

Cyperus strigos , 377

Cypripedium Beuie! 20, 195

Cyrilla, 204, 205

Cyrtan andra 4 9

Cystopteris bulbifera, 178, 191, 273, 278;

ilis, 180, 277, 28, var. laurentiana,

180, 278; tennesseens , 18

pore candida, 377; pean 377, 390;

money 377: purpurea, 373, 377; thomp-
| 280

Delonix regia, 45
Delphinium azureum, 395; carolinianum, 395
Dendrocalamus, 424

Dentaria diphylla, 186; nace? 186
Desmo ae 25; illinoe se, 377; sessili-

foliu

Di ee cucullaria, 186

Dioscor ay ica, 240

Diospyros , 263; peregrina, 248
holis ae

suta, 417
Draba, 285; Nae e is
Droser ra lineari , 287; teenie 195, 288
Dryobalanops, 181
Dryopteris, 191, 274; woot 178; clintoniana,

1 . fr
tuosa, 180, 276; Renee var, meneecen ens
19

Dupontia fischeri, 84
Duranta repens, 236, 249, 263
Durvillea utilis re

,

Echinacea angustifolia, 394; pallida, 377
Eclipta 9
ichhornia ‘assis, 327
Elaeis gu is
Elatostem 2
Eleocharis dulcis,
Elsinoe ampelina, 415; , 417; bou
cheae, 417; Bere aniile 418; ehilensis, 417,
18; corni, 415, 417, 418: ilici , 417;
jatrophae, 417; leucospila, 4 aes
ae, 417, 418; mulleri, 417; piri, 417,
ta, 4

418;
Elsinoaceae, 415

Elymus arenarius subsp. mollis, 84, 85;
canadensis, 373, 377; hystrix, 220

arvense, 179; fluviatile 19 179, 2 8;
sylv aticum,
p ates 275
Brechtites, 10- 15; hey seit. 10, 11
Eremoc 165
eee 26
Erigeron linifolius, 15; strigosus, 377
Eriobotrya japonica
Sepa inflatum, ane trichopes, 389
angustifolium var. majus, 20;
coneeeneeeis 84
i 47, 328; berteroana, 45; leptorhiza,

7
ee 263, 436; globulus, 249; leucaden-
dron,
eee 150

, 219
Eupatorium, 41%: adenophorum, in Philippines,
423

Euphorbia eats? “& Aa eee
392; prunifolia v

uieennceees

Euphoria longana, 258

Euterpe, 436

Exostema, 294; longiflora, 38

Fabaceae

se Sade riedeliana , 417

F andifolia, 191

eee ovina, Mie var. epinenee ae var,

saximontan 20; saximontana,

icus, 47, 212.”

Fissidens, 220

Flacourtiaceae, 29

Franklinia,

Eee: 294; americana, 191; nigra, 186;
nns “Ivanic

Fritillaria ean , 285
illardia aristata, 304 ’pinnatifida, 280;
spathulata, 2

Galactia elliotti, 417

Galax aphylla, 298

Galium claytonii, 23; obtusum, 23; tinctorium,

23
nea ae e 166, 248, radicans, 259
Gaultheria, 442; glaucifolia, 2143; hispidula,
195, 288
Gaura, 291; parviflora, 377
Gaylussacia baccata, 18; frondosa, 205

ae 5

ana proce 2 210; erapeees) 288
cernarient 135, i, tuberosu , 139
Geraniaceae, w d, 217
Gerardia anit 287

j aoa oe

Gin , 228, 248, 263
Gleichenia, ‘135. teats 423

XiV

aeons 293; sepium, 45
yei ida, 24

5
Gymnocarpium robertianum, 179, 274, 277
Gymnoclads, 396
Gynu
Habenaria haha ea, 193, var. huronensis,
iri . brac teata, 193
186

Heliocarpus, 294

Heliotropium transalpinum, 415
Hepatica ac eae , 192
Hesperethus renulata, 417
Hesperis matrona lis, 394
Heterotoma acrocentron, 443

; fimbriatus, 327; manihot,
sabdariffa, 293: tetraphyllus, 10;

6;
tilia aceus,

Hieracium longipilum, 192, 377
ilari

Hy drastis canadensis, 193
Hymenopappus, 392; pauciflorus, 280

AoE 192
ee

ex, 442; coriacea, 308; co 7; glabra
205; rubra, 443; ce aera HE vomitoria,

rsbenriae capensis, 27; glandulifera, 5
see

tat
Iris shrevei, 20, 26; eee oi virginica
var. shrevei, 20

Isoetes, 135; echinospora, 278; macrospora,
Ixora, 327
Jacana, 49,
Jas eas ac, 259
Tatra curcas eee gossypifolia, 97; tupi-

, 33
Jefferson diphylla, 219

igra
eee effusus, 247; interior

377
Juniperus, 47, '220 223, 224; "communis, 192;
ori 8, 289, 389; scopu-

L portea rere sis, 186
Nave 95, 288; illus. 189

, 153; culitlawan, 153
Ledum groenlandicum, 288

ASA GRAY BULLETIN

N.S. Vol. I

ee aculeata, 424
Leguminosae, 26
Lemnaceae,
Lepidium virginicum, 212, 377
Lepturus, 325
patio ee 374, 377; capitata, 192; juncea

Pa
estes pearet 395; wardii, 285
um 291

Li acutilobum, 237

Lilaea,

Linaria vulgaris, 28

Lindera benzoin, 186, var. benzoin, 22

Linum aristatum, 280; eas sii, 392: medium

var, crea 377; rigidum, 39

Liqui bar, , 396; See aun. 294, 298

Liriodendron Pe

Lisi , 34; nigrescens, 294

Litchi ‘chinensis, pide 258, 261, 266

Livist a chinensi 248

Lobel, 25; eee 439; hassleri, 417;
mii, 277, 287, 289

eae

Lo sae ideae,
nicera canadensis, 191, 192; japonica, 249
s, 391

q
3
5
i]
3
1

19, var. obscurum, 19; tristachyum, 275,

aaa lucida, 205
silo

a
as

ese sa Like: 57

eal
lia cone: 259; grandiflora, 415;
virginiana, 204
Maianthemum canadense, 308
Malus tere 417
M indica, 327, 417
rei epee tt 417; eal 158
anta, 159, 160; arundinacea, 160
i 35

35
Martynia louisianica, 396
2; scandens, 293

Melia azedarach, 417; japonica, 248
Meliaceae, 212

Me nisi alba, 192; officinalis,

Mentzelia, 291, 394; decapetala, rr pumila,

Mertensia, 397
Me cies 325
Metroxylon, 158, 159; longispinum, 161; sagu,

159
Milla biflora, 292
Mimosa yenonia: 417

, 291
iscanthus 429; floridulus, 423; sinensis, 423
Mitchella repen
Mitella aaa 191; nuda, 191

1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN XV

Momo a charantia, 248

Monarda fentes 192

Monim

Monotropa eee: 193; uniflora, 193
inda 417

Meee Sika Be
Muhlenbergia foliosa, 20; frondosa, 20; mexi-
cana,
aes cavendl ishi
angin

ra, 258
Nemopanthus mucronata, 22
Nepeta glechoma, 249

Nicotiana glauca, 291

ipa, 4

Nostoc muscor 225

Nuphar advena, 2 variegatum, 21, 192
Nymphaea tubero , 192

Nyssa, 396; biflora, 204; sylvatica, 417

Oc
Oenothera, 227; biennis, 222; caespitosa
391; gauro oides, 292, lac iniata, 389; pallida,
3, 377

280: speciosa 37
hioglossace 35

Ophioglossum moluccanum, illus., 246; nudi-
caule, ; vulgatum, 179, 274

Opuntia comanchica, 371, 377; dilleni, 417;
polyacantha, 392

Orchis seer 193

Oreocarya cea rata, 392

Oreoxis alpina, 285

, 394
asper rifolia, 20; hymenoides, 281
Osm us Seiearane, 256

Osmorhiza,

, 135; cinnamo , 186, cinna-
ea, 19; regalis, 186, var, specenuies

Ostrya virginiana , if
Oxalidaceae in Michi

71; europea, 268-270, var. europea,
268, map 271; var, bushii, 268, 270, map
271; f. cymosa, 270; montana, 268, 308,
: Rey 269; Sea 268-

P p 2
268, 272; nh Mic eens species, 268

xydendron : arboreu. um,

Oxytro Sean lambertii, 392; oreophila, 286;
seric 285

au
Pandan
pantera: ensifoliu: um, 203; lanuginosum, 373,
377; longiligulatum, 203; maximum, 327;
tennesseense, 377; vir rgatum, 3 72- 374, 377
Parnassia glauca, 287; parviflora, 287, 288

, 237
anax ginseng, 237; quinquefolius, 193; tri-
19

Parthenocissus quinquefolia, 22

Pedicularis mexicana,

Pellaea atropurpurea, 180, 278; glabella, 180,
278

Pennisetum purpureum,
Penstemon albidus ere angstiftius, ite
cobaea, 377: eristatus, 392; antheru
is, anaflors, 392;

: a
Pereskia cubensis, 43, 50
stemum

Peziza cocci

> Bla
mariana, 194. 303 Hing aed 190, 306;
en ns, 303, 304, 308, illus.
ae species distinguished, 304
212
pies: 135; globulifera, 132
Pin ellia tuber ifera
inguicula macrophylla, 292; vulgaris, 277,
288, 289
Pinus, 223, 263; ae 283; eee aa 18;
ca: aribaea, 29: cubensis, 29, 34,
med 283; insular, 427, iis, a8, 428;
83, , 444; taeda,
pe etieny ia, 43
Pisonia aculeata, 33
Pisum sativu | 240
Bienecolobium, "427; dulce, 424, 432; saman,

Pityrogramma triangularis, 123
Plagiobothrys bradburiana, 392
Planchonella, 436

antago lanceolata, 415; major var, asiatica,

Pluchea indica, 325; odorata, 325

Plumeria filifo lia

Poa cookii, 55, 56, 58; pattersoni, 286; pra-
tensis

Podocarpus, 47, 48; amara, 436; imbricata,

odomitrium, 136

Polygala, ae jae 250; paucifolia, 18;
polygam
Polygunabine officinale, 250

xvi
olygonum, 236; aviculare, 389

m, 180, 275, 277; virginianum, 179
a rdaee guilfoy lei , 4 uf

Pontederia cordata, 192
Populus grandidentata, 18; tremuloides, 192,

Potentilla emarginata, 84; knoblochii, 443;
stris

palus , 195; plattensis, 285, 286
Primula intercedens, 277, 287-289
Pr iscorbutica, 56, 59

unu niaca, 2 me, 258; pensyl-
anic 08; serotina, “191: fee eee 192,
282

Pseudotsuga, 223; taxifolia, 283

Psidium guaja

Psoralea tenuiflora, 377

Pteridium, 423; aquilinum, 18

Pyrola asarifolia, 191; virens, 22

298
Peace ee 308; floribunda, 18; melano-

Quisqualis indic eae
Ranunculus pac cea: 192
Raphia, 97

Ratibida columnifera, 373, 377

ac ay)
Seong are 308; eee va.
cola, 28; inebri | 285; a eae

Ricinus communis, 250

Popinechella. 294

Rosa, 415, 417

Rottboellia, 429; exaltata, 423

Roystonea regia

Rubus, 6, 26, 213, 294, 377; (Eubatus), 27;
legheniensis, 192; idae us, 308; occidentalis,
415; ; pubescens, 191, 195; strigosus, 282

otin 27,

”
acetosella, 192; crispus, 377
Fassu ae 63

ASA GRAY BULLETIN

=

N.S. Vol. 0

Sabal etonia, 417
Saccharum officinarum, 258; spontaneum, 327,
432

Salix, 18; alaxensis, 84; discolor var. latifolia,
21; lasiand 5s lucida var, intonsa, 21;
pedicellaris var, hypoglauca, 21; sericea,
icea

Sambu ucus pubens, 186, 191
Sanvitalia
Sapindus muburosi,

Sapium, 4 eae 247, 263

6
Sie bone purpurea, 191, 195
Satureja a, 287
Saurauia, ork

axifraga eke acer subsp. sileniflora, 89;

pennsylvanica, 191; punctata subsp. nel-
soniana

Scaevola, 325

Schistostega, 180, 277

Sch nuttallii, 377

aaaaiee pire var. concolor, 248; lacus-
tris,

Scleria, wanted, 218; ee 204

Scolopendrium vulgare, 219

Scutellaria mociniana "904. potosina, 292

Sedum bulbiferum, 250; pulchellum, '395

Se

Lakes region, 287- 290, map 290; watsoni,

285
Senecio, 12, aa 294; acneunbane 291
Senecionidea a
Ses

, 249
ae Gee 417
Shepherdia canadensis, 285; rotundifolia, 282

Siegesbeckia orientalis, 248
Silene acaulis,
Simaruba glauca,
Siphocampylus macropodus, 417
Smilacina,
milax china, sai ae? 20; laurifolia, 205;
tamnoide pida, 20
Solanum, 25; phe ents e, 396; ros aries ns
Solidago, 373-375, 394; article on, 309;
hamia, 311; t. Virgaurea, 1is 3 ae
sima, 311, 313; arguta, 311, 312; bicolor,
11, 312; caesia, 311; canadensis, 311, 313;
flexicaulis, 311; gigantea, 311, ; grami
nifolia, 311; houghtoni, 275 , 192,
11, 312; macrophylla, 308; ne alis, ;
312; ohioensis, 287; patula, 311, 312; eae
311; rugosa, 311, 312; serotina, 313; sq
rosa, 310, 311; ulmifolia, 312
Sonchus, 11; agrestis, 15; asper, 323
Sophora japonica, 25
Sparganium,
Spath , 212
Specularia perfoliata,
Sphacelo ele tilonis, ee aegiphilae, real

all , 415; amazonensis, 417;

ara we Spee! idee cassiae, witt
cupaniae, 415; ditr 417; erythrinae,
417; fagarae, ‘417; paar re eee 417;

1953 ASA GRAY BULLETIN xvii

guatemalensis, 417; gus staviae, 415; he-

,4
campyli, 417; ee ni, “415: violae, 415;
viticis,
Sphaeralcea, 291; coccinea, 391; parvifolia,
eae

Spha , 303
Sp henodesine barbata, 151
Spondias, 229
Stanleya, ” 391
Sta mmadenia mollis, 293
omeria exigua, 281
, 45

285
28 pared. 259
Geers eae , 280
Thelia, 220
Thelypteris palustris, ae pe 179
Themeda, 429; triandra
Pere yec otli,
Thuja oc cidentalis, 191, 288, illus, 188;

ma semiflosculare, 204
Tilia americana, 186, 19
Tithonia, 425, 426: diversifolia, in Philippines,

pastes densiflora, 293
Town 2
Bethe cana excelsa , 248

Tradescantia ohie ensis, in Michigan, 379-388

Treubia, 136

Tricholaena a rosea, 327, 423

Trientalis borealis, 18, 195,

Trifolium dasyphyllum, 285, 286; pratense,
1

Triglochin palustri
anaes er eR een 298
suga, 223
renee 18; nae 192
Ugni molinae, 417
ueeneeee purpurascens, 417; tetracerae, 417;
i, 417

05
Utricularia cornuta, 287; intermedia, 23

Vaccinium, 294, 444; sect. yanococcus, 26;
m, 18, var. laevifol , 223

atrococcum, 23; ee , 22 ken 191;
lamarckii, 22; macroca , 195; myrtil-
loides, 308; oxycoccos, 288, "yaci fan: 23;
virgatu 5

Valeriana capitata,

allisne americana, 19

, 377
Viburnum acerifolium, 186; cassinoides, 23;
opulus var, roseum, 415; rufidulum, 377
Vicia faba, 256
Viola, 415; canadensis, 192; conspersa, 22;
langlo isii, ca nuttallii, 394; pallens, 191;
pubescens, 2 192; renifolia var. brain
erdii, 22; eae 7
Vitex, 427. negundo, 424; Ce eee 417
Vitis, 415; riparia var. ee ria,
Voacanga obtusa, 96

Wigandia, 293

ee: 274, 283; cathcartiana, ae Meee 278;
ilven is, 180, 277; obtusa, 180,

Wyethia ea 280

Xanthium, 396; ‘strumarium, 248

paca glauca, 391

Zam

Zanes 135

Zenobia, 204,

Zephyranthes verecunda, 293
cus, 193

INN

innia pumila, 292
Zizyphus vulgaris, 258

; Dk ;
7 Pinal a
ee ene
ce hoe

<
a8
i

a .
a

TO BE EXPECTED IN FORTHCOMING ISSUES

Letters from Okinawa, by Robin Drews

Botanizing in the Tahquamenon Area, by Alexander H. Smith

Real Values, by Elmer D. Merrill

Preparation of Pinus Specimens for the Herbarium, by Roy N. Jervis
A Letter on Collecting Hawaiian Bryophytes, by H. A. Miller
Wilhelm Hillebrand, by Otto Degener

Persian Diary. I, by Walter N. Koelz

An Autobiography for his Family and Friends, by Cornelius L. Shear
Glimpses of the Natural History of Koror, by Peter J. and Alma Hill
Ekman, Botanical Explorer in the West Indies, by Siri Von Reis

Biographical Sketches of Louis H. Jordal, W. G. Waterman, Ray C.
Friesner, Charles C. Deam, and Alice Eastwood

Wyoming Newsletter and Herbarium Report, by C. L. Porter
Observations on the Edwards Plateau, by Winifred O. Moore
Botanists's Visit to Mount Sisipitan, by José Vera Santos

Letters from Alaska, by Gertrude Frohne

Ethnobotany of Popcorn, by Volney H. Jones

Japanese Flower Arrangement, by Mary Cokely Wood

Collecting in the Aleutians, by Walter J. Eyerdam

The Everett G. Logue Collection of Hybrid Oaks, by H. H. Bartlett
Nathan A. Cobb as a Botanist, by Frieda Cobb Blanchard
Philippine Journal. III, by Pierre Dansereau

A Study of Mahogany, by F. Bruce Lamb

Expedicion Ofiate, by John A. Nystrom, translated by Siri Von Reis
Botanical Publications on the Ryukyu Islands, by Egbert H. Walker
Notes on the Flora of Agattu, by Harvey Alfred Miller

Personal Recollections and Military Record of Colonel Valery Havard,
U.S. Army

Evaluation of Havard's Botanical Work, by Rogers McVaugh
Sphagnum Flora of the Vicinity of Douglas Lake, Michigan, by Bodil
Lange

THE ASA GRAY BULLETIN, NEW SERIES.-- A quarterly publi-
cation devoted to more or less informal communication among the
members of the three organizations listed below and our sub-
scribers in general. For the present, progress reports of current
field, garden, and herbarium work, with readable and relatively
non-technical articles in the fields related to systematics, botani-
cal history, biography, and bibliography, will be preferred. There
will be special emphasis upon preparatory work for a new "Flora
of Michigan". Free use will be made of letters to the Editors (if
released for publication by their writers) and ofcurrent news notes
regarding botanists.

Items for publjcation should be addressed to either of the Edi-
tors at the Department of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Michigan. Contributors of major articles may secure 100
copies of their contributions, at a cost of $1.25 per page or frac-
tion thereof. Covers furnished without additional charge.

Address subscriptions to Dr. Ruth B. McVaugh, Business Man-
ager, 403 Arbana Drive, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Subscription price
for Volume I (if available) is $6.00; single copies of Nos. 2, 3, and
4, $1.00 each. Vols. II and III, $3.00 each; single copies (if not
breaking volumes) 75¢ each.

THE GRAY MEMORIAL BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION, FOUNDED
1887. — This organization sponsored publication of early volumes
of the Asa Gray Bulletin. Later it issued a mimeographed "Bulle-
tin". Its object is to commemorate the life and botanical work of
Asa Gray and to assist its members in botanical activity by fur-
thering friendly correspondence and cooperation among them. In-
terested persons are invited to communicate with the Permanent
Secretary, Professor R. Lee Walp, Department of Biology, Mari-
etta College, Marietta, Ohio.

MICHIGAN BOTANICAL GARDENS ASSOCIATION. — Founded in
1925 to include persons interested in promoting the development
and current activities of the Botanical Gardens of the University of
Michigan. There are no dues, but subscription to the Asa Gray
Bulletin is invited. For further information, communicate with
Dr. Frieda Cobb Blanchard, Secretary, 2014 Geddes Avenue, Ann
Arbor, Michigan.

MICHIGAN BOTANICAL CLUB. —— The membership is about

conservation. It has members at large and the following chapters:
Southeastern, Bay County, Marquette, Wild-Life (Houghton). For
information address the President, Mr. Paul W. Thompson, 17503
Kirkshire, Birmingham, Mich.